4HE.

IKON'UIDETO$IGITAL0HOTOGRAPHY
WITHTHE
$)')4!,#!-%2!
%N
About This Manual
¯|o tcp|cs |r t||s n.ru.| ..o ....rcoJ |r c.Jo. |.cn o.sv tc .Jv.rcoJ
These chapters cover all you need to know for
simple, “point-and-shoot” photography
Read these chapters for a complete descrip-
tion of all aspects of camera operation
Introduction (page 1)
|o..r t|o r.nos c| c.no.. p..ts .rJ .o.Jv t|o c.no.. |c. uso
Setup: Shooting, Playback, and Custom Settings (page 124)
|o.J t||s c|.pto. |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr ´ustcn Sott|rcs
.rJ cr s|cct|rc .rJ p|.vb.ck cpt|crs
Reference: More on Playback (page 98)
|o..r nc.o .bcut c.no.. p|.vb.ck. t..rs|o..|rc p|ctc
c..p|s tc . ccnputo.. .rJ p.|rt|rc p|ctcc..p|s
Reference: More on Photography (page 26)
||.v .|t| oxpcsu.o .rJ oxp|c.o t|o c.o.t|vo pcss|b|||t|os c|
scno c| t|o c.no..’s nc.o .Jv.rcoJ sott|rcs
Tutorial: Photography and Playback (page 17)
¯|o b.s|c cpo..t|crs |rvc|voJ |r t.k|rc p|ctcc..p|s .rJ p|.v|rc t|on b.ck
Technical Notes (page 173)
|o.J t||s c|.pto. |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr c.no.. spoc|fic.t|crs. .ccossc.|os. .rJ t.cub|o
s|cct|rc
Setup: Basic Camera Settings (page 115)
b.s|c c.no.. sotup. |rc|uJ|rc |c.n.tt|rc nonc.v c..Js .rJ sott|rc t|o c.no..
c|cck
Trademark Information
Macintosh, Mac OS, and QuickTime are registered trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation. CompactFlash is a trademark of SanDisk Corporation. Lexar Media is a trademark of Lexar Media Corporation.
Microdrive is a trademark of Hitachi Global Storage Technologies in the United States and other countries. Adobe and Acrobat are
registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc. PictBridge is a trademark. All other trade names mentioned in this manual or the other
documentation provided with your Nikon product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.
i
Setup
Reference
Introduction
Tutorial
More on Photography
More on Playback
Basic Camera Settings:
The Setup Menu
Shooting Options:
The Shooting Menu
Playback Options:
The Playback Menu
Custom Settings:
The Custom Settings Menu
Technical Notes
Photography and Playback
ii
¯c p.ovort J.n.co tc vcu. ||kcr p.cJuct c. |r|u.v tc vcu.so|| c. tc ct|o.s. .o.J
t|o |c||c.|rc s.|otv p.oc.ut|crs |r t|o|. ort|.otv bo|c.o us|rc t||s oou|pnort
|oop t|oso s.|otv |rst.uct|crs .|o.o .|| t|cso .|c uso t|o p.cJuct .||| .o.J
t|on
¯|o ccrsoouorcos t|.t ccu|J .osu|t |.cn |.||u.o tc cbso.vo t|o p.oc.ut|crs ||stoJ
|r t||s soct|cr ..o |rJ|c.toJ bv t|o |c||c.|rc svnbc|
¯||s |ccr n..ks ...r|rcs. |r|c.n.t|cr t|.t s|cu|J bo .o.J bo|c.o us|rc t||s ||kcr
p.cJuct tc p.ovort pcss|b|o |r|u.v
WARNINGS
Do not look at the sun through the view finder
\|o.|rc t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crc ||c|t
scu.co t|.cuc| t|o v|o.firJo. ccu|J
c.uso po. n. rort v|su.| |n p.|. nort
Turn off immediately in the event of malfunction
S|cu|J vcu rct|co sncko c. .r ur usu .|
sno|| ccn|rc |.cn t|o oou|p nort c.
|.cn t|o /´ .J.pt o. (.v.|| .b|o sop . ..to |v:.
urp|uc t|o /´ .J.pt o. .rJ .o ncvo t|o
b.tto.v |n no J| .to |v. t.k|rc c..o tc .vc|J
bu.rs ´cr t|r uoJ cp o. . t|cr ccu|J .o su|t
|r |r|u.v /|to. .o ncv |rc t|o b.t to.v. t.ko
t|o oou|p nort tc . ||kcr.u t|c .|.oJ so.
v|co cor to. |c. |r spoc t|cr
Do not use in the presence of flam ma ble gas
|c rct uso o|oct.cr|c oou|p nort |r t|o
p.osorco c| fl.nn.b|o c.s. .s t||s ccu|J
.osu|t |r ox p|c s|cr c. fi.o
Do not place strap around the neck of an infant
or child
||.c|rc t|o c.no.. st..p ..curJ t|o rock
c| .r |r|.rt c. c|||J ccu|J .osu|t |r st..r
cu|.t|cr
Do not disassemble
¯cuc||rc t|o p.cJuct’s |rto.r.| p..ts
ccu|J .osu|t |r |r|u.v |r t|o ovort c|
. n.||urct|cr. t|o p.cJ uct s|cu|J bo
.o p.|.oJ cr|v bv . ou.||fioJ toc| r| c|.r
S|cu|J t|o p.cJuct b.o.k cpor .s t|o .o
su|t c| . |.|| c. ct|o. .c c| Jort. .o ncvo t|o
b.tto.v .rJ/c. /´ .J.pt o. .rJ t|or t.ko
t|o p.cJ uct tc . ||kcr.u t|c .|.oJ so. v|co
cor to. |c. |r spoc t|cr
Observe proper precautions when han dling bat-
teries
b.tto.|os n.v |o.k c. oxp|cJo || |n p.cp
o. |v |.rJ|oJ Obso.vo t|o |c| |c. |rc p.o
c.u t|crs .|or |.rJ||rc b.t to. |os |c. uso
|r t||s p.cJuct
• bo su.o t|o p.cJuct |s cff bo|c.o .o p|.c |rc
t|o b.tto.v || vcu ..o us|rc .r /´ .J.pt
o.. bo su.o |t |s ur p|uccoJ
• |so cr|v b.tto.|os .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t||s
oou|pnort |c rct n|x c|J .rJ ro. b.t
to.|os c. b.tto.|os c| J|ffo.ort tvpos
• |c rct .t tonpt tc |rso.t t|o b.tto.v up
s|Jo Jc.r c. b.ck ...Js
• |c rct s|c.t c. J|s.ssonb|o t|o b.t to.v
• |c rct oxpcso t|o b.tto.v tc fl.no c. tc
oxcoss|vo |o.t
• |c rct |nno.so |r c. oxpcso tc .. to.
• |op|.co t|o to.n|r.| ccvo. .|or t..rs
pc.t|rc t|o b.tto.v |c rct t..rspc.t c.
stc.o .|t| not.| cb|octs suc| .s rock
|.c os c. |.|. p|rs
For Your Safety
iii
• b.tto.|os ..o p.cro tc |o.k.co .|or
|u||v J|sc|..coJ ¯c .vc|J J.n.co tc t|o
p.cJ uct. bo su.o tc .oncvo t|o b.tto.v
.|or rc c|..co .o n.|rs
• \|or t|o b.tto.v |s rct |r uso. .t t.c| t|o
to.n|r.| ccvo. .rJ stc.o |r . ccc| p|.co
• |nnoJ|.to|v .|to. uso. c. .|or t|o p.cJ
uct |s usoJ cr b.tto.v pc.o. |c. .r ox
torJ oJ po.|cJ. t|o b.t to.v n.v boccno
|ct bo|c.o .o ncv |rc t|o b.t to.v. tu.r
t|o c.no.. cff .rJ .| |c. t|o b.tto.v tc
ccc|
• ||sccrt|ruo uso |nnoJ|.to|v s|cu|J vcu
rct|co .rv c|.rcos |r t|o b.t to.v. suc| .s
J|s cc| c. . t|cr c. Jo |c. n. t|cr
Use appropriate cables
\|or ccrroct|rc c.b|os tc t|o |r put
.rJ cutput |.cks. uso cr|v t|o c. b|os p.c
v|J oJ c. sc|J bv ||kcr |c. t|o pu. pcso. tc
n.|r t.|r ccn p|| .rco .|t| p.cJ uct .oc u
|. t|crs
Keep out of reach of children
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J
.osu|t |r |r|u.v
CD-ROMs
¯|o ´||OVs cr .||c| t|o sc|t ...o
.rJ n.ru.|s ..o J|s t.|b ut oJ s|cu|J rct
bo p|.voJ b.ck cr .uJ|c ´| oou|p nort
||.v|rc ´||OVs cr .r .uJ|c ´| p|.v o.
ccu|J c.uso |o.. |rc |css c. J.n .co t|o
oou|p nort
Observe caution when using the flash
• |c rct cpo..to t|o fl.s| .|t| t|o fl.s|
.|rJc. tcuc||rc . po.scr c. cb|oct
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J
.osu|t |r bu.rs c. fi.o
• |s|rc t|o fl.s| c|cso tc vcu. sub |oct’s
ovos ccu|J c.uso ton pc ...v v| su .| |n p.|.
nort |.. t|c u |.. c..o s|cu|J bo cbso.voJ
|| p|c tc c..p| |rc |r |.rts. .|or t|o fl.s|
s|cu|J bo rc |oss t|.r cro noto. (39˝:
|.cn t|o sub |oct
When using the viewfinder
\|or cpo..t|rc t|o J|cpto. .J |ust nort
ccrt.c| .|t| vcu. ovo tc t|o v|o.firJo..
c..o s|cu|J bo t.k or rct tc put vcu. fir
co. |r vcu. ovo .c c| Jor t.| |v
Avoid contact with liquid crystal
S|cu|J t|o ncr|tc. b.o.k. c..o s|cu|J bo
t.k or tc .vc|J |r|u.v Juo tc b.c kor c|.ss
.rJ tc p.o vort ||o u|J c.vst.| |.cn t|o
ncr | tc. tcuc| |rc t|o sk|r c. or to. |rc t|o
ovos c. ncut|
iv
• |c p..t c| t|o n.ru.|s |rc|uJoJ .|t| t||s
p.cJuct n.v bo .op.cJucoJ. t..rsn|ttoJ. t..r
sc.|boJ. stc.oJ |r . .ot.|ov.| svston. c. t..rs|.toJ
|rtc .rv |.rcu.co |r .rv |c.n. bv .rv no.rs.
.|t|cut ||kcr’s p.|c. ..|ttor po.n|ss|cr
• ||kcr .oso.vos t|o .|c|t tc c|.rco t|o
spoc|fic.t|crs c| t|o |..J...o .rJ sc|t...o
Josc.|boJ |r t|oso n.ru.|s .t .rv t|no .rJ
.|t|cut p.|c. rct|co
• ||kcr .||| rct bo |o|J ||.b|o |c. .rv J.n.cos
.osu|t|rc |.cn t|o uso c| t||s p.cJuct
• \|||o ovo.v offc.t |.s boor n.Jo tc orsu.o
t|.t t|o |r|c.n.t|cr |r t|oso n.ru.|s |s .c
cu..to .rJ ccnp|oto. .o .cu|J .pp.oc|.to |t
.o.o vcu tc b.|rc .rv o..c.s c. cn|ss|crs tc
t|o .ttort|cr c| t|o ||kcr .op.osort.t|vo |r
vcu. ..o. (.JJ.oss p.cv|JoJ sop...to|v:
Notices for Customers in the U.S.A.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency Interference Statement
Notices
¯||s oou|pnort |.s boor tostoJ .rJ |curJ
tc ccnp|v .|t| t|o ||n|ts |c. . ´|.ss b J|c|t.|
Jov|co. pu.su.rt tc |..t 15 c| t|o |´´ .u|os
¯|oso ||n|ts ..o Jos|croJ tc p.cv|Jo .o.scr
.b|o p.ctoct|cr .c.|rst |..n|u| |rto.|o.orco
|r . .os|Jort|.| |rst.||.t|cr ¯||s oou|pnort
coro..tos. usos. .rJ c.r ..J|.to ..J|c |.o
ouorcv oro.cv .rJ. || rct |rst.||oJ .rJ usoJ
|r .ccc.J.rco .|t| t|o |rst.uct|crs. n.v c.uso
|..n|u| |rto.|o.orco tc ..J|c ccnnur|c.t|crs
|c.ovo.. t|o.o |s rc cu...rtoo t|.t |rto.|o.
orco .||| rct cccu. |r . p..t|cu|.. |rst.||.t|cr
|| t||s oou|pnort Jcos c.uso |..n|u| |rto.|o.
orco tc ..J|c c. to|ov|s|cr .ocopt|cr. .||c| c.r
bo Joto.n|roJ bv tu.r|rc t|o oou|pnort cff
.rJ cr. t|o uso. |s orccu..coJ tc t.v tc cc..oct
t|o |rto.|o.orco bv cro c. nc.o c| t|o |c||c.
|rc no.su.os
• |oc.|ort c. .o|cc.to t|o .oco|v|rc .rtorr.
• |rc.o.so t|o sop...t|cr bot.oor t|o oou|p
nort .rJ .oco|vo.
• ´crroct t|o oou|pnort |rtc .r cut|ot cr .
c|.cu|t J|ffo.ort |.cn t|.t tc .||c| t|o .oco|v
o. |s ccrroctoJ
• ´crsu|t t|o Jo.|o. c. .r oxpo.|orcoJ ..J|c/
to|ov|s|cr toc|r|c|.r |c. |o|p
D200
CAUTIONS
Modifications
¯|o |´´ .oou|.os t|o uso. tc bo rct|fioJ t|.t
.rv c|.rcos c. ncJ|fic.t|crs n.Jo tc t||s Jo
v|co t|.t ..o rct oxp.oss|v .pp.cvoJ bv ||kcr
´c.pc..t|cr n.v vc|J t|o uso.’s .ut|c.|tv tc
cpo..to t|o oou|pnort
Interface Cables
|so t|o |rto.|.co c.b|os sc|J c. p.cv|JoJ bv
||kcr |c. vcu. oou|pnort |s|rc ct|o. |rto.
|.co c.b|os n.v oxcooJ t|o ||n|ts c| ´|.ss b |..t
15 c| t|o |´´ .u|os
Notice for Customers in the State of California
WARNING: |.rJ||rc t|o cc.J cr t||s p.cJuct
.||| oxpcso vcu tc |o.J. . c|on|c.| krc.r tc
t|o St.to c| ´.|||c.r|. tc c.uso b|.t| Jo|octs
c. ct|o. .op.cJuct|vo |..n Wash hands after
handling.
||kcr |rc.
1300 \.|t \||tn.r |c.J. Vo|v|||o. |o. +c.k
1143064. |S/ ¯o| 631544200
Notice for Customers in Canada
CAUTION
¯||s c|.ss b J|c|t.| .pp...tus noots .|| .oou|.o
norts c| t|o ´.r.J|.r |rto.|o.orco ´.us|rc
|ou|pnort |ocu|.t|crs
ATTENTION
´ot .pp..o|| runo.|ouo Jo |. c|.sso b .ospocto
tcutos |os ox|corcos Ju |oc|onort su. |o n.to
.|o| b.cu|||ou. Ju ´.r.J.
v
Symbol for Separate Collection in European Countries
¯||s svnbc| |rJ|c.tos t|.t t||s p.cJuct |s tc bo cc||octoJ sop...to|v
¯|o |c||c.|rc .pp|v cr|v tc uso.s |r |u.cpo.r ccurt.|os
• ¯||s p.cJuct |s Jos|cr.toJ |c. sop...to cc||oct|cr .t .r .pp.cp.|.to cc||oct|cr pc|rt
|c rct J|spcso c| .s |cuso|c|J ..sto
• |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr. ccrt.ct t|o .ot.||o. c. t|o |cc.| .ut|c.|t|os |r c|..co c| ..sto
n.r.conort
Notice Concerning Prohibition of Copying or Reproduction
|cto t|.t s|np|v bo|rc |r pcssoss|cr c| n.to.|.| t|.t |.s boor J|c|t.||v ccp|oJ c. .op.cJucoJ bv
no.rs c| . sc.rro.. J|c|t.| c.no.. c. ct|o. Jov|co n.v bo pur|s|.b|o bv |..
• Items prohibited by law from being copied or repro-
duced
|c rct ccpv c. .op.cJuco p.po. ncrov.
cc|rs. socu.|t|os. ccvo.rnort bcrJs. c. |cc.|
ccvo.rnort bcrJs. ovor || suc| ccp|os c. .o
p.cJuct|crs ..o st.npoJ “S.np|o”
¯|o ccpv|rc c. .op.cJuct|cr c| p.po. ncrov.
cc|rs. c. socu.|t|os .||c| ..o c|.cu|.toJ |r .
|c.o|cr ccurt.v |s p.c||b|toJ
|r|oss t|o p.|c. po.n|ss|cr c| t|o ccvo.r
nort |.s boor cbt.|roJ. t|o ccpv|rc c.
.op.cJuct|cr c| urusoJ pcst.co st.nps c.
pcst c..Js |ssuoJ bv t|o ccvo.rnort |s p.c
||b|toJ
¯|o ccpv|rc c. .op.cJuct|cr c| st.nps |ssuoJ
bv t|o ccvo.rnort .rJ c| co.t|fioJ Jccu
norts st|pu|.toJ bv |.. |s p.c||b|toJ
• Cautions on certain copies and reproductions
¯|o ccvo.rnort |.s |ssuoJ c.ut|crs cr ccp
|os c. .op.cJuct|crs c| socu.|t|os |ssuoJ bv
p.|v.to ccnp.r|os (s|..os. b|||s. c|ocks. c||t
co.t|fic.tos. otc:. ccnnuto. p.ssos. c. ccupcr
t|ckots. oxcopt .|or . n|r|nun c| rocoss..v
ccp|os ..o tc bo p.cv|JoJ |c. bus|ross uso bv
. ccnp.rv /|sc. Jc rct ccpv c. .op.cJuco
p.sspc.ts |ssuoJ bv t|o ccvo.rnort. ||corsos
|ssuoJ bv pub||c .corc|os .rJ p.|v.to c.cups.
|| c..Js. .rJ t|ckots. suc| .s p.ssos .rJ no.|
ccupcrs
• Comply with copyright notices
¯|o ccpv|rc c. .op.cJuct|cr c| ccpv.|c|toJ
c.o.t|vo .c.ks suc| .s bccks. nus|c. p.|rt
|rcs. .ccJcut p.|rts. n.ps. J...|rcs. ncv
|os. .rJ p|ctcc..p|s |s ccvo.roJ bv r.t|cr.|
.rJ |rto.r.t|cr.| ccpv.|c|t |..s |c rct uso
t||s p.cJuct |c. t|o pu.pcso c| n.k|rc |||oc.|
ccp|os c. tc |r|.|rco ccpv.|c|t |..s
Disposing of Data Storage Devices
||o.so rcto t|.t Jo|ot|rc |n.cos c. |c.n.tt|rc nonc.v c..Js c. ct|o. J.t. stc..co Jov|cos Jcos
rct ccnp|oto|v o..so t|o c.|c|r.| |n.co J.t. |o|otoJ fi|os c.r scnot|nos bo .occvo.oJ |.cn
J|sc..JoJ stc..co Jov|cos us|rc ccnno.c|.||v .v.||.b|o sc|t...o. pctort|.||v .osu|t|rc |r t|o n.
||c|cus uso c| po.scr.| |n.co J.t. |rsu.|rc t|o p.|v.cv c| suc| J.t. |s t|o uso.’s .ospcrs|b|||tv
bo|c.o J|sc..J|rc . J.t. stc..co Jov|co c. t..rs|o..|rc c.ro.s||p tc .rct|o. po.scr. o..so .||
J.t. us|rc ccnno.c|.| Jo|ot|cr sc|t...o. c. |c.n.t t|o Jov|co .rJ t|or ccnp|oto|v .ofi|| |t .|t|
|n.cos ccrt.|r|rc rc p.|v.to |r|c.n.t|cr (|c. ox.np|o. p|ctu.os c| onptv skv: bo su.o tc .|sc
.op|.co .rv p|ctu.os so|octoJ |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco ´..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r|u.v c.
J.n.co tc p.cpo.tv .|or p|vs|c.||v Jost.cv|rc J.t. stc..co Jov|cos
vi
Table of Contents
For Your Safety .................................................................................................................................... ii
Notices ................................................................................................................................................... iv
Introduction............................................................................................................ 1
Getting to Know the Camera ......................................................................................................... 2
First Steps ............................................................................................................................................. 8
/tt.c||rc . |ors 8
´|..c|rc .rJ |rso.t|rc t|o b.tto.v 10
b.s|c Sotup 12
|rso.t|rc Vonc.v ´..Js 14
/J|ust|rc \|o.firJo. |ccus 16
Tutorial: Photography and Playback .................................................................... 17
Basic Photography ............................................................................................................................ 17
Basic Playback ..................................................................................................................................... 22
Reference ................................................................................................................ 23
Using Camera Menus ....................................................................................................................... 24
Reference: More on Photography ......................................................................... 26
Choosing a Shooting Mode ........................................................................................................... 26
Image Quality and Size .................................................................................................................... 28
|n.co Ou.||tv 28 |n.co S|.o 32
ISO Sensitivity ..................................................................................................................................... 33
White Balance ..................................................................................................................................... 35
Optimizing Images ............................................................................................................................ 45
Color Space .......................................................................................................................................... 50
Focus ...................................................................................................................................................... 51
|ccus VcJo 51
|ccus /.o. So|oct|cr 53
/|/.o. VcJo 54
|ccus ¯cro So|oct|cr 55
|ccus |cck 56
¯|o /|/ss|st |||un|r.tc. 58
´ott|rc ´ccJ |osu|ts .|t| /utc|ccus 59
V.ru.| |ccus 60
Exposure ............................................................................................................................................... 61
Voto.|rc 61
|xpcsu.o VcJo 62
/utcoxpcsu.o |cck 0
|xpcsu.o ´cnpors.t|cr 2
|xpcsu.o .rJ ||.s| b..ckot|rc 3
Flash Photography ............................................................................................................................ 76
||.s| Svrc VcJos
|s|rc t|o bu||t|r ||.s| 8
||.s| |xpcsu.o ´cnpors.t|cr 80
|\ |cck 81
Self-Timer Mode ................................................................................................................................. 83
Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure ....................................................................................... 84
Interval Timer Photography ........................................................................................................... 89
Non-CPU Lenses ................................................................................................................................. 93
Using a GPS Unit ................................................................................................................................ 96
Two-Button Reset .............................................................................................................................. 97
vii
Reference: More on Playback ................................................................................ 98
Viewing Photographs ....................................................................................................................... 98
S|rc|o|n.co ||.vb.ck 98
||ctc |r|c.n.t|cr 99
\|o.|rc Vu|t|p|o |n.cos
¯|unbr.|| ||.vb.ck 102
¯.k|rc . ´|cso. |cck ||.vb.ck ¯ccn 103
|.ctoct|rc ||ctcc..p|s
|.cn |o|ot|cr 104
|o|ot|rc |rJ|v|Ju.| ||ctcc..p|s 105
Viewing Photographs on TV .......................................................................................................... 106
Connecting to a Computer ............................................................................................................ 107
Printing Photographs ....................................................................................................................... 110
Setup ....................................................................................................................... 115
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu ................................................................................... 115
|c.n.t 116
|´| b.|c|tross 116
V|..c. |cck|p 11
\|Joc VcJo 11
\c.|J ¯|no 11
|.rcu.co 118
|n.co ´cnnort 118
/utc |n.co |ct.t|cr 119
|ocort Sott|rcs 119
|Sb 121
|ust Off |o| ||ctc 121
b.tto.v |r|c 123
||.n...o \o.s|cr 123
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu ..................................................................................... 124
S|cct|rc Voru b.rk 125
Voru |osot 12
|c|Jo.s 128
|||o |.n|rc 129
Opt|n|.o |n.co 129
´c|c. Sp.co 129
|n.co Ou.||tv 129
|n.co S|.o 130
'||´ ´cnp.oss|cr 130
|/\ ´cnp.oss|cr 130
\||to b.|.rco 130
|crc |xp || 131
||c| |SO || 131
|SO Sors|t|v|tv 132
|n.co Ovo.|.v 132
Vu|t|p|o |xpcsu.o 132
|rto.v.| ¯|no. S|cct|rc 132
|cr´|| |ors |.t. 132
Playback Options: The Playback Menu ...................................................................................... 133
|o|oto 133
||.vb.ck |c|Jo. 135
S||Jo S|c. 135
||Jo |n.co 13
|.|rt Sot 139
||sp|.v VcJo 141
|n.co |ov|o. 141
/|to. |o|oto 142
|ct.to ¯.|| 142
Custom Settings ................................................................................................................................. 143
Technical Notes....................................................................................................... 173
Optional Accessories ........................................................................................................................ 173
Caring for the Camera ...................................................................................................................... 184
Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................ 189
Appendix .............................................................................................................................................. 195
Specifications ...................................................................................................................................... 203
Index ....................................................................................................................................................... 208
viii
Take Test Shots
bo|c.o t.k|rc p|ctu.os cr |npc.t.rt ccc.s|crs (|c. ox.np|o. .t .oJJ|rcs c. bo |c.o t.k |rc
t|o c.n o.. .|t| vcu cr . t.|p:. t.ko . tost s|ct tc orsu.o t|.t t|o c.no.. |s |urc t|cr |rc
rc.n.||v ||kcr .||| rct bo |o|J ||.b|o |c. J.n.cos c. |cst p.cfits t|.t n.v .osu|t |.cn
p.cJuct n.||urct|cr
Life-Long Learning
/s p..t c| ||kcr’s “|||o|crc |o..r|rc” ccnn|tnort tc crcc|rc p.cJ uct sup pc.t .rJ oJ u
c. t|cr. ccr t|r u .| |vupJ.toJ |r|c.n.t|cr |s .v.|| .b|o cr||ro .t t|o |c||c.|rc s|tos
• |c. uso.s |r t|o |S/ http://www.nikonusa.com/
• |c. uso.s |r |u.cpo .rJ /|.|c. http://www.europe-nikon.com/support
• |c. uso.s |r /s|.. Oco.r|.. .rJ t|o V|JJ|o |.st http://www.nikon-asia.com/
\|s|t t|oso s|tos tc koop uptcJ.to .|t| t|o |.tost p.cJuct |r |c. n. t|cr. t|ps. .r s.o.s tc |.o
ouort |v.skoJ ouos t|crs (|/Os:. .rJ cor o. .| .Jv|co cr J|c|t.| |n.c|rc .rJ p|c tcc .. p|v
/J J| t|cr .| |r|c.n.t|cr n.v bo .v.||.b|o |.cn t|o ||kcr .op .o sor t. t|vo |r vcu. ..o. Soo
t|o ||| bo|c. |c. ccrt.ct |r |c. n. t|cr
http://nikonimaging.com/
1
¯|.rk vcu |c. vcu. pu.c|.so c| . ||kcr |200 s|rc|o|ors .oflox (S||: J|c|t.| c.no..
.|t| |rto.c|.rco.b|o |orsos ¯||s n.ru.| |.s boor ..|ttor tc |o|p vcu or|cv
t.k|rc p|ctu.os .|t| vcu. ||kcr J|c|t.| c.no.. |o.J t||s n.ru.| t|c.cuc||v
bo|c.o uso. .rJ koop |t |.rJv .|or us|rc t|o p.cJuct ¯|o Jccunort.t|cr |c.
t||s p.cJuct .|sc |rc|uJos t|o n.ru.|s ||stoJ bo|c. ||o.so bo su.o tc .o.J .||
|rst.uct|crs t|c.cuc||v tc cot t|o ncst |.cn t|o c.n o..
• Quick Start Guide ¯|o Quick Start Guide t.kos vcu t|.cuc| t|o p.ccoss c| ur
p.ck|rc .rJ sot t|rc up vcu. ||kcr J|c|t.| c.no... t.k|rc vcu. fi.st p|ctcc..p|s.
.rJ t..rs |o. .|rc t|on tc vcu. ccnputo.
• Sc|t...o n.ru.| (cr ´|: ¯|o sc|t...o n.ru.| ccrt.|rs |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rc
t|o sc|t...o p.cv|JoJ .|t| vcu. c.no.. |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr v|o. |rc t|o sc|t
...o n.ru.|. soo t|o Quick Start Guide
¯c n.ko |t o.s|o. tc firJ t|o |r|c.n.t|cr vcu rooJ. t|o |c||c.|rc svn bc|s .rJ
ccr vor t|crs ..o usoJ
¯||s |ccr |rJ|c.tos t|.t nc.o |r|c.
n.t|cr |s .v.||.b|o o|so.|o.o |r t||s
n.ru.| c. |r t|o Quick Start Guide
¯||s |ccr n..ks rctos. |r|c.n.t|cr t|.t
s|cu|J bo .o.J bo|c.o us|rc t|o c.n
o..
¯||s |ccr n..ks t|ps. .JJ|t|cr.| |r|c.
n.t|cr t|.t n.v bo |o|p|u| .|or us
|rc t|o c.no..
¯||s |ccr n..ks c.ut|crs. |r|c.n.t|cr
t|.t s|cu|J bo .o.J bo|c.o uso tc p.o
vort J.n.co tc t|o c.no..
¯||s |ccr n..ks sott|rcs t|.t c.r bo
firoturoJ |.cn t|o ´ustcn Sot t|rcs
noru
¯||s |ccr n..ks sott|rcs t|.t c.r bo .J
|ustoJ us|rc c.no.. norus
/r /|S |` 18–0 nn |/35–45´ || |ors |s usoJ |r t||s n.ru.| |c. |||ust..t|vo pu.pcsos
¯|o p..ts c| t|o |ors ..o s|c.r bo|c.
Lens
Zoom ring Mounting index: 8
Focus ring: 60 A-M mode switch: 60
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
CPU contacts: 176 Focal length scale
Introduction
2
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

G
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
o

K
n
o
w

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
¯.ko . |o. ncnorts tc |.n|||..|.o vcu.so|| .|t| c.no.. ccrt.c|s .rJ J|sp|.vs
+cu n.v firJ |t |o|p|u| tc bcckn..k t||s soct|cr .rJ .o|o. tc |t .s vcu .o.J
t|.cuc| t|o .ost c| t|o n.ru.|
Camera Body
Accessory shoe: 180
Getting to Know the Camera
(flash sync mode)
button: 78
[ Flash compensa-
tion: 80]
Lens release button: 8
Focus-mode selector:
19, 51
Built-in flash: 76
Connector cover: 106
Video connector: 106
DC-IN connector for optional
EH-6 AC adapter: 181
USB connector: 108, 111
Eyelet for camera
strap: 9
Flash sync terminal:
180
Flash pop-up button: 78
10-pin remote
terminal: 182
3
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

G
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
o

K
n
o
w

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
AF-assist illuminator: 58
[Self-timer lamp: 83]
[Red-eye reduction lamp: 77]
Sub-command dial: 170
Eyelet for camera strap: 9
Depth-of-field preview button:
62
FUNC. button: 170
Battery-chamber cover: 11
Battery-chamber cover latch: 11 Tripod socket
Mode dial lock
release: 26
QUAL (image quality/size)
button: 29, 32
[ ● (reset) button: 97]
WB (white balance)
button: 35–44
ISO (ISO sensitivity) button: 33 Mode dial: 26
Power switch: 17
[Illuminator switch: 5]
(exposure
compensation)
button: 72
[ ● (reset)
button: 97]
Control panel:
5
(focal plane mark): 60
(exposure mode)
button: 62
[ (format) button:
14]
Shutter-release button: 20
4
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

G
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
o

K
n
o
w

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. |s usoJ |c. noru r.v|c.t|cr .rJ tc ccrt.c| t|o J|sp|.v c| p|ctc |r
|c.n.t|cr Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck
Camera Body (continued)
(playback)
button: 22, 98
(menu)
button: 24
(thumbnail)
button: 102
(protect )
button: 104
[ ? (help) button:
24]
(enter) button: 24
[ (playback zoom)
button: 103]
(delete) button: 22, 105
[ (format) button: 14]
Monitor: 9, 116, 184
Viewfinder eyepiece cup
Viewfinder eyepiece:
83, 90, 181
View more photo info
Move cursor down
View previous photo
Return to previous menu
Cancel
||.vb.ck ( 98:
Voru r.v|c.t|cr ( 24:
View next photo
Display sub-menu
Make selection
View more photo info
Move cursor up
Multi selector
(AE / AF lock) button:
56, 70
Main command
dial: 170
AF-area mode selector: 54
Focus selector
lock: 53
Diopter adjustment control:
16, 181
(AF-ON)
button: 52
Memory card
slot cover: 14
Card slot cover latch: 14
Memory card
access lamp:
14
(bracketing)
button: 43, 73
Change number of
images displayed
Make selection
Metering selector: 61
5
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

G
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
o

K
n
o
w

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
Control Panel
1 ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o |rJ|c.tc. 38
2 S|utto. spooJ 62–69
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 2
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 80
|SO sors|t|v|tv 33
\||to b.|.rco firotur|rc. cc|c.
tonpo..tu.o. c. p.osot runbo. 3–42
|unbo. c| s|cts |r b..ckot|rc
soouorco 3
|unbo. c| |rto.v.|s 91
|cc.| |orct| (rcr´|| |ors: 94
3 ||.s| svrc |rJ|c.tc. 9
4 ||ox|b|o p.cc..n |rJ|c.tc. 63
5 |xpcsu.o ncJo 62
6 “´|cck rct sot” |rJ|c.tc. 11
7 |n.co s|.o 32
8 |n.co ou.||tv 28
9 |ccus ..o. 53
/|..o. ncJo 54
10 \||to b.|.rco ncJo 35
11 |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc 1
|unbo. c| s|cts .on.|r|rc
bo|c.o nonc.v buffo. fi||s 2
|´ ncJo |rJ|c.tc. 108
|.osot .||to b.|.rco .occ.J|rc
|rJ|c.tc. 40
12 “|” (.ppo..s .|or nonc.v .on.|rs |c.
cvo. 1000 oxpcsu.os:
13 b.tto.v |rJ|c.tc. 1
14 ||.s| svrc ncJo
15 “boop” |rJ|c.tc. 158
16 /po.tu.o (|/runbo.: 62–69
/po.tu.o (runbo. c| stcps: 6. 69
b..ckot|rc |rc.onort 43. 3
|unbo. c| s|cts po. |rto.v.| 91
V.x|nun .po.tu.o (rcr´|| |ors: 95
|´ ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 108
17 /po.tu.o stcp |rJ|c.tc. 6. 69
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
11
12
13
14
15
17
16
18 ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 80
19 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 2
20 |SO sors|t|v|tv |rJ|c.tc. 33
21 ||.s| v.|uo (|\: |cck 81
22 |n.co ccnnort |rJ|c.tc. 118
23 \|Jo|..no |ccus ..o. |rJ|c.tc. 56
24 ´ustcn noru b.rk 146
25 S|cct|rc noru b.rk 125
26 b..ckot|rc |rJ|c.tc. 43. 3
27 ||oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v 69
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 2
b..ckot|rc p.cc.oss |rJ|c.tc. 43. 3
|´ ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 108
28 ´|S ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 96
29 Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |rJ|c.tc. 8
30 |rto.v.| t|no. |rJ|c.tc. 91
20
19
18
21
22
23
24
27
28
29
30
25
26
|c|J|rc t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |r t|o pcs|t|cr .ct|v.tos t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s .rJ t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| b.ck||c|t (|´| |||un|r.tc.:. .||c.|rc t|o J|sp|.v tc bo .o.J |r t|o J..k
/|to. t|o pc.o. s.|tc| |s .o|o.soJ. t|o |||un|r.tc. .||| .on.|r .ct|vo .|||o t|o c.no..
oxpcsu.o noto.s ..o .ct|vo c. urt|| t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ
The LCD Illuminator
6
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

G
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
o

K
n
o
w

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
The Viewfinder Display
\|or t|o b.tto.v |s tct.||v ox|.ustoJ. t|o J|s
p|.v |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| J|n ¯|o v|o.firJo.
J|sp|.v .||| .otu.r tc rc.n.| .|or . |u||v
c|..coJ b.tto.v |s |rso.toJ
12 8 11 9 10 14 18
19
20 21 24 22
13 15 16 17
23
6
7
2
1
3
5
4
1 |..n|rc c.|J (J|sp|.voJ .|or On |s
so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc J2 (Grid
Display: 158
2 8nn (031|r: .o|o.orco c|.c|o |c. cor
to..o|c|toJ noto.|rc 61
3 “|c nonc.v c..J” ...r|rc ¯
4 b.tto.v |rJ|c.tc. ¯ 1
5 b|.ck.rJ.||to |rJ|c.tc. ¯ 45
6 |c.n.||..no |ccus b..ckots
(|ccus ..o.s: 53. 55
7 \|Jo|..no |ccus b..ckots
(|ccus ..o.s: 55
8 |ccus |rJ|c.tc. 20
9 Voto.|rc 61
10 /utcoxpcsu.o (/|: |cck 0
11 S|utto. spooJ 62–69
12 /po.tu.o (|/runbo.: 62–69
/po.tu.o (runbo. c| stcps: 6. 69
13 |xpcsu.o ncJo 62
14 ||.s| ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 80
15 |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |rJ|c.tc. 2
16 |SO sors|t|v|tv 33
17 |unbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc 1
|unbo. c| s|cts .on.|r|rc
bo|c.o nonc.v buffo. fi||s 2
|.osot .||to b.|.rco .occ.J|rc
|rJ|c.tc. 40
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 2
||.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uo 80
|´ ccrroct|cr |rJ|c.tc. 108
18 ||.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc. 9
19 ||.s| v.|uo (|\: |cck 81
20 ||.s| svrc |rJ|c.tc. 9
21 /po.tu.o stcp |rJ|c.tc. 6. 69
22 ||oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v 69
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr 2
23 /utc sors|t|v|tv |rJ|c.tc. 153
24 “|” (.ppo..s .|or nonc.v .on.|rs |c.
cvo. 1000 oxpcsu.os:
¯ ´.r bo ||JJor .|t| ´ustcn Sott|rc J3 ( 158:
7
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

G
e
t
t
i
n
g

t
o

K
n
o
w

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
Large-Capacity Memory Cards
\|or orcuc| non c .v .o n.|rs cr t|o nonc.v c..J tc
.occ.J . t|cu s.rJ c. nc.o p|c tu.os .t cu. .ort sot t|rcs. t|o
run bo. c| oxpcsu.os .o n.|r |rc .||| bo s|c.r |r t|cu
s.rJs. .curJ oJ Jc.r tc t|o ro.. ost |ur J.oJ (oc. || t|o.o
|s .ccn |c. .p p.cx | n.to |v 1.260 ox pc su.os. t|o ox pc su.o
ccurt J|s p|.v .||| s|c. 12 |:
Camera Off Display/No Memory Card
|| t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff .|t| . b.tto.v .rJ nonc.v c..J
|rso.toJ. t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc .||| bo J|s
p|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| || rc nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ.
t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| s|c. .rJ . |ccr .||| bo J|s
p|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
Advanced Focusing Screen Display
\|or t|o b.ckc.curJ |s b.|c|t. t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o. ( 53: |s ||c|||c|toJ |r b|.ck \|or
t|o b.ckc.curJ |s J..k. t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o. |s ||c|||c|toJ b.|oflv |r .oJ .s rooJoJ tc
ost.b||s| ccrt..st .|t| t|o b.ckc.curJ (“\..|b.|to” |ccus ..o.s:. n.k|rc |t o.s|o. tc |Jort||v
t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. ¯|o v|o.firJo. |s .|sc oou|ppoJ .|t| crJon.rJ c.|J ||ros \|or
On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc J2 (Grid display. 158:. . .o|o.orco c.|J |s supo.|n
pcsoJ cvo. t|o J|sp|.v |r t|o v|o.firJo. ¯||s c.|J |s . uso|u| .|J .|or ccnpcs|rc |.rJ
sc.po s|cts c. .|or t||t|rc c. s|||t|rc . |´ ||kkc. |ors
O.|rc tc t|o c|...cto.|st|cs c| t||s tvpo c| v|o.firJo. J|sp|.v. vcu n.v rct|co firo ||ros
..J|.t|rc cut...Js |.cn t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o.. c. t|.t t|o J|sp|.v |r t|o v|o.firJo. tu.rs
.oJ .|or t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. |s ||c|||c|toJ ¯|oso p|orcnor. ..o rc.n.| .rJ Jc rct
|rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr
The Viewfinder Display
¯|o |ccus..o. .rJ c.|J||ro J|sp|.vs |r t|o v|o.firJo. (.Jv.rcoJ |ccus|rc sc.oor J|sp|.v:
torJ tc b.|c|tor .t ||c| tonpo..tu.os .rJ tc J..kor .rJ ox||b|t s|c.o. .ospcrso t|nos
.t |c. tonpo..tu.os ¯|o ct|o. J|sp|.vs |r t|o v|o.firJo. torJ tc J..kor .t ||c| ton
po..tu.os .rJ ox||b|t s|c.o. .ospcrso t|nos .t |c. tonpo..tu.os /|| J|sp|.vs .||| .otu.r tc
rc.n.| .t .ccn tonpo..tu.o
8
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

F
i
r
s
t

S
t
e
p
s
Detaching Lenses
Be sure the camera is off .|or .oncv|rc c. oxc|.rc|rc
|orsos ¯c .oncvo t|o |ors. p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o |ors.o|o.so
buttcr .|||o tu.r|rc t|o |ors c|cck.|so
2
|oop |rc t|o ncurt|rc |rJox cr t|o |ors
.||croJ .|t| t|o ncurt|rc |rJox cr t|o c.n o..
bcJv. pcs|t|cr t|o |ors |r t|o c.n o..’s b.vcrot
ncurt bo|rc c..o|u| rct tc p.oss t|o |ors.o
|o.so buttcr. .c t.to t|o |ors ccurto.c|cck.|so
urt|| |t c||cks |rtc p|.co
Attaching a Lens
´..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc p.ovort Just |.cn orto.|rc t|o c.no.. .|or t|o |ors
|s .oncvoJ
1
/|to. ccrfi.n|rc t|.t t|o c.no.. |s cff. .oncvo
t|o .o.. |ors c.p .rJ c.no.. bcJv c.p
First Steps
Aperture Ring
|| t|o |ors |s oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .po.tu.o .|rc. |cck .po.tu.o .t t|o n|r|nun sott|rc (||c|ost
|/runbo.: Soo t|o |ors n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
Mounting
index
9
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

F
i
r
s
t

S
t
e
p
s
Attaching the Camera Strap
/tt.c| t|o st..p .s s|c.r bo|c.
¯c .oncvo t|o ccvo.. |c|J t|o c.no.. fi.n|v .rJ pu|| t|o
bcttcn c| t|o ccvo. cort|v cut...Js .s s|c.r .t .|c|t
The Monitor Cover
/ c|o.. p|.st|c ccvo. (t|o bV6 |´| ncr|tc. ccvo.: |s p.c
v|JoJ .|t| t|o c.no.. tc koop t|o ncr|tc. c|o.r .rJ
p.ctoct |t .|or t|o c.no.. |s rct |r uso ¯c .tt.c| t|o
ccvo.. |rso.t t|o p.c|oct|cr cr t|o tcp c| t|o ccvo. |rtc
t|o n.tc||rc |rJort.t|cr .bcvo t|o c.no.. ncr|tc. (ቢ:.
t|or p.oss t|o bcttcn c| t|o ccvo. urt|| |t c||cks |rtc p|.co
(ባ:
10
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

F
i
r
s
t

S
t
e
p
s
Charging and Inserting the Battery
¯|o supp||oJ ||||3o b.tto.v |s rct c|..coJ .t s||pnort ´|..co t|o b.tto.v us
|rc t|o supp||oJ V|18. ou|ck c|..co. .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
1
Charge the battery
1.1 ´crroct t|o pc.o. cc.J tc t|o c|..co. .rJ
p|uc |t |r
1.2 ||.co t|o b.tto.v |r t|o c|..co. ¯|o ´|/|´|
|.np .||| b||rk .s t|o b.tto.v c|..cos /bcut
t.c .rJ . ou..to. |cu.s ..o .oou|.oJ |c. .r
ox|.ustoJ b.tto.v tc |u||v c|..co
1.3 ´|..c|rc |s ccnp|oto .|or t|o ´|/|´|
|.np stcps b||rk|rc |oncvo t|o b.tto.v
|.cn t|o c|..co. .rJ urp|uc t|o c|..co.
The Battery and Charger
Read and follow the warnings and cautions on pages ii–iii and 187–188 of this manual,
together with any warnings and instructions provided by the battery manufacturer. |so
cr|v ||||3o b.tto.|os ¯|o |200 |s rct ccnp.t|b|o .|t| t|o ||||3 c. ||||3. b.tto.|os
.v.||.b|o |c. |100. |0so.|os. c. |50 c.no..s c. .|t| t|o VS|0 ´|2 b.tto.v |c|Jo.
|c rct uso t|o b.tto.v .t .nb|ort tonpo..tu.os bo|c. 0 ´ (32 |: c. .bcvo 40 ´ (104 |:
|u.|rc c|..c|rc. t|o ton po. . tu.o s|cu|J bo |r t|o v| c|r | tv c| 5–35 ´ (41–95 |: |cto t|.t
t|o b.tto.v n.v boccno |ct Ju.|rc uso. ..|t |c. t|o b.tto.v tc ccc| bo|c.o c|..c|rc |.||
u.o tc cbso.vo t|oso p.oc.ut|crs ccu|J J.n.co t|o b.tto.v. |np.|. |ts po.|c.n.rco. c.
p.ovort |t |.cn c|..c|rc rc.n.||v
¯|o supp||oJ pc.o. c.b|o |s |rtorJoJ sc|o|v |c. uso .|t| t|o V|18. .rJ |s |c. Jcnost|c
uso cr|v |t n.v bo rocoss..v tc pu.c|.so .rct|o. c.b|o |c. uso .b.c.J. ccrsu|t .|t| . |cc.|
||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ .ot.||o. c. so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo |rp|uc t|o c|..co. .|or rct |r uso
11
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

F
i
r
s
t

S
t
e
p
s
2
Insert the battery
2.1 /|to. ccrfi.n|rc t|.t t|o c.no.. |s cff. cpor
t|o b.tto.v c|.nbo. ccvo.
2.2 |rso.t . |u||v c|..coJ b.tto.v .s s|c.r .t
.|c|t ´|cso t|o b.tto.v c|.nbo. ccvo.
¯|o ||||3o s|..os |r|c.n.t|cr .|t| ccnp.t|b|o Jov|cos. or.b||rc t|o b.tto.v c|..co
st.to tc bo s|c.r |r s|x |ovo|s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ .s . po.cort.co |r t|o sotup
noru Battery Info J|sp|.v ( 123:. tccot|o. .|t| b.tto.v |||o .rJ t|o runbo. c| p|c
tu.os t.kor s|rco t|o b.tto.v ..s |.st c|..coJ
EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Batteries
Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories
||kcr c.no..s ..o Jos|croJ tc t|o ||c|ost st.rJ..Js .rJ |rc|uJo ccnp|ox o|oct.cr|c
c|.cu|t.v Or|v ||kcr b..rJ o|oct.cr|c .ccossc.|os (|rc|uJ|rc |orsos. SpooJ||c|ts. b.tto.v
c|..co.s. b.tto.|os. .rJ /´ .J.pto.s: co.t|fioJ bv ||kcr spoc|fic.||v |c. uso .|t| t||s ||kcr
J|c|t.| c.no.. ..o orc|roo.oJ .rJ p.cvor tc cpo..to .|t||r t|o cpo..t|cr.| .rJ s.|otv
.oou|.onorts c| t||s o|oct.cr|c c|.cu|t.v
¯|| |S| O| |O||||O| |||´¯|O||´ /´´|SSO|||S ´O||| |/V/´| ¯|| ´/V
||/ /|| V/+ \O|| +O|| |||O| \/||/|¯+ ¯|o uso c| t||.Jp..tv
.oc|..co.b|o |||cr b.tto.|os rct bo..|rc t|o ||kcr |c|c
c..p||c so.| (soo .|c|t: ccu|J |rto.|o.o .|t| rc.n.| cpo..
t|cr c| t|o c.no.. c. .osu|t |r t|o b.tto.|os cvo.|o.t|rc.
|cr|t|rc. .uptu.|rc. c. |o.k|rc
|c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr .bcut ||kcr b..rJ .ccossc.|os. ccrt.ct .r .ut|c.|.oJ ||kcr Jo.|o.
Removing the Battery
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff bo|c.o .oncv|rc t|o b.tto.v |op|.co t|o to.n|r.| ccvo. .|or t|o
b.tto.v |s rct |r uso
12
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

F
i
r
s
t

S
t
e
p
s
Basic Setup
¯|o |.rcu.co cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru |s .utcn.t|c.||v ||c|||c|toJ t|o fi.st
t|no norus ..o J|sp|.voJ ´|ccso . |.rcu.co .rJ sot t|o t|no .rJ J.to
5
Highlight World Time.
2
Display language menu.
6
Display options.
7
Highlight Time Zone.
8
Display map of world time zones.
9
Select local time zone.
*
¯ UTC fio|J s|c.s t|no J|ffo.orco bot.oor so|octoJ t|no .cro .rJ ´cc.J|r.toJ |r|vo.s.|
¯|no (|¯´:. |r |cu.s
10
Return to WORLD TIME menu.
3
Select language.
4
Return to setup menu.
1
Turn camera on and press button.
13
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

F
i
r
s
t

S
t
e
p
s
11
Highlight Date.

† || J.v||c|t s.v|rc t|no |s |r offoct |r |cc.| t|no .cro. ||c|||c|t Daylight Saving Time
.rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t |.oss nu|t| so|octc. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t On .rJ p.oss nu|t|
so|octc. .|c|t ¯|no .||| .utcn.t|c.||v bo .Jv.rcoJ cro |cu.
12
Display DATE menu.
18
Return to WORLD TIME menu.
19
Return to setup menu.
16
Display options.
17
Choose order in which date is displayed.
14
Return to WORLD TIME menu.
15
Highlight Date Format.
13
Press multi selector left or right to select
item, up or down to change.
Using Camera Menus
¯|o |.rcu.co cpt|cr |s cr|v ||c|||c|toJ .utcn.t|c.||v t|o fi.st t|no norus ..o J|sp|.voJ
Soo “|s|rc ´.no.. Vorus” ( 24–25: |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr rc.n.| noru cpo..t|cr
14
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

F
i
r
s
t

S
t
e
p
s
Inserting Memory Cards
||ctcc..p|s ..o stc.oJ cr ´cnp.ct||.s| nonc.v c..Js (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
1
Insert a memory card
1.1 Turn the camera off bo|c.o |rso.t|rc c. .o
ncv|rc nonc.v c..Js |r|.tc| (ቢ: .rJ
cpor (ባ: t|o nonc.v c..J ccvo.
1
2
1.2 |rso.t t|o c..J .s s|c.r .t .|c|t ¯|o o|oct
buttcr .||| pcp up .rJ t|o nonc.v c..J
.ccoss |.np .||| ||c|t |c. .bcut . soccrJ
´|cso t|o nonc.v c..J s|ct ccvo.
2
Format the memory card
|c.n.tt|rc nonc.v c..Js po.n.rort|v Jo|otos .|| p|ctcc..p|s .rJ ct|o.
J.t. t|ov n.v ccrt.|r bo su.o .|| J.t. vcu .|s| tc koop |.vo boor ccp|oJ
tc .rct|o. stc..co Jov|co bo|c.o |c.n.tt|rc t|o c..J
2.1
Turn camera on and press (
and ) buttons simultaneously for
about 2 seconds until blinks in
control panel and viewfinder.
2.2
Press buttons again.
*
Do not
turn camera off or remove battery
or memory card until formatting is
complete and control panel shows
number of exposures remaining.
¯ |.oss .rv ct|o. buttcr tc ox|t .|t|cut |c.n.tt|rc nonc.v c..J
Front
Direction of
insertion
Terminals
Front
Inserting Memory Cards
´crfi.n t|.t t|o nonc.v c..J |s |r t|o c.|ort.
t|cr s|c.r /ttonpt|rc tc |rso.t c..Js ups|Jo
Jc.r c. b.ck...J ccu|J J.n.co t|o c.no.. c.
c..J |c rct uso |c.co
15
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

F
i
r
s
t

S
t
e
p
s
2 Turn the camera off .rJ cpor t|o nonc.v c..J s|ct ccvo.
3 |.oss t|o o|oct buttcr tc p..t|.||v o|oct t|o c..J (ቢ: ¯|o
c..J c.r t|or bo .oncvoJ bv |.rJ (ባ: |c rct pus| cr
t|o nonc.v c..J .|||o p.oss|rc t|o o|oct buttcr |.||u.o
tc cbso.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J J.n.co t|o c.no.. c.
nonc.v c..J 1
2
Illustrations
|r |||ust..t|crs t|.cuc|cut t||s n.ru.|. |rJ|c.tc.s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .o|
ov.rt tc t|o oxp|.r.t|cr |r t|o .cccnp.rv|rc toxt ..o s|c.r |r b|.ck |rJ|c.tc.s rct
nort|croJ |r t|o toxt ..o s|c.r |r c..v
Removing Memory Cards
1 ´crfi.n t|.t t|o .ccoss |.np |s cff
16
I
n
t
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

F
i
r
s
t

S
t
e
p
s
Adjusting Viewfinder Focus
||ctcc..p|s ..o |..noJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. bo|c.o s|cct|rc. n.ko su.o t|.t t|o
J|sp|.v |r t|o v|o.firJo. |s |r c|o.. |ccus
1
|oncvo t|o |ors c.p .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr
2
|ct.to t|o J|cpto. .J|ustnort ccrt.c| urt|| t|o
|ccus b..ckots ..o J|sp|.voJ |r s|..p |ccus .|or
t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v
\|or cpo..t|rc t|o J|cpto. .J|ustnort ccrt.c|
.|t| vcu. ovo tc t|o v|o.firJo.. bo c..o|u| rct tc
put vcu. firco.s c. firco.r.||s |r vcu. ovo
Focus
brackets
/t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. t|o v|o.firJo. J|sp|.v .rJ t|o .po.tu.o .rJ s|utto.spooJ |rJ|c.tc.s
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| tu.r cff || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. .bcut s|x soccrJs
(.utc noto.cff:. .oJuc|rc t|o J..|r cr t|o b.tto.v |.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
|.||..v tc .o.ct|v.to t|o J|sp|.v
Auto Meter-Off
17
T
u
t
o
r
i
a
l

B
a
s
i
c

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
1.1 |oncvo t|o |ors c.p .rJ tu.r t|o c.no..
cr ¯|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| tu.r cr .rJ t|o
J|sp|.v |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| ||c|t ¯|o ncr
|tc. .on.|rs cff Ju.|rc s|cct|rc
1.2 ´|ock t|o b.tto.v |ovo| |r t|o v|o.firJo. c.
ccrt.c| p.ro|
Control
panel
View-
finder Description
— b.tto.v |u||v c|..coJ
— b.tto.v p..t|.||v J|sc|..coJ
|c. b.tto.v |o.Jv |u||vc|..coJ
sp..o b.tto.v
(blinks: (blinks:
S|utto..o|o.so J|s.b|oJ ´|.rco
b.tto.v
b.tto.v |ovo| |s rct J|sp|.voJ .|or c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv cpt|cr.| /´ .J.pto.
1.3 ¯|o oxpcsu.o ccurt J|sp|.vs |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. s|c. t|o runbo.
c| p|ctcc..p|s t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ cr t|o
nonc.v c..J ´|ock t|o runbo. c| oxpc
su.os .on.|r|rc
|| t|o.o |s rct orcuc| nonc.v tc stc.o .J
J|t|cr.| p|ctcc..p|s .t cu..ort sott|rcs.
t|o J|sp|.v .||| fl.s| .s s|c.r .t .|c|t |c
|u.t|o. p|ctu.os c.r bo t.kor urt|| t|o non
c.v c..J |.s boor .op|.coJ c. p|ctu.os |.vo
boor Jo|otoJ
Tutorial:
Photography and Playback
Basic Photography
¯||s soct|cr Josc.|bos |c. tc t.ko p|ctu.os .t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs
1
Turn the camera on
18
T
u
t
o
r
i
a
l

B
a
s
i
c

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
Control panel
Exposure
mode
Image size
Image
quality
Focus area
White balance
Viewfinder
ISO sensitivity
2.1 |.oss t|o ncJoJ|.| |cck .o|o.so (ቢ: .|||o
tu.r|rc t|o ncJo J|.| (ባ: tc S (s|rc|o
|..no: /t t||s sott|rc. t|o c.no.. .||| t.ko
cro p|ctcc..p| o.c| t|no t|o s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
2.2 |ct.to t|o /|..o. ncJo so|octc. urt|| |t
c||cks |rtc p|.co pc|rt|rc tc (s|rc|o..o.
/|: /t t||s sott|rc. t|o c.no.. .||| |ccus cr
t|o sub|oct |r t|o |ccus ..o. so|octoJ bv t|o
uso.
1
2
Option Default Description
|n.co
ou.||tv
NORM
('||´ |c.n.|:
b.|.rco bot.oor |n.co ou.||tv .rJ fi|o s|.o |s
|Jo.| |c. sr.ps|cts
28–
31
|n.co
s|.o
L
(|..co:
|n.cos ..o 3.82 × 2.592 p|xo|s |r s|.o 32
|SO
sors|t|v|tv
100
|SO sors|t|v|tv (J|c|t.| oou|v.|ort c| fi|n spooJ:
sot tc v.|uo .cuc||v oou|v.|ort tc |SO 100
33–
34
\||to
b.|.rco
A
(/utc:
\||to b.|.rco .utcn.t|c.||v .J|ustoJ |c. r.tu
..| cc|c..t|cr urJo. ncst tvpos c| ||c|t|rc
35–
44
|xpcsu.o
ncJo (|.cc..nnoJ .utc:
bu||t|r oxpcsu.o p.cc..n .utcn.t|c.||v .J|usts
s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o |c. cpt|n.| oxpc
su.o |r ncst s|tu.t|crs
62–
69
|ccus
..o.
´orto. |ccus ..o. ´.no.. |ccusos cr sub|oct |r corto. |ccus ..o. 53
2
Adjust camera settings
¯||s tutc.|.| Josc.|bos |c. tc t.ko p|ctcc..p|s .t t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rcs ||stoJ
|r t|o t.b|o bo|c.. us|rc . tvpo ´ c. | |ors Soo t|o “|o|o.orco” soct|cr |c.
|r|c.n.t|cr cr .|or .rJ |c. tc c|.rco sott|rcs |.cn t|o|. Jo|.u|t v.|uos
19
T
u
t
o
r
i
a
l

B
a
s
i
c

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
2.4 |ct.to t|o noto.|rc so|octc. tc (n.t.|x
noto.|rc: V.t.|x noto.|rc usos |r|c.n.
t|cr |.cn .|| ..o.s c| t|o |..no tc Joto.n|ro
oxpcsu.o. p.cJuc|rc cpt|n.| .osu|ts |c. t|o
ort|.o |..no / |ccr .ppo..s |r t|o v|o.
firJo.
2.3 |ct.to t|o |ccusncJo so|octc. urt|| |t c||cks
|rtc p|.co pc|rt|rc tc S (s|rc|oso.vc .utc
|ccus: /t t||s sott|rc. t|o c.no.. .||| |ccus
.utcn.t|c.||v .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v ||ctu.os c.r cr|v bo
t.kor .|or t|o c.no.. |s |r |ccus
3.1 |c|J t|o c.no.. .s s|c.r
Holding the Camera
|c|J t|o |.rJc.|p |r vcu. .|c|t |.rJ .rJ c..J|o
t|o c.n o.. bcJv c. |ors .|t| vcu. |o|t |oop vcu.
o|bc.s p.cppoJ ||c|t|v .c.|rst vcu. tc.sc |c. sup
pc.t .rJ p|.co cro |cct |.|| . p.co .|o.J c| t|o
ct|o. tc koop vcu. uppo. bcJv st.b|o
3.2 |..no . p|ctc |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|t| t|o
n.|r sub|oct pcs|t|croJ |r t|o corto. |ccus
..o.
3
Frame a photograph
Focus
area
20
T
u
t
o
r
i
a
l

B
a
s
i
c

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
The Shutter-Release Button
¯|o c.no.. |.s . t.c st.co s|utto..o|o.so buttcr ¯|o c.no.. |ccusos .|or t|o but
tcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v. |ccus |ccks urt|| t|o buttcr |s .o|o.soJ ¯c t.ko t|o p|ctu.o. p.oss
t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..v Jc.r
4
Focus
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc |ccus
|| t|o c.no.. |s .b|o tc |ccus cr t|o sub|oct |r t|o
corto. |ccus ..o.. . boop .||| scurJ .rJ t|o |r|c
cus |rJ|c.tc. (●: .||| .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.firJo. (||
t|o |ccus |rJ|c.tc. b||rks. t|o c.no.. ..s ur.b|o
tc |ccus us|rc .utc|ccus: |ccus .||| |cck .|||o
t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v
|| t|o sub|oct |s J..k. t|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. n.v
||c|t tc .ss|st t|o |ccus cpo..t|cr
5
Check exposure
|r oxpcsu.o ncJo P (p.cc..nnoJ .utc:. t|o
c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v sots s|utto. spooJ .rJ .p
o.tu.o .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..v bo|c.o s|cct|rc. c|ock t|o s|utto.
spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o |rJ|c.tc.s |r t|o v|o.firJo.
|| t|o p|ctc .cu|J bo urJo. c. cvo.oxpcsoJ .t
cu..ort sott|rcs. cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc |rJ|c.tc.s
.||| bo J|sp|.voJ
Indicator Description
||ctc .||| bo cvo.oxpcsoJ |so cpt|cr.| |out..| |ors|tv (||: fi|to.
||ctc .||| bo urJo.oxpcsoJ |so fl.s| c. ..|so |SO sors|t|v|tv
Lock focus Take
photograph
21
T
u
t
o
r
i
a
l

B
a
s
i
c

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
6
Take the photograph
Sncct||v p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o
.ost c| t|o ..v Jc.r tc .o|o.so t|o s|utto. .rJ
.occ.J t|o p|ctcc..p| ¯|o .ccoss |.np roxt
tc t|o c..J s|ct ccv o. .||| ||c|t Do not eject the
mem o ry card or remove or dis con nect the power
source until the lamp has gone out and recording
is complete.
22
T
u
t
o
r
i
a
l

B
a
s
i
c

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

¯c Jo|oto t|o p|c tc c..p| cu. .ort |v J|s p|.voJ |r
t|o ncr|tc.. p.oss t|o buttcr / ccrfi.n.t|cr
J|.|cc .||| bo J|s p|.voJ |.oss t|o buttcr .c.|r
tc Jo |oto t|o |n.co .rJ .o tu.r tc p|.v b.ck ¯c ox|t
.|t|cut Jo|ot|rc t|o p|ctu.o. p.oss t|o buttcr c.
p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v
Basic Playback
|.oss t|o buttcr tc v|o. p|ctcc..p|s ¯|o ncst
.ocort p|ctc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc.. .JJ|
t|cr.| p|ctu.os c.r bo J|sp|.voJ bv p.oss|rc t|o nu|t|
so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t
¯c orJ p|.vb.ck .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo. p.oss
t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v
Deleting Unwanted Photographs
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
23
Reference
´|ccso . cc|c. sp.co Color Space: 50
¯||s soct|cr bu||Js cr t|o ¯utc.|.| tc ccvo. nc.o .Jv.rcoJ s|cct|rc .rJ p|.v
b.ck cpt|crs
|so t|o norus Using Camera Menus: 24
¯.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r bu.sts
|oJuco s|utto. |.c
Choosing a Shooting Mode: 26
/J|ust |n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o Image Quality and Size: 28
|.|so |SO sors|t|v|tv .|or ||c|t|rc |s pcc. ISO Sensitivity: 33
V.ko cc|c.s |cck r.tu..|
¯.ko p|ctcs urJo. urusu.| ||c|t|rc
White Balance: 35
´ustcn|.o s|..por|rc. ccrt..st. cc|c.. s.tu
..t|cr. .rJ |uo
Optimizing Images: 45
S|cct . ncv|rc sub|oct c. |ccus n.ru.||v Focus: 51
|ot t|o c.no.. c|ccso s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.po.tu.o
Exposure Mode P
(Programmed Auto): 63
|.oo.o c. b|u. nct|cr Exposure Mode S
(Shutter-Priority Auto): 64
´crt.c| Jopt| c| fio|J Exposure Mode A
(Aperture-Priority Auto): 66
´|ccso s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o n.ru
.||v
Exposure Mode M (Manual): 68
V.ko p|ctcc..p|s b.|c|to. c. J..ko. c. or
|.rco ccrt..st
Exposure Compensation: 72
|so t|o bu||t|r fl.s| Flash Photography: 76
¯.ko p|ctcs .|t| t|o so||t|no. Self-Timer Mode: 83
Supo.|npcso p|ctcs cr cro .rct|o. Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure: 84
¯.ko p|ctcs .t spoc|fioJ |rto.v.|s Interval-Timer Photography: 89
|so . rcr´|| |ors Non-CPU Lenses: 93
|occ.J ´|S J.t. .|t| p|ctcc..p|s Using a GPS Unit: 96
\|o. p|ctcc..p|s Viewing Photographs: 98
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

U
s
i
n
g

C
a
m
e
r
a

M
e
n
u
s
24
Help
|c. |o|p cr noru cpt|crs. p.oss t|o buttcr / Josc.|pt|cr c| t|o cu..ort|v so|octoJ
cpt|cr c. noru .||| bo J|sp|.voJ ¯c sc.c|| t|o J|sp|.v. p.oss t|o buttcr .|||o p.oss
|rc t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r
Locking and Deleting Recent Settings
¯|o Recent Settings cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru ( 119: c.r bo usoJ tc Jo|oto .||
|tons |.cn t|o |ocort Sott|rcs noru c. tc |cck t|o noru .t cu..ort sott|rcs. c.o.t|rc
. custcn|.oJ noru c| s|cct|rc .rJ ´ustcn Voru cpt|crs
Using Camera Menus
Vcst s|cct|rc. p|.vb.ck. .rJ sotup cpt|crs c.r
bo .ccossoJ |.cn t|o c.no.. norus ¯c v|o. t|o
norus. p.oss t|o buttcr
Choose from playback, shoot-
ing, Custom Settings, and
setup menus (see below)
View recent settings
Slider is displayed if more op-
tions are available in current
menu
Current setting for each op-
tion is shown by icon
Current menu item is high-
lighted
If “?” icon is displayed, help for
current item can be viewed
by pressing button.
Menu Description
||.vb.ck /J|ust p|.vb.ck sott|rcs .rJ n.r.co p|ctcs ( 133:
S|cct|rc /J|ust s|cct|rc sott|rcs ( 124:
´ustcn Sott|rcs |o.scr.||.o c.no.. sott|rcs ( 143:
Sotup |c.n.t nonc.v c..Js .rJ po.|c.n b.s|c c.no.. sotup ( 115:
|ocort Sott|rcs
||sts t|o |cu.toor ncst .ocort|v usoJ |tons |r t|o s|cct|rc .rJ
´ustcn Sott|rcs norus
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. |s usoJ tc r.v|c.to t|.cuc| t|o c.no.. norus
Move cursor up
Increase number
Display sub-menu
Make selection (selection can also
be made with button or center
of multi selector)
Make selection (same as button) Move cursor down
Decrease number
Return to previous menu
Cancel (can also be performed
with button)
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

U
s
i
n
g

C
a
m
e
r
a

M
e
n
u
s
25
2 1
3
5 4
7 6
8
Exiting the Menus
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc ox|t t|o norus .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo.
c. p.oss t|o buttcr crco tc ||c|||c|t t|o |ccr |c. t|o cu..ort noru .rJ .c.|r tc ox|t tc
s|cct|rc ncJo
¯c ncJ||v noru sott|rcs
Display menus Highlight icon for current menu
Select menu
Position cursor in selected menu Highlight menu item
Display options Highlight option
Make selection
• Voru |tons t|.t ..o J|sp|.voJ |r c..v ..o
rct cu..ort|v .v.||.b|o
• \|or |c.n.tt|rc nonc.v c..Js .rJ |r
ct|o. c.sos |r .||c| uso. ccrfi.n.t|cr
|s .oou|.oJ. . so|oct|cr c.r cr|v bo n.Jo
.|t| t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t| so|octc. c. bv
p.oss|rc t|o buttcr / noss.co tc t||s
offoct .||| .ppo.. |r t|o J|sp|.v
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

C
h
o
o
s
i
n
g

a

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
o
d
e
26
Reference:
More on Photography
Choosing a Shooting Mode
S|cct|rc ncJo Joto.n|ros |c. t|o c.no.. t.kos p|c tc c..p|s cro .t . t|no.
|r . ccrt|rucus soouorco. .|t| . t|noJ s|utto..o|o.so Jo|.v. c. .|t| t|o n|..c.
..|soJ tc or|.rco s|utto. .ospcrso .rJ n|r|n|.o v|b..t|cr
Mode Description
S
S|rc|o |..no
´.no.. t.kos cro p|ctcc..p| o.c| t|no s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
/ccoss |.np .||| ||c|t .|||o p|ctc |s .occ.JoJ. roxt s|ct c.r bo t.kor |n
noJ|.to|v || orcuc| sp.co .on.|rs |r nonc.v buffo.
CL
´crt|rucus
|c. spooJ
\|||o s|ut to..o |o.so but tcr |s |o|J Jc.r. c.no.. .occ.Js 1–4 |..nos po.
soccrJ
¯
|..no ..to c.r bo c|csor us|rc ´ustcn Sott|rc J4 (Shooting
Speed. 158:
CH
´crt|rucus
||c| spooJ
\|||o s|ut to..o |o.so but tcr |s |o|J Jc.r. c.no.. .occ.Js up tc 5 |..nos
po. soccrJ
¯
|so tc p|ctcc..p| ncv|rc cb|octs c. tc c.ptu.o . floot|rc
oxp.oss|cr cr pc.t..|t sub|octs
So||t|no.
|so t|o so||t|no. |c. so||pc.t..|ts c. tc .oJuco b|u..|rc c.usoJ bv c.no..
s|.ko ( 83:
MUP
V|..c. up
|.oss s|utto..o|o.so buttcr crco tc ..|so n|..c.. .c.|r tc t.ko p|ctcc..p|
(s|utto. .||| bo .o|o.soJ .utcn.t|c.||v || s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s rct
p.ossoJ |c. 30 s .|to. n|..c. up: V|..c. .||| bo |c.o.oJ .|to. s|utto. |s .o
|o.soJ ´|ccso t||s ncJo tc n|r|n|.o c.no.. s|.ko |r s|tu.t|crs |r .||c|
t|o |o.st c.no.. ncvonort c.r .osu|t |r b|u..oJ p|ctcc..p|s |cto t|.t
.utc|ccus. noto.|rc. .rJ |..n|rc c.r rct bo ccrfi.noJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
.|||o n|..c. |s ..|soJ
¯ /vo..co |..no ..to .|t| ccrt|rucusso.vc /|. n.ru.| c. s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc ox pc su.o. .
s|utto. spooJ c| '/.. s c. |.sto.. .rJ nonc.v .on.|r|rc |r nonc.v buffo.
¯c c|ccso . s|cct|rc ncJo. p.oss t|o ncJo J|.| |cck
.o|o.so .rJ tu.r t|o ncJo J|.| tc t|o Jos|.oJ sot
t|rc
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

C
h
o
o
s
i
n
g

a

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
o
d
e
27
¯|o runbo. c| |n .c os t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ |r t|o nonc.v
buffo. .t cu..ort sot t|rcs |s s|c.r |r t|o ox pc su.occurt
J|s p|.vs |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ ccr t.c| p.r o| .|||o t|o
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ (.t |n.co ou.||t|os c|
JPEG Fine. JPEG Normal. .rJ JPEG Basic. t|o J|sp|.v
.||| s|c. 25 .|or t|o buffo. ccrt.|rs sp.co |c. 25 c.
nc.o |n.cos: ¯||s runbo. |s upJ.toJ .s p|ctcc..p|s ..o t..rs|o..oJ tc t|o nonc.v
c..J .rJ nc.o nonc.v boccnos .v.||.b|o |r t|o buffo. || 0 |s J|sp|.voJ. t|o nonc.v
buffo. |s |u|| .rJ s|cct|rc .||| s|c.
Buffer Size
Auto Image Rotation ( 119)
|r ccrt|rucus ncJo. t|o c.|ort.t|cr .occ.JoJ |c. t|o fi.st s|ct .pp||os tc .|| p|ctcc..p|s |r
t|o s.no bu.st. ovor || c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr |s c|.rcoJ Ju.|rc s|cct|rc
The Memory Buffer
¯|o c.no.. |s oou|ppoJ .|t| . nonc.v buffo. |c. ton pc ...v stc..co. .||c.|rc s|cct|rc
tc ccrt|ruo .|||o p|ctcc..p|s ..o bo|rc s.voJ tc t|o nonc.v c..J \|or t|o buff o. |s
|u||. t|o s|ut to. |s J|s.b|oJ urt|| orcuc| J.t. |.vo boor t..rs |o..oJ tc t|o non c .v c..J
tc n.ko .ccn |c. .rct|o. p|ctcc..p| |r ccr t|r u cus ncJo. s|cct|rc .||| ccr t|r uo tc .
n.x|nun c| 100 s|cts .s |crc .s t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s |o|J Jc.r. .| t|cuc| t|o
|..no ..to .||| J.cp crco t|o buffo. |.s fi||oJ
\|||o p|ctcc..p|s ..o bo|rc .occ.JoJ tc t|o nonc.v c..J. t|o .ccoss |.np roxt tc t|o
nonc.v c..J s|ct .||| ||c|t |oporJ|rc cr t|o runbo. c| |n.cos |r t|o buffo.. .occ.J
|rc n.v t.ko |.cn . |o. soccrJs tc . |o. n|rutos Do not re move the mem o ry card or
re move or dis con nect the power source until the access lamp has gone out. || t|o c.no..
|s s.|tc|oJ cff .|||o J.t. .on.|r |r t|o buffo.. t|o pc.o. .||| rct tu.r cff urt|| .|| |n.cos
|r t|o buffo. |.vo boor .occ.JoJ ¯c tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .|t|cut .occ.J|rc t|o |n.cos |r
t|o buffo.. p.oss t|o buttcr .|||o tu.r|rc t|o c.no.. cff (koop t|o buttcr p.ossoJ |c.
.t |o.st cro soccrJ .|to. tu.r|rc t|o c.no.. cff: || t|o b.tto.v |s ox|.ustoJ .|||o |n.cos
.on.|r |r t|o buffo.. t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ .rJ t|o |n.cos t..rs|o..oJ tc t|o
nonc.v c..J
¯|o .pp.cx|n.to t|no .oou|.oJ tc ..|to t|o ort|.o buffo. tc . 1 ´b S.r||sk S|´|` (|xt.ono
|||: c..J |s .s |c||c.s (|SO sors|t|v|tv sot tc |SO 100 oou|v.|ort:
Uncompressed NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic (Large) 50 s (19 |..nos:
Uncompressed NEF (RAW) 50 s (22 |..nos:
JPEG Fine (Large) 35 s (3 |..nos:
¯|o buffo. s|.o s|c.r |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. |s .r .pp.cx|n.t|cr cr|v ¯|o
fi|o s|.o c| ccnp.ossoJ |n.cos v..|os .|t| t|o scoro .occ.JoJ. p.cJuc|rc v..|.t|crs |r t|o
runbo. c| |n.cos t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ Soo t|o /pporJ|x ( 196: |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

a
n
d

S
i
z
e
28
Image Quality and Size
¯ccot|o.. |n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o Joto.n|ro |c. nuc| sp.co o.c| p|c tc c..p|
cccup|os cr t|o nonc.v c..J
Image Quality
¯|o c.no.. suppc.ts t|o |c||c.|rc |n.co ou.||tv cpt|crs (||stoJ |r JoscorJ|rc
c.Jo. bv |n.co ou.||tv .rJ fi|o s|.o:
Mode Description
NEF (RAW)
|.. 12b|t J.t. |.cn t|o |n.co sorsc. ..o s.voJ J|.oct|v tc t|o nonc.v
c..J |r N|kcr E|oct.cr|c Fc.n.t (|||:
JPEG Fine |occ.J '||´ |n.cos .t . ccnp.oss|cr ..t|c c| .cuc||v 1 4
¯
JPEG Normal |occ.J '||´ |n.cos .t . ccnp.oss|cr ..t|c c| .cuc||v 1 8
¯
JPEG Basic |occ.J '||´ |n.cos .t . ccnp.oss|cr ..t|c c| .cuc||v 1 16
¯
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Fine
¯.c |n.cos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|/\: |n.co .rJ cro firoou.||tv
'||´ |n.co
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Normal
¯.c |n.cos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|/\: |n.co .rJ cro rc.n.|ou.||tv
'||´ |n.co
NEF (RAW) +
JPEG Basic
¯.c |n.cos ..o .occ.JoJ cro ||| (|/\: |n.co .rJ cro b.s|cou.||tv
'||´ |n.co
¯ Size Priority so|octoJ |c. JPEG Compression ( 30:
|n.co ou.||tv c.r bo sot us|rc t|o Image Quality cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru
c. bv p.oss|rc t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ¯.c cp
t|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. ccrt.c|||rc ccnp.oss|cr RAW Compression |c. |||
(|/\: |n.cos ( 31: .rJ JPEG Compression |c. '||´ |n.cos ( 30:
NEF (RAW) / NEF + JPEG
||| (|/\: |n.cos c.r cr|v bo v|o.oJ cr . ccnputo. us|rc t|o supp||oJ sc|t...o c. ||kcr
´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v. 182: \|or p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t
NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal. c. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic ..o
v|o.oJ cr t|o c.no... cr|v t|o '||´ |n.co .||| bo J|sp|.voJ \|or p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t
t|oso sott|rcs ..o Jo|otoJ. bct| ||| .rJ '||´ |n.cos .||| bo Jo|otoJ
\||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc c.r rct bo usoJ .|t| ||| (|/\: |n.cos So |oct |rc .r ||| (|/\:
cpt|cr |c. |n.co ou.||tv c.rco|s .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc
Image Quality, Image Size, and File Size
Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o runbo. c| p|ctu.os t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ cr . non
c.v c..J ( 196:
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

a
n
d

S
i
z
e
29
The Image Quality Menu
1
||c|||c|t Im age Quality |r t|o s|cct|rc noru
.rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
2
||c| ||c|t t|o Jo s|.oJ cp t|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. tc t|o .|c|t ¯|o s|cct|rc noru .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ
The QUAL Button
|.oss t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| (rcto t|.t RAW Compression .rJ JPEG
Compression c.r cr|v bo .J|ustoJ |.cn t|o s|cct
|rc noru:
RAW
BASIC
RAW
NORM
RAW
FINE
FINE RAW NORM BASIC
File Names
||ctcc..p|s ..o stc.oJ .s |n.co fi|os .|t| r.nos c| t|o |c.n “|S´_nnnnxxx.” .|o.o nnnn
|s . |cu.J|c|t runbo. bot.oor 0001 .rJ 9999 .s s|croJ .utcn.t|c.||v |r .scorJ|rc c.Jo.
bv t|o c.no... .rJ xxx |s cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc t|.oo |otto. oxtors|crs “|||” |c. ||| |n.cos.
“'|´” |c. '||´ |n .c os. .rJ “|||” |c. |ust Off .o| p|ctcs ( 121–122: ¯|o ||| .rJ '||´
fi|os .occ.JoJ .t . sott|rc c| “||||'||´” |.vo t|o s.no fi|o r.nos but J|ffo.ort oxtor
s|crs |n.cos .occ.JoJ .t . Color Space sott|rc c| AdobeRGB ( 50: |.vo r.nos t|.t
boc|r .|t| .r urJo.scc.o (oc. “_|S´0001'|´”: ¯|o “|S´” pc.t|cr c| t|o fi|o r.no c.r bo
c|.rcoJ us|rc t|o File Naming cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 129:
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

a
n
d

S
i
z
e
30
2
||c| ||c|t t|o Jo s|.oJ cp t|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. tc t|o .|c|t ¯|o s|cct|rc noru .|||
bo J|sp|.voJ ¯|o so|octoJ cpt|cr .pp||os tc .||
subsoouort '||´ou.||tv |n.cos
1
||c|||c|t JPEG Compression |r t|o s|cct|rc
noru .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
The JPEG Compression Menu
¯|o '||´ ccnp.oss|cr noru cffo.s t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs |c. '||´ |n.cos
Mode Description
Size Priority
(Jo|.u|t:
|n.cos ..o ccnp.ossoJ tc p.cJuco .o|.t|vo|v ur||c.n fi|o s|.o Ou.||tv
v..|os .|t| scoro .occ.JoJ
Optimal Quality Opt|n.| |n.co ou.||tv |||o s|.o v..|os .|t| scoro .occ.JoJ
¯|o offocts c| t|oso cpt|crs ..o ncst p.crcurcoJ .|t| ||c| |SO sors|t|v|tv ( 33:.
ccnp|ox scoros. b.s|cou.||tv '||´ |n.cos. c. |o.vv s|..por|rc ( 46:
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

a
n
d

S
i
z
e
31
The RAW Compression Menu
¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. ||| (|/\: |n.cos
Mode Description
NEF (RAW)
(Jo|.u|t:
||| |n.cos ..o rct ccnp.ossoJ
Comp. NEF
(RAW)
||| |n.cos ..o ccnp.ossoJ bv .bcut 40–50 ° .|t| ||tt|o J.cp |r ou.|
|tv |occ.J|rc t|no |s .oJucoJ
1
||c|||c|t RAW Compression |r t|o s|cct|rc
noru .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
2
||c| ||c|t t|o Jo s|.oJ cp t|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. tc t|o .|c|t ¯|o s|cct|rc noru .|||
bo J|sp|.voJ ¯|o so|octoJ cpt|cr .pp||os tc .||
subsoouort ||| (|/\: |n.cos
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

Q
u
a
l
i
t
y

a
n
d

S
i
z
e
32
The QUAL Button
|.oss t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccr
t.c| p.ro|
Image Size
|n.co s|.o |s no.su.oJ |r p|xo|s Sn.||o. s|.os p.c Juco sn.||o. fi|os. n.k|rc
t|on su|toJ tc J|s t.| bu t|cr v|. on.|| c. |rc|us|cr |r .ob p.cos ´cr vo.so |v. t|o
|..co. t|o |n.co. t|o |..co. t|o s|.o .t .||c| |t c.r bo p.|rtoJ .|t|cut boccn|rc
rct|co.b|v “c..|rv” ´|ccso |n.co s|.o .ccc.J|rc tc t|o sp.co .v.||.b|o cr t|o
nonc.v c..J .rJ t|o t.sk .t |.rJ
Image size Size (pixels) Approximate size when printed at 200 dpi
Large (3872 × 2592/10.0 M) 3.82 × 2.592 492 × 329 cn (1936 × 1296 |r:
Medium (2896 × 1944/5.6 M) 2.896 × 1.944 368 × 24 cn (1448 × 92 |r:
Small (1936 × 1296/2.5 M) 1.936 × 1.296 246 × 165 cn (968 × 648 |r:
|n.co s|.o c.r bo sot us|rc t|o Image Size cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru c.
bv p.oss|rc t|o QUAL buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| |cto t|.t t|o
cpt|cr so|octoJ Jcos rct .ffoct t|o s|.o c| ||| (|/\: |n.cos \|or v|o.oJ cr
. ccnputo. us|rc t|o supp||oJ sc|t...o c. ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to.
(.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:. ||| |n .c os ..o 3.82 × 2.592 p|xo|s |r s|.o
The Image Size Menu
1
||c|||c|t Image Size |r t|o s|cct|rc noru
.rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
2
||c| ||c|t t|o Jo s|.oJ cp t|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. tc t|o .|c|t ¯|o s|cct|rc noru .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
S
O

S
e
n
s
i
t
i
v
i
t
y
33
ISO Sensitivity
“|SO sors|t|v|tv” |s t|o J|c|t.| oou|v.|ort c| fi|n spooJ ¯|o ||c|o. t|o |SO sors|t|v
|tv. t|o |oss ||c|t rooJoJ tc n.ko .r oxpcsu.o. .||c.|rc ||c|o. s|utto. spooJs c.
sn.||o. .po.tu.os
|SO sors|t|v|tv c.r bo sot bot.oor v.|uos .cuc||v oou|v.|ort tc |SO 100 .rJ |SO
1600 |r stops oou|v.|ort tc '/· |\ \|o.o ||c| sors|t|v|tv |s . p.|c.|tv. |SO sors|
t|v|tv c.r bo |u.t|o. |rc.o.soJ up tc 1 |\ cvo. |SO 1600 |SO sors|t|v|tv c.r bo
.J|ustoJ us|rc t|o ISO Sensitivity cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru c. bv p.oss|rc
t|o ISO buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
The ISO Sensitivity Menu
1
||c|||c|t ISO Sensitivity |r t|o s|cct|rc noru
.rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
2
||c| ||c|t t|o Jo s|.oJ cp t|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. tc t|o .|c|t ¯|o s|cct|rc noru .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ
The ISO Button
|.oss t|o ISO buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| c. v|o.firJo.
*
¯ \|o.firJo. J|sp|.v s|c.s
*
*
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
S
O

S
e
n
s
i
t
i
v
i
t
y
34
Noise
¯|o ||c|o. t|o |SO sors|t|v|tv. t|o nc.o ||ko|v p|ctu.os ..o tc bo sub|oct tc “rc|so” |r t|o |c.n
c| ..rJcn|vsp.coJ. b.|c|t|vcc|c.oJ p|xo|s ||c tcs t.kor .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 1600
.||| ||ko|v ccr t.|r .p p.o c|. b|o .ncurts c| rc|so
High ISO NR ( 131)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc .oJuco rc|so .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os c| 400 c. nc.o (t||s .oJucos t|o
c.p.c|tv c| t|o nonc.v buffo.: |cto t|.t .|t|cuc| ||c| |SO rc|so .oJuct|cr |s .|..vs |r
offoct .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os cvo. |SO 800. tu.r|rc High ISO NR cr .||| |rc.o.so t|o .ncurt c|
rc|so .oJuct|cr po.|c.noJ
b1—ISO Auto ( 152)
\|or On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc b1 (ISO Auto:. t|o c.no.. .||| .utcn.t|c.||v
v..v |SO sors|t|v|tv |.cn t|o v.|uo so|octoJ bv t|o uso. tc |o|p orsu.o cpt|nun oxpcsu.o
(n.x|nun c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn |SO 200. 400. 800. .rJ 1600: |SO sors|t|v|tv c.r rct bo
..|soJ .bcvo 1600 .|||o ISO Auto |s cr. .rJ On c.r rct bo so|octoJ |c. ISO Auto .t |SO
sors|t|v|t|os cvo. 1600
b2—ISO Step Value ( 154)
|oporJ|rc cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc b2. |SO sors|t|v|tv c.r .|sc bo sot |r
|rc.onorts oou|v.|ort tc '/. c. 1 |\
|| pcss|b|o. t|o cu..ort |SO sors|t|v|tv sott|rc |s n.|rt.|roJ .|or t|o stop v.|uo |s c|.rcoJ
|| t|o cu..ort sors|t|v|tv sott|rc |s rct .v.||.b|o .t t|o ro. stop v.|uo. |SO sors|t|v|tv .||| bo
.curJoJ up tc t|o ro..ost .v.||.b|o sott|rc
ISO step value sot tc 1/2 step ISO step value sot tc 1 step
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
35
White Balance
¯|o cc|c. c| ||c|t .ofloctoJ |.cn .r cb|oct v..|os .|t| t|o cc|c. c| t|o ||c|t scu.co
¯|o |un.r b..|r |s .b|o tc .J.pt tc c|.rcos |r t|o cc|c. c| t|o ||c|t scu.co.
.|t| t|o .osu|t t|.t .||to cb|octs .ppo.. .||to .|ot|o. soor |r t|o s|.Jo. J|.oct
sur||c|t. c. urJo. |rc.rJoscort ||c|t|rc |r||ko t|o fi|n usoJ |r fi|n c.no..s.
J|c | t.| c.n o. .s c.r n|n|c t||s .J|ustnort bv p.ccoss|rc |n.cos .ccc.J|rc tc t|o
cc|c. c| t|o ||c|t scu.co ¯||s |s krc.r .s “.||to b.|.rco” |c. r.tu..| cc|c..t|cr.
c|ccso . .||to b.| .rco sot t|rc t|.t n.tc| os t|o ||c|t scu.co bo|c.o s|cct|rc
¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Option
Approximate
color
temperature
*
Description
Auto
3.500–
8.000 |
\||to b.| .rco .J|ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||v us|rc cc|c. ton
po..tu.o no.su.oJ bv 1.005p|xo| |´b sorsc. .rJ |n.co
sorsc. |c. bost .osu|ts. uso tvpo ´ c. | |ors \|t| bu||t
|r fl.s| c. cpt|cr.| Sb800 .rJ Sb600 SpooJ||c|ts. .||to
b.|.rco .oflocts ccrJ|t|crs |r offoct .|or fl.s| fi.os
Incandescent 3.000 | |so urJo. |rc.rJoscort ||c|t|rc
Fluorescent 4.200 | |so urJo. fluc.oscort ||c|t|rc
Dir. Sunlight 5.200 | |so .|t| sub|octs ||t bv J|.oct sur||c|t
Flash 5.400 | |so .|t| bu||t|r fl.s| c. cpt|cr.| ||kcr fl.s| ur|ts
Cloudy 6.000 | |so |r J.v||c|t urJo. cvo.c.st sk|os
Shade 8.000 | |so |r J.v||c|t .|t| sub|octs |r t|o s|.Jo
Choose Color
Temp.
2.500–
10.000 |
´|ccso cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |.cn ||st c| v.|uos ( 38:
White Balance
Preset

|so c..v c. .||to cb|oct c. ox|st|rc p|ctcc..p| .s
.o|o.orco |c. .||to b.|.rco ( 39:
¯ ||rotur|rc sot tc 0 Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. ct|o. v.|uos
/utc .||to b.|.rco |s .occnnorJoJ .|t| ncst ||c|t scu.cos || t|o Jos|.oJ .o
su|ts c.r rct bo .c||ovoJ .|t| .utc .||to b.|.rco. c|ccso .r cpt|cr |.cn t|o ||st
.bcvo c. uso p.osot .||to b.|.rco
Studio Strobe Lighting
/utc .||to b.|.rco n.v rct p.cJuco t|o Jos|.oJ .osu|ts .|t| stuJ|c st.cbo ||c|t|rc
´|ccso . cc|c. tonpo..tu.o. uso p.osot .||to b.|.rco. c. sot .||to b.|.rco tc Flash .rJ
uso firo tur|rc tc .J|ust .||to b.|.rco
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
36
\||to b.|.rco c.r bo sot us|rc t|o White Balance cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru
c. bv p.oss|rc t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
The White Balance Menu
1
||c|||c|t White Balance |r t|o s|cct|rc noru
.rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
2
||c| ||c|t t|o Jo s|.oJ cp t|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. tc t|o .|c|t So|oct|rc Choose Color
Temp. J|sp|.vs . noru c| cc|c. tonpo..tu.os
( 38:. White Balance Preset . p.osot .||to
b.|.rco noru ( 39:. ct|o. cpt|crs . firotur
|rc J|.|cc ( 3:
The WB Button
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sott|rc |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccr
t.c| p.ro|
e5—Auto BKT Set ( 166)
\|or WB Bracketing |s so|octoJ |c. custcn sott|rc o5 (Auto BKT Set:. t|o c.no.. .|||
c.o.to sovo..| |n.cos o.c| t|no t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ \||to b.|.rco .||| bo v..|oJ .|t|
o.c| |n.co. “b..ckot|rc” t|o v.|uo cu..ort|v so|octoJ |c. .||to b.|.rco
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
37
Fine-Tuning White Balance
/t sott|rcs ct|o. t|.r (Choose Color Temp.: .rJ PRE (White Balance Pre-
set:. .||to b.| .rco c.r bo “firo turoJ” tc ccnpors.to |c. v..| . t|crs |r t|o cc|c.
c| t|o ||c|t scu.co c. tc |r t.c Juco . Jo||bo..to “...n” c. “cc|J” c.st |rtc .r |n.co
||c|o. sott|rcs (“|”: c.r bo usoJ tc |orJ |n .c os . b|u |s| t|rco c. tc ccn por s.to
|c. ||c|t scu.cos .|t| . vo||c. c. .oJ c.st. .|||o |c. o. |rc .||to b.| .rco (“–”: c.r
n.ko p|c tc c..p|s .p po.. s||c|t |v nc.o vo||c. c. .oJ c. ccn por s.to |c. ||c|t
scu.cos .|t| . b|uo c.st /J|ustnorts c.r bo n.Jo |r t|o ..rco |3 tc –3 |r
|r c.o norts c| cro |xcopt |r Fluorescent ncJo. o.c| |r c.o nort |s oou|v . |ort
tc .bcut 10 n|.oJ
\||to b.|.rco |s firo turoJ us|rc t|o White Balance cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc
noru c. bv p.oss|rc t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| /t sot
t|rcs ct|o. t|.r ±0. . |ccr .ppo..s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
The White Balance Menu
So|oct|rc .r cpt|cr ct|o. t|.r Choose Color Temp.
c. White Balance Preset |r t|o .||to b.|.rco noru
( 35: J|sp|.vs t|o noru s|c.r .t .|c|t |.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso t|o Jos|.oJ
v.|uo .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t ¯|o
s|cct|rc noru .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
The WB Button
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.voJ
/rv c|vor c|.rco |r cc|c. tonpo..tu.o p.cJucos . c.o.to. J|ffo.orco |r cc|c. .t |c.
cc|c. ton po. . tu.os t|.r |t .cu|J .t ||c|o. cc|c. tonpo..tu.os |c. ox.np|o. . c|.rco
c| 1000 | p.cJucos . nuc| c.o.to. c|.rco |r cc|c. .t 3000 | t|.r .t 6000 | V|.oJ.
c.|cu|.toJ bv nu|t|p|v|rc t|o |rvo.so c| t|o cc|c. tonpo..tu.o bv 10
6
. |s . no.su.o c|
cc|c. tonpo..tu.o t|.t t.kos suc| v..|.t|cr |rtc .cccurt. .rJ .s suc| |s t|o ur|t usoJ
|r cc|c.tonpo..tu.o ccnpors.t|cr fi|to.s |c
• 4000 | – 3000 | (. J|ffo.orco c| 1000 |: 83 n|.oJ
• 000 | – 6000 | (. J|ffo.orco c| 1000 |: 24 n|.oJ
Mired
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
38
Take Test Shots
¯.ko . tost s|ct tc Joto.n|ro || t|o so|octoJ v.|uo |s .pp.cp.|.to tc t|o ||c|t scu.co
Color Temperature
¯|o po.co|voJ cc|c. c| . ||c|t scu.co v..|os .|t| t|o v|o.o. .rJ ct|o. ccrJ|t|crs ´c|c.
tonpo..tu.o |s .r cb|oct|vo no.su.o c| t|o cc|c. c| . ||c|t scu.co. JofiroJ .|t| .o| o. orco
tc t|o tonpo..tu.o tc .||c| .r cb|oct .cu|J |.vo tc bo |o.toJ tc ..J|.to ||c|t |r t|o s.no
..vo|orct|s \|||o ||c|t scu.cos .|t| . cc|c. tonpo..tu.o |r t|o ro|c| bc. |ccJ c| 5.000–
5.500 | .ppo.. .||to. ||c|t scu.cos .|t| . |c.o. cc|c. ton po. . tu.o. suc| .s |rc.rJoscort
||c|t bu|bs. .ppo.. s||c|t|v vo||c. c. .oJ ||c|t scu.c os .|t| . ||c|o. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o
.ppo.. t|rcoJ .|t| b|uo
Choosing a Color Temperature
´|ccso . sott|rc c| (Choose Color Temp.: tc so|oct t|o cc|c. tonpo..tu.o
|.cn t||.tvcro p.oJoto.n|roJ v.|uos ..rc|rc |.cn 2.500 | tc 10.000 | |r |rc.o
norts c| .cuc||v 10 n|.oJ (rcto t|.t t|o Jos|.oJ .osu|ts .||| rct bo cbt.|roJ
.|t| fl.s| c. fluc.oscort ||c|t|rc: ´c|c. tonpo..tu.o c.r bo so|octoJ |r t|o
.||tob.|.rco noru c. .|t| t|o WB buttcr .rJ subccnn.rJ J|.|
The White Balance Menu
So|oct|rc Choose Color Temp. |r t|o .||to b.|.rco
noru ( 35: J|sp|.vs t|o noru s|c.r .t .|c|t |.oss
t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso t|o Jos|.oJ
v.|uo .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t ¯|o
s|cct|rc noru .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
The WB Button
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ v.|uo |s J|sp|.voJ

R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
39
Preset White Balance
|.osot .||to b.|.rco |s usoJ tc .occ.J .rJ .oc.|| custcn .||to b.|.rco sott|rcs
|c. s|cct|rc urJo. n|xoJ ||c|t|rc c. tc ccnpors.to |c. ||c|t scu.cos .|t| .
st.crc cc|c. c.st ¯.c not|cJs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. sott|rc p.osot .||to b.|.rco
Method Description
||.oct
no.su.onort
|out..| c..v c. .||to cb|oct |s p|.coJ urJo. ||c|t|rc t|.t .||| bo usoJ |r
fir.| p|ctcc..p| .rJ .||to b.|.rco |s no.su.oJ bv c.no.. ( 40:
´cpv |.cn
ox|st|rc
p|ctcc..p|
\||to b.|.rco |s ccp|oJ |.cn p|ctc cr nonc.v c..J ( 42: c. .||to b.|
.rco v.|uo |s ccp|oJ |.cn ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o
sop...to|v. 182:
¯|o c.no.. c.r stc.o up tc fivo v.|uos |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco |r p.osots J0
t|.cuc| J4 / Josc.|pt|vo ccnnort c.r bo .JJoJ tc .rv .||to b.|.rco p.osot
( 42:
Stc.o v.|uos c.o.toJ |r ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c.
|.to. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v. 182:
d-0
Stc.os |.st
no.su.oJ
v.|uo ( 40:
Stc.o v.|uos ccp
|oJ |.cn |n.cos
cr nonc.v c..J
( 42:
White Balance Presets
´|.rcos tc .||to b.|.rco p.osots .pp|v tc .|| s|cct|rc noru b.rks ( 125: / ccrfi.n.
t|cr J|.|cc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ || t|o uso. .ttonpts tc c|.rco . .||to b.|.rco p.osot c.o.toJ
|r .rct|o. s|cct|rc noru b.rk (rc ...r|rc |s J|sp|.voJ |c. p.osot J0:
d-1 – d-4
Stc.o v.|uos ccp|oJ |.cn J0 (
42:
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
40
Measuring a Value for White Balance
\||to b.|.rco c.r bo no.su.oJ .|t| .o|o.orco tc . rout..| c..v cb|oct ¯|o ro.
v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco |s .utcn.t|c.||v stc.oJ |r p.osot J0
1
||.co . rout..| c..v c. .||to cb|oct urJo. t|o ||c|t|rc t|.t .||| bo usoJ |r
t|o fir.| p|ctcc..p| / st.rJ..J c..v c..J c.r bo usoJ .s . .o|o.orco |r
stuJ|c sott|rcs
2
|.oss t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| urt|| |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| || t|o ro. v.|uo |c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco
.||| bo usoJ |nnoJ|.to|v. so|oct p.osot J0 bv
p.oss|rc t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o sub
ccnn.rJ J|.| urt|| J0 |s J|sp|.voJ Ot|o..|so
t|o.o |s rc rooJ tc so|oct J0 .|or no.su.|rc .
ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco
3
|o|o.so t|o WB buttcr b.|oflv .rJ t|or p.oss t|o
buttcr urt|| t|o |ccr st..ts tc fl.s| / b||rk
|rc .||| .|sc .ppo.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ
v|o.firJo. |..noccurt J|sp|.vs
4
|..no t|o .o|o.orco cb|oct sc t|.t |t fi||s t|o
v|o.firJo. .rJ p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
.|| t|o ..v Jc.r ¯|o c.no.. .||| no.su.o .
v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco .rJ uso t||s v.|uo .|or
p.osot .||to b.|.rco |s so|octoJ |c p|ctcc..p| .||| bo .occ.JoJ. .||to
b.|.rco c.r bo no.su.oJ .ccu..to|v ovor .|or t|o c.no.. |s rct |r |c
cus
¯c ox|t .|t|cut no.su.|rc . ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco. p.oss t|o WB
buttcr
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
41
5
|| t|o c.no.. ..s .b|o tc no.su.o . v.|uo |c.
.||to b.|.rco. .||| fl.s| |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| .rJ t|o v|o.firJo. .||| s|c. . fl.s||rc
|c. .bcut t|.oo soccrJs bo|c.o t|o c.no..
.otu.rs tc s|cct|rc ncJo
|| ||c|t|rc |s tcc J..k c. tcc b.|c|t. t|o c.no..
n.v bo ur.b|o tc no.su.o .||to b.|.rco /
fl.s||rc

.||| .ppo.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
.rJ v|o.firJo. |c. .bcut t|.oo soccrJs |otu.r
tc Stop 4 .rJ no.su.o .||to b.|.rco .c.|r
¯|o ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco .||| bo stc.oJ |r p.osot J0. .utcn.t|c.||v .op|.c
|rc t|o p.ov|cus v.|uo |c. t||s p.osot (rc ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ:
¯c uso t|o ro. v.|uo. so|oct p.osot J0 (|| rc v.|uo |.s boor no.su.oJ |c. .||to
b.|.rco bo|c.o J0 |s so|octoJ. .||to b.|.rco .||| bo sot tc . cc|c. tonpo..tu.o c|
5.200 |. t|o s.no .s Direct Sunlight: ¯|o ro. .||to b.|.rco v.|uo .||| .on.|r
|r p.osot J0 urt|| .||to b.|.rco |s no.su.oJ .c.|r bv ccpv|rc p.osot J0 tc cro
c| t|o ct|o. p.osots bo|c.o no.su.|rc . ro. v.|uo |c. .||to b.|.rco. up tc fivo
.||to b.|.rco v.|uos c.r bo stc.oJ ( 42:
||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: c.r bo usoJ tc oJ|t .||to
b.|.rco .|or |/\ p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .|t| t|o |200 ..o J|sp|.voJ cr . ccnputo.
¯|o oJ|toJ v.|uo c.r bo ccp|oJ J|.oct|v tc . .||to b.|.rco p.osot .|||o t|o c.no.. |s
ccrroctoJ tc . ccnputo.. c. t|o |n.co c.r bo s.voJ tc t|o c.no.. nonc.v c..J .rJ
t|o .||to b.|.rco v.|uo ccp|oJ us|rc t|o Select Image cpt|cr |r t|o p.osot noru
/rv ccnnorts c.o.toJ .|t| ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 .||| .|sc bo ccp|oJ tc t|o ccnnort |c.
t|o so|octoJ p.osot Soo t|o ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s
Nikon Capture 4
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
42
/t . sott|rc c| (White Balance Preset:. p.osots c.r
.|sc bo so|octoJ bv p.oss|rc t|o WB buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc
t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| ¯|o cu..ort p.osot |s J|sp|.voJ
.|||o t|o WB buttcr |s p.ossoJ
The WB Button
Preset White Balance Options
So|oct|rc White Balance Preset |r t|o White Balance noru ( 35: J|sp|.vs
t|o noru c| .||tob.|.rco p.osots s|c.r |r Stop 1 ¯c J|sp|.v cpt|crs |c. .
so|octoJ p.osot
1
Highlight desired preset.
*
2
View options for highlighted preset.

¯ ¯c sot .||to b.|.rco tc t|o v.|uo |c. t|o ||c|||c|toJ p.osot .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo
.|t|cut ccnp|ot|rc Stop 2. p.oss buttcr
† ¯c v|o. cpt|crs |c. ct|o. p.osots. ||c|||c|t r.no c| cu..ort p.osot (J0 – J4: .rJ p.oss
nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr. t|or p.oss tc t|o .|c|t
tc so|oct
Option Description
Set
Sot .||to b.|.rco tc v.|uo |c. so|octoJ p.osot .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc
noru
Edit
Comment
¯oxt oJ|t J|.|cc |s J|sp|.voJ ( 118: |rto. ccnnort c| up tc 36 c|...c
to.s |c. cu..ort p.osot .rJ p.oss buttcr tc .otu.r tc Stop 1
Select Image
(J1–J4 cr|v:
||ctcs cr nonc.v c..J ..o J|sp|.voJ .s t|unbr.|| |n.cos |so nu|t|
so|octc. tc ||c|||c|t p|ctcs. p.oss buttcr tc v|o. ||c|||c|toJ p|ctc
|u|| |..no |.oss corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. tc ccpv .||to b.|.rco v.|uo (.rJ
ccnnort. || .rv: |c. ||c|||c|toJ |n.co tc cu..ort p.osot .rJ .otu.r tc
Stop 1 Or|v p|ctcs t.kor .|t| |200 c.r bo so|octoJ
Copy d-0
(J1–J4 cr|v:
´cpv .||to b.|.rco v.|uo (.rJ ccnnort. || .rv: |c. p.osot J0 tc cu..ort
p.osot .rJ .otu.r tc Stop 1
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
43
White Balance Bracketing
\||to b.| .rco b..ck ot |rc c.o .tos nu|t|p|o |n .c os o.c| t|no t|o s|ut to. |s .o
|o.soJ. “b..ckot|rc” t|o cu..ort .||to b.|.rco sott|rc ( 35: Or|v cro s|ct
|s .o ou|.oJ tc ccnp|oto t|o b..ckot|rc soouorco \||to b.| .rco b..ck ot |rc |s
.occnnorJoJ .|or s|cct |rc urJo. n|xoJ ||c|t |rc c. oxpo.|nort|rc .|t| J||
|o.ort .||to b.| .rco sott|rcs \||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc |s rct .v.||.b|o .t .||to
b.|.rco sott|rcs c| (Choose Color Temp.: c. (White Balance Preset:
c. .t |n.co ou.||t|os c| NEF (RAW). NEF + JPEG Fine. NEF + JPEG Normal. c.
NEF + JPEG Basic
¯c uso .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc
1
´|ccso WB Bracketing |c. ´us tcn Sot t|rc o5
(Auto BKT Set. 166:
3
|.oss |rc t|o buttcr. .ct.to t|o subccn n.rJ
J|.| tc c|ccso t|o .||to b.|.rco .J|ustnort (
19: |.c| |rc.onort |s .cuc||v oou|v.|ort tc 10
n|.oJ
2
|.oss |rc t|o buttcr. .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| s|cts |r t|o
b..ckot|rc soouorco ( 19: /t sott|rcs ct|o.
t|.r .o.c. . |ccr .rJ b..ckot|rc |rJ|c.
tc. .||| .ppo.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
|| t|o runbo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rc p.cc..n
oxcooJs t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc.
( : .||| bo J|sp|.voJ .rJ t|o runbo.
c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc .||| b||rk S|cct|rc c.r
boc|r || . ro. nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

W
h
i
t
e

B
a
l
a
n
c
e
44
4
´cn pcso . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct |.c| s|ct .||| bo p.c cossoJ tc
c.o.to t|o run bo. c| ccp |os spoc | fioJ |r t|o b..ck ot |rc p.cc..n. .rJ o.c|
ccpv .||| |.vo . J|ffo. ort .||to b.| .rco VcJ | fi c. t|crs tc .||to b.|.rco
..o .JJ oJ tc t|o .||to b.|.rco .J |ust nort n.Jo .|t| .||to b.| .rco firo
tur |rc
¯c c.rco| b..ckot|rc. p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn n.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o runbo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rc soouorco |s .o.c .rJ
.||tob.|.rco b..ckot|rc |rJ|c.tc. |s rc |crco. J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ccr t.c|
p.ro| ¯|o p.cc..n |.st |r offoct .||| bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ck ot |rc
|s .c t| v.t oJ b..ckot|rc c.r .|sc bo c.r co||oJ bv po. |c.n |rc . t.cbut
tcr .osot ( 9:. .| t|cuc| |r t||s c.so t|o b..ck ot |rc p.c c..n .||| rct bo
.ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ck ot |rc |s .ct|v.toJ
Image Quality
So |oct |rc NEF (RAW). NEF + JPEG Fine. NEF + JPEG Normal. c. NEF + JPEG Basic c.rco|s
.||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc
Shooting Mode
|r .|| ncJos (|rc|uJ|rc so||t|no. .rJ ccrt|rucus ncJos:. cr|v cro s|ct .||| bo t.kor o.c|
t|no t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.c| s|ct .||| bo p.ccossoJ tc c.o.to t|o run
bo. c| ccp|os spoc|fioJ |r t|o b..ckot|rc p.cc..n
Turning the Camera Off
|| t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff .|||o t|o c.no.. .|||o t|o nonc.v c..J .ccoss |.np |s ||t. t|o
c.n o.. .||| pc.o. cff cr|v .| to. .|| p|c tc c..p|s |r t|o soouorco |.vo boor .o cc.J oJ ¯c
tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .|t|cut .occ.J|rc t|o .on.|r|rc p|ctcc..p|s. p.oss t|o buttcr
.|||o tu.r|rc t|o c.no.. cff (koop t|o buttcr p.ossoJ |c. .t |o.st cro soccrJ .|to.
tu.r|rc t|o c.no.. cff:
Bracketing Programs
Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. . ||st c| .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc p.cc..ns
e7—Auto BKT Order ( 167)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rco t|o b..ckot|rc c.Jo.
e8—Auto BKT Selection ( 167)
|| Jos|.oJ. t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| c.r bo usoJ tc tu.r b..ckot|rc cr .rJ cff .rJ t|o sub
ccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct bct| t|o runbo. c| s|cts .rJ t|o .||tob.|.rco |rc.onort
45
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

O
p
t
i
m
i
z
i
n
g

I
m
a
g
e
s
Optimizing Images
¯|o cpt|crs |r t|o Optimize Image noru c.r bo usoJ tc cpt|n|.o p|ctcc..p|s
.ccc.J|rc tc |c. t|o p|ctu.o .||| bo usoJ c. t|o tvpo c| scoro S|..por|rc. ccr
t..st. cc|c. .op.cJuct|cr. s.tu..t|cr. .rJ |uo c.r .|sc bo custcn|.oJ |rJ|v|Ju.||v
tc n.tc| t|o uso.’s c.o.t|vo |rtort
Option Description
N
Normal
(Jo|.u|t:
|occnnorJoJ |c. ncst s|tu.t|crs
SO
Softer
Sc|tors cut||ros. p.cJuc|rc r.tu..| |n.cos su|t.b|o |c. pc.t..|ts
c. .otcuc||rc cr . ccnputo.
VI
Vivid
|r|.rcos s.tu..t|cr. ccrt..st. .rJ s|..pross tc p.cJuco v|v|J
|n.cos .|t| v|b..rt .oJs. c.oors. .rJ b|uos
VI More vivid
V.x|n|.os s.tu..t|cr. ccrt..st. .rJ s|..pross tc p.cJuco c.|sp
|n.cos .|t| s|..p cut||ros
PO Portrait
|c.o.s ccrt..st .|||o |orJ|rc r.tu..| toxtu.o .rJ .curJoJ |oo|
tc sk|r c| pc.t..|t sub|octs
Custom
´ustcn|.o s|..pross. ccrt..st. cc|c. .op.cJuct|cr. s.tu..t|cr.
.rJ |uo ( 46:
BW Black-and-white ¯.ko p|ctcs |r b|.ck.rJ.||to
At Settings Other than Custom
/t sott|rcs ct|o. t|.r Custom
• ||ctcc..p|s ..o cpt|n|.oJ |c. cu..ort s|cct|rc ccrJ|t|crs |osu|ts .||| v..v .|t| ox
pcsu.o .rJ t|o pcs|t|cr c| t|o sub|oct |r t|o |..no. ovor |r scoros c| t|o s.no tvpo
¯c t.ko . so.|os c| p|ctcc..p|s .|t| |Jort|c.| |n.co cpt|n|..t|cr. c|ccso Custom .rJ
.J|ust sott|rcs |rJ|v|Ju.||v. bo|rc su.o rct tc so|oct Auto |c. Image Sharpening. Tone
Compensation. c. Saturation
• |so . tvpo ´ c. | |ors |c. bost .osu|ts
/ B/W |ccr |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or s|cct|rc |r b|.ck.rJ.||to ( 6:
Black-and-white
46
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

O
p
t
i
m
i
z
i
n
g

I
m
a
g
e
s
¯c so|oct .r |n.co cpt|n|..t|cr cpt|cr
1
||c|||c|t Optimize Image |r t|o s|cct|rc
noru ( 124: .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc
t|o .|c|t
2
||c| ||c|t t|o Jos|.oJ cpt|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. tc t|o .|c|t || Custom |s so|octoJ. .
noru c| custcn cpt|crs .||| bo J|sp|.voJ (
49: |r .|| ct|o. c.sos. t|o s|cct|rc noru .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ
Customizing Image Enhancement Options
So|oct Custom tc n.ko sop...to .J|ustnorts tc s|..por|rc. ccrt..st. cc|c. .o
p.cJuct|cr. s.tu..t|cr. .rJ |uo
Making Edges More Distinct: Image Sharpening
|u.|rc s|cct|rc. t|o c.no.. p.ccossos p|ctcc..p|s tc onp|.s|.o t|o bc.Jo.s
bot.oor ||c|t .rJ J..k ..o.s. n.k |rc p|c tu.os .ppo.. s|..po. S|..por|rc c.r
bo custcn|.oJ us|rc t|o Image Sharpening noru
Option Description
Auto
(Jo|.u|t:
´.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v .J|usts s|..por|rc .ccc.J|rc tc sub|oct |o
su|ts v..v |.cn s|ct tc s|ct. ovor |r scoros c| s.no tvpo. c|ccso
J|ffo.ort sott|rc tc t.ko nu|t|p|o s|cts .|t| s.no s|..por|rc |c.
bost .osu|ts. uso tvpo ´ c. | |ors
Normal /|| |n .c os ..o s|..poroJ bv s.no st.rJ..J .ncurt
Low |n.cos ..o s|..poroJ |oss t|.r st.rJ..J .ncurt
Medium Low |n.cos ..o s|..poroJ s||c|t|v |oss t|.r st.rJ..J .ncurt
Medium High |n.cos ..o s|..poroJ s||c|t|v nc.o t|.r st.rJ..J .ncurt
High |n.cos ..o s|..poroJ nc.o t|.r st.rJ..J .ncurt
None |n.cos ..o rct s|..poroJ
47
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

O
p
t
i
m
i
z
i
n
g

I
m
a
g
e
s
Adjusting Contrast: Tone Compensation
/s p|ctcc..p|s ..o s.voJ tc t|o nonc.v c..J. t|ov ..o p.ccossoJ tc .J|ust t|o
J|st.|but|cr c| tcros |r t|o |n.co. or |.rc |rc ccr t..st ¯cro ccn por s. t|cr |s
po.|c.noJ bv no.rs c| tcro cu.vos t|.t Jofiro t|o .o|.t|crs||p bo t.oor t|o J|s
t.| bu t|cr c| tcros |r t|o c.|c|r.| |n.co .rJ t|o ccnpors.toJ .osu|t ¯|o Tone
Compensation noru ccrt.c|s t|o tvpo c| cu.vo usoJ
Option Description
Auto
(Jo|.u|t:
´.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v cpt|n|.os ccr t..st bv so|oct|rc .p p.c p.| .to cu.vo
´u.vo v..|os |.cn s|ct tc s|ct. ovor |r scoros c| s.no tvpo. tc t.ko nu|
t|p|o s|cts .|t| s.no cu.vo. c|ccso J|ffo.ort sott|rc |c. bost .osu|ts. uso
tvpo ´ c. | |ors
Normal
´.no.. usos s.no st.rJ..J cu.vo |c. .|| |n .c os Su|t oJ tc ncst scoros.
.|ot|o. J..k c. b.|c|t
Less
Contrast
|.o vorts ||c|||c|ts cr pc.t..|t sub|octs |.cn bo|rc “..s|oJ cut” |r J|.oct
sur||c|t
More
Contrast
|.oso.vos Jo t.|| |r n|stv |.rJ sc.pos .rJ ct|o. |c.ccrt..st sub|octs
Custom
´ustcn cu.vo c.r bo c.o.toJ |r ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||
.b|o sop...to|v: .rJ Jc.r|c.JoJ tc c.no.. ´|ccso Custom tc so |oct
t||s uso.JofiroJ cu.vo || rc custcn cu.vo |.s boor c.o.toJ. t||s cp t|cr
|s oou|v . |ort tc Nor mal
Suiting Colors to the Subject: Color Mode
Vuc| .s fi|n c.no..s cffo. . c|c|co c| fi|ns |c. J|ffo.ort sub|octs. t|o |200 cffo.s
. c|c|co c| cc|c. ncJos .|t| subt|v J|ffo.ort p.|ottos
Option Description
I
(Jo|.u|t:
´|ccso |c. pc.t..|t s|cts
II
´|ccso |c. p|ctcc..p|s t|.t .||| bo oxtors|vo|v p.ccossoJ c. .otcuc|oJ ¯||s
cpt|cr |s .v.||.b|o cr|v .|or AdobeRGB |s so|octoJ |c. Color space
III ´|ccso |c. r.tu.o c. |.rJsc.po s|cts
Mode II
|| sRGB |s c|csor |c. Color space .|or Color mode |s sot tc VcJo II. Color mode .||| bo
.osot tc t|o ncJo |r offoct .|or sRGB ..s |.st so|octoJ
48
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

O
p
t
i
m
i
z
i
n
g

I
m
a
g
e
s
Controlling Vividness: Saturation
Saturation ccrt.c|s t|o v|v|Jross c| cc|c.s
Option
Description
Auto
´.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v .J|usts s.tu..t|cr .ccc.J|rc tc sub|oct |c. bost
.osu|ts. uso tvpo ´ c. | |ors
Normal
(Jo|.u|t:
|c.n.| v|v|Jross |occnnorJoJ |c. ncst s|tu.t|crs
Moderate
|oJucoJ v|v|Jross |so .|or t.k|rc p|ctu.os t|.t .||| |.to. bo .o
tcuc|oJ bv ccnputo.
Enhanced
|rc.o.soJ v|v|Jross |so |c. v|v|J. p|ctcp.|rt offoct .|or t.k|rc p|c
tu.os t|.t .||| bo p.|rtoJ “.s |s.” .|t|cut |u.t|o. ncJ|fic.t|cr
Controlling Color: Hue Adjustment
|uo c.r bo .J|ustoJ |r t|o ..rco c| .bcut –9 tc |9 |r |r c.o norts c| 3 || .oJ
|s t.kor .s t|o st..t |rc cc|c.. ..|s|rc |uo .bcvo 0 (t|o Jo |.u|t sot t|rc: .cu|J
|rt.cJuco . vo| |c. c.st. n.k |rc cc| c.s t|.t .cu|J bo .oJ .t . sott|rc c| 0 .p po..
|r c.o.s |rc |v c. .rco |c. o. |rc |uo bo |c. 0 .cu|J |r t.c Juco . b|uo c.st. n.k
|rc cc| c.s t|.t .cu|J bo .oJ .t . sott|rc c| 0 .ppo.. |r c.o.s |rc |v pu. p|o
¯|o |´b cc|c. ncJo| usoJ |r J|c|t.| p|ctcc..p|s .o p.c Juc os cc|c.s us|rc J|ffo. |rc
.ncurts c| .oJ. c.oor. .rJ b|uo ||c|t bv n|x|rc t.c cc|c.s c| ||c|t. . v..|otv c| J|ffo. ort
cc|c.s c.r bo p.c JucoJ |c. ox.np|o. .oJ ccnb|roJ .|t| . sn.|| .ncurt c| c.oor ||c|t
p.cJucos c..rco || .oJ .rJ c.oor ..o n|xoJ |r oou.| .ncurts. vo||c. .o su|ts. .|||o
. sn.||o. .ncurt c| .oJ p.cJucos . vo| |c. c.oor V|x|rc J|ffo. ort .ncurts c| .oJ
.rJ b|uo ||c|t p.c Juc os cc| c.s ..rc |rc |.cn . .oJ J|s| pu.p|o t|.cuc| pu. p|o tc r.vv.
.|||o n|x|rc J|ffo.ort .ncurts c| c.oor .rJ b|uo ||c|t p.cJucos cc| c.s ..rc |rc |.cn
on o. .|J tc tu.ouc|so (/JJ |rc . t||.J cc|c. c| ||c|t .osu|ts |r ||c|to. |uos. || .|| t|.oo
..o n|xoJ |r oou.| .ncurts. t|o .osu|ts ..rco |.cn .||to t|.cuc| c..v: \|or t||s
p.c c.os s|cr c| |uos |s .. ..rcoJ |r . c|. c|o. t|o .o su|t |s krc.r .s . cc|c. .|oo|
Hue
49
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

O
p
t
i
m
i
z
i
n
g

I
m
a
g
e
s
Choosing Custom Image Optimization Options
´|ccs|rc Custom |r t|o Optimize Image noru ( 45: J|sp|.vs t|o noru
s|c.r |r Stop 1
1
Highlight optimization option.
2
Display sub-menu.
3
Highlight option.
4
Make selection. Repeat steps 1–4 to
adjust other options.
5
Highlight Done.
6
Return to shooting menu.
50
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

C
o
l
o
r

S
p
a
c
e
¯|o cpt|crs |r t|o Color Space noru Joto.n|ro t|o c.nut c| cc|c.s .v.||.b|o
|c. cc|c. .op.cJuct|cr ´|ccso . cc|c. sp.co .ccc.J|rc tc |c. p|c tc c..p|s .|||
bo p.c cossoJ cr |o.v|rc t|o c.n o..
Option Description
sRGB
(Jo|.u|t:
´|ccso |c. p|ctcc..p|s t|.t .||| bo p.|rt oJ c. usoJ “.s |s.” .|t| rc
|u. t|o. ncJ|fic.t|cr ´c|c. ncJo || |s rct .v.||.b|o ( 4:
AdobeRGB
¯||s cc|c. sp.co |s c.p.b|o c| oxp.oss|rc . .|Jo. c.nut c| cc|c.s t|.r
s|´b. n.k|rc |t t|o p.o|o..oJ c|c|co |c. |n.cos t|.t .||| bo oxtors|vo|v
p.ccossoJ c. .otcuc|oJ
Color Space
1
||c|||c|t Color Space |r t|o s|cct|rc noru
.rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
2
||c| ||c|t t|o Jos|.oJ cpt|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. tc t|o .|c|t
Color Space
s|´b |s .occnnorJoJ .|or t.k|rc p|ctcc..p|s t|.t .||| bo p.|rtoJ .|t|cut ncJ|fic.t|cr
c. v|o.oJ |r .pp||c.t|crs t|.t Jc rct suppc.t cc|c. n.r.conort. c. .|or t.k|rc p|ctc
c..p|s t|.t .||| bo p.|rtoJ .|t| |x|||.|rt. t|o J|.oct p.|rt|rc cpt|cr cr scno |cuso|c|J
p.|rto.s. c. k|csk p.|rt|rc c. ct|o. ccnno.c|.| p.|rt so.v|cos /Jcbo |´b p|ctcc..p|s c.r
.|sc bo p.|rtoJ us|rc t|oso cpt|crs. but cc|c.s .||| rct bo .s v|v|J
'||´ p|ctcc..p|s t.kor |r t|o /Jcbo |´b cc|c. sp.co ..o |x|| 221 .rJ |´| 20 ccnp||.rt.
.pp||c.t|crs .rJ p.|rto.s t|.t suppc.t |x|| 221 .rJ |´| 20 .||| so|oct t|o cc..oct cc|c.
sp.co .utcn.t|c.||v || t|o .pp||c.t|cr c. Jov|co Jcos rct suppc.t |x|| 221 .rJ |´| 20.
so|oct t|o .pp.cp.|.to cc|c. sp.co n.ru.||v |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr. soo t|o Jccunort.t|cr
p.cv|JoJ .|t| t|o .pp||c.t|cr c. Jov|co
Nikon Software
||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: .rJ ||ctu.o|.c|oct .utcn.t|c.||v
so|oct t|o cc..oct cc|c. sp.co .|or cpor|rc p|ctcc..p|s c.o.toJ .|t| t|o |200
51
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
¯||s soct|cr Josc.|bos t|o cpt|crs t|.t ccrt.c| |c. vcu. c.no.. |ccusos |c cus
ncJo. |ccus..o. so|oct|cr. .rJ /|..o. ncJo
Focus Mode
|ccus ncJo |s ccrt.c||oJ bv t|o |ccus ncJo so |oc tc.
cr t|o |.crt c| t|o c.no.. ¯|o.o ..o t.c autofocus
(/|: ncJos. |r .||c| t|o c.n o.. |ccusos .utcn.t|
c.||v .|or t|o s|utto..o |o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||
..v. .rJ cro manual |ccus ncJo. |r .||c| |ccus
nust bo .J|ustoJ n.r u .| |v us|rc t|o |ccus|rc .|rc
cr t|o |ors
Option Description
S
S|r c|o
so.vc /|
´.no.. |ccusos .|or s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.|| ..v |c cus
|ccks .|or |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●: .ppo..s |r v|o. firJ o.. .rJ .o n.|rs |cckoJ
.|||o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v (focus lock: /t Jo|.u|t sot
t|rcs. s|ut to. c.r cr|v bo .o |o.soJ .|or |r|c cus |r J| c. tc. |s J|s p|.voJ (fo-
cus pri or i ty:
C
´cr t|r u cus
so.vc /|
´.no.. |ccusos ccrt|rucus|v .|||o s|utto..o|o.so but tcr |s p.ossoJ |.||
..v || sub|oct ncvos. |ccus .||| bo .J|ustoJ tc ccnpors.to (predictive fo cus
tracking. 52: /t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. p|c tc c..p|s c.r bo t.kor .|ot|o. c.
rct c.no.. |s |r |ccus (release priority:
M
V.r u .|
´.no.. Jcos rct |ccus .utcn.t|c.||v. |ccus nust bo .J|ustoJ n.ru.||v us
|rc t|o |ors |ccus|rc .|rc || n.x | nun .po.tu.o c| |ors |s |/56 c. |.sto..
v|o. firJ o. |c cus |r J| c. tc. c.r bo usoJ tc ccr fi.n |ccus (electronic range
find ing:. but p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo t.kor .t .rv t|no. .|ot| o. c. rct c.no..
|s |r |ccus
´|ccso s|rc|oso.vc /| .|or p|ctcc..p||rc st.t|cr..v sub|octs ´crt|rucus
so.vc /| n.v bo . botto. c|c|co .|t| o...t|c.||vncv|rc sub|octs V.r u .| |c cus
|s .oc cn norJ oJ .|or t|o c.n o.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rc .utc|ccus
Focus
52
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
The AF-ON Button
|c. t|o pu.pcso c| |ccus|rc t|o c.no... p.oss|rc t|o AF-
ON buttcr |.s t|o s.no offoct .s p.oss|rc t|o s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr |.||..v
Predictive Focus Tracking
|r ccrt|rucusso.vc /|. t|o c.no.. .||| .u tc n.t | c.| |v |r| t|.to p.o J|c t|vo |ccus t..ck |rc ||
t|o sub|oct ncvos .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v c. t|o AF-ON but
tcr |s p.ossoJ |r p.oJ|ct|vo |ccus t..ck|rc. t|o c.no.. .||| t..ck |ccus .|||o .t tonpt |rc
tc p.oJ|ct .|o.o t|o sub|oct .||| bo .|or t|o s|utto. |s .o |o.soJ
a1—AF-C Mode Priority ( 148)
|| Focus |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc .1 (AF-C Mode Priority:. p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo
t.kor |r ccrt|rucus so.vc/| cr|v .|or t|o c.no.. |s |r |ccus |cto t|.t .oc..J|oss c| t|o
sott|rc so|octoJ. |ccus .||| rct |cck .|or t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. |s J|sp|.voJ
a2—AF-S Mode Priority ( 148)
|| Release |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc .2 (AF-S Mode Priority:. p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo
t.kor |r s|rc|o so.vc/| ovor .|or t|o c.no.. |s rct |r |ccus |cto t|.t .oc..J|oss c| t|o
sott|rc so|octoJ. |ccus .||| |cck .|or t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. |s J|sp|.voJ
a5—Lock-On ( 150)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. t|o c.no.. |nnoJ|.to|v .J|usts |ccus tc t..ck . sub|oct .|or
t|o J|st.rco tc t|o sub|oct c|.rcos J..st|c.||v
a6—AF Activation ( 151)
|| AF-ON Only |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc .6 (AF Activation:. t|o c.no.. .||| cr|v
|ccus .|or t|o AF-ON buttcr |s p.ossoJ. rct .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|.||..v
53
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
Focus Area Selection
/t Jo|.u|t sott|rcs. t|o |200 cffo.s . c|c|co c| o|ovor |ccus ..o.s t|.t tccot|o.
ccvo. . .|Jo ..o. c| t|o |..no ¯|o |ccus ..o. c.r bo so|octoJ n.ru.||v. .||c.
|rc p|ctcc..p|s tc bo ccn pcsoJ t|o n.|r sub |oct pcs|t|croJ .|ncst .rv.|o.o
|r t|o |..no. c. .utcn.t|c.||v tc orsu.o t|.t t|o sub|oct c|csost tc t|o c.no.. |s
.|..vs |r |ccus .oc..J|oss c| .|o.o |t |s t|o |..no (c|csostsub|oct p.|c.|tv. 54:
´.cup Jvr.n|c/| c.r bo usoJ tc |ccus cr t|o c|csost sub|oct |r . so|octoJ ..o.
c| t|o |..no ( 54:
¯c so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.. .ct.to t|o |ccus so|octc. |cck
tc t|o “●“ pcs|t|cr ¯|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r t|or bo
usoJ tc so|oct t|o |ccus ..o.
¯c so|oct t|o corto. |ccus ..o. (c. |ccus ..o. c.cup:
.t .rv t|no. p.oss t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t| so|octc.
¯|o |ccus so|octc. |cck c.r bo .ct.toJ tc t|o “L”
(|cckoJ: pcs|t|cr |c||c.|rc so|oct|cr tc p.ovort t|o
so |oct oJ |c cus ..o. |.cn c|.rc|rc .|or t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. |s p.ossoJ
Focus Area Selection
¯|o |ccus ..o. c.r rct bo c|.rcoJ .|or t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s ..o cff. Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck. c.
.|||o norus ..o J|sp|.voJ
a3—Focus Area Frame ( 148)
|r s|rc|o..o. ( : .rJ Jvr.n|c..o. /| ( :. so|oct Wide Frame (7 Areas) tc c|ccso
|.cn sovor .|Jo |ccus ..o.s |rsto.J c| t|o rc.n.| o|ovor ( 55–56:
a7—AF Area Illumination ( 151)
|oporJ|rc cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc . (AF Area Illumination:. t|o .c
t|vo |ccus ..o. .||| bo ||c|||c|toJ b.|oflv |r .oJ tc |np.cvo ccrt..st .s rooJoJ (“\..|b.|to”
|ccus ..o.s:. ||c|||c|toJ .t .|| t|nos. c. rovo. ||c|||c|toJ
a8—Focus Area ( 151)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc sot |ccus ..o. so|oct|cr tc “...p ..curJ”
f1—Center Button > Shooting Mode ( 168)
|oporJ|rc cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. Center Button > Shooting Mode (´ustcn Sot
t|rc |1:. p.oss|rc t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t| so|octc. .||| |.vo rc offoct c. .||| |||un|r.to t|o
so|octoJ |ccus ..o.
54
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
AF-Area Mode
/|..o. ncJo Jo to. n|ros |c. t|o |ccus ..o. |s
so|octoJ |r .utc|ccus ncJo ¯c so|oct t|o /|..o.
ncJo. .ct.to t|o /|..o. ncJo so|octc. ¯|o so|oct
oJ ncJo |s s|c.r bv .r |ccr |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
(soo bo|c.:
Mode Icon Description
S|rc|o..o. /|
|so. so|octs |ccus ..o. us|rc nu|t| so|octc.. c.no.. |ccusos cr
sub|oct |r so|octoJ |ccus ..o. cr|v |so |c. .o|.t|vo|v st.t|c ccn
pc s| t|crs .|t| sub |octs t|.t .||| st.v |r so|octoJ |ccus ..o.
|vr.n|c..o.
/|
|so. so|octs |ccus ..o. n.ru.||v. but c.no.. usos |r|c.n.t|cr
|.cn nu|t|p|o |ccus ..o.s tc Jo to. n|ro |ccus || sub |oct |o.vos
so|octoJ |ccus ..o. ovor b.|oflv. c.n o.. .||| |ccus b.soJ cr |r |c.
n. t|cr |.cn ct| o. |ccus ..o.s (|ccus ..o. so|octoJ |r v|o. firJ o.
Jcos rct c|.rco: |so .|t| ccrt|rucusso.vc /| tc |c||c. o.
..t|c.||v ncv|rc sub|octs .rJ |r ct| o. s|tu.t|crs |r .||c| |t |s J||
ficu|t tc koop sub|oct |r so |oct oJ |ccus ..o.
´.cup
Jvr.n|c /|
|so. c|ccsos |ccus ..o. c.cup (soo
.|c|t: ´.no.. |ccusos cr corto.
c| so|octoJ c.cup. || sub|oct |o.vos
|ccus ..o. ovor b.|oflv. c.no.. |c
cusos b.soJ cr |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn
ct|o. |ccus ..o.s |r s.no c.cup
|so .|or sub|oct |s ncv|rc o...t|
c.||v but p|.co c| sub|oct |r cvo..||
ccnpcs|t|cr |s krc.r ´ustcn
Top
Left Center Right
Bottom
Sott|rc .4 ( 149: c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rco |c. |ccus ..o.s ..o
c.cupoJ c. tc |ccus cr c|csost sub|oct |r so|octoJ c.cup
|vr.n|c..o.
/| .|t| c|csost
sub|oct p.|c.|tv
´.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v so|octs |ccus ..o. ccrt.|r|rc sub|oct c|cs
ost tc c.no.. |.ovorts cutc||ccus s|cts .|or p|ctcc..p|
|rc o...t|c.||v ncv|rc sub|octs |ccus ..o. c.r rct bo so|octoJ
n.ru.||v .rJ |s rct J|sp|.voJ |r v|o.firJo. c. ccrt.c| p.ro|
Manual Focus
S|rc|o..o. /| |s .utcn.t|c.||v so|octoJ .|or n.ru.| |ccus |s usoJ
The Control Panel
¯|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. c. c.cup c| |ccus ..o.s |s s|c.r |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| |r s|rc|o..o.
/|. Jvr.n|c..o. /|. .rJ c.cup Jvr.n|c/| ¯|o |||ust..t|crs |r t|o “|ccr” cc|unr s|c.
t|o J|sp|.v .|or t|o corto. |ccus ..o. c. |ccus ..o. c.cup |s so|octoJ ¯|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
J|sp|.v Jcos rct s|c. t|o |ccus ..o. so|octoJ bv t|o c.no.. |c. Jvr.n|c..o. /| .|t|
c|csost sub|oct p.|c.|tv
55
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
Focus Zone Selection
\|or (s|rc|o..o. /|: c. (Jvr.n|c..o. /|: |s so|octoJ |c. /|..o. ncJo
( 54:. t|o uso. c.r so|oct |.cn rc.n.| c. .|Jo |ccus ..o.s (cr|v rc.n.| |ccus
..o.s ..o .v.||.b|o .|or c.cup Jvr.n|c..o. c. c|csost sub|oct p.|c.|tv
/| |s so|octoJ |c. /|..o. ncJo:
Option Description
Normal Frame
(11 Areas)
(Jo|.u|t:
|so. c.r so|oct |.cn o|ovor |ccus ..o.s. c.no.. |ccusos cr so|octoJ |c
cus ..o. |so tc |ccus cr spoc|fic ..o.s c| sub|oct
Wide Frame
(7 Areas)
|so. c.r so|oct |.cn sovor |ccus ..o.s o.c| ccvo.|rc .|Jo ..o. c|
|..no. n.k|rc |t o.s|o. tc pcs|t|cr sub|oct |r |ccus ..o. .rJ .oJuc|rc
t|no rooJoJ tc |..no p|ctcc..p|s V.v p.cJuco urp.oJ|ct.b|o .osu|ts
|| |ccus ..o. ccrt.|rs nu|t|p|o sub|octs
|ccus ..o.s ..o J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .s |c||c.s
Control panel
Viewfinder Single-area AF Dynamic-area AF
Normal Frame
(11 Areas)
Wide Frame
(7 Areas)
¯c c|ccso |ccus .cro s|.o us|rc ´ustcn Sott|rc .3 (Focus Area Frame:. J|sp|.v
t|o ´ustcn Sott|rcs noru .rJ |c||c. t|o stops bo|c.
1
Highlight Autofocus.
2
Display options.
3
Highlight a3 Focus Area Frame.
4
Display options.
56
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
5
Highlight option.
6
Make selection.
¯c c|ccso |ccus .cro s|.o us|rc t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ subccnn.rJ J|.|
1
So|oct Focus Area Frame |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc |4
(FUNC. Button. 10:
2
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| \|Jo |ccus .cros ..o usoJ .|or
WIDE |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
Focus Lock
|ccus |cck c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rco t|o ccn pc s| t|cr .|to. |ccus|rc. n.k|rc |t pcs
s|b|o tc |ccus cr . sub|oct t|.t .||| rct bo |r . |ccus ..o. |r t|o fir.| ccnpcs|t|cr
|t c.r .|sc bo usoJ .|or t|o .utc|ccus svston |s ur.b|o tc |ccus ( 59:
|r s|rc|oso.vc /|. |ccus |ccks .utcn.t|c.||v .|or t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●: .p
po..s |r t|o v|o.firJo. |r ccrt|rucusso.vc /|. |ccus nust bo |cckoJ n.r u .| |v
us|rc t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr ¯c .occnpcso . p|ctcc..p| us|rc |ccus |cck
1
|cs|t|cr t|o sub|oct |r t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o.
.rJ p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc
|r| t|.to |ccus
57
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
2
´|ock t|.t t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●: .ppo..s |r t|o v|o.firJo.
Single-servo AF
|ccus .||| |cck .utcn.t|c.||v .|or t|o |r|c cus
|rJ|c.tc. .ppo..s. .rJ .o n.|r |cckoJ urt|| vcu
.oncvo vcu. firco. |.cn t|o s|utto..o |o.so
buttcr |ccus c.r .|sc bo |cckoJ bv p.oss|rc
t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr (soo bo|c.:
Con tin u ous-servo AF
|.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck bct| |c cus .rJ
oxpcsu.o |ccus .||| .on.|r |cckoJ .|||o t|o AE-
L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ. ovor || vcu |.to. .oncvo
vcu. firco. |.cn t|o s|utto..o |o.so buttcr
3
|o ccn pcso t|o p|c tc c..p| .rJ s|cct
|r s|rc|oso. vc /|. |ccus .||| .on.|r |cckoJ bo t.oor s|cts .s |crc .s t|o s|ut
to..o |o.so buttcr |s kopt p.ossoJ |.|| ..v. .| |c. |rc sov o. .| p|c tc c..p|s |r suc
cos s|cr tc bo t.kor .t t|o s.no |ccus sott|rc |ccus .||| .|sc .on.|r |cckoJ
bot.oor s|cts .|||o t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ
|c rct c|.rco t|o J|st.rco bot.oor t|o c.no.. .rJ t|o sub|oct .|||o |ccus
|cck |s |r offoct || t|o sub|oct ncvos. |ccus .c.|r .t t|o ro. J|st.rco
c2—AE-L/AF-L ( 156)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |ccks |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o (t|o Jo|.u|t
sott|rc:. |ccus cr|v. c. oxpcsu.o cr|v
58
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
The AF-Assist Illuminator
¯|o bu||t|r /| .ss|st |||un|r.tc. or.b|os t|o c.no..
tc |ccus ovor .|or t|o sub|oct |s pcc.|v ||t ¯|o c.n
o.. nust bo |r |ccus ncJo S (s|rc|oso.vc .utc|ccus:.
.r /|||kkc. |ors nust bo .tt.c|oJ. .rJ t|o corto.
|ccus ..o. c. |ccus ..o. c.cup nust bo so|octoJ c.
c|csost sub|oct p.|c.|tv |r offoct || t|oso ccrJ|t|crs ..o not .rJ t|o sub|oct |s
pcc.|v ||t. t|o |||un|r.tc. .||| ||c|t .utcn.t|c.||v tc .ss|st t|o .utc|ccus cpo..t|cr
.|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v
|c. t|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. tc |urct|cr cc..oct|v. t|o |ors nust |.vo . |cc.|
|orct| c| 24–200 nn .rJ t|o sub|oct nust bo |r ..rco c| t|o |||un|r.tc. |ors
|ccJs s|cu|J bo .oncvoJ \|t| ncst |orsos. t|o |||un|r.tc. |.s . ..rco c| .bcut
05–3 n (1 |t 8 |r–9 |t 10 |r: \|t| t|o |c||c.|rc |orsos. .utc|ccus .|t| /|.ss|st
|||un|r.t|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .t ..rcos urJo. 0 n (2 |t 4 |r:
• /| V|c.c || 200 nn |/4|
• /|S || 28–0 nn |/28|
• /|S \| || 24–120 nn |/35–56´
• /| V|c.c || 0–180 nn |/45–56|
\|t| t|o |c||c.|rc |ors. /| .ss|st |s rct .v.||.b|o .t ..rcos urJo. 1 n (3 |t 3 |r:
• /|S |` || 55–200 nn |/4–56´
\|t| t|o |c||c.|rc |ors. /| .ss|st |s rct .v.||.b|o .t ..rcos urJo. 25 n (8 |t 2 |r:
• /| \| || 80–400 nn |/45–56|
/| .ss|st |s rct .v.||.b|o .|t| t|o /|S \| || 200–400 nn |/4´
Continuous Use of the AF-Assist Illuminator
/|to. t|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. |.s boor usoJ |c. sovo..| ccrsocut|vo s|cts. |t n.v tu.r cff
b.|oflv tc p.ctoct t|o |.np ¯|o |||un|r.tc. c.r bo usoJ .c.|r .|to. . s|c.t p.uso |cto t|.t
t|o |||un|r.tc. n.v boccno |ct .|t| ccrt|rucus uso
a9—AF Assist ( 152)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc tu.r /|.ss|st |||un|r.t|cr cff
\|t| t|o |c||c.|rc |orsos. /| .ss|st |s rct .v.||.b|o .t ..rcos urJo. 15 n (4 |t 11 |r:
• /|S \| || 0–200 nn |/28´
• /| || 80–200 nn |/28|
• /|S || 80–200 nn |/28|
59
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
|rJo. t|o ccrJ|t|crs Josc.|boJ .bcvo. t|o cpt|cr.| Sb800 .rJ Sb600 SpooJ
||c|ts .rJ S|800 .|.o|oss SpooJ||c|t ccnn.rJo. .||| p.cv|Jo .ct|vo /| |||un|
r.t|cr |c. t|o |c||c.|rc |ccus ..o.s
AF lens focal length Normal frame (11 areas) Wide frame (7 areas)
23–34 nn
35–0 nn
1–105 nn
\|t| ct|o. SpooJ||c|ts. t|o c.no.. /| .ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| bo usoJ
Getting Good Results with Autofocus
/utc|ccus Jcos rct po.|c.n .o|| urJo. t|o ccrJ|t|crs ||stoJ bo|c. || t|o c.n
o.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rc .utc|ccus. uso n.ru.| |ccus ( 60: c. uso |ccus |cck
( 56: tc |ccus cr .rct|o. sub|oct .t t|o s.no J|st.rco .rJ t|or .occnpcso
t|o p|ctcc..p|
There is little or no
contrast be tween
the sub ject and the
back ground
|x.np|o sub |oct |s t|o s.no cc| c. .s t|o
b.ck c.curJ
The focus area
con tains ob jects at
differ ent dis tanc es
from the cam era
|x.np|o sub |oct |s |r s|Jo . c.co
The subject is dom-
i nat ed by reg u lar
geo met ric pat terns
|x.np|o . .c. c| .|rJc.s |r . skvsc..po.
The focus area
con tains areas of
sharp ly con trast ing
bright ness
|x.np|o sub |oct |s |.|| |r t|o s|.Jo
The subject many
contains fine details
|x.np|o . fio|J c| flc.o.s c. ct|o. sub|octs
t|.t ..o sn.|| c. |.ck v..|.t|cr |r b.|c|tross
The subject appears
smaller than the
focus area
|x.np|o |ccus ..o. ccrt.|rs bct| |c.o
c.curJ sub|oct .rJ J|st.rt bu||J|rcs
60
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
o
c
u
s
Manual Focus
V.ru.| |ccus |s .v.||.b|o |c. |orsos t|.t Jc rct sup
pc.t .utc|ccus (rcr/| ||kkc. |ors os: c. .|or .utc
|ccus Jcos rct p.cJuco t|o Jos|.oJ .o su|ts ( 59:
¯c |ccus n.ru.||v. sot t|o |ccusncJo so|octc. tc M
.rJ .J|ust t|o |ors |ccus|rc .|rc urt|| t|o |n.co J|s
p|.voJ cr t|o c|o.. n.tto fio|J |r t|o v|o.firJo. |s |r
|ccus ||c tc c..p|s c.r bo t.kor .t .rv t|no. ovor
.|or t|o |n.co |s rct |r |ccus
The Electronic Range Finder
|| t|o |ors |.s . n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| |/56 c. |.sto..
t|o v|o.firJo. |c cus |rJ|c.tc. c.r bo usoJ tc ccr fi.n
.|ot|o. t|o pc.t|cr c| t|o sub|oct |r t|o so |oct oJ |c
cus ..o. |s |r |ccus /|to. pcs|t|cr|rc t|o sub |oct |r
t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o.. p.oss t|o s|ut to..o |o.so but tcr
|.|| ..v .rJ .ct.to t|o |ors |c cus |rc .|rc ur t|| t|o |r
|c cus |r J| c. tc. (●: |s J|s p|.voJ
¯c Joto.n|ro t|o J|st.rco bot.oor vcu. sub|oct .rJ t|o
c.no... no.su.o |.cn t|o |cc.| p|.ro n..k cr t|o c.n
o.. bcJv ¯|o J|st.rco bot.oor t|o |ors ncurt|rc fl.rco
.rJ t|o |cc.| p|.ro |s 465 nn (183 |r:
Focal Plane Position
A-M Selection/Autofocus with Manual Priority
\|or us|rc . |ors t|.t cffo.s /V so|oct|cr. so|oct V .|or |ccus|rc n.ru.||v \|t| |orsos
t|.t suppc.t V// (.utc|ccus .|t| n.ru.| p.|c.|tv:. |ccus c.r bo .J|ustoJ n.r u .| |v .|t|
t|o |ors sot tc V c. V// Soo t|o Jccunort.t|cr p.cv|JoJ .|t| vcu. |ors |c. Jot.||s
61
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Metering
¯|o noto.|rc not|cJ Joto.n|ros |c. t|o c.n o.. sots oxpcsu.o
Method Description
3| cc|c.
n.t.|x ||/
´c|c.
n.t.|x ||/
´c|c.
n.t.|x
1.005p|xo| |´b sorsc. sots oxpcsu.o b.soJ cr v..|otv c| |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn .||
..o.s c| |..no \|t| tvpo ´ c. | |ors. c.no.. usos 3D color matrix metering II
|c. r.tu..| .osu|ts ovor .|or |..no |s Jcn|r.toJ bv b.|c|t (.||to c. vo||c.:
c. J..k (b|.ck c. J..k c.oor: cc|c.s \|t| ct|o. ´|| |orsos. 3| ..rco |r|c.n.
t|cr |s rct |rc|uJoJ. |rsto.J. c.no.. usos color matrix metering II Color matrix
metering |s .v.||.b|o .|or |cc.| |orct| .rJ n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| rcr´|| |ors
..o spoc|fioJ us|rc Non-CPU Lens Data |ton |r s|cct|rc noru ( 93. corto.
.o|c|toJ noto.|rc |s usoJ || |cc.| |orct| c. .po.tu.o |s rct spoc|fioJ: V.t.|x
noto.|rc .||| rct p.cJuco Jos|.oJ .osu|ts .|t| .utcoxpcsu.o |cck ( 0: c. ox
pcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr ( 2:. but |s .occnnorJoJ |r ncst ct|o. s|tu.t|crs
´orto.
.o|c|toJ
´.no.. noto.s ort|.o |..no but .ss|crs c.o.tost .o|c|t tc ..o. |r corto. c|
|..no 8 nn (031 |r: |r J|.noto.. s|c.r bv cc..ospcrJ|rc 8nn .o|o.orco
c|.c|o |r v|o.firJo. ´|.ss|c noto. |c. pc.t..|ts. .occnnorJoJ .|or us|rc fi|
to.s .|t| .r oxpcsu.o |.ctc. (fi|to. |.ctc.: cvo. 1 × ( 181:
¯
Spct
´.no.. noto.s c|.c|o 3 nn (012 |r: |r J|.noto. (.pp.cx|n.to|v 20° c| |..no:
´|.c|o |s corto.oJ cr cu..ort |ccus ..o. (|r c.cup Jvr.n|c /|. cr corto. |ccus
..o. c| cu..ort c.cup. 54:. n.k|rc |t pcss|b|o tc noto. cffcorto. sub|octs (||
rcr´|| |ors |s usoJ c. || Jvr.n|c..o. /| .|t| c|csost sub|oct p.|c.|tv |s |r o|
|oct. c.no.. .||| noto. corto. |ccus ..o.: |r su.os t|.t sub |oct .||| bo cc..oct|v
ox pcsoJ. ovor .|or b.ck c.curJ |s nuc| b.|c|to. c. J..ko.
¯
¯ |c. |np.cvoJ p.oc|s|cr .|t| rcr´|| |orsos. spoc||v |ors |cc.| |orct| .rJ n.x|nun
.po.tu.o |r Non-CPU Lens Data noru ( 93:
bo|c.o s|cct|rc. .ct.to t|o no to. |rc so|octc. tc
c|ccso . not| cJ su|t oJ tc t|o ccn pc s| t|cr .rJ
||c|t |rc ccrJ|t|crs. .rJ ccrfi.n vcu. so |oc t|cr |r t|o
v|o.firJo.
Exposure
b6—Center Weight ( 155)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. .ss|croJ t|o c.o.tost .o|c|t |r corto..o|c|toJ
noto.|rc
b7—Fine Tune Exposure ( 156)
Opt|n.| oxpcsu.o c.r bo firoturoJ sop...to|v |c. o.c| noto.|rc not|cJ (rcto t|.t t|o
oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |ccr |s rct J|sp|.voJ .|or oxpcsu.o |s firoturoJ:
62
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Exposure Mode
|xpcsu.o ncJo Joto.n|ros |c. t|o c.no.. sots s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
.|or .J|ust|rc oxpcsu.o |cu. ncJos ..o .v.||.b|o p.cc..nnoJ .utc (P:. s|ut
to.p.|c.|tv .utc (S:. .po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc (A:. .rJ n.ru.| (M:
¯c p.ov|o. t|o offocts c| .po.tu.o. p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o
Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr ¯|o |ors .||| bo stcppoJ
Jc.r tc t|o .po.tu.o v.|uo so |oct oJ bv t|o c.n o..
(ncJos P .rJ S: c. t|o v.| uo c|c sor bv t|o uso. (ncJos
A .rJ M:. .| |c. |rc Jopt| c| fio|J tc bo p.ov|o.oJ |r t|o
v|o.firJo. (t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb600.
.rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts .||| on|t . ncJo||rc fl.s|:
Depth-of-Field Preview
CPU Lenses
\|or us|rc . ´|| |ors oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .po.tu.o .|rc. |cck t|o .po.tu.o .|rc .t t|o n|r
| nun .po.tu.o (||c|ost |/runbo.: /t ct|o. sott|rcs. t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s .b|oJ
.rJ . b||rk|rc .||| .ppo.. |r t|o .po.tu.o J|sp|.vs |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
¯vpo ´ |orsos ..o rct oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .po.tu.o .|rc
b1—ISO Auto ( 152)
\|or ´ustcn Sott|rc b1 (ISO Auto: |s cr. t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v v..|os |SO sors|t|v|tv
bot.oor |SO 100 .rJ . n.x|nun so|octoJ bv t|o uso. tc |o|p orsu.o cpt|nun ox pc su.o
.rJ fl.s| |ovo| |r oxpcsu.o ncJos P .rJ A. t|o c.no.. .J|usts |SO sors|t|v|tv .|or t|o
s|utto. spooJ rooJoJ tc cbt.|r cpt|nun oxpcsu.o .cu|J bo |.sto. t|.r '/s... s c. s|c.o.
t|.r . spoc|fioJ v.|uo Ot|o..|so t|o c.no.. .J|usts |SO sors|t|v|tv .|or t|o ||n|ts c| t|o
c.no.. oxpcsu.o noto.|rc svston ..o oxcooJoJ (ncJo S: c. .|or cpt|nun oxpcsu.o c.r
rct bo .c||ovoJ .t t|o s|utto.spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o so|octoJ bv t|o uso. (ncJo M:
e4—Modeling Flash ( 166)
|| Off |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc o4 (Modeling Flash:. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.|
Sb800. Sb600. .rJ Sb|200 ||kcr SpooJ||c|ts .||| rct on|t . ncJo||rc fl.s| .|or t|o
Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr |s p.ossoJ
63
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
P: Programmed Auto
|r t||s ncJo. t|o c.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v .J|usts s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o .c
cc.J |rc tc . bu||t|r p.cc..n ( 195: |c. cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o |r ncst s|t u . t|crs
¯||s ncJo |s .occnnorJoJ |c. sr.ps|cts .rJ ct|o. s|t u . t|crs |r .||c| vcu ..rt
tc |o.vo t|o c.no.. |r c|..co c| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o /J |ust norts c.r
bo n.Jo us|rc flox|b|o p.cc..n. ox pc su.o ccn por s. t|cr ( 2:. .rJ .utc ox
pc su.o b..ckot|rc ( 3: |.cc..nnoJ .utc |s cr|v .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos
¯c t.ko p|ctcc..p|s |r p.cc..nnoJ .utc
2
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct
1
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| urt|| P |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
.rJ ccrt.c| p.ro|
Non-CPU Lenses
|xpcsu.o ncJo A (.po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc: |s .utcn.t|c.||v so|octoJ .|or . rcr´|| |ors
|s .tt.c|oJ ¯|o oxpcsu.o ncJo |rJ|c.tc. (P: .||| b||rk |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ A .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr. soo “/po.tu.o|.|c.|tv /utc” ( 66:
Exposure Warning
|| t|o ||n|ts c| t|o oxpcsu.o noto.|rc svston ..o oxcooJoJ. cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc |r J| c. tc.s
.||| bo J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
Indicator Description
Sub|oct tcc b.|c|t |so cpt|cr.| |out..| |ors|tv (||: fi|to. c. |c.o. |SO sors|t|v|tv ( 33:
Sub|oct tcc J..k |so fl.s| c. ..|so |SO sors|t|v|tv ( 33:
|r ncJo P. J|ffo.ort ccn b| r. t|crs c| s|utto. spooJ .rJ
.p o. tu.o c.r bo so|octoJ bv .ct.t|rc t|o n.|r ccn n.rJ
J|.| (“flox|b|o p.cc..n”: /|| ccnb|r.t|crs p.c Juco t|o
s.no ox pc su.o \|||o flox|b|o p.cc..n |s |r offoct. .r .s
to.|sk (“¯”: .ppo..s roxt tc t|o oxpcsu.oncJo |rJ|c.tc. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯c .ostc.o
Jo |.u|t s|ut to. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o sott|rcs. .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn n.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o
|rJ|c.tc. |s rc |crco. J|s p|.voJ |o|.u|t sott|rcs c.r .|sc bo .o stc.oJ bv tu.r|rc t|o
c.n o.. cff. so|oct|rc .rct|o. oxpcsu.o ncJo. po. |c.n |rc . t.cbut tcr .o sot ( 9:.
c. c|ccs|rc .rct|o. sott|rc |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc b3 (EV Step. 154:
Flexible Program
64
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
S: Shutter-Priority Auto
|r s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc. vcu c|ccso t|o s|utto. spooJ .|||o t|o c.no.. .u tc
n.t | c.| |v so|octs t|o .po.tu.o t|.t .||| p.cJuco t|o cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o S|utto.
spooJ c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor 30 s .rJ '/s... s |so s|c. s|utto. spooJs tc
succost nct|cr bv b|u..|rc ncv|rc cb|octs. ||c| s|utto. spooJs tc “|.oo.o” nc
t|cr S|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc |s cr|v .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos
¯c t.ko p|c tc c..p|s |r s|utto.p.| c. | tv .utc
2
|ct.to t|o n.|r ccn n.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o
Jo s|.oJ s|ut to. spooJ
1
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| urt|| S |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
.rJ ccrt.c| p.ro|
3
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct
65
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Non-CPU Lenses
|xpcsu.o ncJo A (.po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc: |s .utcn.t|c.||v so|octoJ .|or . rcr´|| |ors
|s .tt.c|oJ ¯|o oxpcsu.o ncJo |rJ|c.tc. (S: .||| b||rk |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ A .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
Changing from Mode M to Mode S
|| vcu so|oct . s|utto. spooJ c| |r ncJo M .rJ t|or so|oct ncJo S .|t|cut c|.rc|rc
t|o s|utto. spooJ. t|o s|utto.spooJ J|sp|.v .||| fl.s| .rJ t|o s|utto. c.r rct bo .o|o.soJ
|ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct . J|ffo.ort s|utto. spooJ bo|c.o s|cct|rc
Exposure Warning
|| t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc p.cJuco t|o cc..oct oxpcsu.o .t t|o so|octoJ s|utto. spooJ.
t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v ( 69: |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| s|c. t|o .ncurt c|
ur Jo. c. cvo.oxpcsu.o .rJ cro c| t|o |c| |c. |rc |r J| c. tc.s .||| bo J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ccr t.c|
p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .po.tu.o J|sp|.vs
Indicator Description
Sub|oct tcc b.|c|t ´|ccso |.sto. s|utto. spooJ c. |c.o. |SO sors|t|v|tv ( 33:. c. uso cpt|cr.|
|out..| |ors|tv (||: fi|to.
Sub|oct tcc J..k ´|ccso s|c.o. s|utto. spooJ c. ||c|o. |SO sors|t|v|tv ( 33:. c. uso fl.s|
Long Exp. NR ( 131)
¯c .oJuco rc|so .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs. so|oct On |c. t|o Long Exp. NR cpt|cr |r t|o
s|cct|rc noru ´|ock t|.t t|o b.tto.v |s |u||v c|..coJ bo|c.o n.k|rc |crc t|no oxpc
su.os
b3—EV Step ( 154)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. c|.rcos tc s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o ..o n.Jo |r |r c.o
norts oou|v . |ort tc '/· |\ (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc:. '/. |\. c. 1 |\
f5—Command Dials >Change Main / Sub ( 170)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc .ovo.so t|o .c|os c| t|o ccnn.rJ J|.|s sc t|.t t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s s|utto. spooJ. .|||o t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s .po.tu.o
66
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
A: Aperture-Priority Auto
|r .po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc. vcu c|ccso t|o .po.tu.o .|||o t|o c.no.. .u tc n.t |
c.| |v so|octs t|o s|ut to. spooJ t|.t .||| p.cJuco t|o cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o Sn.||
.po.tu.os (||c| |/runbo.s: |rc.o.so Jopt| c| fio|J. b.|rc|rc bct| t|o n.|r sub
|oct .rJ b.ck c.curJ |rtc |ccus |..co .po.tu.os (|c. |/run bo.s: sc|tor b.ck
c.curJ Jot.||s .rJ |ot nc.o ||c|t |rtc t|o c.no... |rc.o.s|rc t|o ..rco c| t|o
fl.s| .rJ n.k|rc p|ctcc..p|s |oss suscopt|b|o tc b|u..|rc
¯c t.ko p|c tc c..p|s |r .po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc
2
|ct.to t|o subccn n.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o Jo
s|.oJ .po.tu.o
1
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| urt|| A |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
.rJ ccrt.c| p.ro|
3
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct
67
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Non-CPU Lenses
|| t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors |.s boor spoc|fioJ us|rc t|o Non-CPU Lens Data
|ton |r s|cct|rc noru ( 93: .|or . rcr´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ. t|o cu..ort |/runbo. .|||
bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.. .curJoJ
tc t|o ro..ost |u|| stcp Ot|o..|so t|o .po.tu.o J|sp|.vs
.||| s|c. cr|v t|o runbo. c| stcps ( . .|t| n.x|nun .p
o.tu.o J|sp|.voJ .s : .rJ t|o |/runbo. nust bo .o.J
|.cn t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rc
Exposure Warning
|| t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc p.cJuco t|o cc..oct oxpcsu.o .t t|o so|octoJ .po.tu.o. t|o o|oc
t.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v ( 69: |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| s|c. t|o .ncurt c| ur Jo. c.
cvo.oxpcsu.o .rJ cro c| t|o |c| |c. |rc |r J| c. tc.s .||| bo J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ccr t.c| p.ro|
.rJ v|o.firJo. s|utto.spooJ J|sp|.vs
Indicator Description
Sub|oct tcc b.|c|t ´|ccso sn.||o. .po.tu.o (|..co. |/runbo.: c. |SO sors|t|v|tv ( 33:. c. uso
cpt|cr.| |out..| |ors|tv (||: fi|to.
Sub|oct tcc J..k ´|ccso |..co. .po.tu.o (sn.||o. |/runbo.: c. ||c|o. |SO sors|t|v|tv ( 33:.
c. uso cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t
b3—EV Step ( 154)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. c|.rcos tc s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o ..o n.Jo |r |r c.o
norts oou|v . |ort tc '/· |\ (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc:. '/. |\. c. 1 |\
f5—Command Dials ( 170)
Command Dials > Change Main / Sub .rJ Command Dials > Aperture Setting ccr
t.c| .|ot|o. .po.tu.o |s .ss|croJ .|t| t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|. t|o subccnn.rJ J|.|. c.
t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rc |oc..J|oss c| t|o sott|rcs c|csor. t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| |s .|..vs
usoJ .|t| tvpo ´ |orsos. t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rc .|t| rcr´|| |orsos
68
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
M: Manual
|r n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo. vcu ccrt.c| bct| s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o S|ut to.
spooJ c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor 30 s .rJ '/s... s. c. t|o s|utto. c.r bo |o|J
cpor |c. |rJofir|to|v |c. |crco. oxpcsu.os ( : /po.tu.o c.r bo sot tc v.| uos
bot.oor t|o n|r|nun .rJ n.x|nun v.|uos |c. t|o |ors |s|rc t|o o|oc t.cr |c
.r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v |r t|o v|o.firJo.. vcu c.r .J|ust oxpcsu.o .c cc.J |rc tc
s|cct|rc ccr J| t|crs .rJ t|o t.sk .t |.rJ
¯c t.ko p|c tc c..p|s |r n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo
2
|ct.to t|o n.|r ccn n.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso .
s|ut to. spooJ. .rJ t|o subccn n.rJ J|.| tc sot
.po.tu.o ´|ock oxpcsu.o |r t|o o|oct.cr|c .r
. |cc ox pc su.o J|sp|.vs (soo .|c|t:. .rJ ccr t|r uo
tc .J|ust s|ut to. spooJ .rJ .p o. tu.o urt|| t|o
Jo s|.oJ ox pc su.o |s .c||ovoJ
1
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| urt|| M |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
.rJ ccrt.c| p.ro|
3
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct

/t . s|utto. spooJ c| . t|o s|utto. .||| .on.|r cpor .|||o t|o s|utto..o|o.so but tcr |s
|o|J Jc.r ||kcr .occnnorJs us|rc . |u||vc|..coJ ||||3o b.tto.v c. .r cpt|cr.| ||6
/´ .J.pto. tc p.ovort |css c| pc.o. .|||o t|o s|utto. |s cpor || t|o b.tto.v |s ox|.ustoJ
Ju.|rc s|cct|rc. t|o c.no.. .||| .occ.J t|o p|ctcc..p| tc t|o nonc.v c..J .rJ t|or tu.r
cff .utcn.t|c.||v
69
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
AF Micro Nikkor Lenses
Provided that an external exposure meter is used. t|o oxpcsu.o ..t|c rooJ cr|v bo t.kor
|rtc .cccurt .|or t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rc |s usoJ tc sot .po.tu.o
Non-CPU Lenses
|| t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors |.s boor spoc|fioJ us|rc t|o Non-CPU lens data
|ton |r s|cct|rc noru ( 93: .|or . rcr´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ. t|o cu..ort |/run
bo. .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ ccrt.c|
p.ro|. .curJoJ tc t|o ro..ost |u|| stcp Ot|o..|so t|o
.po.tu.o J|sp|.vs .||| s|c. cr|v t|o runbo. c| stcps
( . .|t| n.x|nun .po.tu.o J|sp|.voJ .s : .rJ t|o |/
runbo. nust bo .o.J |.cn t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rc
Long Exp. NR ( 131)
¯c .oJuco rc|so .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs. so|oct On |c. t|o Long Exp. NR cpt|cr |r t|o
s|cct|rc noru
b3—EV Step ( 154)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. c|.rcos tc s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o ..o n.Jo |r |r c.o
norts oou|v . |ort tc '/· |\ (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc:. '/. |\. c. 1 |\
f5—Command Dials ( 170)
Command Dials > Change Main / Sub .rJ Command Dials > Aperture setting ccrt.c|
.|ot|o. .po.tu.o |s .ss|croJ .|t| t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|. t|o subccnn.rJ J|.|. c. t|o
|ors .po.tu.o .|rc |oc..J|oss c| t|o sott|rcs c|csor. t|o subccnn.rJ J|.| |s .|..vs usoJ
.|t| tvpo ´ |orsos. t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rc .|t| rcr´|| |orsos
/t s|utto. spooJs ct|o. t|.r . t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.vs |r t|o ccr
t.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. s|c. .|ot|o. t|o p|ctcc..p| .cu|J bo ur Jo. c. cvo.ox
pcsoJ .t cu..ort sott|rcs |oporJ|rc cr t|o cpt|cr c|csor |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc b3 (EV
Step:. t|o .ncurt c| ur Jo. c. cvo.ox pc su.o |s s|c.r |r |rc.onorts c| '/· |\. '/. |\. c.
1 |\ || t|o ||n|ts c| t|o ox pc su.o noto.|rc svston ..o ox cooJ oJ. t|o J|sp|.vs .||| fl.s|
“EV step” set to “1/3 step” “EV step” set to “1/2 step” “EV step” set to “1 step”
Control panel Viewfinder Control panel Viewfinder Control panel Viewfinder
Opt|n.| oxpcsu.o
|rJo.oxpcsoJ bv '/· |\ |rJo.oxpcsoJ bv '/. |\ |rJo.oxpcsoJ bv 1 |\
Ovo.oxpcsoJ bv nc.o t|.r 3 |\
¯
¯ /t 1/3 step. .ppo..s |r t|o v|o.firJo. .|or cvo.oxpcsu.o oxcooJs 2 |\
Electronic Analog Exposure Displays
70
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Autoexposure Lock
\|or corto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc |s usoJ. .r ..o. |r t|o corto. c| t|o |..no |s
.ss|croJ t|o c.o.tost .o|c|t .|or Joto.n|r|rc oxpcsu.o S|n||..|v. .|or spct
noto.|rc |s usoJ. oxpcsu.o |s b.soJ upcr ||c|t|rc ccrJ|t|crs |r t|o so|octoJ |c
cus ..o. || t|o sub|oct |s rct |r t|o noto.oJ ..o. .|or t|o p|ctu.o |s t.kor.
oxpcsu.o .||| bo b.soJ cr ||c|t|rc ccrJ|t|crs |r t|o b.ck c.curJ. .rJ t|o n.|r
sub |oct n.v bo urJo. c. cvo.oxpcsoJ ¯c p.ovort t||s. uso .utcoxpcsu.o |cck
1
So|oct oxpcsu.o ncJo P. S. c. A .rJ c|ccso cor
to..o|c|t oJ c. spct noto.|rc (oxpcsu.o |cck
|.s rc offoct |r oxpcsu.o ncJo M: || us |rc cor
to..o|c|t oJ no to. |rc. so|oct t|o cor to. |ccus
..o. .|t| t|o nu|t| so|octc. ( 53:
2
|cs|t|cr t|o sub |oct |r t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. .rJ p.oss t|o s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr |.||..v \|t| t|o s|ut to..o|o.so buttcr p.ossoJ |.||..v .rJ
t|o sub|oct pc s| t|croJ |r t|o |c cus ..o.. p.oss t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr tc |cck
oxpcsu.o (.rJ |ccus. oxcopt |r n.r u .| |ccus ncJo: ´crfi.n t|.t t|o |r
|ccus |r J| c. tc. (●: .ppo..s |r t|o v|o.firJo.
\|||o ox pc su.o |cck |s |r offoct. .r AE-L |r J| c. tc. .||| .p po.. |r t|o v|o.
firJo.
3
|oop|rc t|o AE-L/AF-L but tcr p.ossoJ. .o ccn
pcso t|o p|c tc c..p| .rJ s|cct
71
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
\|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct. t|o |c||c.|rc sott|rcs c.r bo c|.rcoJ .|t|cut .|to.|rc
t|o noto.oJ v.|uo |c. oxpcsu.o
Exposure mode Settings
|.cc..nnoJ .utc S|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o (flox|b|o p.cc..n. 63:
S|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc S|utto. spooJ
/po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc /po.tu.o
¯|o ro. v.|uos c.r bo ccrfi.noJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ ccrt.c| p.ro| |cto t|.t t|o
noto.|rc not|cJ c.r rct bo c|.rcoJ .|||o oxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct (c|.rcos tc no
to.|rc t.ko offoct .|or t|o |cck |s .o|o.soJ:
Adjusting Shutter Speed and Aperture
Metered Area
|r spct noto.|rc. oxpcsu.o .||| bo |cckoJ .t t|o v.|uo noto.oJ |r . 3nn (012 |r: c|.c|o
corto.oJ cr t|o so|octoJ |ccus ..o. |r corto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc. oxpcsu.o .||| bo |cckoJ
.t t|o v.|uo noto.oJ |r .r 8nn (031 |r: c|.c|o .t t|o corto. c| t|o v|o.firJo.
c1—AE Lock ( 156)
|| +Release Button |s so|octoJ |c. AE Lock. oxpcsu.o .||| |cck .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v
c2—AE-L/AF-L ( 156)
|oporJ|rc cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ. t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |ccks bct| |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o (t|o
Jo|.u|t sott|rc:. cr|v |ccus. c. cr|v oxpcsu.o Opt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. koop|rc oxpcsu.o
|cckoJ urt|| t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ . soccrJ t|no. t|o s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ. c. oxpc
su.o noto.s tu.r cff
72
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Exposure Compensation
¯c cbt.|r t|o Jos|.oJ .osu|ts .|t| co.t.|r sub|oct ccnpcs|t|crs. |t n.v bo roc os
s..v tc uso ox pc su.o ccnpors.t|cr tc .|to. oxpcsu.o |.cn t|o v.| uo suc cost oJ
bv t|o c.n o.. /s . .u|o c| t|unb. pcs|t|vo ccnpors.t|cr n.v bo rooJoJ .|or
t|o n.|r sub |oct |s J..k o. t|.r t|o b.ckc.curJ. roc.t|vo v.| uos .|or t|o n.|r
sub |oct |s b.|c|t o. t|.r t|o b.ckc.curJ
1
|.oss|rc t|o buttcr. .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| .rJ ccrfi.n ox pc su.o ccn por s. t|cr
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| c. t|o v|o.firJo. (|r t|o
v|o.firJo.. pcs|t|vo v.|uos ..o s|c.r bv .
|ccr. roc.t|vo v.|uos bv . |ccr: |x pc su.o
ccn por s. t|cr c.r bo sot tc v.| uos bo t.oor
–5 |\ (ur Jo. ox pc su.o: .rJ |5 |\ (cvo. ox pc su.o:
|r |r c.o norts c| '/· |\
/t v.| uos ct| o. t|.r ±0. t|o 0 .t t|o corto. c|
t|o o|oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o J|sp|.vs .||| fl.s|
.rJ . |ccr .||| bo J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .| to. vcu .o |o.so t|o
but tcr ¯|o cu. .ort v.| uo |c. ox pc su.o ccn por
s. t|cr c.r bo ccr fi.noJ |r t|o o|oc t.cr |c .r . |cc
ox pc su.o J|s p|.v c. bv p.oss |rc t|o but tcr
±0 EV ( button pressed)
–0.3 EV
+2.0 EV
2
|..no t|o p|c tc c..p|. |c cus. .rJ s|cct
|c.n.| ox pc su.o c.r bo .ostc.oJ bv sot t|rc ox pc su.o ccnpors.t|cr tc ±0 c.
po. |c.n |rc . t.c buttcr .osot ( 9: |x pc su.o ccn por s. t|cr |s rct .osot
.|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
b4—Exp Comp/Fine Tune ( 154)
|so t||s cpt|cr tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. oxpcsu.o ccn por s. t|cr tc '/. c. 1 |\
b5—Exposure Comp. ( 155)
|| Jos|.oJ. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr c.r bo sot .|t|cut p.oss|rc t|o buttcr
73
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Exposure and Flash Bracketing
|r oxpcsu.o b..ck ot |rc. t|o c.no.. v..|os oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr .|t| o.c|
s|ct. .|||o |r t|o c.so c| fl.s| b..ck ot |rc. fl.s| |ovo| |s v..|oJ .|t| o.c| s|ct (|
¯¯| .rJ. .|t| t|o cpt|cr.| Sb800 SpooJ||c|t. .utc .po.tu.o fl.s| ccrt.c| ncJos
cr|v: Or|v cro p|c tc c..p| |s p.c JucoJ o.c| t|no t|o s|ut to. |s .o|o.soJ. no.r
|rc t|.t sov o. .| s|cts (up tc r|ro: ..o .o ou|.oJ tc ccn p|oto t|o b..ck ot |rc so
ouorco |x pc su.o .rJ fl.s| b..ck ot |rc ..o .oc cn norJ oJ |r s|tu.t|crs |r .||c|
|t |s J|ffi cu|t tc sot ox pc su.o .rJ t|o.o |s rct orcuc| t|no tc c|ock .o su|ts .rJ
.J|ust sott|rcs .|t| o.c| s|ct
1
So |oct t|o tvpo c| b..ck ot |rc tc bo po. |c.noJ
us |rc ´us tcn Sot t|rc o5 (Auto BKT Set.
166: ´|ccso AE & Flash tc v..v bct| ox pc su.o
.rJ fl.s| |ovo| (t|o Jo |.u|t sott|rc:. AE Only tc
v..v cr|v oxpcsu.o. c. Flash Only tc v..v cr|v
fl.s| |ovo|
2
|.oss |rc t|o buttcr. .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o runbo. c| s|cts |r t|o
b..ckot|rc soouorco ( 198 – 199: /t sott|rcs
ct|o. t|.r .o.c. . BKT |ccr .rJ b..ckot|rc |rJ|
c.tc. .||| bo J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ccr t.c| p.r o| .rJ
t|o |ccr .||| b||rk |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ
v|o.firJo.
3
|.oss |rc t|o buttcr. .ct.to t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso t|o oxpcsu.o |rc.onort
( 198 – 199:
Bracketing Programs
Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. . ||st c| oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| b..ckot|rc p.cc..ns
e8—Auto BKT Selection ( 167)
|| Jos|.oJ. t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| c.r bo usoJ tc tu.r b..ckot|rc cr .rJ cff .rJ t|o sub
ccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct bct| t|o runbo. c| s|cts .rJ t|o oxpcsu.o |rc.onort
74
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
4
´cn pcso . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct ¯|o c.n o.. .||| v..v ox pc su.o
.rJ/c. fl.s| |ovo| s|ctbvs|ct .ccc.J|rc tc t|o b..ck ot |rc p.c c..n so
|oct oJ VcJ | fi c. t|crs tc ox pc su.o ..o .JJ oJ tc t|cso n.Jo .|t| ox pc su.o
ccn por s. t|cr ( 2:. n.k|rc |t pcss|b|o tc .c||ovo oxpcsu.o ccnpors.
t|cr v.|uos c| nc.o t|.r 5 |\
\|||o b..ckot|rc |s |r offoct. . b..ckot|rc p.cc.oss |rJ|c.tc. .||| bo J|s
p|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| / soc nort .||| J|s .p po.. |.cn t|o |r J| c. tc.
.| to. o.c| s|ct
¯c c.rco| b..ckot|rc. p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn n.rJ
J|.| urt|| t|o runbo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rc soouorco |s .o.c .rJ
|s rc |crco. J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| ¯|o p.cc..n |.st |r offoct .|||
bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ck ot |rc |s .c t| v.t oJ b..ck ot |rc c.r .|sc bo
c.rco||oJ bv po. |c.n |rc . t.cbuttcr .osot ( 9:. .|t|cuc| |r t||s c.so
t|o b..ckot|rc p.cc..n .||| rct bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no b..ck ot |rc |s
.ct|v.toJ So|oct|rc WB Bracketing |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc o5 c.rco|s t|o
cu..ort t|o b..ckot|rc p.cc..n
75
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
¯|o c.no.. ncJ|fios oxpcsu.o bv v..v|rc s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o (p.cc..nnoJ
.utc:. .po.tu.o (s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc:. c. s|utto. spooJ (.po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc. n.ru.|
oxpcsu.o ncJo: \|or On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc b1 (ISO Auto:. t|o c.no..
.||| .utcn.t|c.||v v..v |SO sors|t|v|tv |c. cpt|nun oxpcsu.o .|or t|o ||n|ts c| t|o c.n
o.. oxpcsu.o svston ..o oxcooJoJ || ´ustcn Sott|rc o5 (Auto BKT Set: |s sot AE Only
c. tc AE & Flash .rJ On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc b1 (ISO Auto:. t|o c.no.. .|||
v..v |SO sors|t|v|tv .|t|cut v..v|rc s|utto. spooJ c. .po.tu.o. .oc..J|oss c| t|o sott|rc
c|csor |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc o6 (soo bo|c.:
Exposure Bracketing
Shooting Mode
|r s|rc|o |..no .rJ so||t|no. ncJos. cro s|ct .||| bo t.kor o.c| t|no t|o s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |s p.ossoJ |r ccrt|rucus |c. spooJ .rJ ccrt|rucus ||c| spooJ ncJos. s|cct|rc
.||| p.uso .| to. t|o runbo. c| s|cts spoc|fioJ |r t|o b..ckot|rc p.c c..n |.vo boor t.kor
S|cct|rc .||| .osuno t|o roxt t|no t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Re sum ing Exposure or Flash Bracketing
|| t|o non c .v c..J fi||s bo|c.o .|| s|cts |r t|o soouorco |.vo boor t.kor. s|cct|rc c.r bo
.osunoJ |.cn t|o roxt s|ct |r t|o soouorco .|to. t|o nonc.v c..J |.s boor .o p|.coJ c.
s|cts |.vo boor Jo|otoJ tc n.ko .ccn cr t|o nonc.v c..J || t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
bo|c.o .|| s|cts |r t|o soouorco |.vo boor t.kor. b..ck ot |rc .||| .osuno |.cn t|o roxt
s|ct |r t|o soouorco .|or t|o c.n o.. |s tu.roJ cr
e6—Manual Mode Bkting ( 167)
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s |c. t|o c.no.. po.|c.ns oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s| b..ckot|rc |r n.ru.|
oxpcsu.o ncJo b..ckot|rc c.r bo po.|c.noJ bv v..v|rc fl.s| |ovo| tccot|o. .|t| s|utto.
spooJ .rJ / c. .po.tu.o. c. bv v..v|rc fl.s| |ovo| .|cro
e7—Auto BKT Order ( 167)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc c|.rco t|o b..ckot|rc c.Jo.
76
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
l
a
s
h

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
¯|o |200 |s oou|ppoJ .|t| . ´u|Jo |unbo. 12/39 fl.s| (|SO 100. n/|t: t|.t c.r
bo usoJ rct cr|v .|or r.tu..| ||c|t|rc |s |r.Joou.to. but .|sc tc fi|| |r s|.Jc.s
.rJ b.ck||t sub|octs c. tc .JJ . c.tc| ||c|t tc t|o sub|oct’s ovos
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| suppc.ts t|o |c||c.|rc tvpos c| fl.s| ccrt.c|
i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR SpooJ||c|t on|ts so.|os c| ro..|v |rv|s|b|o p.ofl.s|os
(ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os: |nnoJ|.to|v bo|c.o n.|r fl.s| |.ofl.s|os .ofloctoJ |.cn cb|octs |r
.|| ..o.s c| |..no ..o p|ckoJ up bv 1.005p|xo| |´b sorsc. .rJ ..o .r.|v.oJ |r ccnb|r.
t|cr .|t| |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn n.t.|x noto.|rc svston tc .J|ust fl.s| cutput |c. r.tu..| b.|
.rco bot.oor n.|r sub|oct .rJ .nb|ort b.ckc.curJ ||c|t|rc || tvpo ´ c. | |ors |s usoJ.
J|st.rco |r|c.n.t|cr |s |rc|uJoJ .|or c.|cu|.t|rc fl.s| cutput |.oc|s|cr c| c.|cu|.t|cr
c.r bo |rc.o.soJ |c. rcr´|| |orsos bv p.cv|J|rc |ors J.t. (|cc.| |orct| .rJ n.x|nun
.po.tu.o. 93 – 95: |ct .v.||.b|o .|or spct noto.|rc |s usoJ
Standard i-TTL Flash for Digital SLR ||.s| cutput .J|ustoJ tc b.|rc ||c|t|rc |r |..no tc st.r
J..J |ovo|. b.|c|tross c| b.ckc.curJ |s rct t.kor |rtc .cccurt |occnnorJoJ |c. s|cts
|r .||c| n.|r sub|oct |s onp|.s|.oJ .t oxporso c| b.ckc.curJ Jot.||s. c. .|or oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr |s usoJ St.rJ..J |¯¯| fl.s| |c. J|c|t.| S|| |s .ct|v.toJ .utcn.t|c.||v .|or
spct noto.|rc |s so|octoJ
Flash Photography
Using the Built-in Flash
ISO Sensitivity
|¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| c.r .J|ust |c. |SO sors|t|v|t|os bot.oor 100 .rJ 1600 |t n.v rct bo
.b|o tc .J|ust fl.s| |ovo| .pp.cp.|.to|v |c. |SO sors|t|v|t|os cvo. 1600 \|or On |s so|octoJ
|c. ´ustcn Sott|rc b1 (ISO Auto. 152:. |SO sors|t|v|tv .||| .utcn.t|c.||v bo .J|ustoJ .s
.oou|.oJ |c. cpt|n.| fl.s| cutput ¯||s n.v .osu|t |r |c.oc.curJ sub|octs bo|rc urJo.ox
pcsoJ |r fl.s| p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs. |r J.v||c|t. c. .c.|rst . b.|c|t
b.ckc.curJ |r t|oso c.sos. c|ccso . fl.s| ncJo ct|o. t|.r s|c. svrc c. so|oct ncJo A c.
M .rJ c|ccso . |..co. .po.tu.o
Using the Built-in Flash
|| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rc ncJo. cr|v cro p|ctcc..p| .||| bo t.kor
o.c| t|no t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
\|b..t|cr .oJuct|cr (.v.||.b|o .|t| \| |orsos: Jcos rct t.ko offoct || t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v .|||o t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s .oc|..c|rc
/|to. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.s boor usoJ |c. sovo..| ccrsocut|vo s|cts. |t n.v tu.r cff b.|oflv tc
p.ctoct t|o fl.s| ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r bo usoJ .c.|r .|to. . s|c.t p.uso
Flash Angle
¯|o fl.s| .rc|o c| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r ccvo. t|o fio|J c| v|o. c| .r 18 nn |ors |t n.v rct
bo .b|o tc ||c|t t|o ort|.o sub|oct .|t| scno |orsos c. .po.tu.os ( 201:
77
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
l
a
s
h

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
Flash Sync Modes
¯|o c.no.. suppc.ts t|o |c||c.|rc fl.s| svrc ncJos
Flash sync mode Description
|.crtcu.t.|r svrc
|occnnorJoJ |c. ncst s|tu.t|crs |r p.cc..nnoJ .utc .rJ .p
o.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc ncJos. s|utto. spooJ .||| .u tc n.t | c.| |v bo sot
tc v.|uos bot.oor '/-. .rJ '/.. s ('/-. tc '/s.... s .|or us|rc cpt|cr.|
SpooJ||c|t .|t| /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc. 160:
|oJovo .oJuct|cr
|oJovo .oJuct|cr p.ofl.s| ||c|ts |c. .pp.cx|n.to|v cro soccrJ
bo|c.o n.|r fl.s| |up||s |r sub|oct’s ovos tc ccrt..ct. .oJuc|rc
“.oJovo” offoct scnot|nos c.usoJ bv fl.s|
|oJovo .oJuct|cr
.|t| s|c. svrc
´cnb|ros .oJovo .oJuct|cr .|t| s|c. svrc ¯||s ncJo |s cr|v
.v.||.b|o |r p.cc..nnoJ .utc .rJ .po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc ox pc
su.o ncJos |so c| . t.|pcJ |s .occnnorJoJ tc p.ovort b|u. .|rc
c.usoJ bv c.no.. s|.ko
S|c. svrc
||.s| |s ccnb|roJ .|t| spooJs .s s|c. .s 30 s tc c.p tu.o bct|
sub|oct .rJ b.ckc.curJ .t r|c|t c. urJo. J|n ||c|t ¯||s ncJo
|s cr|v .v.||.b|o |r p.cc..nnoJ .utc .rJ .po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc
ox pc su.o ncJos |so c| t.|pcJ |s .occnnorJoJ tc p.ovort b|u.
.|rc c.usoJ bv c.no.. s|.ko
|o..cu.t.|r svrc
|r s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc c. n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo. fl.s| fi.os |ust
bo|c.o t|o s|utto. c|csos. c.o.t|rc offoct c| . st.o.n c| ||c|t bo
||rJ ncv|rc cb|octs |r p.cc..nnoJ .utc .rJ .p o. tu.op.| c. | tv
.utc. s|c. .o..cu.t.|r svrc |s usoJ tc c.ptu.o bct| sub |oct .rJ
b.ckc.curJ |so c| t.|pcJ |s .oc cn norJ oJ tc p.o vort b|u..|rc
c.usoJ bv c.no.. s|.ko
Red-Eye Reduction
Scno |orsos n.v b|cck t|o .oJovo .oJuct|cr |.np. p.ovort|rc t|o sub|oct |.cn soo|rc
t|o |.np .rJ |rto.|o.|rc .|t| .oJovo .oJuct|cr
Studio Flash Systems
|o..cu.t.|r svrc c.r rct bo usoJ .|t| stuJ|c fl.s| svstons. .s t|o cc..oct svr c|.c r| .. t|cr
c.r rct bo cbt.|roJ
Compatible Lenses
Soo t|o /pporJ|x |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o |orsos t|.t c.r bo usoJ .|t| t|o bu||t|r fl.s|
e3—Built-in Flash ( 161)
||.s| ncJo c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn TTL. Manual. Repeating Flash. .rJ Commander
mode \|or fi.oJ .t |u|| pc.o. |r Manual ncJo. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo.
c| 13/42 (|SO 100. n/|t: |r Repeating Flash ncJo. t|o fl.s| fi.os .opo.toJ|v .|||o t|o
s|utto. |s cpor ¯|o fl.s| cutput. runbo. c| fl.s|os. .rJ |rto.v.| bot.oor fl.s|os c.r
bo so|octoJ |.cn . noru Commander mode c.r bo usoJ |c. .|.o|oss cffc.no.. fl.s|
p|ctcc..p|v .|t| cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb600. c. Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts
78
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
l
a
s
h

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
Using the Built-in Flash
¯c uso t|o bu||t|r fl.s|
1
´|ccso . noto.|rc not|cJ ( 61: So|oct n.
t.|x c. corto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc tc .ct|v.to |
¯¯| b.|.rcoJ ||||||.s| |c. ||c|t.| S|| St.rJ..J
|¯¯| ||.s| |c. ||c|t.| S|| |s .ct|v.toJ .utcn.t|
c.||v .|or spct noto.|rc |s so|octoJ
2
|.oss t|o fl.s| pcpup buttcr ¯|o bu||t|r fl.s|
.||| pcp up .rJ boc|r c|..c|rc \|or t|o fl.s|
|s |u||v c|..coJ. t|o fl.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc. .|||
||c|t
3
|.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ fl.s| svrc |ccr |s J|s
p|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
|oJovo
.oJuct|cr|
s|c. svrc
1
|o..
cu.t.|r
svrc
3
S|c.
svrc
2
|oJovo
.oJuct|cr
|.crt cu.t.|r
svrc
1 /v.||.b|o cr|v |r oxpcsu.o ncJos P .rJ A |r
ncJos S .rJ M. (.oJovo .oJuct|cr: |s so|octoJ
.|or t|o buttcr |s .o|o.soJ
2 |r oxpcsu.o ncJos P .rJ A. fl.s|svrc ncJo .|||
bo sot tc (s|c. .o..cu. t.|r svrc: .|or t|o
buttcr |s .o|o.soJ
3 /v.||.b|o cr|v |r ox pc su.o ncJos P .rJ A |r
ncJos S .rJ M. (|.crtcu. t.|r svrc: |s so|octoJ
.|or buttcr |s .o|o.soJ
¯c s.vo b.tto.v pc.o. .|or t|o SpooJ||c|t |s rct |r uso. .otu.r |t tc t|o c|csoJ pcs|t|cr
bv p.oss|rc |t ||c|t|v Jc.r...J urt|| t|o |.tc| c||cks |rtc p|.co
When the Speedlight Is Not in Use
79
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
l
a
s
h

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
4
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v .rJ c|ock oxpcsu.o (s|utto.
spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o: ¯|o s|utto. spooJs .rJ .po.tu.os .v.||.b|o .|or t|o
bu||t|r fl.s| |s ..|soJ ..o ||stoJ bo|c.
Exposure mode Shutter speed Aperture
P Sot .utcn.t|c.||v bv c.no.. ('/..–'/-. s:
1
Sot .utcn.t|c.||v
bv c.no..
63
S \.|uo so|octoJ bv uso. ('/..–30 s:
2
64
A Sot .utcn.t|c.||v bv c.no.. ('/..–'/-. s:
1
\.|uo so|octoJ bv
uso.
3
66
M \.|uo so|octoJ bv uso. ('/..–30 s:
2
68
1 ||n|t |c. s|c. s|utto. spooJ |s sot us|rc ´ustcn Sott|rc o2 (Flash Shutter Speed.
161: |oc..J|oss c| cpt|cr so|octoJ. c.no.. n.v sot s|utto. tc spooJs .s s|c.
.s 30 s .t fl.s| svrc sott|rcs c| s|c. svrc. s|c. .o..cu.t.|r svrc. .rJ s|c. svrc
.|t| .oJovo .oJuct|cr
2 SpooJs |.sto. t|.r '/.. s .||| bo .oJucoJ tc '/.. s .|or bu||t|r fl.s| |s ..|soJ c.
cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t |s .tt.c|oJ .rJ tu.roJ cr
3 ||.s| ..rco v..|os .|t| |SO sors|t|v|tv .rJ .po.tu.o ´crsu|t t.b|o c| fl.s| c| fl.s|
..rcos ( 200: .|or sott|rc .po.tu.o |r A .rJ M ncJos
5
´|ock t|.t t|o fl.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc. .ppo..s |r
t|o v|o.firJo. || t|o fl.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc. |s rct
J|sp|.voJ .|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ. t|o
s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ
6
´cnpcso t|o p|ctcc..p|. n.k|rc su.o t|.t t|o sub|oct |s .|t||r ..rco c|
t|o fl.s| ( 200:. t|or |ccus .rJ s|cct || t|o fl.s|.o.Jv ||c|t b||rks |c.
.bcut t|.oo soccrJs .|to. t|o p|ctcc..p| |s t.kor. t|o fl.s| |.s fi.oJ .t
|u|| cutput .rJ t|o p|ctcc..p| n.v bo urJo.oxpcsoJ ´|ock t|o .osu|ts
|r t|o ncr|tc. || t|o p|ctcc..p| |s urJo.oxpcsoJ. .J|ust sott|rcs .rJ t.v
.c.|r
e1—Flash Sync Speed ( 160)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc or.b|o /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc (cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb600. c.
Sb|200 SpooJ||c|t .oou|.oJ. rct .v.||.b|o || bu||t|r fl.s| |s fi.oJ: c. tc ||n|t t|o |.stost svrc
spooJ tc . spooJ s|c.o. t|.r '/.. s ¯c fix s|utto. spooJ .t t|o svrc spooJ ||n|t |r oxpcsu.o
ncJos S .rJ M. so|oct t|o sott|rc .|to. t|o s|c.ost pcss|b|o s|utto. spooJ (30 s c. :
/r ` .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o fl.s| svrc |rJ|c.tc. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
80
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
l
a
s
h

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
Flash Exposure Compensation
||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr c.r bo usoJ tc |rc.o.so c. .oJuco fl.s| cutput
|.cn t|o |ovo| c|csor bv t|o c.no..’s fl.s| ccrt.c| svston ||.s| cutput c.r
bo |rc.o.soJ tc n.ko t|o n.|r sub|oct .ppo.. b.|c|to.. c. .oJucoJ tc p.ovort
ur..rtoJ ||c|||c|ts c. .ofloct|crs /s . .u|o c| t|unb. pcs|t|vo ccnpors.t|cr
n.v bo rooJoJ .|or t|o n.|r sub|oct |s J..ko. t|.r t|o b.ckc.curJ. roc.t|vo
ccnpors.t|cr .|or t|o n.|r sub|oct |s b.|c|to. t|.r t|o b.ckc.curJ
|.oss|rc t|o buttcr. .ct.to t|o subccnn.rJ
J|.| .rJ ccrfi.n fl.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro| c. v|o.firJo. ||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpor
s.t|cr c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor –3 |\ (J..ko.:
.rJ |1 |\ (b.|c|to.: |r |rc.onorts c| '/· |\
/t v.|uos ct|o. t|.r ±0. . |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .|to. vcu .o|o.so
t|o buttcr ¯|o cu..ort v.|uo |c. fl.s| oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr c.r bo ccrfi.noJ bv p.oss|rc t|o
buttcr
|c.n.| fl.s| cutput c.r bo .ostc.oJ bv sott|rc fl.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr tc
±00 c. po.|c.n|rc . t.c buttcr .osot ( 9: ||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s
rct .osot .|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
Using Flash Exposure Compensation with Optional Speedlights
||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s .|sc .v.||.b|o .|or .r cpt|cr.| Sb800 c. Sb600
SpooJ||c|t |s .tt.c|oJ
Modeling Illumination
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb600. .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts on|t . ncJo|
|rc fl.s| .|or t|o c.no.. Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr |s p.ossoJ VcJo||rc |||un|
r.t|cr c.r bo tu.roJ cff us|rc ´ustcn Sott|rc o4 (Modeling Flash. 166:
b3—EV Step ( 154)
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc sot t|o |rc.onorts |c. fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr tc '/. c. 1 |\
81
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
l
a
s
h

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
FV Lock
¯||s |o.tu.o |s usoJ tc |cck fl.s| cutput. .||c.|rc p|ctcc..p|s tc bo .occnpcsoJ
.|t|cut c|.rc|rc t|o fl.s| |ovo| ¯||s orsu.os t|.t fl.s| cutput |s .pp.cp.|.to tc
t|o sub|oct ovor .|or t|o sub|oct |s rct pcs|t|croJ |r t|o corto. c| t|o |..no
||.s| cutput |s .J|ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||v |c. .rv c|.rcos |r |SO sors|t|v|tv c. .po.
tu.o ¯c uso |\ |cck
1
So|oct FV Lock c. FV Lock/Lens Data |c. ´us
tcn Sott|rc |4 (FUNC. Button. 10:
2
|.oss t|o fl.s| pcpup buttcr tc ..|so t|o fl.s|
3
|cs|t|cr t|o sub|oct |r t|o corto. c| t|o |..no
.rJ p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc
|ccus
4
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr ¯|o fl.s| .||| on|t .
ncr|tc. p.ofl.s| tc Joto.n|ro t|o .pp.cp.|.to
fl.s| |ovo| ||.s| cutput .||| bo |cckoJ .t t||s |ov
o| .rJ |\ |cck |ccrs ( .rJ : .||| .ppo..
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
5
|occnpcso t|o p|ctcc..p|
82
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

F
l
a
s
h

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
6
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o
..v Jc.r tc s|cct || Jos|.oJ. .JJ|t|cr.| p|c
tu.os c.r bo t.kor .|t|cut .o|o.s|rc |\ |cck
7
|.oss t|o c.no.. |||´ buttcr tc .o|o.so |\ |cck
.rJ ccrfi.n t|.t t|o |\ |cck |ccrs ( .rJ
: ..o rc |crco. J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
.rJ v|o.firJo.
|\ |cck |s .|sc .v.||.b|o .|t| Sb800. Sb600. .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts (.v.||.b|o sop.
..to|v: Sot t|o SpooJ||c|t tc ¯¯| ncJo (t|o Sb800 c.r .|sc bo usoJ |r // ncJo. soo
t|o SpooJ||c|t n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s: \|||o |\ |cck |s |r offoct. fl.s| cutput .||| .utcn.t|
c.||v bo .J|ustoJ |c. c|.rcos |r SpooJ||c|t .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr
\|or Commander Mode |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc o3 (Built-in Flash. 161:.
|\ |cck c.r bo usoJ .|t| .oncto Sb800. Sb600. c. Sb|200 fl.s| ur|ts || (.: .rv c| t|o
bu||t|r fl.s|. fl.s| c.cup /. c. fl.s| c.cup b |s |r ¯¯| ncJo. c. (b: . fl.s| c.cup |s ccn
pcsoJ ort|.o|v c| Sb800 SpooJ||c|ts |r ¯¯| c. // ncJo
Using FV Lock with Optional Speedlights
Using FV Lock with the Built-in Flash
\|or t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s usoJ .|cro. |\ |cck |s cr|v .v.||.b|o || TTL (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc: |s
so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc o3 (Built-in Flash. 161:
83
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

S
e
l
f
-
T
i
m
e
r

M
o
d
e
Self-Timer Mode
¯|o so||t|no. c.r bo usoJ tc .oJuco c.no.. s|.ko c. |c. so||pc.t..|ts
1
Vcurt t|o c.no.. cr . t.|pcJ (.occnnorJoJ: c. p|.co t|o c.no.. cr .
st.b|o. |ovo| su. |.co
2
|.oss t|o s|cct |rc ncJo J|.| |cck .o|o.so .rJ
.c t.to t|o s|cct |rc ncJo J|.| tc so|oct (so||
t|n o. ncJo:
3
|..no t|o p|ctcc..p| .rJ |c cus || .utc|ccus
|s |r offoct. bo su.o rct tc b|cck t|o |ors .|or
.ct|v.t|rc t|o so||t|no. |r s|rc|oso.vc .utc|c
cus ( 51:. p|c tc c..p|s c.r cr|v bo t.k or || t|o
|r|ccus (●: |rJ|c.tc. .p po..s |r t|o v|o.firJo.
Close the Viewfinder Eyepiece Shutter
|r oxpcsu.o ncJos ct|o. t|.r n.ru.|. .oncvo t|o
v|o.firJo. ovop|oco cup .rJ |rso.t t|o supp||oJ ||5
ovop|oco c.p .s s|c.r ¯||s p.o vorts ||c|t orto.|rc
v|. t|o v|o.firJo. |.cn |r to. |o. |rc .|t| oxpcsu.o
4
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .|| t|o ..v
Jc.r tc st..t t|o so||t|no. ¯|o so||t|n o. |.np
(/|.ss|st |.np: .||| st..t tc b||rk .rJ . boop .|||
boc|r tc scurJ ¯.c soccrJs bo|c.o t|o p|ctc
c..p| |s t.kor. t|o so||t|no. |.np .||| stcp b||rk|rc .rJ t|o boop|rc .|||
boccno nc.o ..p|J
The Built-in Flash
¯|o so||t|no. .||| bo c.rco||oJ || t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |s ..|soJ bo|c.o t|o p|ctu.o |s
t.kor ¯c st..t t|o t|no. .|to. ..|s|rc t|o fl.s|. ..|t urt|| t|o fl.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc. |s
J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ t|or p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
¯c tu.r t|o so||t|no. cff bo|c.o . p|c tc c..p| |s t.k or. p.oss t|o ncJo J|.| |cck
.o|o.so .rJ tu.r t|o ncJo J|.| tc .r ct| o. sot t|rc

|r so||t|no. ncJo. . s|utto. spooJ c| |s oou|v.|ort tc .pp.cx|n.to|v
1
/6 s
c4—Self-Timer ( 157)
So||t|no. Jo|.v c.r bo sot tc 2 s. 5 s. 10 s (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc:. c. 20 s
84
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

O
v
e
r
l
a
y

a
n
d

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure
¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. ccnb|r|rc nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.os |r . s|rc|o
|..no
• Image overlay t.c ox|st|rc |/\ p|ctcc..p|s ..o ccnb|roJ tc |c.n . s|rc|o
p|ctu.o .||c| |s s.voJ sop...to|v |.cn t|o c.|c|r.|s ¯|o c.|c|r.|s nust bo cr
t|o s.no nonc.v c..J
• Multiple exposure . so.|os c| t.c tc tor oxpcsu.os |s .occ.JoJ .s . s|rc|o p|ctc
c..p| ¯|o |rJ|v|Ju.| oxpcsu.os ..o rct s.voJ sop...to|v
Image Overlay
Ovo.|.vs ..o c.o.toJ us|rc t|o Image Overlay cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru
1
¯|o ro. p|ctu.o |s s.voJ .t cu..ort |n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o sott|rcs bo|c.o
c.o.t|rc .r cvo.|.v. sot |n.co ou.||tv .rJ s|.o ( 28:
3
|.oss t|o buttcr tc v|o. t|o |/\ |n.cos cr
t|o nonc.v c..J |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t
c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t |n.cos ¯c .ccn |r cr t|o
||c|||c|toJ |n.co. p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o but
tcr
4
|.oss t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc so|oct
t|o ||c|||c|toJ |n.co .rJ .otu.r tc t|o p.o
v|o. J|sp|.v ¯|o so|octoJ |n.co .||| .ppo.. .s
Image 1
2
||c|||c|t Image Overlay |r t|o s|cct|rc
noru ( 124: .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc
t|o .|c|t
/ p.ov|o. .||| bo J|sp|.voJ .|t| Image 1 ||c|
||c|toJ
85
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

O
v
e
r
l
a
y

a
n
d

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
5
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc so|oct .
v.|uo |c. c.|r bot.oor 01 .rJ 20 ¯|o Jo|.u|t
v.|uo |s 10. so|oct|rc 05 cuts c.|r |r |.||. .|||o
so|oct|rc 20 Jcub|os c.|r ¯|o offocts c| c.|r
..o v|s|b|o |r t|o p.ov|o. |n.co
6
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t Image 2 |opo.t stops 3–5
tc so|oct t|o soccrJ |n.co .rJ .J|ust c.|r
7
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t
Overlay .rJ p.oss t|o buttcr tc J|sp|.v .
ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc (tc s.vo t|o ro. |n.co
.|t|cut J|sp|.v|rc t|o ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc.
||c|||c|t Save .rJ p.oss t|o buttcr: |.oss
t|o buttcr tc s.vo t|o ro. |n.co. c. t|o
buttcr tc .otu.r tc t|o p.ov|o. J|.|cc
Selecting Photographs for Image Overlay
Or|v |/\ p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .|t| t|o |200 c.r bo so|octoJ |c. |n.co cvo.|.v Ot|o.
|n.cos ..o rct J|sp|.voJ |r t|o t|unbr.|| ||st ||JJor |n.cos ..o rct J|sp|.voJ .rJ c.r
rct bo so|octoJ
Image Overlay
¯|o ro. |n.co |s .occ.JoJ .t cu..ort |n.co ou.||tv. |n.co s|.o. .rJ fi|o r.no sott|rcs
urJo. . fi|o r.no .ss|croJ bv .JJ|rc cro tc t|o |..cost fi|o runbo. |r t|o cu..ort |c|Jo.
\||to b.|.rco. s|..por|rc. cc|c. sp.co. cc|c. ncJo. .rJ |uo sott|rcs ..o ccp|oJ |.cn t|o
p|ctcc..p| so|octoJ |c. Image 1. .s ..o t|o J.to c| .occ.J|rc. noto.|rc. s|utto. spooJ.
.po.tu.o. oxpcsu.o ncJo. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr. |cc.| |orct|. c.|ort.t|cr. .rJ ct|o.
p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr
86
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

O
v
e
r
l
a
y

a
n
d

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Multiple Exposure
¯c c.o.to . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
1
||c|||c|t Multiple exposure |r t|o s|cct|rc
noru ( 124: .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc
t|o .|c|t
2
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t
Number of Shots .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc.
tc t|o .|c|t
3
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso
t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os t|.t .||| bo ccnb|roJ
tc |c.n . s|rc|o p|ctcc..p| |.oss t|o nu|t| so
|octc. tc t|o .|c|t tc .otu.r tc t|o nu|t|p|o oxpc
su.o noru
4
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t
Auto Gain .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o
.|c|t
5
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t
cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs .rJ t|or p.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
Option Description
On
(Jo|.u|t:
´.|r .J|ustoJ .ccc.J|rc tc runbo. c| ox
pcsu.os .ctu.||v .occ.JoJ (c.|r |c. o.c|
oxpcsu.o |s sot tc '/. |c. 2 oxpcsu.os. '/· |c. 3
oxpcsu.os. otc:
Off
´.|r |s rct .J|ustoJ .|or .occ.J|rc nu|
t|p|o oxpcsu.o
87
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

O
v
e
r
l
a
y

a
n
d

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
6
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t
Done .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
/ |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
7
|..no . p|ctcc..p|. |ccus. .rJ s|cct |r ccr
t|rucus ||c|spooJ c. ccrt|rucus |c.spooJ
ncJo ( 26:. t|o c.no.. .||| .occ.J .|| oxpc
su.os |r . s|rc|o bu.st |r s|rc|o|..no s|cct|rc
ncJo. cro p|ctcc..p| .||| bo t.kor o.c| t|no t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr |s p.ossoJ. ccrt|ruo s|cct|rc urt|| .|| oxpcsu.os |.vo boor .occ.JoJ
S|cct|rc .||| orJ .utcn.t|c.||v ||
• |c cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. 30 s Ju.|rc s|cct|rc. c. |c. 30 s .|to. t|o
ncr|tc. |.s tu.roJ cff Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck c. noru cpo..t|crs
• ¯|o uso. so|octs Reset c. Cancel |r t|o nu|
t|p|o oxpcsu.o noru .rJ p.ossos t|o nu|t| so
|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
• ¯|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff
• ¯|o b.tto.v |s ox|.ustoJ
• ||ctu.os ..o Jo|otoJ
|| s|cct|rc orJs bo|c.o t|o spoc|fioJ runbo. c| oxpcsu.os |.vo boor
t.kor. . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o .||| bo c.o.toJ |.cn t|o oxpcsu.os t|.t |.vo
boor .occ.JoJ tc t|.t pc|rt || Auto Gain |s cr. c.|r .||| bo .J|ustoJ tc
.ofloct t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .ctu.||v .occ.JoJ ¯c orJ s|cct|rc .|t|
cut c.o.t|rc . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o. p.oss t|o buttcr .|||o tu.r|rc t|o
c.no.. cff
¯|o |ccr .||| b||rk urt|| s|cct|rc orJs
\|or s|cct|rc orJs. nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o ncJo
.||| orJ .rJ t|o |ccr .||| rc |crco. bo J|s
p|.voJ |opo.t stops 1– tc t.ko .JJ|t|cr.| nu|
t|p|o oxpcsu.os
88
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
m
a
g
e

O
v
e
r
l
a
y

a
n
d

M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e

E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
Exchanging Memory Cards
|c rct .oncvo c. .op|.co t|o nonc.v c..J .|||o .occ.J|rc . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
Photo Info
¯|o |r|c.n.t|cr ||stoJ |r t|o p|.vb.ck p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.v (|rc|uJ|rc J.to c| .occ.J
|rc .rJ c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr: |s |c. t|o fi.st s|ct |r t|o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
Auto Meter Off
|r|oss No Limit |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc c3 (Auto Meter-Off. 15: c. t|o c.no..
|s pc.o.oJ bv .r cpt|cr.| ||6 /´ .J.pto.. s|cct|rc .||| orJ .rJ . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o .|||
bo .occ.JoJ || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c. 30 s ¯c p.ovort t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s |.cn
tu.r|rc cff bo|c.o t|o 30 s ||n|t |.s oxp|.oJ. 30 s ..o .JJoJ tc t|o .utc noto.cff Jo|.v
.|or s|cct|rc st..ts ¯|o ox|st|rc noto.cff Jo|.v |s .ostc.oJ .|or s|cct|rc orJs
White Balance ( 35)
|| Auto |s so|octoJ |c. .||to b.|.rco. .||to b.|.rco .||| bo fixoJ .t . v.|uo su|t.b|o |c.
J|.oct sur||c|t .|||o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o ncJo |s |r offoct Or|v uso Auto || t|o sub|oct |s
|r J|.oct sur||c|t
Interval Timer Photography
|| |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v |s .ct|v.toJ bo|c.o t|o fi.st oxpcsu.o |s t.kor. t|o c.no.. .|||
.occ.J oxpcsu.os .t t|o so|octoJ |rto.v.| urt|| t|o runbo. c| oxpcsu.os spoc|fioJ |r t|o
nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o noru |.vo boor t.kor (t|o runbo. c| s|cts ||stoJ |r t|o |rto.v.| t|no.
s|cct|rc noru |s |crc.oJ: ¯|oso oxpcsu.os .||| t|or bo .occ.JoJ .s . s|rc|o p|ctcc..p|
.rJ nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o ncJo .rJ |rto.v.| t|no. s|cct|rc .||| orJ |cto t|.t ur|oss No
Limit |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc c3 (Auto Meter-Off. 15: c. t|o c.no.. |s pc.
o.oJ bv .r cpt|cr.| ||6 /´ .J.pto.. s|cct|rc .||| orJ .utcn.t|c.||v || rc cpo..t|crs ..o
po.|c.noJ |c. 30 s. .|or .occ.J|rc . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o us|rc t|o |rto.v.| t|no.. c|ccso .r
|rto.v.| c| |oss t|.r 30 s. so|oct No Limit |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc c3 (Auto Meter-Off. 15:.
c. uso .r /´ .J.pto. ´.rco|||rc nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o c.rco|s |rto.v.| t|no. s|cct|rc
Bracketing and Other Settings
b..ckot|rc |s c.rco||oJ .|or nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s so|octoJ .rJ c.r rct bo .ostc.oJ urt||
s|cct|rc |.s orJoJ \|||o nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o ncJo |s |r offoct. nonc.v c..Js c.r rct bo
|c.n.ttoJ .rJ t|o |c||c.|rc c.r rct bo c|.rcoJ s|cct|rc noru cpt|crs ct|o. t|.r Intvl
Timer Shooting (Intvl Timer Shooting c.r cr|v bo .J|ustoJ bo|c.o t|o fi.st oxpcsu.o |s
t.kor:. Dust Off Ref Photo. .rJ Mirror Lock-up
Two Button Reset ( 97)
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o sott|rcs ..o rct .ffoctoJ .|or . t.cbuttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ |o.
|c.n|rc . t.cbuttcr .osot Jcos rct c.rco| nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o ncJo
89
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
n
t
e
r
v
a
l

T
i
m
e
r

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
Interval Timer Photography
¯|o |200 |s oou|ppoJ tc t.ko p|ctcc..p|s .utcn.t|c.||v .t p.osot |rto.v.|s
1
||c|||c|t Intvl Timer Shooting |r t|o s|cct
|rc noru ( 124: .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc.
tc t|o .|c|t
2
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso
cro c| t|o |c||c.|rc Start cpt|crs
• Now S|cct|rc boc|rs .|to. . Jo|.v c| .bcut 3 s
• Start time S|cct|rc boc|rs .t Start time
3
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t
t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc c|.rco |rto.v.| t|no. sot
t|rcs
Option Description
Start time
|rto. st..t t|no |c. |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v .|or Start time
|s so|octoJ |c. Start |.oss nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t
st..t|rc |cu. c. n|ruto. p.oss up c. Jc.r tc c|.rco |ct .v.||.b|o
.|or Now |s so|octoJ |c. Start
Interval
|rto. t|no bot.oor s|cts |.oss nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|
||c|t |cu.. n|ruto. c. soccrJ. p.oss up c. Jc.r tc c|.rco |cto
t|.t c.no.. .||| rct bo .b|o tc t.ko p|ctcc..p|s .t spoc|fioJ |r
to.v.| || |rto.v.| |s s|c.to. t|.r s|utto. spooJ c. t|no .oou|.oJ tc
.occ.J |n.cos
Select
Intvl*Shots
´|ccso runbo. c| |rto.v.|s .rJ runbo. c| s|cts t.kor .t o.c| |r
to.v.| |.oss nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t runbo. c| |rto.
v.|s c. runbo. c| s|cts. p.oss up c. Jc.r tc c|.rco ¯ct.| runbo.
c| s|cts t|.t .||| bo t.kor .ppo..s tc .|c|t
Remaining
(intvl*shots)
S|c.s runbo. c| |rto.v.|s .rJ tct.| s|cts .on.|r|rc |r cu..ort |r
to.v.| p.cc..n ¯||s |ton c.r rct bo oJ|toJ
Start
´|ccso Off tc .J|ust sott|rcs .|t|cut st..t|rc |rto.v.| t|no. ¯c st..t
|rto.v.| t|no.. so|oct On .rJ p.oss S|cct|rc .||| st..t .t so|octoJ
st..t t|no .rJ .||| ccrt|ruo |c. spoc|fioJ runbo. c| |rto.v.|s
90
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
n
t
e
r
v
a
l

T
i
m
e
r

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
4
||c|||c|t Start .t t|o bcttcn c| t|o |rto.v.| t|no. noru .rJ p.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc so|oct On. t|or p.oss t|o buttcr ¯|o fi.st
so.|os c| s|cts .||| bo t.kor .t t|o spoc|fioJ st..t|rc t|no S|cct|rc .|||
ccrt|ruo .t t|o so|octoJ |rto.v.| urt|| .|| s|cts |.vo boor t.kor || s|cct
|rc c.r rct p.ccooJ .t cu..ort sott|rcs (|c. ox.np|o. || . s|utto. spooJ c|
|s cu..ort|v so|octoJ |r n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo. c. t|o st..t|rc t|no
|s |oss t|.r cro n|ruto |.cn t|o cu..ort t|no:. . ...r|rc .||| .ppo.. .rJ
t|o |rto.v.| t|no. noru .||| bo J|sp|.voJ .c.|r
|so c| . t.|pcJ |s .occnnorJoJ
Take a Test Shot
bo|c.o boc|rr|rc |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v. t.ko . tost s|ct .t cu..ort sott|rcs .rJ v|o.
t|o .osu|ts |r t|o ncr|tc. |ononbo. t|.t t|o c.no.. .||| |ccus bo|c.o o.c| s|ct—rc
s|cts .||| bo t.kor || t|o c.no.. |s ur.b|o tc |ccus |r s|rc|oso.vc /|
Use a Reliable Power Source
¯c orsu.o t|.t s|cct|rc |s rct |rto..uptoJ. bo su.o t|o b.tto.v |s |u||v c|..coJ || |r Jcubt.
c|..co t|o b.tto.v bo|c.o s|cct|rc c. uso .r cpt|cr.| ||6 /´ .J.pto.
Check the Time
bo|c.o c|ccs|rc . st..t|rc t|no. so|oct World Time |r t|o sotup noru .rJ n.ko su.o t|.t
t|o c.no.. c|cck |s sot tc t|o cc..oct t|no .rJ J.to ( 12:
Out of Memory
|| t|o nonc.v c..J |s |u||. t|o |rto.v.| t|no. .||| .on.|r .ct|vo but rc p|ctu.os .||| bo t.k
or |o|oto scno p|ctu.os c. tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ |rso.t .rct|o. nonc.v c..J \|or
t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cr. |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v .||| bo p.usoJ Soo “|.us|rc |rto.v.|
¯|no. ||ctcc..p|v” cr t|o |c||c.|rc p.co |c. |r|c.n.t|cr cr .osun|rc |rto.v.| t|no. p|c
tcc..p|v
Bracketing
/J|ust b..ckot|rc sott|rcs bo|c.o st..t|rc |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v || oxpcsu.o .rJ / c.
fl.s| b..ckot|rc |s .ct|vo .|||o |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v |s |r offoct. t|o c.no.. .||| t.ko
t|o runbo. c| s|cts |r t|o b..ckot|rc p.cc..n .t o.c| |rto.v.|. .oc..J|oss c| t|o runbo.
c| s|cts spoc|fioJ |r t|o |rto.v.| t|no. noru || .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc |s .ct|vo .|||o
|rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v |s |r offoct. t|o c.no.. .||| t.ko cr|v cro s|ct .t o.c| |rto.v.|
.rJ p.ccoss |t tc c.o.to t|o runbo. c| ccp|os spoc|fioJ |r t|o b..ckot|rc p.cc..n
The Eyepiece Cap
|r oxpcsu.o ncJos ct|o. t|.r n.ru.|. .oncvo t|o v|o.
firJo. ovop|oco cup .rJ |rso.t t|o supp||oJ ||5 ovop|oco
c.p tc p.o vort ||c|t orto.|rc v|. t|o v|o.firJo. |.cn |r to.
|o. |rc .|t| oxpcsu.o
91
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
n
t
e
r
v
a
l

T
i
m
e
r

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
|u.|rc |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v. t|o |ccr |r
t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| b||rk |nnoJ|.to|v bo|c.o t|o roxt
s|cct|rc |rto.v.| boc|rs. t|o s|utto. spooJ J|sp|.v .|||
s|c. t|o runbo. c| |rto.v.|s .on.|r|rc. .rJ t|o .po.tu.o
J|sp|.v .||| s|c. t|o runbo. c| s|cts .on.|r|rc |r t|o
cu..ort |rto.v.| /t ct|o. t|nos. t|o runbo. c| |rto.v.|s .on.|r|rc .rJ t|o runbo.
c| s|cts |r o.c| |rto.v.| c.r bo v|o.oJ bv p.oss|rc t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v
(crco t|o buttcr |s .o|o.soJ. t|o s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o .||| bo J|sp|.voJ urt|| t|o
oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff:
¯c v|o. ct|o. |rto.v.| t|no. sott|rcs .|||o s|cct|rc |s |r
p.cc.oss. so|oct Intvl Timer Shooting bot.oor s|cts
\|||o |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v |s |r p.cc.oss. t|o |rto.
v.| t|no. noru .||| s|c. t|o st..t|rc t|no. t|o s|cct|rc
|rto.v.|. t|o so|octoJ runbo. c| |rto.v.|s .rJ runbo. c|
s|cts. .rJ t|o runbo. c| |rto.v.|s .rJ s|cts .on.|r|rc
|cro c| t|oso |tons c.r bo c|.rcoJ .|||o |rto.v.| t|no.
p|ctcc..p|v |s |r p.cc.oss
During Shooting
¯c p.uso |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v
• |.oss t|o buttcr bot.oor |rto.v.|s
• ||c|||c|t Start .t t|o bcttcn c| t|o |rto.v.| t|no. noru .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc.
up c. Jc.r urt|| Pause |s J|sp|.voJ. t|or p.oss t|o buttcr
• ¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff (|| Jos|.oJ. t|o nonc.v c..J c.r bo .op|.coJ .|||o t|o c.no.. |s
cff: |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v .||| bo p.usoJ .|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cr
¯c .osuno s|cct|rc. c|ccso . Start cpt|cr .s Josc.|boJ
|r Stop 2 ( 89: || Start time |s so|octoJ. . ro. st..t
|rc t|no c.r bo c|csor .s Josc.|boJ |r Stop 3. t|o |rto.
v.|. runbo. c| |rto.v.|s. .rJ runbo. c| s|cts c.r rct bo
c|.rcoJ ||c|||c|t Start .t t|o bcttcn c| t|o |rto.v.|
t|no. noru .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r urt||
Restart |s J|sp|.voJ. t|or p.oss t|o buttcr
Pausing Interval Timer Photography
92
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

I
n
t
e
r
v
a
l

T
i
m
e
r

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
y
¯c |rto..upt |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v. ||c|||c|t Start .t t|o bcttcn c| t|o |rto.v.|
t|no. noru .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r urt|| Done |s J|sp|.voJ. t|or p.oss
t|o buttcr
|rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v .||| .|sc bo |rto..uptoJ ||
• / t.c buttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ ( 9:
• Menu Reset |s so|octoJ |r t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 12:
• b..ckot|rc sott|rcs ..o c|.rcoJ ( 3:
• ¯|o b.tto.v |s ox|.ustoJ
|c.n.| s|cct|rc .||| .osuno .|or |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v orJs
Interrupting Interval Timer Photography
During Shooting
S|cct|rc .rJ noru sott|rcs c.r bo .J|ustoJ |.oo|v .|||o |rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v |s |r
p.cc.oss |cto t|o |c||c.|rc
• |o.|c.n|rc . t.cbuttcr .osot ( 9: c. c|.rc|rc b..ckot|rc sott|rcs ( 3: .||| c.rco|
|rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v
• ¯|o ncr|tc. .||| tu.r cff .bcut |cu. soccrJs bo|c.o o.c| |rto.v.|
Multiple Exposure
|rto.v.| t|no. s|cct|rc c.r bo usoJ tc c.o.to . nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o ( 86:
Shooting Mode
|oc..J|oss c| t|o s|cct|rc ncJo so|octoJ. t|o c.no.. .||| t.ko t|o spoc|fioJ runbo. c|
s|cts .t o.c| |rto.v.| |r CH (ccrt|rucus ||c| spooJ: ncJo. p|ctcc..p|s .||| bo t.kor
.t . ..to c| fivo s|cts po. soccrJ |r S (s|rc|o |..no:. CL (ccrt|rucus |c.spooJ:. .rJ MUP
(n|..c. up: ncJos. p|ctcc..p|s .||| bo t.kor .t t|o ..to c|csor |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc J4
(Shooting Speed. 158: |r (so||t|no.: ncJo. t|o s|utto..o|o.so Jo|.v .pp||os tc
o.c| p|ctcc..p| t.kor |r MUP ncJo. t|o n|..c. .||| bo ..|soJ .utcn.t|c.||v |nnoJ|.to|v
bo|c.o o.c| s|ct
Shooting Menu Banks
´|.rcos tc |rto.v.| t|no. sott|rcs .pp|v tc .|| s|cct|rc noru b.rks ( 125: || s|cct|rc
noru sott|rcs ..o .osot us|rc t|o Menu Reset |ton |r t|o s|cct|rc noru ( 12:. |rto.v.|
t|no. sott|rcs .||| bo .osot .s |c||c.s
• St..t t|no Now
• |rto.v.| 000100˝
• |unbo. c| |rto.v.|s 1
• |unbo. c| s|cts 1
• St..t Off
93
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

N
o
n
-
C
P
U

L
e
n
s
e
s
Non-CPU Lenses
bv spoc||v|rc |ors J.t. (|ors |cc.| |orct| .rJ n.x|nun .po.tu.o:. t|o uso. c.r
c.|r .ccoss tc . v..|otv c| ´|| |ors |urct|crs .|or us|rc . rcr´|| |ors || t|o
|cc.| |orct| c| t|o |ors |s krc.r
• /utcn.t|c pc.o. .ccn c.r bo usoJ .|t| cpt|cr.| Sb800 .rJ Sb600 SpooJ
||c|ts
• |ors |cc.| |orct| |s ||stoJ (.|t| .r .sto.|sk: |r t|o p|.vb.ck p|ctc |r|c J|sp|.v
\|or t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors |s krc.r
• ¯|o .po.tu.o v.|uo |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
• ||.s| |ovo| |s .J|ustoJ |c. c|.rcos |r .po.tu.o
• /po.tu.o |s ||stoJ (.|t| .r .sto.|sk: |r t|o p|.vb.ck p|ctc |r|c J|sp|.v
Spoc||v|rc bct| t|o |cc.| |orct| .rJ n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors
• |r.b|os cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc (rcto t|.t |t n.v bo rocoss..v tc uso corto.
.o|c|toJ c. spct noto.|rc tc .c||ovo .ccu..to .osu|ts .|t| scno |orsos. |r
c|uJ|rc |oflox||kkc. |orsos:
• |np.cvos t|o p.oc|s|cr c| corto..o|c|toJ .rJ spct noto.|rc .rJ |¯¯| b.|
.rcoJ ||||||.s| |c. ||c|t.| S||
Specifying Lens Focal Length
|ors |cc.| |orct| c.r bo spoc|fioJ us|rc t|o Non-CPU Lens Data cpt|cr |r t|o
s|cct|rc noru c. bv p.oss|rc t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o n.|r ccn
n.rJ J|.| ¯|o |c||c.|rc sott|rcs ..o .v.||.b|o
• 6–45 nn 6. 8. 13. 15. 16. 18. 20. 24. 25. 28. 35. 43. .rJ 45 nn
• 50–180 nn 50. 55. 58. 0. 80. 85. 86. 100. 105. 135. .rJ 180 nn
• 200–4000 nn 200. 300. 360. 400. 500. 600. 800. 1000. 1200. 1400. 1600. 2000.
2400. 2800. 3200. .rJ 4000 nn
The Non-CPU Lens Data Menu
1
||c|||c|t Non-CPU Lens Data |r t|o s|cct|rc
noru ( 124: .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc
t|o .|c|t
The FUNC. Button
|c.o. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ tu.r .rv cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|ts cff bo|c.o us|rc t|o |||´ but
tcr tc spoc||v |ors J.t.
94
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

N
o
n
-
C
P
U

L
e
n
s
e
s
2
||c|||c|t Focal Length .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so
|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
3
So|oct t|o c.cup tc .||c| t|o |ors bo|crcs |.cn
6–45 mm. 50–180 mm. 200–4000 mm .rJ
p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
4
So|oct t|o |ors |cc.| |orct| (|r nn: .rJ p.oss
t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
The FUNC. Button
1
So|oct FV Lock/Lens Data |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc
|4 (FUNC. Button. 10:
2
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r
ccnn.rJ J|.| |cc.| |orct| |s J|sp|.voJ |r t|o
ccrt.c| p.ro|

Focal Length Not Listed
|| t|o cc..oct |cc.| |orct| |s rct ||stoJ. c|ccso t|o c|csost v.|uo c.o.to. t|.r t|o .ctu.| |cc.|
|orct| c| t|o |ors
Default Maximum Aperture
So|oct|rc . |cc.| |orct| sots Maximum Aperture tc t|o |.st v.|uo so|octoJ .t t|.t |cc.|
|orct|
95
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

N
o
n
-
C
P
U

L
e
n
s
e
s
Specifying Maximum Aperture
|ors n.x|nun .po.tu.o c.r bo spoc|fioJ us|rc t|o Non-CPU Lens Data cpt|cr
|r t|o s|cct|rc noru c. bv p.oss|rc t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc t|o sub
ccnn.rJ J|.| ¯|o |c||c.|rc |/runbo.s ..o .v.||.b|o
• 12. 14. 18. 2. 25. 28. 33. 35. 4. 45. 5. 56. 63. 1. 8. 95. 11. 13. 15. 16. 19. 22
The Non-CPU Lens Data Menu
1
||c|||c|t Maximum Aperture |r t|o Non-
CPU Lens Data noru .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so
|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
2
So|oct t|o |/runbo. cc..ospcrJ|rc tc t|o n.x
|nun |ors .po.tu.o .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc.
tc t|o .|c|t
Zoom Lenses
|ors J.t. ..o rct .J|ustoJ .|or rcr´|| |orsos ..o .ccnoJ |r c. cut /|to. c|.rc|rc t|o
.ccn pcs|t|cr. so|oct ro. v.|uos |c. |ors |cc.| |orct| .rJ n.x|nun .po.tu.o
The FUNC. Button
1
So|oct FV Lock/Lens Data |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc
|4 (FUNC. Button. 10:
2
|.oss t|o |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o subccn
n.rJ J|.| V.x|nun .po.tu.o |s J|sp|.voJ |r
t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|

96
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

U
s
i
n
g

a

G
P
S

U
n
i
t
Using a GPS Unit
´..n|r .rJ V.co||.r ´|S ur|ts t|.t ccr|c.n tc vo.s|cr 201 c. |.to. c| t|o |.
t|cr.| V..|ro ||oct.cr|cs /sscc|.t|cr |V|/0183 p.ctccc| c.r bo ccrroctoJ tc
t|o c.no..’s torp|r .oncto to.n|r.| us|rc .r V´35 ´|S .J.pto. cc.J (.v.||
.b|o sop...to|v. 182:. .||c.|rc |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o c.no..’s cu..ort pcs|t|cr tc
bo .occ.JoJ .|or p|ctcc..p|s ..o t.kor Opo..t|cr |.s boor ccrfi.noJ .|t|
t|o |c||c.|rc Jov|cos
• ´..n|r o¯.ox so.|os
• V.co||.r Spc.¯..k so.|os
¯|oso Jov|cos ccrroct tc t|o V´35 us|rc t|o c.b|o p.cv|JoJ bv t|o n.ru|.c
tu.o. c| t|o ´|S Jov|co Soo t|o V´35 |rst.uct|cr n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s bo|c.o
tu.r|rc t|o c.no.. cr. sot t|o ´|S Jov|co tc |V|/ ncJo
\|or t|o c.no.. ost.b||s|os ccnnur|c.t|cr .|t| .
´|S Jov|co. . |ccr .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c|
p.ro| ¯|o oxpcsu.o noto.s .||| rct tu.r cff .|||o
t||s |ccr |s J|sp|.voJ ||ctc |r|c.n.t|cr |c. p|ctu.os
t.kor .|||o t|o |ccr |s J|sp|.voJ .||| |rc|uJo .r
.JJ|t|cr.| p.co ( 100: .occ.J|rc t|o cu..ort |.t|tuJo. |crc|tuJo. .|t|tuJo. .rJ
´cc.J|r.toJ |r|vo.s.| ¯|no (|¯´: || rc J.t. ..o .oco|voJ |.cn t|o ´|S ur|t |c.
t.c soccrJs. t|o |ccr .||| c|o.. |.cn t|o J|sp|.v .rJ t|o c.no.. .||| stcp
.occ.J|rc ´|S |r|c.n.t|cr
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)
|¯´ J.t. |s p.cv|JoJ bv t|o ´|S Jov|co .rJ |s |rJoporJort c| t|o c.no.. c|cck
GPS Data
´|S J.t. ..o cr|v .occ.JoJ .|or t|o |ccr |s J|sp|.voJ ´crfi.n t|.t t|o |ccr |s
J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| bo|c.o s|cct|rc / fl.s||rc |ccr |rJ|c.tos t|.t t|o ´|S
Jov|co |s so..c||rc |c. . s|cr.|. p|ctu.os t.kor .|||o t|o |ccr |s fl.s||rc .||| rct |rc|uJo
´|S J.t.
97
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

T
w
o
-
B
u
t
t
o
n

R
e
s
e
t
Two-Button Reset
¯|o c.no.. sott|rcs ||stoJ bo|c. c.r bo .o stc.oJ tc
Jo|.u|t v.|uos bv |c|J|rc t|o QUAL .rJ but tcrs
Jc.r tccot|o. |c. nc.o t|.r t.c soccrJs (t|oso
but tcrs ..o n..koJ bv . c.oor Jct: ¯|o ccrt.c| p.r
o|s tu.r cff b.|oflv .|||o sott|rcs ..o .osot ´ustcn
Sott|rcs ..o rct .ffoctoJ
Option Default
|ccus ..o. ´orto.
¯
|xpcsu.o ncJo |.cc..nnoJ .utc
||ox|b|o p.cc..n Off
|xpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr
±0
/| |c|J Off

¯ || /|..o. ncJo |s sot tc c.cup Jvr.n|c/|.
corto. c.cup .||| bo so|octoJ
† ´ustcn Sott|rc c2 (AE-L/AF-L: |s ur.|
|octoJ
Option Default
b..ckot|rc Off

||.s| svrc ncJo |.crtcu.t.|r svrc
||.s| oxpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr
±0
|\ |cck Off
‡ |unbo. c| s|cts |s .osot tc .o.c b..ckot|rc
|rc.onort |s .osot tc 1 |\ (oxpcsu.o / fl.s|
b..ckot|rc: c. 1 (.||to b.|.rco b..ckot
|rc:
¯|o |c||c.|rc s|cct|rcnoru cpt|crs .||| .|sc bo .osot Or|v sott|rcs |r t|o
b.rk cu. .ort |v so|octoJ us|rc t|o Shooting Menu Bank cpt|cr .||| bo .osot (
125: Sot t|rcs |r t|o .on.|r|rc b.rks ..o ur.ffoctoJ
Option Default
Image Quality JPEG Normal
Image Size Large
Option Default
White Balance Auto
¯
ISO Sensitivity 100
¯ ||rotur|rc .osot tc 0
Reset Shooting Menu ( 127)
Ot|o. s|cct|rc noru cpt|crs |c. t|o cu..ort s|cct|rc noru b.rk c.r bo .osot bv so|oct
|rc Yes |c. t|o Menu Reset cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru
R—Menu Reset ( 147)
´ustcn Sott|rcs |c. t|o cu..ort custcn sott|rcs b.rk c.r bo .ostc.oJ tc Jo|.u|t v.|uos bv
so|oct|rc Yes |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc | (Menu Reset:
98
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

V
i
e
w
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Single-Image Playback
¯c p|.v p|ctcc..p|s b.ck. p.oss t|o buttcr ¯|o
ncst .ocort p|c tc c..p| .||| bo J|s p|.voJ |r t|o
ncr | tc.
Viewing Photographs
¯c orJ p|.vb.ck .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo. p.oss t|o buttcr c. p.oss t|o
s|utto..o|o.so but tcr |.||..v ¯c v|o. c.no.. norus ( 24:. p.oss t|o but
tcr
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ .t .rv t|no .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cr ¯|o |ccus so|octc.
|cck s.|tc| cr|v t.kos offoct .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cff
Using the Multi Selector
Image Review ( 141)
\|or On |s so |oct oJ |c. Im age re view |r t|o p|.vb.ck noru. p|c tc c..p|s ..o .u tc n.t |
c.| |v J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ncr | tc. .s t|ov ..o bo|rc .occ.JoJ tc t|o nonc.v c..J |r s|rc|o
|..no. so||t|no.. .rJ n|..c.up ncJos. p|ctcc..p|s ..o J|sp|.voJ cro .t . t|no .s t|ov
..o t.kor |r ccr t|r u cus s|cct|rc ncJo. J|sp|.v boc|rs .|or s|cct|rc orJs. .|t| t|o fi.st
p|ctcc..p| |r t|o cu..ort so.|os J|sp|.voJ ||.v b.ck .||| bo |r to. .upt oJ .|or t|o s|ut to.
.o |o.so but tcr |s p.ossoJ. .rJ .o suno .|or t|o but tcr |s .o|o.soJ .|to. s|cct |rc
Rotate Tall ( 142)
¯||s p|.vb.ck noru cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. pc.t..|tc.|
ort.t|cr p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .|t| On so|octoJ |c. t|o Auto
Image Rotation cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru ..o .utcn.t|
c.||v .ct.toJ Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck
c5—Monitor-Off ( 157)
¯|o ncr|tc. .||| tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||v tc s.vo pc. o. || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c.
t|o t|no spoc | fioJ |r ´us tcn Sot t|rc c5 (Monitor Off: |.oss t|o buttcr .c.|r tc .otu.r
tc p|.vb.ck ncJo
Reference: More on Playback
99
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

V
i
e
w
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
File Information
1 |.ctoct st.tus 104
2 |ccus b..ckots
¯
53
3 |..no runbo./tct.|
runbo. c| |..nos 135
4 |c|Jo. r.no 135
5 |n.co ou.||tv 28
6 |.to c| .occ.J|rc 12
7 ¯|no c| .occ.J|rc 12
8 |||o r.no 129
9 |n.co s|.o 32
10 |c|Jo. runbo./|..no
runbo.

135
¯ || Focus Area |s so|octoJ |c. Display Mode |r t|o p|.vb.ck noru
( 141:. .ct|vo |ccus ..o. |s ||c|||c|toJ |r .oJ (|r p|ctcs t.kor us|rc
s|rc|oso.vc /| .|t| Jvr.n|c..o. /|. c.cup Jvr.n|c/|. c. c|csost
sub|oct p.|c.|tv. ..o. .|o.o |ccus fi.st |cckoJ |s ||c|||c|toJ:
Shooting Data Page 1
*
1 |.ctoct st.tus 104
2 ´.no.. r.no
3 Voto.|rc not|cJ 61
4 S|utto. spooJ 62–69
5 /po.tu.o 62
6 |xpcsu.o ncJo 62
7 |xpcsu.o
ccnpors.t|cr 2
8 |cc.| |orct| 16
9 ||.s| svrc ncJo
10 |c|Jo. runbo./|..no
runbo.

135
¯ ||sp|.voJ cr|v || Data |s so|octoJ |c. Display mode ( 141:
Photo Information
||ctc |r |c. n. t|cr |s su po. |n pcsoJ cr |n.cos J|sp|.voJ |r s|rc|o|n .co p|.v
b.ck ¯|o.o ..o up tc o|c|t p.c os c| |r |c. n. t|cr |c. o.c| p|c tc |.oss t|o nu|t|
so |oc tc. Jc.r tc cvc|o t|.cuc| p|ctc |r |c. n. t|cr .s |c||c.s (||stcc..n:. b.s|c
|r|c.n.t|cr. |||o |r|c.n.t|cr. (S|cct|rc |.t. |.co 1:. (S|cct|rc |.t. |.co 2:.
(´|S |.t.:. (|´b ||stcc..n:. .rJ (||c|||c|ts: |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up tc cvc|o
t|.cuc| p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr |r .ovo.so c.Jo.
Basic Information
1 |.ctoct st.tus 104 2 |c|Jo. runbo./|..no
runbo.

135
f3—Photo Info/Playback ( 169)
¯|o .c|os c| t|o nu|t| so|octc. buttcrs c.r bo .ovo.soJ. sc t|.t t|o |o|t .rJ .|c|t buttcrs
J|sp|.v ct|o. |n.cos .rJ t|o up .rJ Jc.r buttcrs ccrt.c| p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr
·
³
¾
» ·
º ¶ ²
´ ¿
³
µ
µ
³
»
·
¿
²
º
´

¾
100
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

V
i
e
w
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Shooting Data Page 2
*
1 |.ctoct st.tus 104
2 |n.co cpt|n|..t|cr 45
3 |SO sors|t|v|tv

33
4 \||to b.|.rco/\||to
b.|.rco .J|ustnort 35
5 ¯cro ccnpors.t|cr 4
6 S|..por|rc 46
7 ´c|c. ncJo/
|uo .J|ustnort 4
8 S.tu..t|cr 48
9 |n.co ccnnort 118
10 |c|Jo. runbo./|..no
runbo.

135
¯ ||sp|.voJ cr|v || Data |s so|octoJ |c. Display mode ( 141:
† ||sp|.voJ |r .oJ || p|ctc ..s t.kor .|t| .utc |SO cr
GPS Data
*
1 |.ctoct st.tus 104
2 |.t|tuJo

3 |crc|tuJo

4 /|t|tuJo
5 ´cc.J|r.toJ |r|vo.s.|
¯|no (|¯´:
6 |c|Jo. runbo./|..no
runbo.

135
¯ ||sp|.voJ cr|v || ´|S Jov|co ..s usoJ .|or p|ctc ..s t.kor (
96:
† |tons J|sp|.voJ n.v J|ffo. .|or p|ctc |s v|o.oJ cr . ccnputo.
´.no.. ||stcc..ns n.v J|ffo. |.cn t|cso J|sp|.voJ |r |n.c|rc .pp||c.t|crs
Histograms
²
³
·
»
¿
´
RGB Histogram
*
1 |.ctoct st.tus 104
2 |n.co ||c| ||c|ts (..o.s
c| |n.co t|.t n.v bo
cvo.oxpcsoJ: ..o n..koJ
bv . fl.s||rc bc.Jo.

3 |c|Jo. runbo./|..no
runbo.

135
4 ||stcc..n (|´b c|.r
ro|: |r .|| ||stcc..ns.
|c.|.crt.| .x|s c|vos p|xo|
b.|c|tross. vo.t|c.| .x|s
runbo. c| p|xo|s
5 ||stcc..n (.oJ c|.rro|:
6 ||stcc..n (c.oor c|.r
ro|:
7 ||stcc..n (b|uo c|.rro|:
8 ´u..ort c|.rro|
¯ ||sp|.voJ cr|v || RGB histogram |s so|octoJ |c. Display mode (
141:
† ||c|||c|ts c.r bo J|sp|.voJ sop...to|v |c.
o.c| cc|c. c|.rro| |.oss nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c.
.|c|t .|||o p.oss|rc buttcr tc cvc|o t|.cuc|
c|.rro|s .s |c||c.s RGB (.|| c|.rro|s: ↔ R
(.oJ: ↔ G (c.oor: ↔ B (b|uo: ↔ ||c|||c|t J|s
p|.v cff ↔ RGB
´
»
³ ·
²
¶ ¿
º
µ
³
»
·
¿
²
º
´

¾
101
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

V
i
e
w
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Highlights
*
1 |.ctoct st.tus 104
2 |n.co ||c| ||c|ts (..o.s c| |n.co t|.t n.v bo cvo.ox
pcsoJ: ..o n..koJ bv . fl.s||rc bc.Jo.

3 ´u..ort c|.rro|
4 |c|Jo. runbo./|..no runbo.

135
¯ ||sp|.voJ cr|v || Highlight |s so|octoJ |c. Display mode (
141:
† ||c|||c|ts c.r bo J|sp|.voJ sop...to|v |c.
o.c| cc|c. c|.rro| |.oss nu|t| so|octc. |o|t
c. .|c|t .|||o p.oss|rc buttcr tc cvc|o
t|.cuc| c|.rro|s .s |c||c.s RGB (.|| c|.r
ro|s: ↔ R (.oJ: ↔ G (c.oor: ↔ B (b|uo: ↔ RGB
Histogram
*
1 |.ctoct st.tus 104
2 ||stcc..n s|c.|rc t|o J|s t.| bu t|cr c| tcros |r t|o
|n .co |c.|.crt.| .x|s cc. .o spcrJs tc p|xo| b.|c|t ross.
vo.t|c.| .x|s s|c.s run bo. c| p|x o|s c| o.c| b.|c|tross
|r |n.co
3 |c|Jo. runbo./|..no runbo.

135
¯ ||sp|.voJ cr|v || Histogram |s so|octoJ |c. Display mode (
141:
³ · »
»
³ ·
¿
102
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

V
i
e
w
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback
¯c J|sp|.v |n.cos |r “ccr t.ct s|oots” c| |cu. c. r|ro
|n.cos. p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r
ccn n.rJ J|.| ¯|o |c| |c. |rc cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.
|c.noJ .|||o t|unb r.||s ..o J|sp|.voJ
To Use Description
´|.rco run
bo. c| |n.cos
J|sp|.voJ
|.oss buttcr .rJ .ct.to n.|r ccn n.rJ J|.|
tc c|.rco t|o runbo. c| |n.cos J|s p|.voJ .s
|c||c.s s|rc|o |n.co ↔ |cu. t|unb r.||s ↔ r|ro
t|unbr.||s ↔ s|rc|o |n.co
¯ccc|o |u|| |..no
p|.vb.ck
|.oss corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. tc s.|tc| b.ck .rJ
|c.t| bot.oor |u|| |..no .rJ t|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck
||c|||c|t
p|ctcc..p|s
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up. .|c|t. |o|t. c. Jc.r tc ||c|
||c|t t|unbr.||s
|.co t|.cuc|
p|ctcs
|.oss buttcr .rJ .ct.to subccn n.rJ J|.| tc
sc.c|| t|.cuc| p|ctcs . p.co .t . t|no
|o|oto p|ctc
´crfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ |.oss .c.|r tc
Jo|oto p|ctc |.oss but
tcr tc ox|t .|t|cut Jo|ot|rc
p|ctc
¯ccn |r cr
||c|||c|toJ
p|ctc
( :
|.oss |c. or|..coJ v|o. c| ||c|||c|toJ p|ctc
( 103:
|.ctoct p|ctc
¯c p.ctoct |n.co. c. tc .oncvo p.c toc t|cr |.cn
p.ctoctoJ |n.co. p.oss buttcr ( 104:
||sp|.v norus |.oss buttcr tc J|sp|.v c.no.. norus ( 24:
|otu.r tc s|cct
|rc ncJo
S|utto..o|o.so/
¯c orJ p|.vb.ck .rJ .o tu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo.
p.oss buttcr c. p.oss s|utto..o |o.so buttcr
|.||..v
Image Review ( 141)
\|or On |s so |oct oJ |c. Im age Re view |r t|o p|.vb.ck noru. p|c tc c..p|s ..o .u tc n.t |
c.| |v J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ncr | tc. .s t|ov ..o bo|rc .occ.JoJ tc t|o nonc.v c..J |r s|rc|o
|..no .rJ so||t|no. ncJos. p|ctcc..p|s ..o J|sp|.voJ cro .t . t|no .s t|ov ..o t.kor |r
ccr t|r u cus s|cct|rc ncJo. J|sp|.v boc|rs .|or s|cct|rc orJs ¯|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck |s
cr|v .v.||.b|o |r ccrt|rucus s|cct|rc ncJo
103
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

V
i
e
w
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom
|.oss t|o buttcr tc .ccn |r cr t|o |n .co J|s
p|.voJ |r s|rc|o|n.co p|.vb.ck c. cr t|o |n .co
cu..ort|v ||c|||c|toJ |r t|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck ¯|o |c|
|c.|rc cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ .|||o .ccn |s
|r offoct
To Use Description
´.rco|/.osuno
.ccn
( :
|.oss tc c.rco| .ccn .rJ .otu.r tc s|rc|o|n.co c.
t|unb r.|| p|.vb.ck |.oss .c.|r tc .ccn |n.co |r
So|oct ..o.
J|sp|.voJ
|.oss buttcr tc J|sp|.v |..no
s|c. |rc ..o. cu..ort|v .ccnoJ
|r \|||o buttcr |s p.ossoJ.
nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ tc
ncvo |..no .rJ n.|r ccn n.rJ
J|.| c.r bo usoJ tc ccrt.c| s|.o c|
|..no—.ct.to J|.| ccurto.c|cck.|so tc .ccn cut. c|cck
.|so tc .ccn |r tc n.x|nun c| .pp.cx|n.to|v 25× (|..co
|n.cos:. 19× (noJ|un |n.cos:. c. 13× (sn.|| |n.cos: |o
|o.so buttcr tc n.cr||v so|octoJ ..o. tc fi|| ncr|tc.
\|o. ct|o.
|n.cos
|ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc v|o. s.no ..o. c| ct|o. |n
.cos .t cu..ort .ccn ..t|c
\|o. ct|o.
..o.s c| |n.co
|so nu|t| so|octc. tc v|o. .. o. rct
v|s|b|o |r ncr|tc. |c|J nu|t| so|oc
tc. Jc.r tc sc.c|| ..p|J|v tc ct|o.
.. o.s c| |..no
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ .t .rv t|no .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cr ¯|o |ccus so|octc.
|cck s.|tc| cr|v t.kos offoct .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cff
Using the Multi Selector
c5—Monitor-Off ( 157)
¯|o ncr|tc. .||| tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||v tc s.vo pc. o. || rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ |c.
t|o t|no spoc | fioJ |r ´us tcn Sot t|rc c5 (Monitor Off: |.oss t|o buttcr .c.|r tc .otu.r
tc p|.vb.ck ncJo
f1—Center Button > Playback Mode ( 168)
|rsto.J c| tccc||rc bot.oor |u|||..no .rJ t|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck. t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t|
so|octc. c.r bo usoJ tc tccc|o p|.vb.ck .ccn c. J|sp|.v . ||stcc..n
104
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

V
i
e
w
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Protecting Photographs from Deletion
|r |u|||..no. .ccn. .rJ t|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck. t|o buttcr c.r bo usoJ tc p.c
toct p|c tc c..p|s |.cn .c c| Jor t.| Jo|ot|cr |.ctoctoJ fi|os c.r rct bo Jo|otoJ
us|rc t|o buttcr c. t|o Delete cp t|cr |r t|o p|.vb.ck noru. .rJ |.vo |OS
“.o.Jcr|v” st.tus .|or v|o.oJ cr . \|rJc.s ccnputo. |cto t|.t p.c toct oJ
|n .c os will bo Jo |ot oJ .|or t|o non c .v c..J |s |c.n.ttoJ
¯c p.ctoct . p|ctcc..p|
1
||sp|.v t|o |n.co |r |u|||..no p|.vb.ck c. ||c|||c|t |t |r t|o t|unbr.||
||st
2
|.oss t|o buttcr ¯|o p|c tc c..p| .||| bo
n..koJ .|t| . |ccr
¯c .oncvo p.c toc t|cr |.cn t|o p|c tc c..p| sc t|.t |t c.r bo Jo|otoJ. J|sp|.v t|o
p|ctcc..p| c. ||c| ||c|t |t |r t|o t|unbr.|| ||st .rJ t|or p.oss t|o buttcr
¯c .oncvo p.ctoct|cr |.cn .|| |n.cos |r t|o |c|Jo. c. |c|Jo.s cu..ort|v so|octoJ |r t|o
Playback Folder noru. p.oss t|o .rJ buttcrs tccot|o. |c. .bcut t.c soccrJs
Removing Protection from All Images
105
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

V
i
e
w
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Deleting Individual Photographs
¯c Jo|oto . p|ctcc..p| J|sp|.voJ |r s|rc|o|n.co c. .ccn p|.vb.ck. c. t|o p|c
tc c..p| ||c|||c|toJ |r t|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck. p.oss t|o buttcr Orco Jo |ot oJ.
p|ctcc..p|s c.r rct bo .occvo.oJ
1
||sp|.v t|o |n.co c. ||c|||c|t |t |r t|o t|unbr.|| ||st
2
|.oss t|o buttcr / ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc .|||
bo J|sp|.voJ
3
¯c Jo|oto t|o p|ctcc..p|. p.oss t|o buttcr .c.|r |.oss t|o buttcr
tc ox|t .|t|cut Jo|ot|rc t|o p|ctcc..p|
Protected and Hidden Images
|n.cos n..koJ .|t| . |ccr ..o p.ctoctoJ .rJ c.r rct bo Jo|otoJ ||JJor |n.cos ..o
rct J|sp|.voJ |r s|rc|o|n.co c. t|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck .rJ c.r rct bo so|octoJ |c. Jo|ot|cr
Delete ( 133)
¯c Jo|oto nu|t|p|o |n.cos. uso t|o Delete cpt|cr |r t|o p|.vb.ck noru
After Delete ( 142)
¯|o After Delete cpt|cr |r t|o p|.vb.ck noru Joto.n|ros .|ot|o. t|o roxt |n.co c. t|o
p.ov|cus |n.co |s J|sp|.voJ .|to. .r |n.co |s Jo|otoJ
106
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

V
i
e
w
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s

o
n

T
V
¯|o supp||oJ |´|100 v|Joc c.b|o c.r bo usoJ tc ccrroct t|o c.no.. tc . to|o
v| s|cr c. \´| |c. p|.vb.ck c. .occ.J|rc
Viewing Photographs on TV
1
So|oct t|o .pp.cp.|.to v|Joc ncJo |.cn t|o
Video Mode noru ( 11:
2
Turn the camera off /|..vs tu.r t|o c.no.. cff
bo|c.o ccrroct|rc c. J|sccrroct|rc t|o v|Joc
c.b|o
4
´crroct t|o v|Joc c.b|o .s s|c.r bo|c.
Connect
to video
device
Connect
to
camera
5
¯uro t|o to|ov|s|cr tc t|o v|Joc c|.rro|
6
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr |u.|rc p|.vb.ck. |n.cos .||| bo J|sp|.voJ cr t|o to|o
v|s|cr sc.oor c. .occ.JoJ tc v|Joc t.po. t|o c.no.. ncr|tc. .||| .on.|r cff
|cto t|.t t|o oJcos n.v rct bo v|s|b|o .|or p|ctcc..p|s ..o v|o.oJ cr
. to|ov|s|cr sc.oor
Use an AC Adapter
|so c| .r ||6 /´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: |s .occnnorJoJ |c. oxtorJoJ p|.vb.ck
\|or t|o ||6 |s ccrroctoJ. t|o c.no.. ncr|tc.cff Jo|.v .||| bo fixoJ .t tor n|rutos .rJ
t|o oxpcsu.o noto.s .||| rc |crco. tu.r cff .utcn.t|c.||v
3
Opor t|o ccvo. p.ctoct|rc t|o v|Joccut .rJ
|´|r ccrroctc.s
Video out
DC in
107
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
n
g

t
o

a

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
¯|o supp||oJ |Sb c.b|o c.r bo usoJ tc ccrroct t|o c.no.. tc . ccnputo.
Orco t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ. t|o supp||oJ sc|t...o c.r bo usoJ tc ccpv p|c
tcc..p|s tc t|o ccnputo.. .|o.o t|ov c.r bo b.c.soJ. v|o.oJ. .rJ .otcuc|oJ
¯|o c.no.. c.r .|sc bo usoJ .|t| ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o
sop...to|v:. .||c| suppc.ts b.tc| p.ccoss|rc .rJ nc.o .Jv.rcoJ |n.co oJ|t|rc
cpt|crs .rJ c.r bo usoJ tc ccrt.c| t|o c.no.. J|.oct|v |.cn t|o ccnputo.
Before Connecting the Camera
|rst.|| t|o rocoss..v sc|t...o .|to. .o.J|rc t|o n.ru.|s .rJ .ov|o.|rc t|o svs
ton .oou|.onorts ¯c orsu.o t|.t J.t. t..rs|o. |s rct |rto..uptoJ. bo su.o t|o
c.no.. b.tto.v |s |u||v c|..coJ || |r Jcubt. c|..co t|o b.tto.v bo|c.o uso c. uso
.r ||6 /´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
bo|c.o ccrroct|rc t|o c.no... sot t|o |Sb cpt|cr |r
t|o sotup noru ( 121: .ccc.J|rc tc t|o ccnputo.
cpo..t|rc svston .rJ .|ot|o. t|o c.no.. |s bo|rc
ccrt.c||oJ |.cn ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to.
(.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: c. p|ctcc..p|s ..o bo|rc t..rs
|o..oJ tc t|o ccnputo. us|rc t|o supp||oJ sc|t...o
Operating system Supplied software Nikon Capture 4 Camera Control
\|rJc.s `| |cno |J|t|cr
\|rJc.s `| |.c|oss|cr.|
´|ccso PTP c. Mass
Storage
´|ccso PTP
V.c OS `
\|rJc.s 2000 |.c|oss|cr.|
\|rJc.s V|||orr|un |J|t|cr (Vo:
\|rJc.s 98 SoccrJ |J|t|cr (S|:
´|ccso Mass Storage
¯
V.c OS 9 |ct suppc.toJ
¯ |c |O¯ so|oct PTP || PTP |s so|octoJ .|or t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ. t|o \|rJc.s |..J
...o .|...J .||| bo J|sp|.voJ ´||ck Cancel tc ox|t t|o .|...J. .rJ t|or J|sccrroct t|o
c.no.. bo su.o tc so|oct Mass Storage bo|c.o .occrroct|rc t|o c.no..
Connecting to a Computer
108
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
n
g

t
o

a

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
Connecting the USB Cable
1
¯u.r t|o ccnputo. cr .rJ ..|t |c. |t tc st..t up
3
´crroct t|o |´|4 |Sb c.b|o .s s|c.r ´crroct t|o c.no.. J|.oct|v tc
t|o ccnputo.. Jc rct ccrroct t|o c.b|o v|. . |Sb |ub c. kovbc..J
2
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff
4
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr || Mass Storage |s so|octoJ
|c. USB. .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
.rJ v|o.firJo.. .rJ t|o |´ ncJo |rJ|c.tc. .|||
fl.s| (|| PTP |s so|octoJ. t|o c.no.. J|sp|.vs .|||
rct c|.rco: ||ctcc..p|s c.r bo t..rs|o..oJ tc
t|o ccnputo. .s Josc.|boJ |r t|o n.ru.| |c. t|o
supp||oJ sc|t...o (cr ´|:
During Transfer
|c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff .|||o t..rs|o. |s |r p.cc.oss
|| ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 ´.no.. ´crt.c| |s .ur r|rc.
t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| s|c. |r p|.co c| t|o
runbo. c| oxpcsu.os .on.|r|rc /rv p|ctc
c..p|s t.kor .||| bo .o cc.J oJ tc t|o ccn put o.
|..J J|sk ..t| o. t|.r t|o c.n o.. non c .v c..J
Soo Nikon Capture 4 User’s Manual |c. nc.o |r |c.
n. t|cr
109
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
n
g

t
o

a

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
5
|| PTP |s so|octoJ |c. USB ( 121:. t|o c.no.. c.r bo tu.roJ cff .rJ t|o
|Sb c.b|o J|sccrroctoJ crco t..rs|o. |s ccnp|oto || t|o USB cpt|cr |r
t|o c.no.. sotup noru |s st||| .t |ts Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| Mass Storage. t|o
c.no.. nust fi.st bo .oncvoJ |.cn t|o svston .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Windows XP Home Edition / Windows XP Professional
´||ck t|o “S.|o|v |oncvo |..J...o” |ccr ( :
|r t|o t.skb.. .rJ so|oct Safely remove USB
Mass Storage Device |.cn t|o noru t|.t .p
po..s
Windows 2000 Professional
´||ck t|o “|rp|uc c. ||oct |..J...o” |ccr ( : |r
t|o t.skb.. .rJ so|oct Stop USB Mass Storage
Device |.cn t|o noru t|.t .ppo..s
Windows Millennium Edition (Me)
´||ck t|o “|rp|uc c. ||oct |..J...o” |ccr ( : |r
t|o t.skb.. .rJ so|oct Stop USB Disk |.cn t|o
noru t|.t .ppo..s
Windows 98 Second Edition (SE)
|r Vv ´cnputo.. c||ck .|t| t|o .|c|t ncuso but
tcr cr t|o .oncv.b|o J|sk cc..ospcrJ|rc tc t|o
c.no.. .rJ so|oct Eject |.cn t|o noru t|.t .p
po..s
Macintosh
|..c t|o c.no.. vc|uno (“|||O| |200”: |rtc
t|o ¯..s|
110
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Take photographs
||ctcc..p|s c.r bo p.|rtoJ bv .rv c| t|o |c||c.|rc not|cJs
• ´crroct t|o c.no.. tc . p.|rto. .rJ p.|rt p|ctcc..p|s J|.oct|v |.cn t|o c.n
o.. ( 111:
• |rso.t t|o nonc.v c..J |r . p.|rto. oou|ppoJ .|t| . c..J s|ct (soo t|o p.|rto.
n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s: || t|o p.|rto. suppc.ts ||O| ( 202:. p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo
so|octoJ |c. p.|rt|rc us|rc Print Set ( 139:
• ¯.ko t|o nonc.v c..J tc . Jovo|cpo. c. J|c|t.| p.|rt corto. || t|o corto. sup
pc.ts ||O| ( 202:. p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo so|octoJ |c. p.|rt|rc us|rc Print Set
( 139:
• ¯..rs|o. t|o p|ctu.os us|rc t|o supp||oJ sc|t...o .rJ p.|rt t|on |.cn . ccn
puto. (soo t|o sc|t...o n.ru.|. cr ´|:
|cto t|.t |/\ p|ctcc..p|s c.r cr|v bo p.|rtoJ bv t..rs|o..|rc t|on tc . ccn
puto. .rJ p.|rt|rc t|on us|rc t|o supp||oJ sc|t...o c. ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr
44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
Printing Via Direct USB Connection
\|or t|o c.no.. |s ccrroctoJ tc . p.|rto. t|.t suppc.ts ||ctb.|Jco ( 202:.
p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo p.|rtoJ J|.oct|v |.cn t|o c.no..
Printing Photographs
Select PTP in camera USB menu and connect camera to printer ( 121)
Select photographs for printing using Print
Set ( 139)
Printing Via Direct USB Connection
bo su.o t|o b.tto.v |s |u||v c|..coJ c. uso .r cpt|cr.| ||6 /´ .J.pto. \|or t.k|rc p|c
tcc..p|s tc bo p.|rtoJ .|t|cut ncJ|fic.t|cr. c|ccso sRGB |c. Color Space
Print photographs one
by one ( 112)
Print multiple photo-
graphs ( 113)
Create index prints
( 113)
Disconnect USB cable
111
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Connecting the Printer
1
Sot t|o USB cpt|cr |r t|o sotup noru tc PTP
( 121:
2
¯u.r t|o p.|rto. cr
3
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff .rJ ccrroct t|o supp||oJ
|Sb c.b|o .s s|c.r |c rct uso |c.co c. .t
tonpt tc |rso.t t|o ccrroctc.s .t .r .rc|o ´cr
roct t|o c.no.. J|.oct|v tc t|o p.|rto.. Jc rct
ccrroct t|o c.b|o v|. . |Sb |ub
4
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cr / .o|ccno sc.oor .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ. |c||c.oJ bv t|o ||ctb.|Jco p|.vb.ck
J|sp|.v |.ccooJ tc “|.|rt|rc ||ctcc..p|s Oro
.t . ¯|no” ( 112: c. “|.|rt|rc Vu|t|p|o ||ctc
c..p|s” ( 113:
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc v|o. .JJ|t|cr.| p|ctcc..p|s. c.
p.oss .rJ |c|J t|o buttcr tc .ccn |r cr t|o cu..ort p|ctc ( 103:
¯c v|o. s|x p|ctcc..p|s .t . t|no. p.oss t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r
ccnn.rJ J|.| |so t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc ||c|||c|t p|ctcc..p|s. c. p.oss
t|o buttcr .rJ .ct.to t|o n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc J|sp|.v t|o ||c|||c|toJ
p|ctcc..p| |u|| |..no
112
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Printing Pictures One at a Time
¯c p.|rt t|o p|ctcc..p| so|octoJ |r t|o ||ctb.|Jco
p|.vb.ck J|sp|.v. p.oss .rJ .o|o.so t|o buttcr
¯|o noru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr .rJ
p.oss tc t|o .|c|t tc so|oct
Option Description
Start
Printing
|.|rt so|octoJ p|ctu.o ¯c c.rco| .rJ .otu.r tc ||ctb.|Jco p|.vb.ck J|sp|.v
bo|c.o .|| |n.cos |.vo boor p.|rtoJ. p.oss buttcr ||ctb.|Jco p|.vb.ck
J|sp|.v .||| bo s|c.r .|or p.|rt|rc |s ccnp|oto |.|rt .JJ|t|cr.| p|ctu.os .s
Josc.|boJ .bcvo c. tu.r c.no.. cff .rJ J|sccrroct |Sb c.b|o
Page Size
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso p.co s|.o
|.cn Printer Default (Jo|.u|t p.co s|.o |c. cu..ort
p.|rto.:. 3.5 x 5 in.. 5 x 7 in.. Hagaki. 100 x 150 mm.
4 x 6 in.. 8 x 10 in.. Letter. A3. c. A4. t|or p.oss nu|t|
so|octc. .|c|t tc so|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
No. of
copies
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss nu|t| so
|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso runbo. c| ccp|os (n.x|
nun 99:. t|or p.oss nu|t| so|octc. tc .|c|t tc so|oct
.rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Border
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss nu|t|
so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t Printer Default
(Jo|.u|t sott|rc |c. cu..ort p.|rto.:. Print with Bor-
der (p.|rt p|ctc .|t| .||to bc.Jo.:. c. No Border.
t|or p.oss nu|t| so|octc. tc .|c|t tc so|oct .rJ .otu.r
tc p.|rt noru
Time
Stamp
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss nu|t|
so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t Printer Default (Jo
|.u|t sott|rc |c. cu..ort p.|rto.:. Print Time Stamp
(p.|rt t|no .rJ J.to c| .occ.J|rc cr p|ctc:. c. No
Time Stamp. t|or p.oss nu|t| so|octc. tc .|c|t tc so
|oct .rJ .otu.r tc p.|rt noru
Page Size, Border, and Time Stamp
´|ccso Printer Default tc p.|rt .t cu..ort p.|rto. sott|rcs Or|v cpt|crs suppc.toJ bv t|o
cu..ort p.|rto. c.r bo so|octoJ
113
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Option Description
Cropping
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss nu|t|
so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t Crop (c.cp p|ctc
|c. p.|rt|rc: c. No Cropping. t|or p.oss nu|t| so|oc
tc. tc .|c|t
|| Crop |s so|octoJ. J|.|cc s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|s
p|.voJ. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| tc c|ccso s|.o c|
c.cp .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc. tc c|ccso pcs|t|cr c|
c.cp |.oss tc .otu.r tc p.|rt noru |cto t|.t ou.|
|tv n.v J.cp || sn.|| c.cp |s p.|rtoJ .t |..co. s|.os
Printing Multiple Pictures
¯c p.|rt nu|t|p|o so|octoJ p|ctu.os c. tc c.o.to .r
|rJox p.|rt ||st|rc .|| '||´ p|ctcc..p|s .s sn.||
t|unbr.|| |n.cos. p.oss t|o buttcr ¯|o noru
s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |.oss t|o nu|t| so
|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr .rJ p.oss tc
t|o .|c|t tc so|oct
Option Description
Print Select |.|rt so|octoJ p|ctu.os ( 114:
Print (DPOF)
|.|rt cu..ort ||O| p.|rt c.Jo. ( 139: |cto t|.t ||O| J.to .rJ |r|c
cpt|crs ..o rct suppc.toJ
Index Print
´.o.to |rJox p.|rt c| .|| '||´ p|ctcs (|| nonc.v
c..J ccrt.|rs nc.o t|.r 256 p|ctcs. cr|v 256
p|ctcs .||| bo p.|rtoJ: |.oss buttcr tc J|sp|.v
noru s|c.r bo|c. .t .|c|t. c|ccso p.co s|.o.
bc.Jo.. .rJ t|no st.np cpt|crs .s Josc.|boJ cr
p.co 112 (...r|rc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ || so|octoJ
p.co s|.o |s tcc sn.||: ¯c st..t p.|rt|rc. ||c|||c|t
Start Printing .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t
||ctb.|Jco noru .||| bo J|sp|.voJ .|or p.|rt|rc
|s ccnp|oto
114
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e

P
r
i
n
t
i
n
g

P
h
o
t
o
g
r
a
p
h
s
Printing Selected Photographs
´|ccs|rc Print Select |r t|o ||ctb.|Jco noru (soo .bcvo: J|sp|.vs t|o noru
s|c.r |r Stop 1
1
Scroll through pictures. To display cur-
rent picture full screen, press button.
*
2
Select current picture and set number
of prints to 1. Selected pictures marked
by icon.
¯ ¯c p.|rt p|ctcs |r p.|rt c.Jo. c.o.toJ .|t| Print Set ( 139:. so|oct Print (DPOF) |r
||ctb.|Jco noru |.|rt c.Jo. c.r bo ncJ|fioJ .s Josc.|boJ cr t||s p.co
3
Specify number of prints (up to 99). To de-
select picture, press multi selector down
when number of prints is 1. Repeat steps
1–3 to select additional pictures.
4
Display print options. Choose page size,
border, and time stamp options as de-
scribed on page 112. To print selected pic-
tures, highlight Start Printing and press
multi selector right. PictBridge menu will
be displayed when printing is complete.
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ .t .rv t|no .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cr ¯|o |ccus so|octc.
|cck s.|tc| cr|v t.kos offoct .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cff
Using the Multi Selector
Error Messages
|| t|o J|.|cc s|c.r .t .|c|t |s J|sp|.voJ. .r o..c. |.s cc
cu..oJ /|to. c|ock|rc t|o p.|rto. .rJ .osc|v|rc .rv p.cb
|ons .s J|.octoJ |r t|o p.|rto. n.ru.|. p.oss t|o nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t Continue .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t tc .osuno p.|rt|rc So|oct Cancel tc
ox|t .|t|cut p.|rt|rc t|o .on.|r|rc |n.cos
Selecting Photographs for Printing
||| (|/\: p|ctcs ..o J|sp|.voJ |r t|o |.|rt So|octoJ noru but c.r rct bo so|octoJ |c.
p.|rt|rc
115
T
h
e

S
e
t
u
p

M
e
n
u
S
e
t
u
p
¯|o sotup noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs Soo “|s|rc t|o Vorus” ( 24:
|c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rc t|o norus
Option
Format 116
LCD Brightness 116
Mirror Lock-up
¯
11
Video Mode 11
World Time 11
Language 118
Image Comment 118
Auto Image Rotation 119
Recent Settings 119
USB 121
Dust Off Ref Photo 121–122
Battery Info 123
Firmware Version 123
¯ |ct .v.||.b|o .t b.tto.v |ovo|s c| c. bo|c. c. .|or
c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv cpt|cr.| Vb|200 b.tto.v p.ck
oou|ppoJ .|t| // b.tto.|os
Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ .t .rv t|no .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cr ¯|o |ccus so|octc.
|cck s.|tc| cr|v t.kos offoct .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cff
Using the Multi Selector
Setup
116
T
h
e

S
e
t
u
p

M
e
n
u
S
e
t
u
p
Format
Vonc.v c..Js nust bo |c.n.ttoJ bo|c.o fi.st uso |c.
n.t t|rc non c .v c..Js |s .|sc .r offoc t|vo ..v c| Jo |ot |rc
.|| p|c tu.os cr t|o c..J So|oct|rc Format J|sp|.vs t|o |c|
|c.|rc cpt|crs |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc
||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr .rJ t|or p.oss t|o buttcr
Option Description
No |x|t .|t|cut |c.n.tt|rc nonc.v c..J
Yes
|c.n.t nonc.v c..J Voss.co s|c.r .t .|c|t J|sp|.voJ
.|||o |c.n.tt|rc |s |r p.cc.oss Do not turn the camera
off, remove the batteries or memory card, or unplug the AC
adapter (available separately) until formatting is complete
and setup menu is displayed.
LCD Brightness
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up tc |rc.o.so b.|c|tross. Jc.r tc
Joc.o.so ¯|o run bo. tc t|o .|c|t c| t|o J|s p|.v |rJ|c.tos
t|o cu. .ort b.|c|t ross |ovo|. .|t| |2 t|o b.|c|tost sott|rc
.rJ –2 t|o J..kost |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t tc
ccnp|oto t|o cpo..t|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o sot up noru
Before Formatting
Formatting memory cards permanently deletes all data they contain, in clud ing hidden and
protected pictures and any other data that may be on the card. bo |c.o |c. n.t t|rc. bo su.o
tc t..rs|o. tc . ccnputo. .rv p|ctu.os vcu .cu|J ||ko tc koop
FAT 32
¯|o |200 suppc.ts |/¯ 32. .||c.|rc uso c| nonc.v c..Js .|t| c.p.c|t|os c| cvo. 2 ´b |/¯
16 |s usoJ .|or .o|c.n.tt|rc c..Js .|.o.Jv |c.n.ttoJ |r |/¯ 16
Two-Button Format
Vonc.v c..Js c.r .|sc bo |c.n.ttoJ .|t| t|o ( .rJ : buttcrs ( 14:
117
T
h
e

S
e
t
u
p

M
e
n
u
S
e
t
u
p
Mirror Lock-Up
¯||s cpt|cr |s usoJ tc |cck t|o n|..c. |r t|o up pcs|t|cr
tc .||c. |rspoct|cr c. c|o.r|rc c| t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. t|.t
p.ctocts t|o |n.co sorsc. Soo “¯oc|r|c.| |ctos ´..|rc
|c. t|o ´.no..” ( 185:
¯||s cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .t b.tto.v |ovo|s c| c. bo|c.. .|||o nu|t|p|o
oxpcsu.os ..o bo|rc s|ct. c. .|or t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv .r cpt|cr.| Vb
|200 b.tto.v p.ck us|rc // b.tto.|os |so . |u||vc|..coJ ||||3o b.tto.v c.
.r cpt|cr.| /´ .J.pto. || t|o b.tto.v .urs |c. .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ. . boop
.||| scurJ .rJ t|o /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. .||| b||rk tc ...r vcu t|.t t|o n|..c. .|||
.utcn.t|c.||v |c.o. |r .bcut t.c n|rutos
Video Mode
bo|c.o ccrroct|rc vcu. c.no.. tc . v|Joc Jov|co suc| .s
. to|ov|s|cr c. \´| ( 106:. c|ccso . v|Joc ncJo sott|rc
t|.t n.tc|os t|o v|Joc st.rJ..J usoJ |r t|o Jov|co
Option Description
NTSC |so .|or ccrroct|rc c.no.. tc |¯S´ Jov|cos
PAL
|so .|or ccrroct|rc c.no.. tc |/| Jov|cos |cto t|.t
runbo. c| p|xo|s |r cutput |s so|oct|vo|v .oJucoJ. c.us
|rc J.cp |r .osc|ut|cr
World Time
World Time |s usoJ tc sot t|o c.no.. c|cck tc t|o cu..ort
J.to .rJ t|no ( 12:
The Clock Battery
¯|o c|cckc.|orJ.. |s pc.o.oJ bv .r |rJoporJort. .oc|..co.b|o pc.o. scu.co. .||c| |s
c|..coJ .s rocoss..v .|or t|o n.|r b.tto.|os ..o |rst.||oJ c. t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv
.r cpt|cr.| ||6 /´ .J.pto. ¯.c J.vs c| c|..c|rc .||| pc.o. t|o c|cck |c. .bcut t|.oo
ncrt|s || t|o |ccr fl.s|os |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|. t|o c|cck b.tto.v |s ox|.ustoJ .rJ
t|o c|cck |.s boor .osot tc . t|no st..t|rc .t 20050101000000 Sot t|o c|cck tc t|o cc.
.oct J.to .rJ t|no
118
T
h
e

S
e
t
u
p

M
e
n
u
S
e
t
u
p
Language
´|ccso t|o |.rcu.co |c. c.no.. norus .rJ noss.cos
|.cn
De Deutsch ´o.n.r
En English |rc||s|
Es Español Sp.r|s|
Fr Français |.orc|
It Italiano |t.||.r
Ne Nederlands |utc|
Po Português |c.tucuoso
Py Русский |uss|.r
Sv Svenska S.oJ|s|
¯..J|t|cr.| ´||roso
S|np||fioJ ´||roso
'.p.roso
|c.o.r
Image Comment
/JJ b.|o| toxt ccn norts tc p|ctcc..p|s .s t|ov ..o t.k
or ´cn norts c.r bo v|o.oJ .|or t|o p|c tc c..p|s ..o
J|sp|.voJ us|rc t|o supp||oJ sc|t...o c. ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4
\o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: ¯|o fi.st fi|toor
|ot to.s c| t|o ccnnort ..o .|sc v|s|b|o cr S|cct|rc |.t.
|.co 2 |r t|o p|c tc |r |c. n. t|cr J|s p|.v ( 100:
Done S.vo c|.rcos .rJ .otu.r tc t|o sotup noru
Input Comment ¯|o |c||c.|rc J|.|cc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |rto. . ccnnort .s Jo
sc.|boJ bo|c.
Keyboard area |so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||c|||c|t |otto.s. p.oss corto.
c| nu|t| so|octc. tc so|oct
Comment area ´cnnort .ppo..s |o.o ¯c ncvo cu.sc.. p.oss
buttcr .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc.
¯c Jo|oto t|o c|...cto. .t t|o cu..ort cu.sc. pcs|t|cr. p.oss t|o buttcr ¯c .otu.r tc
t|o sotup noru .|t|cut c|.rc|rc t|o ccnnort. p.oss t|o buttcr
´cnnorts c.r bo up tc t||.tvs|x c|...cto.s |crc /rv .JJ|t|cr.| c|...cto.s .||| bo
Jo|otoJ
/|to. oJ|t|rc t|o ccnnort. p.oss tc .otu.r tc t|o |n.co ccnnort noru
Attach Comment / ccnnort |s .JJoJ tc .|| p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .|or t||s cpt|cr
|s c|ockoJ (✔: ||c|||c|t t||s cpt|cr .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t tc
tccc|o t|o c|ock n..k cr c. cff
119
T
h
e

S
e
t
u
p

M
e
n
u
S
e
t
u
p
Auto Image Rotation
||ctcc..p|s t.kor .|||o On (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr: |s so
|octoJ ccrt.|r |r|c.n.t|cr cr c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr. .||c.
|rc t|on tc bo .ct.toJ .utcn.t|c.||v Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck (
98: c. .|or v|o.oJ |r ccnp.t|b|o ||kcr sc|t...o
¯
¯|o
|c||c.|rc c.|ort.t|crs ..o .occ.JoJ
|.rJsc.po (.|Jo:
c.|ort.t|cr
´.no.. .ct.toJ 90
c|cck.|so
´.no.. .ct.toJ 90
ccurto.c|cck.|so
¯ |r ccrt|rucus ncJo ( 26:. c.|ort.t|cr .occ.JoJ |c. fi.st s|ct .pp||os tc .|| |n.cos |r
s.no bu.st. ovor || c.no.. c.|ort.t|cr |s c|.rcoJ Ju.|rc s|cct|rc
´.no.. c.|ort.t|cr |s rct .occ.JoJ .|or Off |s so|octoJ ´|ccso t||s cpt|cr
.|or t.k|rc p|ctcc..p|s .|t| t|o |ors pc|rt|rc up c. Jc.r
Recent Settings
¯|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o
Option Description
Lock
Menu
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t |s J|sp|.voJ So|oct Yes tc |cck
noru sc t|.t rc |tons ..o .JJoJ c. .oncvoJ. No tc ur
|cck noru Sott|rcs |r ct|o. norus ..o rct .ffoctoJ
Delete
Recent
Settings
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t |s J|sp|.voJ So|oct Yes tc Jo|oto
.|| .ocort sott|rcs. No tc ox|t .|t|cut c|.rc|rc |ocort
Sott|rcs noru ¯||s cpt|cr .||| t.ko offoct ovor .|or
|ocort Sott|rcs ..o |cckoJ
120
T
h
e

S
e
t
u
p

M
e
n
u
S
e
t
u
p
Customizing the Recent Settings Menu
¯c c.o.to . po.scr.||.oJ noru c| s|cct|rc .rJ ´ustcn Sott|rcs cpt|crs
1 So|oct Lock Menu > No tc ur|cck t|o |ocort Sott|rcs noru
2 So|oct Delete Recent Settings > Yes tc Jo|oto .|| ox|st|rc
.ocort sott|rcs
3 So|oct t|o |tons vcu .|s| tc |rc|uJo |r t|o |ocort Sott|rcs
noru |.cn t|o s|cct|rc .rJ ´ustcn Sott|rcs norus ¯|o
|cu.toor ncst .ocort|v so|octoJ |tons .||| bo stc.oJ
4 So|oct Lock Menu > Yes tc |cck t|o |ocort Sott|rcs noru
121
T
h
e

S
e
t
u
p

M
e
n
u
S
e
t
u
p
USB
bo|c.o ccrroct|rc t|o c.no.. tc . ccn put o. v|. |Sb (
10:. so|oct t|o .pp.cp.|.to |Sb cpt|cr .s Joto.n|roJ bv
t|o ccnputo. cpo..t|rc svston .rJ .|ot|o. t|o c.no..
|s bo|rc ccrt.c||oJ |.cn ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c.
|.to. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: c. p|ctcc..p|s ..o bo|rc t..rs
|o..oJ tc t|o ccnputo. us|rc t|o supp||oJ sc|t...o
Operating system Supplied software Nikon Capture 4 Camera Control
\|rJc.s `| |cno |J|t|cr
\|rJc.s `| |.c|oss|cr.|
´|ccso PTP c. Mass
Storage
´|ccso PTP
V.c OS `
\|rJc.s 2000 |.c|oss|cr.|
\|rJc.s V|||orr|un |J|t|cr (Vo:
\|rJc.s 98 SoccrJ |J|t|cr (S|:
´|ccso Mass Storage
V.c OS 9 |ct suppc.toJ
Dust Off Ref Photo
/cou|.o .o|o.orco J.t. |c. t|o |n.co |ust Off |urct|cr |r
||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v.
|c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr. soo t|o Nikon Capture 4 User’s Man-
ual:
2
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t ¯|o noss.co
s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. .rJ .||| bo J|s
p|.voJ |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
¯c c.rco| t|o cpo..t|cr .rJ .otu.r tc t|o sotup
noru. p.oss t|o buttcr
1
Vcurt . ´|| |ors cr t|o c.no.. (. |ors .|t| . |cc.| |orct| c| .t |o.st
50 nn |s .occnnorJoJ: ¯|o Dust Off Ref Photo cpt|cr |s cr|v .v.||.b|o
.|t| ´|| |orsos || us|rc . .ccn |ors. .ccn |r tc t|o n.x|nun to|op|ctc
pcs|t|cr
122
T
h
e

S
e
t
u
p

M
e
n
u
S
e
t
u
p
3
\|t| t|o |ors tor cort|noto.s (|cu. |rc|os: |.cn . b.|c|t. |o.tu.o|oss .||to
cb|oct. |..no t|o cb|oct sc t|.t rct||rc o|so |s v|s|b|o |r t|o v|o.firJo. .rJ
p.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v |r .utc|ccus ncJo. |ccus .|||
.utcn.t|c.||v bo sot tc |rfir|tv. |r n.ru.| |ccus ncJo. sot |ccus tc |rfir|tv
n.ru.||v bo|c.o p.oss|rc t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr || us|rc t|o .po.tu.o
.|rc tc sot .po.tu.o. c|ccso t|o n|r|nun sott|rc (|..cost |/runbo.:
4
|.oss t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr t|o .ost c| t|o ..v Jc.r tc .cou|.o |n.co
|ust Off .o|o.orco J.t. (rcto t|.t rc|so .oJuct|cr tu.rs cr .utcn.t|c.||v
.|or t|o sub|oct |s pcc.|v ||t. |rc.o.s|rc t|o .ncurt c| t|no rooJoJ tc
.occ.J t|o J.t.: ¯|o ncr|tc. tu.rs cff .|or t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s
p.ossoJ
|| t|o .o|o.orco cb|oct |s tcc b.|c|t c. tcc J..k. t|o
c.no.. n.v bo ur.b|o tc .cou|.o |n.co |ust Off
.o|o.orco J.t. .rJ t|o noss.co s|c.r .t .|c|t .|||
bo J|sp|.voJ ´|ccso .rct|o. .o|o.orco cb|oct .rJ
.opo.t t|o p.ccoss |.cn Stop 1
¯|o |n.co |ust Off |o.tu.o |r ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
p.ccossos ||| (|/\: p|ctcc..p|s tc .oncvo t|o offocts c| Just |r t|o c.no.. |n.c|rc
svston bv ccnp..|rc t|o |n.cos tc t|o J.t. .cou|.oJ .|t| Dust Off Ref Photo |t |s
rct .v.||.b|o .|t| '||´ |n.cos ¯|o s.no .o|o.orco J.t. c.r bo usoJ |c. ||| (|/\:
p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .|t| J|ffo.ort |orsos c. .t J|ffo.ort .po.tu.os
Image Dust Off
Image Dust Off Reference Data
|o|o.orco |n.cos c.r rct bo v|o.oJ us|rc ccnputo. |n.c|rc
sc|t...o / c.|J p.tto.r |s J|sp|.voJ .|or .o|o.orco |n.cos ..o
v|o.oJ cr t|o c.no..
123
T
h
e

S
e
t
u
p

M
e
n
u
S
e
t
u
p
Battery Info
\|o. |r|c.n.t|cr cr t|o ||||3o .oc|..co.b|o |||cr b.t
to.v cu..ort|v |rso.toJ |r t|o c.no..
Option Description
Bat. Meter ´u..ort b.tto.v |ovo| .s . po.cort.co
Pic. Meter
|unbo. c| t|nos s|utto. |.s boor .o|o.soJ .|t| cu..ort b.tto.v s|rco b.t
to.v ..s |.st c|..coJ |cto t|.t c.no.. n.v scnot|nos .o|o.so s|utto.
.|t|cut .occ.J|rc p|ctcc..p|. |c. ox.np|o .|or no.su.|rc v.|uo |c.
p.osot .||to b.|.rco
Charg. Life
||vo|ovo| J|sp|.v s|c.|rc b.tto.v .co 0 (New: |rJ|c.tos t|.t b.tto.v po.
|c.n.rco |.s rct boor .ffoctoJ. 4 (Replace: |rJ|c.tos t|.t b.tto.v |.s
.o.c|oJ orJ c| c|..c|rc |||o .rJ s|cu|J bo .op|.coJ
Firmware Version
\|o. t|o c.no.. fi.n...o vo.s|cr |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc.
tc t|o |o|t tc .otu.r tc t|o sotup noru
The MB-D200 Battery Pack
¯|o |c||c.|rc |r|c.n.t|cr |s s|c.r .|or t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv .r Vb|200 b.tto.v
p.ck
• MB-D200 contains EN-EL3e batteries |r|c.n.t|cr |c. o.c| b.tto.v |s ||stoJ sop...to|v
• MB-D200 contains six AA batteries Battery Info c.r rct bo so|octoJ
124
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
e
n
u
Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu
¯|o s|cct|rc noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs Soo “|s|rc t|o Vorus” (
24: |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rc t|o norus
Option
Shooting Menu Bank 125–126
Menu Reset 126
Folders 128
File Naming 129
Optimize Image 129
Color Space 129
Image Quality
¯
129
Image Size
¯
130
JPEG Compression 130
RAW Compression 130
White Balance
¯
130
Long Exp. NR 131
High ISO NR 131
ISO Sensitivity
¯
132
Image Overlay 132
Multiple Exposure 132
Intvl Timer Shooting 132
Non-CPU Lens Data 132
¯ |osot tc Jo|.u|ts .|or . t.cbuttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ
( 9:
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ .t .rv t|no .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cr ¯|o |ccus so|octc.
|cck s.|tc| cr|v t.kos offoct .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cff
Using the Multi Selector
125
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
e
n
u
Shooting Menu Bank
/|| s|cct|rc noru cpt|crs ..o stc.oJ |r cro c| |cu. b.rks
´|.rcos tc sott|rcs |r cro b.rk |.vo rc offoct cr t|o ct|
o.s ¯c stc.o . p..t|cu|.. ccnb|r.t|cr c| |.oouort|vusoJ
sott|rcs. so|oct cro c| t|o |cu. b.rks (t|o Jo|.u|t b.rk |s
b.rk /: .rJ sot t|o c.no.. tc t|oso sott|rcs ¯|o ro.
sott|rcs .||| bo stc.oJ |r t|o b.rk ovor .|or t|o c.no..
|s tu.roJ cff. .rJ .||| bo .ostc.oJ t|o roxt t|no t|o b.rk |s so|octoJ ||ffo.ort
ccnb|r.t|crs c| sott|rcs c.r bo stc.oJ |r t|o ct|o. b.rks. .||c.|rc t|o uso. tc
s.|tc| |rst.rt|v |.cn cro ccnb|r.t|cr tc .rct|o. bv so|oct|rc t|o .pp.cp.|.to
b.rk |.cn t|o b.rk noru
¯|o Jo|.u|t r.nos |c. t|o |cu. s|cct|rc noru b.rks ..o /. b. ´. .rJ | / Josc.|p
t|vo c.pt|cr c.r bo .JJoJ us|rc t|o Rename cpt|cr
¯|o ccrt.c| p.ro| s|c.s t|o b.rk cu..ort|v so|octoJ |r t|o
s|cct|rc noru b.rk noru
Shooting Menu Bank
126
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
e
n
u
3
¯|o |c||c.|rc J|.|cc .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |rto. . r.no .s Josc.|boJ bo|c.
Keyboard area |so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||c|||c|t |otto.s. p.oss
corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. tc so|oct
Name area |.no .ppo..s |o.o ¯c ncvo cu.sc.. p.oss but
tcr .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc.
¯c Jo|oto t|o c|...cto. .t t|o cu..ort cu.sc. pcs|t|cr. p.oss t|o buttcr ¯c .otu.r
tc t|o s|cct|rc noru .|t|cut c|.rc|rc t|o b.rk r.no. p.oss t|o buttcr
b.rk r.nos c.r bo up tc t.ortv c|...cto.s |crc /rv c|...cto.s .|to. t|o t.ort|ot|
.||| bo Jo|otoJ
4
/|to. oJ|t|rc t|o r.no. p.oss tc .otu.r tc t|o b.rk noru
Renaming Shooting Menu Banks
1
||c|||c|t Rename .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
2
/ ||st c| s|cct|rc noru b.rks .||| bo J|sp|.voJ ||c|
||c|t t|o Jos|.oJ b.rk .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc
t|o .|c|t
127
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
e
n
u
Menu Reset
¯c .ostc.o Jo|.u|t sott|rcs |c. t|o cu..ort s|cct|rc noru
b.rk ( 125:. ||c|||c|t Yes .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc.
tc t|o .|c|t (so|oct No tc ox|t .|t|cut c|.rc|rc sott|rcs:
¯|o |c||c.|rc sott|rcs ..o .ffoctoJ
Option Default
|||o r.n|rc |S´
Opt|n|.o |n.co |c.n.|
´c|c. sp.co s|´b
|n.co ou.||tv
1
'||´ |c.n.|
|n.co s|.o
1
|..co
'||´ ccnp.oss|cr S|.o |.|c.|tv
|/\ ccnp.oss|cr ||| (|/\:
\||to b.|.rco
1
/utc
2
|crc |xp || Off
||c| |SO || Or (|c.n.|:
|SO sors|t|v|tv
1
100
Option Default
Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o
3
|unbo. c| s|cts 2
/utc c.|r Or
|rto.v.| t|no. s|cct|rc
4
St..t t|no |c.
|rto.v.| 000100˝
|c c| |rto.v.|s 1
|c c| s|cts 1
St..t Off
|cr´|| |ors J.t.
|cc.| |orct| |//
V.x|nun .po.tu.o |//
1 |o|.u|ts c.r .|sc bo .ostc.oJ bv po.|c.n|rc t.cbuttcr .osot ( 9:
2 ||ro tur|rc .osot tc 0
3 /pp||os tc .|| b.rks Menu Reset c.r rct bo so|octoJ .|||o s|cct|rc |s |r p.cc.oss
4 /pp||os tc .|| b.rks S|cct|rc orJs .|or .osot |s po.|c.noJ
128
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
e
n
u
Folders
So|oct t|o |c|Jo. |r .||c| subsoouort |n.cos .||| bo
stc.oJ
Option Description
New
||.|cc s|c.r .t .|c|t .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. p.oss nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc c|ccso runbo. |c. ro. |c|Jo. |.oss
nu|t| so|octc. tc .|c|t tc c.o.to ro. |c|Jo. .rJ .otu.r tc
s|cct|rc noru Subsoouort p|ctcc..p|s .||| bo stc.oJ
|r ro. |c|Jo.
Select
Folder
||st c| ox|st|rc |c|Jo.s .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. p.oss nu|t| so|oc
tc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t |c|Jo.. p.oss tc .|c|t tc so|oct
.rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc noru Subsoouort p|ctcc..p|s
.||| bo stc.oJ |r so|octoJ |c|Jo.
|| t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ .|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cr. . ro. |c|Jo. .||| bo c.o.toJ
bv .JJ|rc cro tc t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. runbo. |c |c|Jo. .||| bo c.o.toJ || t|o cu..ort
|c|Jo. |s onptv
Creating a Folder at Startup
Number of Folders
/JJ|t|cr.| t|no n.v bo .oou|.oJ |c. .occ.J|rc .rJ p|.vb.ck || t|o nonc.v c..J ccrt.|rs .
vo.v |..co runbo. c| |c|Jo.s
Automatic Folder Creation
|| t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs 999 fi|os. c. || soouort|.| fi|o runbo.|rc ( 159: |s cr .rJ t|o
cu..ort |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs . p|ctu.o runbo.oJ 9999. t|o c.no.. .||| .utcn.t|c.||v c.o.to .
ro. |c|Jo. |c. t|o roxt p|ctu.o bv .JJ|rc cro tc t|o cu..ort |c|Jo. runbo. || t|o nonc.v
c..J .|.o.Jv ccrt.|rs . |c|Jo. runbo.oJ 999. t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| bo J|s.b|oJ || so
ouort|.| fi|o runbo.|rc |s cr. t|o s|utto. .o|o.so .||| .|sc bo J|s.b|oJ || t|o cu..ort |c|Jo.
|s runbo.oJ 999 .rJ ccrt.|rs . p|ctu.o runbo.oJ 9999 ¯c ccrt|ruo s|cct|rc. c.o.to .
|c|Jo. .|t| . runbo. |oss t|.r 999. c. so|oct .r ox|st|rc |c|Jo. .|t| . runbo. |oss t|.r 999
.rJ |oss t|.r 999 |n.cos
129
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
e
n
u
File Naming
||ctcc..p|s ..o s.voJ us|rc fi|o r.nos ccrs|st|rc c|
“|S´_” c. “_|S´” |c||c.oJ bv . |cu.J|c|t fi|o runbo. .rJ
. t|.oo|otto. oxtors|cr (oc. “|S´_0001'|´”: ¯|o File
Naming cpt|cr |s usoJ tc c|.rco t|o “|S´” pc.t|cr c| t|o
fi|o r.no |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t tc J|sp|.v
t|o J|.|cc s|c.r bo|c.
Keyboard area |so nu|t| so|octc. tc ||c|||c|t |otto.s. p.oss corto.
c| nu|t| so|octc. tc so|oct
Prefix area |||o r.no p.ofix .ppo..s |o.o ¯c ncvo cu.sc. |o|t c.
.|c|t. p.oss buttcr .rJ uso nu|t| so|octc.
¯c Jo|oto t|o c|...cto. .t t|o cu..ort cu.sc. pcs|t|cr. p.oss t|o buttcr ¯c .otu.r tc
t|o s|cct|rc noru .|t|cut c|.rc|rc t|o fi|o r.n|rc .u|o. p.oss t|o buttcr
/|to. oJ|t|rc t|o fi|o r.no p.ofix. p.oss tc .otu.r tc t|o s|cct|rc noru |o. p|ctc
c..p|s .||| bo s.voJ us|rc t|o ro. fi|o r.n|rc .u|o
Optimize Image
Opt|n|.o cc|c.. ccrt..st. s|..pross. s.tu..t|cr. .rJ |uo c.
t.ko p|ctcs |r b|.ck.rJ.||to Soo “|o|o.orco Opt|n|.
|rc |n.cos” ( 45:
Color Space
´|ccso |.cn s|´b .rJ /Jcbo |´b cc|c. sp.cos Soo “|o|
o.orco ´c|c. Sp.co” ( 50:
Image Quality
Sovor cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. |n.co ou.||tv Soo “|o|o.
orco |n.co Ou.||tv .rJ S|.o” ( 28:
130
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
e
n
u
White Balance
||ro cpt|crs ..o .v.||.b|o |c. .||to b.|.rco Soo “|o|o.
orco \||to b.|.rco” ( 35:
Image Size
|n.co s|.o c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn Large. Medium. .rJ
Small Soo “|o|o.orco |n.co Ou.||tv .rJ S|.o” ( 32:
JPEG Compression
´|ccso .|ot|o. tc ccnp.oss '||´ |n.cos tc . fixoJ s|.o
c. tc v..v fi|o s|.o |c. |np.cvoJ |n.co ou.||tv Soo “|o|o.
orco |n.co Ou.||tv .rJ S|.o” ( 30:
RAW Compression
´|ccso .|ot|o. tc ccnp.oss ||| (|/\: |n.cos Soo “|o|
o.orco |n.co Ou.||tv .rJ S|.o” ( 31:
131
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
e
n
u
Option Description
Off
(Jo|.u|t:
|c|so .oJuct|cr cff. c.no.. |urct|crs rc.n.||v
On
||ctcs t.kor .t s|ut to. spooJs c| .bcut 8 s c. s|c. o. ..o
p.ccossoJ tc .oJuco rc|so. |rc.o.s|rc .occ.J|rc t|no bv
.bcut 50–100° .rJ |.|v|rc runbo. c| |n.cos t|.t c.r bo
stc.oJ |r nonc.v buffo. |u.|rc p.c coss |rc.
b||rks |r s|utto.spooJ/.po.tu.o J|sp|.vs |oxt p|ctc c.r
bo t.kor .|or |s rc |crco. J|s p|.voJ |cto t|.t || p|ctcc..p|s
..o p|.voJ b.ck Ju.|rc p.ccoss|rc. t|o |n .co J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. n.v rct
s|c. t|o offocts c| rc|so .oJuct|cr
High ISO NR
||ctcc..p|s t.kor .t ||c| sors|t|v|t|os c.r bo p.ccossoJ
tc .oJuco “rc|so” ´|ccso |.cn t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs
Option Description
On (Normal)
(Jo|.u|t:
|c|so .oJuct|cr t.kos offoct .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os c| 400 c. .bcvo c. || |SO
sors|t|v|tv |s ..|soJ tc 400 c. ||c|o. .|or On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sot
t|rc b1 (ISO Auto: So|oct Normal c. High |c. |rc.o.soJ rc|so .oJuct|cr
|c|so .oJuct|cr |s |rc.o.soJ .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os cvo. 1600
On (Low)
On (High)
Off
|c|so .oJuct|cr tu.rs cff .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os c| 800 c. bo|c. V|r|n.|
rc|so .oJuct|cr |s po.|c.noJ .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os cvo. 800
Long Exp. NR
So|oct On tc .oJuco “rc|so” |r t|o |c.n c| ..rJcn|vsp.coJ.
b.|c|t|vcc| c.oJ p|x o|s |r p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t s|utto.
spooJs c| 8 s c. s|c.o.
132
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

S
h
o
o
t
i
n
g

M
e
n
u
Multiple Exposure
´.o.to . s|rc|o p|ctcc..p| |.cn t.c tc tor oxpcsu.os
Soo “|o|o.orco |n.co Ovo.|.v .rJ Vu|t|p|o |xpcsu.o” (
86:
Interval Timer Shooting
¯.ko p|ctcc..p|s .utcn.t|c.||v .t p.oso|octoJ |rto.v.|s
Soo “|o|o.orco |rto.v.| ¯|no. ||ctcc..p|v” ( 89:
Non-CPU Lens Data
Spoc||v|rc t|o |cc.| |orct| .rJ n.x|nun .po.tu.o .||c.s
suc| |o.tu.os .s cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc. .po.tu.o v.|uo
J|sp|.v. .rJ b.|.rcoJ fi|| fl.s| tc bo usoJ .|t| rcr´||
|orsos Soo “|o|o.orco |cr´|| |orsos” ( 93:
Image Overlay
´.o.to . ro. |n.co bv supo.|npcs|rc t.c ox|st|rc |/\
p|ctcc..p|s ¯|o |/\ p|ctcc..p|s nust |.vo boor c.o
.toJ us|rc t|o |200 .rJ bo cr t|o s.no nonc.v c..J
Soo “|o|o.orco |n.co Ovo.|.v .rJ Vu|t|p|o |xpcsu.o” (
84:
ISO Sensitivity
|SO sors|t|v|tv c.r bo |rc.o.soJ |.cn t|o Jo|.u|t v.|uo
(100: |SO sors|t|v|t|os cvo. 1600 ..o cr|v .v.||.b|o .|or
´ustcn Sott|rc b1 (ISO Auto: |s cff Soo “|o|o.orco Sor
s|t|v|tv (|SO |ou|v.|orcv:” ( 33:
133
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
Playback Options: The Playback Menu
¯|o p|.vb.ck noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs Soo “|s|rc t|o Vorus” (
24: |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr cr us|rc t|o norus
Option
Delete 133–134
Playback Folder 135
Slide Show 135–136
Hide Image 13–138
Print Set 139–140
Display Mode 141
Image Review 141
After Delete 142
Rotate Tall 142
¯|o p|.vb.ck noru |s cr|v J|sp|.voJ || t|o.o |s .
nonc.v c..J |r t|o c.no..
Delete
¯|o Jo|oto noru ccrt.|rs t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs
Option Description
Selected |o|oto so |oct oJ p|ctcc..p|s
All |o|oto .|| p|ctcc..p|s
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ .t .rv t|no .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cr ¯|o |ccus so|octc.
|cck s.|tc| cr|v t.kos offoct .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cff
Using the Multi Selector
Protected and Hidden Images
|n.cos n..koJ .|t| . |ccr ..o p.ctoctoJ .rJ c.r rct bo Jo|otoJ ||JJor |n.cos (
13: ..o rct J|sp|.voJ |r t|o t|unbr.|| ||st .rJ c.r rct bo so|octoJ |c. Jo|ot|cr
High-Capacity Memory Cards
|| t|o nonc.v c..J ccrt.|rs . |..co runbo. c| fi|os c. |c|Jo.s .rJ t|o runbo. c| p|ctu.os tc
bo Jo|otoJ |s vo.v |..co. Jo|ot|cr c.r scnot|nos t.ko nc.o t|.r |.|| .r |cu.
134
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
Deleting Selected Photographs: Selected
´|ccs|rc Selected J|sp|.vs t|o p|ctcc..p|s |r t|o |c|J o. c. |c|Jo.s so|octoJ |r
t|o Playback Folder noru ( 135: .s sn.|| t|unb r.|| |n.cos
1
Highlight image. (To view highlighted
image full screen, press . Release to
return to thumbnail list.)
2
Select highlighted image. Selected im-
age marked by icon.
3
Repeat steps 1 and 2 to select additional pictures. To deselect picture, highlight
and press center of multi selector. To exit without deleting pictures, press but-
ton.
4
Confirmation dialog displayed. Press multi
selector up or down to highlight option,
press to select.
• Yes: delete selected pictures
• No: exit without deleting images
Deleting All Photographs: All
´|ccs|rc All J|sp|.vs t|o ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc s|c.r .t
.|c|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t .r
cpt|cr. t|or p.oss t|o buttcr tc n.ko . so|oct|cr
• Yes Jo|oto .|| |n.cos |r t|o |c|Jo. c. |c|Jo.s so|octoJ |r
t|o Playback Folder noru ( 135: ||ctu.os t|.t ..o
p.ctoctoJ c. ||JJor .||| rct bo Jo|otoJ
• No ox|t .|t|cut Jo|ot|rc |n.cos
135
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
Playback Folder
´|ccso . |c|Jo. |c. p|.vb.ck
Option Description
ND200 |n.cos |r .|| |c|Jo.s c.o.toJ bv t|o |200 .||| bo v|s|b|o Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck
All
|n.cos |r .|| |c|Jo.s c.o.toJ bv c.no..s t|.t ccr|c.n tc t|o Dos|cr |u|o |c.
C.no.. F||o Svston (|´|:—.|| ||kcr J|c|t.| c.n o. .s .rJ ncst ct|o. n.kos c|
J|c|t.| c.no..—.||| bo v|s | b|o Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck
Current
Or|v |n.cos |r |c|Jo. cu..ort|v so|octoJ us|rc Folders cpt|cr |r s|cct|rc
noru ..o J|sp|.voJ Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck
Slide Show
¯c p|.v |n.cos b.ck cro .|to. t|o ct|o. |r .r .utcn.toJ
“s||Jo s|c..” ||c|||c|t Start |r t|o s||Jo s|c. noru .rJ
p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t /|| p|ctcc..p|s |r t|o
|c|Jo. c. |c|Jo.s so|octoJ |r t|o Playback Folder noru
.||| bo p|.voJ b.ck |r t|o c.Jo. .occ.JoJ. .|t| . p.uso
bot.oor o.c| |n.co ||JJor p|ctcc..p|s ( 13: .|||
rct bo p|.voJ b.ck
Selecting a Folder for Storage
¯|o Folders cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru |s usoJ tc c.o.to ro. |c|Jo.s .rJ tc so|oct t|o
|c|Jo. |r .||c| subsoouort p|ctcc..p|s .||| bo stc.oJ ( 128:
136
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
¯|o |c||c.|rc cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ Ju.|rc . s||Jo s|c.
To Use Description
´c |c....J c.
b.ck cro |..no
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. |o|t tc .otu.r tc p.ov|cus |..no. .|c|t tc
sk|p tc roxt |..no
\|o. p|ctc |r|c
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|.rco p|ctc |r|c J|s
p|.voJ Ju.|rc s||Jo s|c.
|.uso |.oss tc p.uso s||Jo s|c.
|x|t tc p|.vb.ck
noru
|.oss tc orJ s||Jo s|c. .rJ J|sp|.v p|.vb.ck noru
|x|t tc p|.vb.ck
ncJo
|.oss tc orJ s||Jo s|c. .rJ .otu.r tc p|.vb.ck .|t| cu..ort
|n.co J|sp|.voJ |r ncr|tc.
|x|t tc s|cct|rc
ncJo
S|utto.
.o|o.so
|.oss s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v tc orJ s||Jo s|c.. tu.r
ncr|tc. cff. .rJ .otu.r tc s|cct|rc ncJo
¯|o J|.|cc s|c.r .t .|c|t |s J|sp|.voJ .|or t|o s|c.
orJs c. .|or t|o buttcr |s p.ossoJ tc p.uso p|.vb.ck
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr.
t|or p.oss tc t|o .|c|t tc n.ko . so|oct|cr
• Restart |osuno s||Jo s|c.
• Frame Interval ´|.rco t|o |orct| c| t|no o.c| p|ctu.o
|s J|sp|.voJ
• Exit |rJ s||Jo s|c. .rJ .otu.r tc t|o p|.vb.ck noru
¯c ox|t t|o s||Jo s|c. .rJ .otu.r tc t|o p|.vb.ck noru. p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc.
tc t|o |o|t c. p.oss t|o buttcr
Changing the Display Interval: Frame Interval
¯c c|.rco t|o t|no o.c| |n.co |s J|s p|.voJ. ||c|||c|t
Frame Interval |r t|o Slide Show c. p.uso noru .rJ
p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so |oc tc. up
c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t t|o .p p.c p.| .to cp t|cr .rJ t|or
p.oss t|o nu|t| so |oc tc. tc t|o .|c|t tc .otu.r tc t|o p.ov|
cus noru
137
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
Hide Image
¯|o Hide Image cpt|cr |s usoJ tc ||Jo c. .ovo.| so|octoJ
p|ctcc..p|s ||JJor |n.cos ..o v|s|b|o cr|v |r t|o Hide
Image noru. .rJ c.r cr|v bo Jo|otoJ bv |c.n.tt|rc t|o
nonc.v c..J
Option Description
Select / Set ||Jo c. .ovo.| so|octoJ p|ctcc..p|s
Deselect All? |ovo.| .|| p|ctcc..p|s
Hiding Selected Photographs: Select / Set
´|ccs|rc Select / Set J|sp|.vs t|o p|ctcc..p|s |r t|o |c|J o. c. |c|Jo.s so|octoJ
|r t|o Playback Folder noru ( 135: .s sn.|| t|unb r.|| |n.cos
1
Highlight image. (To view highlighted
image full screen, press . Release to
return to thumbnail list.)
2
Select highlighted image. Selected im-
age marked by icon.
3
Repeat steps 1 and 2 to select addi-
tional pictures. To deselect picture,
highlight and press center of multi
selector. To exit without changing
hidden status of pictures, press
button.
4
Complete operation and return to play-
back menu.
||JJor |n.cos |.vo “||JJor” .rJ “.o.Jcr|v” st.tus .|or v|o.oJ cr . \|rJc.s ccn
puto. |r t|o c.so c| “||||'||´” |n.cos. t||s n..k|rc .pp||os tc bct| t|o ||| (|/\:
.rJ '||´ |n.co
File Attributes for Hidden Images
Protected and Hidden Images
|ovo.||rc .r |n.co t|.t |s bct| ||JJor .rJ p.ctoctoJ .||| s|nu|t.rocus|v .oncvo p.ctoc
t|cr |.cn t|o |n.co
138
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
Revealing All Photographs: Deselect All
´|ccs|rc Deselect All? J|sp|.vs t|o ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc
s|c.r .t .|c|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc
||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr. t|or p.oss t|o buttcr tc n.ko .
so|oct|cr
• Yes .ovo.| .|| |n.cos |r t|o |c|Jo. c. |c|Jo.s so|octoJ |r
t|o Playback Folder noru ( 135: ¯|o ncr|tc. .|||
b.|oflv s|c. t|o noss.co “|oso|oct /|| |cro.” .rJ t|or
t|o p|.vb.ck noru .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
• No ox|t tc t|o p|.vb.ck noru .|t|cut c|.rc|rc t|o ||JJor st.tus c| |n.cos
139
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
Print Set
Print Set |s usoJ tc c.o.to . J|c|t.| “p.|rt c.Jo.” t|.t ||sts
t|o p|ctcc..p|s tc bo p.|rtoJ. t|o runbo. c| ccp|os. .rJ
t|o |r|c.n.t|cr tc bo |rc|uJoJ cr o.c| p.|rt ¯||s |r|c.
n.t|cr |s stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.v c..J |r D|c|t.| P.|rt O.Jo.
Fc.n.t (||O|: ¯|o c..J c.r t|or bo .oncvoJ |.cn t|o
c.no.. .rJ usoJ tc p.|rt t|o so|octoJ |n.cos p.|rtoJ cr
.rv ||O|ccnp.t|b|o Jov|co
Option Description
Select / Set So|oct p|ctcc..p|s |c. p.|rt|rc
Deselect All? |oncvo .|| |n.cos |.cn p.|rt c.Jo.
¯|o |200 suppc.ts |x|| (Exc|.rco.b|o In.co |||o Fc.n.t |c. ||c|t.| St||| ´.no..s: vo.
s|cr 221. . st.r J..J t|.t .| |c.s |r |c. n. t|cr stc.oJ .|t| p|c tc c..p|s tc bo usoJ |c.
cpt|n.| cc|c. .o p.c Juc t|cr .|or |n .c os ..o cutput cr |x||ccnp||.rt p.|rt o.s
Exif version 2.21
D|c|t.| P.|rt O.Jo. Fc.n.t (||O|: |s .r |rJust.v.|Jo st.rJ..J t|.t .||c.s p|ctu.os tc
bo p.|rtoJ |.cn p.|rt c.Jo.s stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.v c..J bo|c.o p.|rt|rc. c|ock t|.t
t|o p.|rto. c. p.|rt so.v|co suppc.ts ||O| ||ctu.os so|octoJ us|rc Print Set c.r .|sc
bo p.|rtoJ cr ||ctb.|Jco p.|rto.s v|. J|.oct |Sb ccrroct|cr ( 110: \|or . ||ctb.|Jco
p.|rto. |s ccrroctoJ tc t|o c.no.. us|rc t|o supp||oJ |´|4 |Sb c.b|o. . noru .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ |r t|o c.no.. ncr|tc.. so|oct Print (DPOF) tc p.|rt t|o cu..ort p.|rt c.Jo.
|cto t|.t t|o J.to .rJ s|cct|rc |r|c.n.t|cr .||| rct bo p.|rtoJ
DPOF / PictBridge
Print Set
Print Set .||| rct bo .v.||.b|o || t|o.o |s rct orcuc| sp.co cr t|o nonc.v c..J tc .occ.J
t|o p.|rt c.Jo. |o|oto ur..rtoJ p|ctu.os .rJ t.v .c.|r
NEF Images
|n.cos c.o.toJ .t |n.co ou.||tv sott|rcs c| NEF (RAW) ( 28: c.r rct bo so|octoJ |c.
p.|rt|rc us|rc t||s cpt|cr
After Creating a Print Order
/|to. c.o.t|rc . p.|rt c.Jo.. Jc rct c|.rco t|o ||JJor st.tus c| |n.cos |r t|o p.|rt c.Jo.
c. uso . ccnputo. c. ct|o. Jov|co tc Jo|oto |n.cos ||t|o. .ct|cr ccu|J c.uso p.cb|ons
Ju.|rc p.|rt|rc
Taking Pictures for Direct Printing
\|or t.k|rc |n.cos tc bo p.|rtoJ .|t|cut ncJ|fic.t|cr. sot t|o Color Space cp t|cr |r t|o
s|cct|rc noru tc sRGB ( 50:
140
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
Modifying the Print Order: Select / Set
´|ccs|rc Select / Set J|sp|.vs t|o p|ctcc..p|s |r t|o |c|J o. c. |c|Jo.s so|octoJ
|r t|o Playback Folder noru ( 135: .s sn.|| t|unb r.|| |n.cos
3
Repeat steps 1 and 2 to select additional pictures. To deselect picture, press multi
selector up or down until icon is no longer displayed. To exit without changing
print order, press button.
4
Return to Print Set menu. To select or dese-
lect options, highlight and press multi se-
lector to right. Selected items are marked
with a ✔.
1
Highlight image. (To view highlighted im-
age full screen, press . Release to return
to thumbnail list.)
2
Press button and press multi selector up
or down to specify number of prints (up
to 99), or press center of multi selector to
select image and set number of prints to 1.
Selected images are marked by icon.
• Data Imprint: Print shutter speed and aperture on all pictures in print order.
• Imprint Date: Print date of recording on all pictures in print order.
To complete print order and return to playback menu, highlight Done and press multi
selector to right. To exit without altering print order, press button.
Removing All Images from the Print Order: Deselect All
´|ccs|rc Deselect All? J|sp|.vs t|o ccrfi.n.t|cr J|.|cc
s|c.r .t .|c|t |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc
||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr. t|or p.oss t|o buttcr tc n.ko .
so|oct|cr
• Yes .oncvo .|| |n.cos |.cn t|o p.|rt c.Jo. ¯|o ncr|
tc. .||| b.|oflv s|c. t|o noss.co “|oso|oct /|| |cro.” .rJ
t|or t|o p|.vb.ck noru .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
• No ox|t tc t|o p|.vb.ck noru .|t|cut c|.rc|rc t|o p.|rt c.Jo.
141
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
Display Mode
¯c c|ccso t|o |r|c.n.t|cr ||stoJ |r t|o p|ctc|r|c.n.t|cr
J|sp|.v ( 99:. ||c|||c|t t|o Jos|.oJ cpt|cr .rJ p.oss t|o
nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t / ✔ .ppo..s roxt tc so|octoJ |tons.
tc Joso|oct. ||c|||c|t .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o
.|c|t ¯c .otu.r tc t|o p|.vb.ck noru. ||c|||c|t Done .rJ
p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t
Option Description
Data
¯
S|cct|rc J.t. .ppo..s |r p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.v
Histogram
¯
||stcc..n .ppo..s |r p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.v
Highlight
¯
||c|||c|t p.co .ppo..s |r p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.v
RGB Histogram
¯
|´b ||stcc..n .ppo..s |r p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.v
Focus Area
/ct|vo |ccus ..o. (|| s|rc|oso.vc /| |s usoJ .|t| Jvr.n|c..o. /|.
c.cup Jvr.n|c/|. c. c|csostsub|oct p.|c.|tv. ..o. .|o.o |ccus fi.st
|cckoJ: |s s|c.r |r .oJ |r p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.v
¯ |o|.u|t so|oct|cr
Image Review
Image Review ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. c. rct p|ctcc..p|s ..o
J|sp|.voJ |r t|o ncr|tc. |nnoJ|.to|v .|to. s|cct|rc
Option Description
Off (Jo|.u|t:
||ctcc..p|s ..o rct .utcn.t|c.||v J|sp|.voJ .|
to. s|cct|rc
On
||ctcc..p|s ..o .utcn.t|c.||v J|sp|.voJ .|to.
s|cct|rc
142
S
e
t
u
p
T
h
e

P
l
a
y
b
a
c
k

M
e
n
u
After Delete
´|ccso .|ot|o. t|o |c||c.|rc c. p.ov|cus p|ctu.o |s J|s
p|.voJ .|to. .r |n.co |s Jo|otoJ
Option Description
Show Next
(Jo|.u|t:
/|to. |n.co |s Jo|otoJ. |c||c.|rc |n.co |s J|sp|.voJ c. ||c|||c|toJ |r
t|unbr.|| ||st || Jo|otoJ |n.co ..s |.st |..no |r nonc.v. p.ov|cus |..no
.||| bo J|sp|.voJ c. ||c|||c|toJ
Show
Previous
/|to. |n.co |s Jo|otoJ. p.ov|cus |n.co |s J|sp|.voJ c. ||c|||c|toJ |r t|unb
r.|| ||st || Jo|otoJ |n.co ..s fi.st |..no |r nonc.v. |c||c.|rc |..no .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ c. ||c|||c|toJ
Continue
as Before
|| uso. ..s sc.c|||rc t|.cuc| |n.cos |r c.Jo. .occ.JoJ bo|c.o Jo|ot|cr. |c|
|c.|rc |n.co .||| bo J|sp|.voJ c. ||c|||c|toJ (|| Jo|otoJ |n.co ..s |.st
|..no |r nonc.v. p.ov|cus |..no .||| bo J|sp|.voJ c. ||c|||c|toJ: || uso.
..s sc.c|||rc t|.cuc| |n.cos |r .ovo.so c.Jo.. p.ov|cus |n.co .||| bo J|s
p|.voJ c. ||c|||c|toJ (|| Jo|otoJ |n.co ..s fi.st |..no |r nonc.v. |c||c.|rc
|..no .||| bo J|sp|.voJ c. ||c|||c|toJ:
Rotate Tall
´|ccso .|ot|o. p|ctcc..p|s t.kor |r “t.||” (pc.t..|t: c.|
ort.t|cr ..o .utcn.t|c.||v .ct.toJ |c. J|sp|.v |r t|o ncr|
tc.
Option Description
On
(Jo|.u|t:
“¯.||” (pc.t..|t: c.|ort.t|cr p|ctcs t.kor .|t| On so|octoJ |c. Auto Image Ro-
tation ( 119: ..o J|sp|.voJ |r t.|| c.|ort.t|cr Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck (t.|| c.|ort.t|cr
|n.cos ..o J|sp|.voJ .t
2
/3 s|.o c| ct|o. |n.cos tc fit ncr|tc.:
Off “¯.||” p|ctcs ..o J|sp|.voJ |r “.|Jo” (|.rJsc.po: c.|ort.t|cr
143
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
´ustcn sott|rcs ..o usoJ tc firoturo . v..|otv c| c.no.. sott|rcs tc su|t t|o
uso.’s p.o| o. orc os. c.o.t|rc ccnb|r.t|crs c| sott|rcs t|.t J|ffo. |.cn t|o |.ctc.v
Jo|.u|ts |r offoct .t t|o t|no vcu. c.n o.. ..s pu.c|.soJ |r .JJ|t|cr tc ´ustcn
Sott|rcs ´ (Bank Select: .rJ | (Menu Reset:. sott|rcs |r t|o ´ustcn Sott|rcs
noru ..o J|v|JoJ |rtc t|o |c||c.|rc s|x c.cups
Group Custom Settings
a Autofocus .1–.10
b Metering/Exposure b1–b
c Timers/AE&AF Lock c1–c5
d Shooting/Display J1–J8
e Bracketing/Flash o1–o8
f Controls |1–|
|.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc ||c|||c|t t|o Jos|.oJ c.cup .rJ t|or
p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t ¯|o |u|| ||st c| ´ustcn Sott|rcs .1–| .||| bo
J|sp|.voJ. st..t|rc .|t| t|o sott|rcs |r t|o so|octoJ c.cup ¯c so|oct . sott|rc |r
. J|ffo.ort c.cup. p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r sc.c|| urt|| t|o Jos|.oJ sot
t|rc |s J|sp|.voJ. c. p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o |o|t tc .otu.r t|o tcp noru .rJ
so|oct . J|ffo.ort c.cup ´ustcn Sott|rc .1 (AF-C Mode Priority: .rJ | (No
Memory Card?: ..o ||rkoJ p.oss|rc t|o nu|t| so|octc. up .|or ´ustcn Sott|rc
.1 |s ||c|||c|toJ J|sp|.vs ´ustcn Sott|rc |. .|||o p.oss|rc t|o nu|t| so|octc.
Jc.r .|||o ´ustcn Sott|rc | |s ||c|||c|toJ J|sp|.vs ´ustcn Sott|rc .1
Custom Settings
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ .t .rv t|no .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cr ¯|o |ccus so|octc.
|cck s.|tc| cr|v t.kos offoct .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cff
Using the Multi Selector
144
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
¯|o |c||c.|rc ´ustcn Sott|rcs ..o .v.||.b|o
Custom Setting
C Bank Select Custom Setting Bank 146
R Menu Reset Reset Custom Setting Menu 14
a Autofocus
a1 AF-C Mode Priority AF-C Mode Priority Selection 148
a2 AF-S Mode Priority AF-S Mode Priority Selection 148
a3 Focus Area Frame Focus Area Frame Selection 148
a4 Group Dynamic AF Pattern Selection in Group Dynamic AF 149–150
a5 Lock-On Focus Tracking with Lock-On 150
a6 AF Activation AF Activation 151
a7 AF Area Illumination AF Area Illumination 151
a8 Focus Area Focus Area Selection 151
a9 AF Assist Built-in AF-Assist Illuminator 152
a10 AF-ON for MB-D200 AF-ON Button for MB-D200 Battery Pack 152
b Metering/Exposure
b1 ISO Auto ISO Sensitivity Auto Control 152–153
b2 ISO Step Value ISO Sensitivity Step Value 154
b3 EV Step EV Steps for Exposure Control 154
b4 Exp Comp/Fine Tune Steps for Exposure Comp and Fine Tuning 154
b5 Exposure comp. Easy Exposure Compensation 155
b6 Center-Weighted Center-Weighted Area 155
b7 Fine Tune Exposure Fine Tune Optimal Exposure 156
c Timers/AE&AF Lock
c1 AE Lock AE Lock Buttons 156
c2 AE-L/AF-L Assignment of AE-L/AF-L Button 156–15
c3 Auto Meter-Off Auto Meter-Off Delay 15
c4 Self-Timer Self-Timer Delay 15
c5 Monitor-Off Monitor-Off Delay 15
d Shooting/Display
d1 Beep Beep 158
d2 Grid Display Viewfinder Grid Display 158
d3 Viewfinder Warning Viewfinder Warning Display 158
d4 Shooting Speed CL-Mode Shooting Speed 158
d5 Exp. Delay Mode Exposure Delay Mode 158
d6 File No. Sequence File Number Sequence 159
d7 Illumination LCD Illumination 159
d8 MB-D200 Batteries MB-D200 Battery Type 160
145
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Custom Setting
e Bracketing/Flash
e1 Flash Sync Speed Flash Sync Speed Setting 160
e2 Flash Shutter Speed Slowest Speed When Using Flash 161
e3 Built-in Flash Built-in Flash Mode 161–166
e4 Modeling Flash Preview Button Activates Modeling Flash 166
e5 Auto BKT Set Auto Bracketing Set 166
e6 Manual Mode Bkting Auto Bracketing in M Exposure Mode 16
e7 Auto BKT Order Auto Bracketing Order 16
e8 Auto BKT Selection Auto Bracketing Selection Method 16
f Controls
f1 Center Button Multi-Selector Center Button 168
f2 Multi-Selector When Multi-Selector is Pressed; 169
f3 Photo Info/Playback Role of Multi-Selector in full-frame Playback 169
f4 FUNC. Button Assign FUNC. Button 10
f5 Command Dials Customize Command Dials 10–11
f6 Buttons and Dials Setting Method for Buttons and Dials 12
f7 No Memory Card? Disable Shutter If No Memory Card 12
146
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Custom Setting C: Custom Setting Bank
´ustcn Sott|rcs ..o stc.oJ |r cro c| |cu. b.rks ´|.rcos
tc sott|rcs |r cro b.rk |.vo rc offoct cr t|o ct|o.s ¯c
stc.o . p..t|cu|.. ccnb|r.t|cr c| |.oouort|vusoJ sott|rcs.
so|oct cro c| t|o |cu. b.rks .rJ sot t|o c.no.. tc t|oso
sott|rcs ¯|o ro. sott|rcs .||| bo stc.oJ |r t|o b.rk ovor
.|or t|o c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff. .rJ .||| bo .ostc.oJ t|o
roxt t|no t|o b.rk |s so|octoJ ||ffo.ort ccnb|r.t|crs c| sott|rcs c.r bo stc.oJ
|r t|o ct|o. b.rks. .||c.|rc t|o uso. tc s.|tc| |rst.rt|v |.cn cro ccnb|r.t|cr tc
.rct|o. bv so|oct|rc t|o .pp.cp.|.to b.rk |.cn t|o b.rk noru
¯|o Jo|.u|t r.nos |c. t|o |cu. ´ustcn Sott|rcs b.rks ..o /. b. ´. .rJ | / Jo
sc.|pt|vo c.pt|cr c.r bo .JJoJ us|rc t|o Rename cpt|cr .s Josc.|boJ |r “¯|o
S|cct|rc Voru S|cct|rc Voru b.rk” ( 125:
|| sott|rcs |r t|o cu..ort b.rk |.vo boor ncJ|fioJ |.cn Jo|.u|t
v.|uos. t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| J|sp|.v .||| s|c. CUSTOM .rJ t|o |ot
to. c| t|o b.rk /r .sto.|sk .||| bo J|sp|.voJ roxt tc t|o .|to.oJ
sott|rcs |r t|o soccrJ |ovo| c| t|o ´ustcn Sott|rcs noru
Custom Settings Bank
147
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Custom Setting R: Reset Custom Setting Menu
¯c .ostc.o Jo|.u|t sott|rcs |c. t|o cu..ort ´ustcn Sott|rcs
b.rk ( 146:. ||c|||c|t Yes .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc
t|o .|c|t (so|oct No tc ox|t .|t|cut c|.rc|rc sott|rcs:
Custom Setting Default
a1 AF-C Mode Priority FPS rate
a2 AF-S Mode Priority Focus
a3 Focus Area Frame Normal Frame (11 Areas)
a4 Group Dynamic AF Pattern 1/Center Area
a5 Lock-On Normal
a6 AF Activation Shutter/AF-ON
a7 AF Area Illumination Auto
a8 Focus Area No Wrap
a9 AF Assist On
a10 AF-ON for MB-D200 AF-ON+Focus Area
b1 ISO Auto Off
b2 ISO Step Value 1/3 Step
b3 EV Step 1/3 Step
b4 Exp Comp/Fine Tune 1/3 Step
b5 Exposure comp. Off
b6 Center-Weighted φ 8 mm
b7 Fine Tune Exposure 0
*
c1 AE Lock AE-L/AF-L Button
c2 AE-L/AF-L AE/AF Lock
c3 Auto Meter-Off 6 s
c4 Self-Timer 10 s
c5 Monitor-Off 20 s
d1 Beep High
d2 Grid Display Off
d3 Viewfinder Warning On
d4 Shooting Speed 3 fps
d5 Exp. Delay Mode Off
d6 File No. Sequence Off
d7 Illumination Off
d8 MB-D200 Batteries LR6 (AA-size Alkaline)
¯ /pp||os tc .|| noto.|rc not|cJs
Custom Setting Default
e1 Flash Sync Speed 1/250 s
e2 Flash Shutter Speed 1/60 s
e3 Built-in Flash TTL
e4 Modeling Flash On
e5 Auto BKT Set AE & Flash
e6 Manual Mode Bkting Flash/Speed
e7 Auto BKT Order MTR>Under>Over
e8 Auto BKT Selection Manual Value Select
f1 Center Button
Shooting mode Center AF Area
Playback Mode Thumbnail On/Off
f2 Multi-Selector Do Nothing
f3 Photo Info/Playback Info ▲▼/PB
f4 FUNC. Button FV Lock
f5 Command Dials
Rotate Direction Normal
Change Main/Sub Off
Aperture Setting Sub-command Dial
Menus and Playback Off
f6 Buttons and Dials Default
f7 No Memory Card? Disable Shutter
Two-Button Reset
´ustcn Sott|rcs ..o rct .osot .|or . t.c
buttcr .osot |s po.|c.noJ ( 9:
148
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Custom Setting a1: AF-C Mode Priority Selection
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo t.kor
.|orovo. t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ (release
priority: c. cr|v .|or t|o c.no.. |s |r |ccus (focus priority:
|r ccrt|rucusso.vc /|
Option Description
FPS Rate
(Jo|.u|t:
||ctcs c.r bo t.kor .|orovo. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
FPS Rate
+ AF
||ctcs c.r bo t.kor ovor .|or c.no.. |s rct |r |ccus |r ccrt|rucus ncJo.
|..no ..to s|c.s |c. |np.cvoJ |ccus || sub|oct |s J..k c. |c. ccrt..st
Focus
||ctcs c.r cr|v bo t.kor .|or |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●: |s J|sp|.voJ |cto t|.t
|ccus Jcos rct |cck .|or |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. |s J|sp|.voJ
Custom Setting a2: AF-S Mode Priority Selection
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. p|ctcc..p|s c.r bo t.kor
cr|v .|or t|o c.no.. |s |r |ccus (focus priority: c. .|or
ovo. t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ (release priority:
|r s|rc|oso.vc /| |oc..J|oss c| t|o sott|rc c|csor. |ccus
.||| |cck .|or t|o |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●: |s J|sp|.voJ
Option Description
Focus
(Jo|.u|t:
||ctcs c.r cr|v bo t.kor .|or |r|ccus |rJ|c.tc. (●: |s J|sp|.voJ
Release ||ctcs c.r bo t.kor .|orovo. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Custom Setting a3: Focus Area Frame Selection
/t t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| Normal Frame (11 Areas). t|o
c.no.. cffo.s . c|c|co c| o|ovor |ccus ..o.s So|oct Wide
Frame (7 Areas) |c. .|Jo. |ccus ..o.s .|or (s|rc|o
..o. /|: c. (Jvr.n|c..o. /|: |s so|octoJ |c. /|..o.
ncJo ( 54:
149
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Custom Setting a4: Pattern Selection in Group Dynamic AF
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s |c. |ccus ..o.s ..o c.cupoJ |r c.cup
Jvr.n|c/| ( 54: .rJ .|ot|o. t|o c.no.. c|vos p.|c.
|tv tc t|o sub|oct |r t|o corto. |ccus ..o. c| t|o so|octoJ
c.cup
Option Description
Pattern 1 /
Center Area
(Jo|.u|t:
|ccus ..o.s ..o c.cupoJ |r p.tto.r 1 ( 150: ´.no.. |ccusos cr sub
|oct |r corto. |ccus ..o. c| so|octoJ c.cup boc.uso c.no.. Jcos rct
|.vo tc so|oct |ccus ..o.. |oss t|no |s .oou|.oJ |c. |ccus cpo..t|cr ||
sub|oct ncvos cut c| corto. |ccus ..o.. c.no.. .||| |ccus b.soJ cr
|r|c.n.t|cr |.cn ct|o. |ccus ..o.s |r s.no c.cup ´orto. |ccus ..o.
c| so|octoJ c.cup |s ||c|||c|toJ |r ccrt.c| p.ro|
Pattern 1 /
Closest Subject
|ccus ..o.s ..o c.cupoJ |r p.tto.r 1 ( 150: ´.no.. .utcn.t|c.||v
so|octs |ccus ..o. ccrt.|r|rc sub|oct c|csost tc c.no.. |r cu..ort |c
cus ..o. c.cup || sub|oct ncvos cut c| so|octoJ |ccus ..o.. c.no..
.||| |ccus b.soJ cr |r|c.n.t|cr |.cn ct|o. |ccus ..o.s |r s.no c.cup
Pattern 2 /
Center Area
/s |c. Pattern 1 / Center Area. oxcopt t|.t |ccus ..o.s ..o c.cupoJ |r
p.tto.r 2 ( 150:
Pattern 2 /
Closest Subject
/s |c. Pattern 1 / Closest Subject. oxcopt t|.t |ccus ..o.s ..o c.cupoJ
|r p.tto.r 2 ( 150:
150
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
|ccus ..o.s ..o c.cupoJ .s |c||c.s (|||ust..t|crs s|c. t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| J|sp|.v:
Pattern 1 Pattern 2
*
Center
Area
Top
Left Center Right
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Left Center 1 Center 2 Right
Closest
Subject
Top
Left Center Right
Bottom
Top
Bottom
Left Center 1 Center 2 Right
¯ ¯|o corto. |ccus..o. c.cup |s so|octoJ bv p.oss|rc t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t| so|octc. crco
tc .ct|v.to t|o cu..ort corto. |ccus..o. c.cup .rJ t|or p.oss|rc t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t|
so|octc. tc tccc|o bot.oor “corto. 1” .rJ “corto. 2” “´orto. 2” |s cr|v .v.||.b|o .|or
Center AF Area |s so|octoJ |c. Center Button (´ustcn Sott|rc |1: > Shooting Mode
Custom Setting a5: Focus Tracking with Lock-On
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s |c. .utc|ccus .J|usts tc suJJor
|..co c|.rcos |r t|o J|st.rco tc t|o sub|oct
Option Description
Long
´.no.. ..|ts bo|c.o .J|ust|rc |ccus .|or J|st.rco tc sub|oct c|.rcos
.b.upt|v |.ovorts c.no.. |.cn .o|ccus|rc .|or sub|oct |s b.|oflv cbscu.oJ bv
cb|octs p.ss|rc t|.cuc| |..no So|oct Long tc |rc.o.so |orct| c| t|no bo|c.o
c.no.. .o|ccusos. Short tc .oJuco
Normal
(Jo|.u|t:
Short
Off
´.no.. |nnoJ|.to|v .J|usts |ccus .|or J|st.rco tc sub|oct c|.rcos .b.upt|v
|so .|or p|ctcc..p||rc so.|os c| sub|octs .t v..v|rc J|st.rcos |r ou|ck suc
coss|cr
151
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Custom Setting a6: AF Activation
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. bct| t|o s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr .rJ t|o AF-ON buttcr c.r bo usoJ tc |r|t|.to .utc|ccus
c. .|ot|o. .utc|ccus |s cr|v |r|t|.toJ .|or t|o AF-ON but
tcr |s p.ossoJ
Option Description
Shutter/AF-ON
(Jo|.u|t:
/utc|ccus c.r bo po.|c.noJ .|t| AF-ON buttcr c. bv p.oss|rc s|utto.
.o|o.so buttcr |.||..v
AF-ON Only /utc|ccus c.r cr|v bo po.|c.noJ .|t| AF-ON buttcr
Custom Setting a7: AF Area Illumination
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. c. rct t|o .ct|vo |ccus ..o. |s
||c|||c|toJ |r .oJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
Option Description
Auto
(Jo|.u|t:
So|octoJ |ccus ..o. |s .utcn.t|c.||v ||c|||c|toJ .s rooJoJ tc p.cv|Jo ccrt..st
.|t| b.ckc.curJ
Off So|octoJ |ccus ..o. |s rct ||c|||c|toJ
On
So|octoJ |ccus ..o. |s .|..vs ||c|||c|toJ. .oc..J|oss c| b.|c|tross c| b.ck
c.curJ |oporJ|rc cr b.|c|tross c| b.ckc.curJ. so|octoJ |ccus ..o. n.v bo
J|ffi cu|t tc soo
Custom Setting a8: Focus Area Selection
/t t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| No Wrap. t|o |c cus..o. J|sp|.v
|s bcurJoJ bv t|o cuto. |c cus ..o.s sc t|.t. |c. ox.np|o.
p.oss |rc t|o nu|t| so |oc tc. up .|or t|o tcp |c cus ..o. |s
so |oct oJ |.s rc offoct So|oct Wrap tc .||c. |ccus..o.
so|oct|cr tc “...p ..curJ” |.cn tcp tc bcttcn. bcttcn tc
tcp. .|c|t tc |o|t. .rJ |o|t tc .|c|t
152
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Option Description
AF-ON+
Focus Area
(Jo|.u|t:
AF-ON buttcr cr b.tto.v p.ck po.|c.ns s.no |urct|cr .s c.no.. AF-ON
buttcr |ccus ..o. c.r bo so|octoJ bv p.oss|rc AF-ON buttcr cr Vb|200
.rJ .ct.t|rc subccnn.rJ J|.|
AF-ON
AF-ON buttcr cr b.tto.v p.ck po.|c.ns s.no |urct|cr .s c.no.. AF-ON
buttcr
AE/AF-L+
Focus Area
AF-ON buttcr cr b.tto.v p.ck po.|c.ns s.no |urct|cr .s c.no.. AE-L/AF-L
buttcr |ccus ..o. c.r bo so|octoJ bv p.oss|rc AF-ON buttcr cr Vb|200
.rJ .ct.t|rc subccnn.rJ J|.|
AE/AF-L
AF-ON buttcr cr b.tto.v p.ck po.|c.ns s.no |urct|cr .s c.no.. AE-L/AF-L
buttcr
Focus Area
|ccus ..o. c.r bo so|octoJ bv p.oss|rc AF-ON buttcr cr Vb|200 .rJ
.ct.t|rc subccnn.rJ J|.|
Same as
FUNC button
AF-ON buttcr cr b.tto.v p.ck po.|c.ns |urct|cr cu..ort|v .ss|croJ tc
c.no.. |||´ buttcr us|rc ´ustcn Sott|rc |4 (FUNC. Button. 10:
Custom Setting b1: ISO Sensitivity Auto Control
|| On |s so|octoJ |c. t||s cpt|cr. t|o c.n o.. .||| .u tc n.t |
c.| |v .J|ust |SO sors|t|v|tv .|or rocoss..v tc |o|p orsu.o
cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o ¯||s cp t|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .t |SO sor
s|t|v|t|os cvo. 1600
Custom Setting a10: AF-ON Button for MB-D200 Battery Pack
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o |urct|cr .ss|croJ tc t|o AF-ON
buttcr |c. t|o cpt|cr.| Vb|200 b.tto.v p.ck ( 181:
Custom Setting a9: Built-in AF-Assist Illuminator
/t t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| On. t|o bu||t|r /|.ss|st |||un|r.
tc. ||c|ts tc .ss|st t|o |ccus cpo..t|cr .|or t|o sub|oct |s
pcc.|v ||t ( 58: So|oct Off tc tu.r t|o |||un|r.tc. cff
High ISO NR ( 131)
|c|so |s nc.o ||ko|v tc .ppo.. |r p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t ||c|o. sors|t|v|t|os ¯c .oJuco rc|so
.t sors|t|v|t|os c| |SO 400 oou|v.|ort .rJ .bcvo. tu.r cr t|o High ISO NR cpt|cr |r t|o
s|cct|rc noru
153
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Option Description
Off
(Jo|.u|t:
|SO sors|t|v|tv .on.|rs fixoJ .t v.|uo so|octoJ bv uso.. .oc..J|oss c| .|ot|o.
cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o c.r bo .c||ovoJ .t cu..ort ox pc su.o sott|rcs
On
|| cpt|n.| oxpcsu.o c.r rct bo .c||ovoJ .t |SO sors|t|v|tv so|octoJ bv uso..
|SO sor s| t|v | tv |s .J|ustoJ tc ccnpors.to. tc n|r | nun .p p.cx | n.to |v oou|v
. |ort tc |SO 200 .rJ n.x | nun so|octoJ us|rc Max. Sensitivity cpt|cr
||.s| |ovo| |s .J|ustoJ .pp.cp.|.to|v .|or fl.s| |s usoJ |r oxpcsu.o ncJos
P .rJ A. |SO sors|t|v|tv .||| bo .J|ustoJ || p|ctc .cu|J bo cvo.oxpcsoJ .t
s|utto. spooJ c|
1
/8, 000 c. urJo.oxpcsoJ .t v.|uo so|octoJ |c. Min. Shutter
Speed Ot|o..|so c.no.. .J|usts |SO sors|t|v|tv .|or ||n|ts c| oxpcsu.o
noto.|rc svston ..o oxcooJoJ (ncJo S: c. .|or cpt|nun oxpcsu.o c.r
rct bo .c||ovoJ .t s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o so|octoJ bv uso. (ncJo M:
|SO sors|t|v|tv c.r rct bo sot tc v.|uos cvo. 1600 .|||o t||s cpt|cr |s |r o|
|oct
Max.
Sensitivity
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t |s J|sp|.voJ ||c|||c|t Jos|.oJ
|SO v.|uo .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t tc .otu.r tc
|SO .utc noru
Min.
Shutter
Speed
Voru s|c.r .t .|c|t |s J|sp|.voJ ||c|||c|t Jos|.oJ
s|utto. spooJ .rJ p.oss nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t tc .otu.r
tc |SO .utc noru
\|or On |s so|octoJ. t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
s|c. ISO-AUTO \|or sors|t|v|tv |s .|to.oJ |.cn t|o v.|uo
so|octoJ bv t|o uso.. t|oso |rJ|c.tc.s b||rk .rJ t|o .|to.oJ
v.|uo |s s|c.r |r t|o v|o.firJo. (t|o |rJ|c.tc.s Jc rct
b||rk || . fl.s| |s usoJ:
ISO Auto > On
\|or . fl.s| |s usoJ. |c.oc.curJ sub|octs n.v bo urJo.oxpcsoJ |r p|ctcs t.kor .t s|c.
s|utto. spooJs. |r J.v||c|t. c. .c.|rst . b.|c|t b.ckc.curJ ´|ccso . fl.s| ncJo ct|o.
t|.r s|c. svrc c. so|oct ncJo A c. M .rJ c|ccso . |..co. .po.tu.o
|| . s|cct|rc noru b.rk |r .||c| |SO sors|t|v|tv |.s boor sot tc . v.|uo c.o.to. t|.r 1600 |s
c|csor .|to. On |s so|octoJ. |SO sors|t|v|tv .||| rct bo .J |ust oJ .utcn.t|c.||v |SO sors|t|v
|tv .||| .|sc rct bo .J |ust oJ .utcn.t|c.||v || . ´ustcn Sot t|rcs b.rk |r .||c| On |s so|octoJ
|s c|csor .|to. |SO sors|t|v|tv |.s boor sot tc . v.|uo cvo. 1600
154
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Custom Setting b2: ISO Sensitivity Step Value
´|ccso .|ot|o. .J|ustnorts tc sors|t|v|tv (|SO oou|v.|or
cv: ..o n.Jo |r |rc.onorts oou|v.|ort tc '/· |\ (1/3 Step.
t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr:. '/. |\ (1/2 Step:. c. 1 |\ (1 Step:
Custom Setting b3: EV Steps for Exposure Control
´|ccso .|ot|o. .J|ustnorts tc s|utto. spooJ. .po.tu.o.
.rJ b..ckot|rc ..o n.Jo |r |rc.onorts oou|v.|ort tc '/· |\
(1/3 Step. t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr:. '/. |\ (1/2 Step:. c. 1 |\ (1
Step:
Custom Setting b4: Steps for Exposure Comp and Fine Tuning
´|ccso .|ot|o. .J|ustnorts tc oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr
.rJ oxpcsu.o firo tur|rc ..o n.Jo |r |rc.onorts oou|v
.|ort tc '/· |\ (1/3 Step. t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr:. '/. |\ (1/2
Step:. c. 1 |\ (1 Step:
155
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Custom Setting b5: Easy Exposure Compensation
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. t|o buttcr |s rooJoJ tc
sot oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr ( 2: || On |s so|octoJ. t|o 0
.t t|o corto. c| t|o oxpcsu.o J|sp|.v .||| b||rk ovor .|or
oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |s sot tc ±0
Option Description
Off
(Jo|.u|t:
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr sot bv p.oss|rc buttcr .rJ .ct.t|rc n.|r
ccnn.rJ J|.|
On
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr sot bv .ct.t|rc ccnn.rJ J|.| cr|v ||.| usoJ Jo
porJs cr cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc |5 > Change Main / Sub
Command dials (Custom Setting f5) > Change Main / Sub
Off On
E
x
p
o
s
u
r
e

m
o
d
e
P Subccnn.rJ J|.| Subccnn.rJ J|.|
S Subccnn.rJ J|.| V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
A V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| Subccnn.rJ J|.|
M | / /
On (Auto
Reset)
/s |c. On oxcopt t|.t oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr sot us|rc ccnn.rJ J|.|
cr|v |s c.rco||oJ .|or c.no.. |s tu.roJ cff c. oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff
Custom Setting b6: Center-Weighted Area
\|or c.|cu|.t|rc oxpcsu.o. corto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc .s
s|crs t|o c.o.tost .o|c|t tc . c|.c|o |r t|o corto. c| t|o
|..no ¯|o J|.noto. (φ: c| t||s c|.c|o c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn
6. 8. 10. .rJ 13 nn (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr |s 8 nn. rcto t|.t
t|o J|.noto. |s fixoJ .t 8 nn .|or . rcr´|| |ors |s usoJ.
.oc..J|oss c| t|o sott|rc so|octoJ |c. Non-CPU Lens Data
|r t|o s|cct|rc noru:
156
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Custom Setting b7: Fine Tune Optimal Exposure
|so t||s cpt|cr tc firoturo t|o oxpcsu.o v.|uo so|octoJ
bv t|o c.no.. |xpcsu.o c.r bo firo turoJ sop...to|v |c.
o.c| noto.|rc not|cJ bv |.cn |1 tc –1 |\ |r stops c|
'/- |\ So|oct|rc t||s cpt|cr J|sp|.vs . noss.co ...r|rc
t|.t t|o |ccr Jcos rct .ppo.. .|or oxpcsu.o |s .|to.oJ.
||c|||c|t Yes .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t (so
|oct No tc ox|t .|t|cut .|to.|rc oxpcsu.o: ||c|||c|t . no
to.|rc not|cJ .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. tc t|o .|c|t tc
J|sp|.v . ||st c| oxpcsu.o v.|uos ||c|||c|t .r cpt|cr. t|or
p.oss tc t|o .|c|t tc n.ko . so|oct|cr
Fine-Tuning Exposure
|xpcsu.o c.r bo firoturoJ sop...to|v |c. o.c| ´ustcn Sott|rcs b.rk |cto t|.t .s t|o
oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr |ccr ( : |s rct J|sp|.voJ. t|o cr|v ..v tc Joto.n|ro .|ot|o. ox
pcsu.o |.s boor .|to.oJ |s tc v|o. t|o firotur|rc noru |xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr ( 2:
|s .occnnorJoJ |r ncst s|tu.t|crs
Custom Setting c1: AE Lock Buttons
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros .|.t ccrt.c|s |cck oxpcsu.o
Option Description
AE-L/AF-L Button
(Jo|.u|t:
|xpcsu.o c.r cr|v bo |cckoJ bv p.oss|rc
AE-L/AF-L buttcr
+Release Button
|xpcsu.o c.r bo |cckoJ bv p.oss|rc AE-L/AF-
L buttcr c. bv p.oss|rc s|utto..o|o.so but
tcr |.||..v
Custom Setting c2: Assignment of AE-L/AF-L Button
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o bo|.v|c. c| t|o AE-L/AF-L buttcr
157
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Option Description
AE/AF Lock
(Jo|.u|t:
bct| |ccus .rJ oxpcsu.o |cck .|||o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ
AE Lock Only |xpcsu.o |ccks .|||o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ |ccus |s ur.ffoctoJ
AE Lock
Hold/Reset
|xpcsu.o |ccks .|or AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ .rJ .on.|rs |cckoJ urt||
buttcr |s p.ossoJ .c.|r. s|utto. |s .o|o.soJ c. oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff
AE Lock Hold
|xpcsu.o |ccks .|or AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ .rJ .on.|rs |cckoJ urt||
buttcr |s p.ossoJ .c.|r c. oxpcsu.o noto.s tu.r cff
AF Lock |ccus |ccks .|||o AE-L/AF-L buttcr |s p.ossoJ |xpcsu.o |s ur.ffoctoJ
Custom Setting c3: Auto Meter-Off Delay
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s |c. |crc t|o c.no.. ccrt|ruos tc
noto. oxpcsu.o .|or rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ 4 s.
6 s (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr:. 8 s. c. 16 s c. urt|| t|o c.no.. |s
tu.roJ cff (No Limit: ´|ccso . s|c.to. noto.cff Jo|.v
|c. |crco. b.tto.v |||o
Custom Setting c4: Self-Timer Delay
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o |orct| c| t|o s|utto..o|o.so Jo|.v
|r so||t|no. ncJo S|utto..o|o.so c.r bo Jo|.voJ bv .p
p.cx|n.to|v 2 s. 5 s. 10 s (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr:. c. 20 s
Custom Setting c5: Monitor-Off Delay
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s |c. |crc t|o ncr|tc. .on.|rs cr
.|or rc cpo..t|crs ..o po.|c.noJ 10 s. 20 s (t|o Jo|.u|t
cpt|cr:. 1 n|ruto. 5 n|rutos. c. 10 n|rutos ´|ccso .
s|c.to. ncr|tc.cff Jo|.v |c. |crco. b.tto.v |||o
The EH-6 AC Adapter
\|or t|o c.no.. |s pc.o.oJ bv .r cpt|cr.| ||6 /´ .J.pto.. oxpcsu.o noto.s .||| rct
tu.r cff .rJ t|o ncr|tc. .||| cr|v pc.o. cff .|to. tor n|rutos. .oc..J|oss c| t|o cpt|crs
c|csor |c. ´ustcn Sott|rcs c3 (Auto Meter-Off: .rJ c5 (Monitor-Off:
158
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Custom Setting d1: Beep
´crt.c|s t|o p|tc| c| t|o boop t|.t scurJs .|or t|o so||
t|no. |s ccurt|rc Jc.r c. t|o c.no.. |ccusos |r s|rc|o
so.vc /| .|t| Focus (t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc: so|octoJ |c. ´us
tcn Sott|rc .2 (AF-S Mode Priority: ´|ccso |.cn High
(t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr:. Low. .rJ Off
/ |ccr .ppo..s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .|or High c. Low
|s so|octoJ
Custom Setting d2: Viewfinder Grid Display
So|oct On tc J|sp|.v crJon.rJ c.|J ||ros |r t|o v|o.
firJo. ( 6: ¯|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr |s Off
Custom Setting d3: Viewfinder Warning Display
So|oct On (t|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr: tc J|sp|.v . ...r|rc |r t|o
v|o.firJo. .|or t|o b.tto.v |s |c.. rc nonc.v c..J |s |r
so.toJ. c. .|or s|cct|rc |r b|.ck.rJ.||to |c ...r|rc
|s J|sp|.voJ .|or Off |s so|octoJ. bo|c.o s|cct|rc. c|ock
|rJ|c.tc.s |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
Custom Setting d4: CL-Mode Shooting Speed
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros t|o ..to .t .||c| p|ctcc..p|s
c.r bo t.kor |r CL (ccrt|rucus |c.spooJ: ncJo (Ju.|rc
|rto.v.| t|no. p|ctcc..p|v. t||s sott|rc .|sc Joto.n|ros
t|o |..no .Jv.rco ..to |c. s|rc|o|..no .rJ n|..c.up
ncJos: S|cct|rc spooJ c.r bo sot tc v.|uos bot.oor
1 .rJ 4 |..nos po. soccrJ (|ps:. t|o Jo|.u|t v.|uo |s 3 |ps
¯|o |..no .Jv.rco ..to n.v J.cp .t s|c. s|utto. spooJs
Custom Setting d5: Exposure Delay Mode
So|oct On tc Jo|.v s|utto. .o|o.so urt|| .bcut 04 s .|to.
t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ. .oJuc|rc c.no..
s|.ko |r s|tu.t|crs |r .||c| t|o |o.st c.no.. ncvonort
ccu|J .osu|t |r b|u..oJ p|ctcc..p|s (|c. ox.np|o. n|c.c
sccpo p|ctcc..p|v: ¯|o Jo|.u|t cpt|cr |s Off
159
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Custom Setting d6: File Number Sequence
\|or . p|ctcc..p| |s t.kor. t|o c.no.. r.nos t|o fi|o
ro. bv .JJ|rc cro tc t|o |.st fi|o runbo. usoJ ¯||s cp
t|cr ccrt.c|s .|ot|o. fi|o runbo.|rc ccrt|ruos |.cn t|o
|.st runbo. usoJ .|or . ro. |c|Jo. |s c.o.toJ. t|o non
c.v c..J |s |c.n.ttoJ. c. . ro. nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ |r
t|o c.no..
Option Description
Off
(Jo|.u|t:
|||o runbo.|rc .osot tc 0001 .|or ro. |c|Jo. |s c.o.toJ. nonc.v c..J |s |c.
n.ttoJ c. ro. nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ |r c.no..
On
\|or ro. |c|Jo. |s c.o.toJ. nonc.v c..J |s |c.n.ttoJ. c. ro. nonc.v c..J
|rso.toJ |r c.no... fi|o runbo.|rc ccrt|ruos |.cn |.st runbo. usoJ c. |.cn
|..cost runbo. |r cu..ort |c|Jo.. .||c|ovo. |s ||c|o. || p|ctcc..p| |s t.kor
.|or cu..ort |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs p|ctcc..p| runbo.oJ 9999. ro. |c|Jo. .||| bo
c.o.toJ .utcn.t|c.||v .rJ fi|o runbo.|rc .||| boc|r .c.|r |.cn 0001
Reset
/s |c. On. oxcopt t|.t roxt p|ctcc..p| t.kor |s .ss|croJ fi|o runbo. bv .JJ
|rc cro tc |..cost fi|o runbo. |r cu..ort |c|Jo. || so|octoJ |c|Jo. ccrt.|rs rc
p|ctcc..p|s. fi|o runbo.|rc .osot tc 0001
Custom Setting d7: LCD Illumination
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| b.ck||c|t (|´| ||
|un|r.tc.:
Option Description
Off
(Jo|.u|t:
´crt.c| p.ro| |||un|r.tos cr|v .|||o pc.o. s.|tc| |s .ct.toJ tc pcs|t|cr
On
b.ck||c|t st.vs cr .|||o oxpcsu.o noto.s ..o .ct|vo (rcto t|.t t||s |rc.o.sos
J..|r cr b.tto.v:
160
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Custom Setting d8: MB-D200 Battery Type
¯c orsu.o t|.t t|o c.no.. |urct|crs .s oxpoctoJ .|or //
b.tto.|os ..o usoJ |r t|o cpt|cr.| Vb|200 b.tto.v p.ck.
n.tc| t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |r t||s noru tc t|o tvpo c| b.t
to.v |rso.toJ |r t|o b.tto.v p.ck ¯|o.o |s rc rooJ tc .J
|ust t||s cpt|cr .|or us|rc ||||3o b.tto.|os
Option Description
LR6 (AA-size Alkaline)
(Jo|.u|t:
So|oct .|or us|rc ||6 .|k.||ro // b.tto.|os
HR6 (AA-size Ni-MH) So|oct .|or us|rc ||6 ||V| // b.tto.|os
FR6 (AA-size Lithium) So|oct .|or us|rc ||6 ||t||un // b.tto.|os
ZR6 (AA-size Ni-Mn) So|oct .|or us|rc ¯|6 r|cko|n.rc.roso // b.tto.|os
Custom Setting e1: Flash Sync Speed Setting
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s fl.s| svrc spooJ Opt|crs ..rco |.cn
'/.. s (1/250 s. t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc: .rJ '/-. s (1/60 s: ¯c
or.b|o /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc .|or us|rc SpooJ||c|ts
t|.t suppc.t t|o ||kcr ´.o.t|vo ||c|t|rc Svston (´|S:. so
|oct 1/250 s (Auto FP) (fl.s| svrc spooJ .||| bo sot tc '/.. s
|| t|o bu||t|r fl.s| fi.os c. t|o .tt.c|oJ SpooJ||c|t |s rct
´|Sccnp.t|b|o: \|or t|o c.no.. s|c.s . s|utto. spooJ c| '/.. s |r oxpcsu.o
ncJo P c. A. /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc .||| bo .ct|v.toJ || t|o .ctu.| s|utto.
spooJ |s |.sto. t|.r '/.. s
¯c fix s|utto. spooJ .t t|o svrc spooJ ||n|t |r s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc c. n.ru.| oxpcsu.o
ncJos. so|oct t|o s|utto. spooJ .|to. t|o s|c.ost pcss|b|o s|utto. spooJ (30 s c. :
/r ` .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o fl.s| svrc |rJ|c.tc. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
Fixing Shutter Speed at the Flash Sync Speed Limit
Using AA Batteries
||||3o b.tto.|os ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. bost po.|c.n.rco ¯|o c.p.c|tv c| // b.tto.|os
J.cps s|..p|v .t tonpo..tu.os bo|c. 20 ´ (68 |: .rJ v..|os .|t| n.ko .rJ stc..co ccrJ|
t|crs. |r scno c.sos. b.tto.|os n.v co.so tc |urct|cr bo|c.o t|o|. oxp|.v J.to Scno //
b.tto.|os c.r rct bo usoJ. Juo tc t|o|. ||n|toJ c.p.c|tv .rJ po.|c.n.rco c|...cto.|st|cs.
.|k.||ro .rJ r|cko|n.rc.roso b.tto.|os s|cu|J bo usoJ cr|v .|or rc ct|o. .|to.r.t|vo |s
.v.||.b|o ¯|o c.no.. s|c.s t|o |ovo| c| // b.tto.|os .s |c||c.s
Control panel Viewfinder Description
— b.tto.|os |u||v c|..coJ
|c. b.tto.v |o.Jv |.os| b.tto.|os
(blinks: (blinks: S|utto..o|o.so J|s.b|oJ ´|.rco b.tto.|os
161
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Custom Setting e2: Slowest Speed When Using Flash
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros t|o s|c.ost s|utto. spooJ pcs
s|b|o .|or us|rc |.crt c. .o..cu.t.|r svrc c. .oJovo
.oJuct|cr |r p.cc..nnoJ .utc c. .po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc
oxpcsu.o ncJo (.oc..J|oss c| t|o sott|rc c|csor. s|utto.
spooJs c.r bo .s s|c. .s 30 s |r s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc .rJ
n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJos c. .|or t|o fl.s| |s sot tc s|c.
svrc. s|c. .o..cu.t.|r svrc. c. .oJovo .oJuct|cr .|t| s|c.
svrc: Opt|crs ..rco |.cn '/-. s (1/60 s. t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc:
tc 30 s (30 s:
Custom Setting e3: Built-in Flash Mode
´|ccso t|o fl.s| ncJo |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s|
TTL (Jo|.u|t: ||.s| cutput |s .J|ustoJ .utcn.t|c.||v |r .o
spcrso tc s|cct|rc ccrJ|t|crs
Manual ¯|o fl.s| fi.os .t t|o |ovo| so|octoJ |r t|o noru
s|c.r .t .|c|t ||c|||c|t . sott|rc bot.oor Full Power
.rJ 1/128 Power (
1
/128 c| |u|| pc.o.: .rJ p.oss t|o nu|t|
so|octc. .|c|t tc .otu.r tc t|o ´ustcn Sott|rcs noru (.t
|u|| pc.o.. bu||t|r SpooJ||c|t |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c|
13/42 |n/|t. |SO 100¦: |ccrs b||rk |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro|
.rJ v|o.firJo. |c ncr|tc. p.ofl.s| |s on|ttoJ. .||c.|rc
t|o bu||t|r fl.s| tc |urct|cr .s . n.sto. fl.s| |c. cpt|cr.|
s|.vo fl.s| ur|ts .|or usoJ .|t| . .oncto SpooJ||c|t
ccnn.rJo. suc| .s t|o S|4
162
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Repeating Flash ¯|o fl.s| fi.os .opo.toJ|v .|||o t|o s|utto.
|s cpor. p.cJuc|rc . st.cbo||c|t offoct |ccrs b||rk
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. .|or t||s cpt|cr |s
so|octoJ |.oss t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t tc ||c|||c|t
t|o |c||c.|rc cpt|crs. up c. Jc.r tc c|.rco |.oss t|o
buttcr tc .otu.r tc t|o ´ustcn Sott|rcs noru .|or
sott|rcs ..o ccnp|oto
Option Description
Output ||c|||c|t fl.s| cutput (oxp.ossoJ .s |..ct|cr c| |u|| pc.o.:
Times
´|ccso runbo. c| t|nos fl.s| fi.os .t so|octoJ cutput |cto t|.t JoporJ|rc
cr s|utto. spooJ .rJ cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. Interval. .ctu.| runbo. c| fl.s|os
n.v bo |oss t|.r so|octoJ
Interval ´|ccso runbo. c| t|nos fl.s| fi.os po. soccrJ
¯|o runbo. c| t|nos t|o fl.s| c.r fi.o |r succoss|cr |s Joto.n|roJ bv fl.s| cutput
Options available for “Times”
O
u
t
p
u
t
1/4 2
1/8 2–5
1/16 2–10
1/32 2–10. 15
1/64 2–10. 15. 20. 25
1/128
2–10. 15. 20. 25. 30. 35
“Times”
163
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Commander Mode ´|ccso t||s cpt|cr tc uso t|o bu||t|r
fl.s| .s . n.sto. fl.s| ccrt.c|||rc cro c. nc.o .oncto
cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|ts |r up tc t.c c.cups (/ .rJ b: us|rc
/Jv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||c|t|rc
Option Description
Built-in ´|ccso fl.s| ncJo |c. bu||t|r fl.s| (ccnn.rJo. fl.s|:
TTL
|¯¯| ncJo Voru c| fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uos .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. c|ccso
v.|uo bot.oor |30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c| '/· |\ /t sott|rcs ct|o. t|.r ±0.
.||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo.
M
´|ccso fl.s| cutput |ovo| |c. bu||t|r fl.s| |.cn v.|uos bot.oor Full Power
.rJ 1/128 Power ('/·.s c| |u|| pc.o.: fl.s|os |r ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.
firJo.
--
bu||t|r fl.s| Jcos rct fi.o. but /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. ||c|ts bu||t|r fl.s| nust
bo ..|soJ tc .||c. ncr|tc. p.ofl.s|os tc fi.o |s rct J|sp|.voJ |r ccrt.c| p.ro|
fl.s|svrc ncJo J|sp|.v
Group A ´|ccso fl.s| ncJo |c. .|| fl.s|os |r c.cup /
TTL
|¯¯| ncJo Voru c| fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uos .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. c|ccso
v.|uo bot.oor |30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c| '/· |\
AA
/utc .po.tu.o (rct .v.||.b|o .|t| Sb600 .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts: Voru c|
fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uos .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. c|ccso v.|uo bot.oor |30 .rJ
–30 |\ |r stops c| '/· |\
M
´|ccso fl.s| cutput |ovo| |c. fl.s|os |r ´.cup / |.cn v.|uos bot.oor Full
Power .rJ 1/128 Power ('/·.s c| |u|| pc.o.:
-- ||.s|os |r ´.cup / Jc rct fi.o
Group B ´|ccso fl.s| ncJo |c. .|| fl.s|os |r c.cup b
TTL
|¯¯| ncJo Voru c| fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uos .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. c|ccso
v.|uo bot.oor |30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c| '/· |\
AA
/utc .po.tu.o (rct .v.||.b|o .|t| cpt|cr.| Sb600 .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts:
Voru c| fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr v.|uos .||| bo J|sp|.voJ. c|ccso v.|uo bot.oor
|30 .rJ –30 |\ |r stops c| '/· |\
M
´|ccso fl.s| cutput |ovo| |c. fl.s|os |r ´.cup b |.cn v.|uos bot.oor Full
Power .rJ 1/128 Power ('/·.s c| |u|| pc.o.:
-- ||.s|os |r ´.cup b Jc rct fi.o
Channel
´|ccso |.cn c|.rro|s 1–4 /|| SpooJ||c|ts |r bct| c.cups nust bo sot tc
s.no c|.rro|
Flash Exposure Compensation
||.s| oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr ( 3: |.s rc offoct |r ´cnn.rJo. ncJo
164
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
¯c uso cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|ts |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo. so|oct Commander Mode |c.
´ustcn Sott|rc o3 .rJ |c||c. t|o stops bo|c.
1
Highlight Built-in > Mode.
2
Select desired flash mode.
3
If TTL or M is selected, addi-
tional options can be select-
ed. Press multi selector up or
down to display option, press
right to select.
4
Highlight Group A > Mode.
5
Select desired flash mode.
6
If TTL, AA, or M is selected,
additional options can be se-
lected. Press multi selector
up or down to display option,
press right to select. Repeat
Steps 4–6 for Group B.
7
Highlight Channel.
8
Select channel.
9
Press button.
165
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Compose shot and arrange optional Speedlights as shown below.
10
Speedlight
wireless remote
sensor should
face camera.
Camera
(built-in
flash)
5 m /16´ or less
5 m /16´ or less
60–30 °
60–30 °
30 ° or less
30 ° or less
10 m /33´ or less
Maximum distance between optional Speedlights and camera is about 10 m (33´)
when Speedlight is positioned in front of camera (within 30 ° on either side of
center line), or about 5 m (16´) when Speedlight is 30–60 ° to either side of center
line.
Commander Mode
|cs|t|cr t|o sorsc. .|rJc.s cr t|o cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|ts .|o.o t|ov .||| p|ck up t|o ncr|
tc. p.ofl.s|os |.cn t|o bu||t|r fl.s| (t.ko p..t|cu|.. c..o .|or rct us|rc . t.|pcJ: bo su.o
t|.t J|.oct ||c|t c. st.crc .ofloct|crs |.cn t|o cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|ts Jc rct orto. t|o c.no..
|ors (|r ¯¯| ncJo: c. t|o p|ctcco|| cr t|o cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t (// ncJo:. .s t||s n.v |rto.
|o.o .|t| oxpcsu.o ¯c p.ovort t|o t|n|rc fl.s|os on|ttoJ bv t|o bu||t|r fl.s| |.cn .ppo..
|rc |r p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t s|c.t ..rcos. uso . |c. |SO sors|t|v|tv .rJ sn.|| .po.tu.o (|..co
|/runbo.: c. .r cpt|cr.| S´3|| |r|...oJ p.ro| |c. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| /r S´3|| |s .oou|.oJ
|c. bost .osu|ts .|t| .o..cu.t.|r svrc. .||c| p.cJucos b.|c|to. t|n|rc fl.s|os /|to. pcs|
t|cr|rc t|o SpooJ||c|ts. t.ko . tost s|ct .rJ v|o. t|o .osu|ts |r t|o c.no.. ncr|tc.
/|t|cuc| t|o.o |s rc ||n|t cr t|o runbo. c| cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|ts t|.t n.v usoJ. t|o p..ct|c.|
n.x|nun |s t|.oo \|t| nc.o t|.r t||s runbo.. t|o ||c|t on|ttoJ bv t|o ct|o. fl.s| ur|ts .|||
|rto.|o.o .|t| po.|c.n.rco /|| SpooJ||c|ts nust bo |r t|o s.no c.cup. fl.s| ccnpors.t|cr (
3: .pp||os tc .|| SpooJ||c|ts Soo t|o SpooJ||c|t n.ru.| |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
|| On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc o4 (Modeling Flash. 166:. .|| fl.s|os .||| on|t . ncJo|
|rc fl.s| .|or t|o Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o. buttcr |s p.ossoJ ´cnn.rJo. ncJo c.r .|sc bo
usoJ .|t| |\ |cck ( 81:
Turn all Speedlights on and set all optional Speedlights to channel selected in
Steps 7–8. See Speedlight manual for details.
11
166
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Press flash pop-button to raise built-in flash (note that
built-it flash must be raised even if -- is selected for Built-
in > Flash Mode).
12
After confirming that camera flash-ready light and flash-ready lights for all Speed-
lights are lit, frame photograph, focus, and shoot.
13
Custom Setting e4: Preview Button Activates Modeling Flash
/t t|o Jo|.u|t sott|rc c| On. t|o bu||t|r fl.s| .rJ cpt|cr.|
SpooJ||c|ts t|.t suppc.t t|o ||kcr ´.o.t|vo ||c|t|rc Svs
ton .||| on|t . ncJo||rc fl.s| .|or t|o Jopt|c|fio|J
p.ov|o. buttcr |s p.ossoJ So|oct Off tc J|s.b|o t||s |o.
tu.o
Custom Setting e5: Auto Bracketing Set
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|.t sott|rcs ..o .ffoctoJ .|or .utc
b..ckot|rc |s |r offoct
Option Description
AE & Flash
(Jo|.u|t:
´.no.. po.|c.ns oxpcsu.o .rJ fl.s||ovo| b..ckot|rc
AE Only ´.no.. po.|c.ns oxpcsu.o b..ckot|rc cr|v
Flash Only ´.no.. po.|c.ns fl.s||ovo| b..ckot|rc cr|v
WB Bracketing
´.no.. po.|c.ns .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc (rct .v.||.b|o .t |n.co
ou.||tv sott|rcs c| |||/|/\ c. ||||'||´:
167
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Custom Setting e6: Auto Bracketing in M Exposure Mode
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|.t sott|rcs ..o .ffoctoJ .|or AE
& Flash c. AE Only |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc o5 |r
n.ru.| oxpcsu.o ncJo
Option Description
Flash/Speed
(Jo|.u|t:
´.no.. v..|os s|utto. spooJ (´ustcn Sott|rc o5 sot tc AE Only: c. s|ut
to. spooJ .rJ fl.s| |ovo| (´ustcn Sott|rc o5 sot tc AE & Flash:
Flash/Speed/
Aperture
´.no.. v..|os s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o (´ustcn Sott|rc o5 sot tc AE
Only: c. s|utto. spooJ. .po.tu.o. .rJ fl.s| |ovo| (´ustcn Sott|rc o5 sot
tc AE & Flash:
Flash/
Aperture
´.no.. v..|os .po.tu.o (´ustcn Sott|rc o5 sot tc AE Only: c. .po.tu.o
.rJ fl.s| |ovo| (´ustcn Sott|rc o5 sot tc AE & Flash:
Flash Only ´.no.. v..|os fl.s| |ovo| cr|v (´ustcn Sott|rc o5 sot tc AE & Flash:
• || rc fl.s| |s .tt.c|oJ .|or ´ustcn Sott|rc b1 (ISO Auto: |s cr. c.no.. .||| v..v |SO
sors|t|v|tv cr|v. .oc..J|oss c| sott|rc so|octoJ
• ||.s| b..ckot|rc po.|c.noJ cr|v .|t| |¯¯| c. // fl.s| ccrt.c|
Custom Setting e7: Auto Bracketing Order
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o c.Jo. |r .||c| b..ckot|rc |s po.
|c.noJ
Option Description
MTR>Under>Over
(Jo|.u|t:
b..ckot|rc po.|c.noJ |r c.Jo. Josc.|boJ
|r “b..ckot|rc” ( 3:
Under>MTR>Over
b..ckot|rc p.ccooJs |r c.Jo. |.cn |c.ost
tc ||c|ost v.|uo
Custom Setting e8: Auto Bracketing Selection Method
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s |c. t|o b..ckot|rc p.cc..n |s so
|octoJ
Option Description
Manual
Value Select
(Jo|.u|t:
|.oss|rc buttcr. .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
tc so|oct runbo. c| s|cts. subccnn.rJ J|.| tc
so|oct b..ckot|rc |rc.onort
Preset Value
Select
|.oss buttcr .rJ .ct.to n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.|
tc tu.r b..ckot|rc cr .rJ cff |.oss buttcr
.rJ .ct.to subccnn.rJ J|.| tc so|oct runbo.
c| s|cts .rJ b..ckot|rc |rc.onort
168
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Custom Setting f1: Multi-Selector Center Button
¯||s cpt|cr Joto.n|ros .|.t cpo..t|crs c.r bo po.|c.noJ
bv p.oss|rc t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t| so|octc.
Shooting Mode ¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|.t cpo..t|cr c.r bo
po.|c.noJ bv p.oss|rc t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t| so|octc.
.|or t|o c.no.. |s |r s|cct|rc ncJo
Option Description
Center AF
Area
(Jo|.u|t:
|.oss|rc corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. so|octs corto. |ccus ..o. c. corto. |ccus
..o. c.cup (c.cup Jvr.n|c/|: || Pattern 2 |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc
.4 (Group Dynamic AF:. corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ tc tccc|o bo
t.oor corto. |ccus ..o. c.cups
Illuminate
AF Area
|.oss|rc corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. |||un|r.tos .ct|vo |ccus ..o. c. |ccus..o.
c.cup (c.cup Jvr.n|c/|: |r v|o.firJo.
¯
Not Used
|.oss|rc corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. |.s rc offoct .|or c.no.. |s |r s|cct|rc
ncJo
¯
¯ ´orto. c| nu|t| so|octc. c.r rct bo usoJ tc tccc|o bot.oor corto. |ccus..o. c.cups
.|or Pattern 2 |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc .4 (Group Dynamic AF:
Playback Mode ¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s .|.t cpo..t|cr |s po.
|c.noJ .|or t|o corto. c| t|o nu|t| so|octc. |s p.ossoJ |r
p|.vb.ck ncJo
Option Description
Thumbnail On/Off
(Jo|.u|t:
|.oss corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. tc tccc|o bot.oor s|rc|o|n.co .rJ
t|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck
Histogram On/Off |.oss corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. tc tu.r ||stcc..n J|sp|.v cr .rJ cff
Zoom On/Off
|.oss corto. c| nu|t| so|octc. tc .ccn |r cr |n.co. p.oss .c.|r tc
.otu.r tc |u|||..no J|sp|.v c. t|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck \|or t||s cp
t|cr |s so|octoJ. noru c| .ccn sott|rcs |s J|sp|.voJ ´|ccso |.cn
Low Magnification. Medium Magnification. .rJ High Magni-
fication
169
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Custom Setting f2: When Multi-Selector Is Pressed;
|| Jos|.oJ. t|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ tc .ct|v.to t|o
oxpcsu.o noto.s c. |r|t|.to .utc|ccus
Option Description
Do Nothing
(Jo|.u|t:
Vu|t| so|octc. Jcos rct .ct|v.to oxpcsu.o noto.s c. |r|t|.to .utc
|ccus
Reset Mtr-Off Delay |.oss|rc nu|t| so|octc. .ct|v.tos oxpcsu.o noto.s
Initiate Autofocus
|r /|S c. /|´ ncJo. p.oss|rc nu|t| so|octc. .ct|v.tos oxpcsu.o
noto.s ´.no.. |ccusos .|||o nu|t| so|octc. |s p.ossoJ
Custom Setting f3: Role of Multi-Selector in full-frame Playback
bv Jo|.u|t. p.oss|rc t|o nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r Ju.|rc
p|.vb.ck J|sp|.vs t|o ct|o. |n.cos cr t|o nonc.v c..J.
.|||o p.oss|rc t|o nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t c|.rcos t|o
p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr J|sp|.voJ ¯|oso .c|os c.r bo .ovo.soJ
us|rc ´ustcn Sott|rc |3
Option Description
Info▲▼/PB
(Jo|.u|t:
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc c|.rco p|ctc |r|c J|sp|.voJ.
|o|t c. .|c|t tc J|sp|.v .JJ|t|cr.| |n.cos
Info /PB▲▼
|.oss nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r tc J|sp|.v .JJ|t|cr.| |n.cos. |o|t c.
.|c|t tc c|.rco p|ctc |r|c J|sp|.voJ
¯|o nu|t| so|octc. c.r bo usoJ .t .rv t|no .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cr ¯|o |ccus so|octc.
|cck s.|tc| cr|v t.kos offoct .|or t|o ncr|tc. |s cff
Using the Multi Selector
170
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Custom Setting f4: Assign FUNC. Button
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o |urct|cr po.|c.noJ bv t|o |||´
buttcr
Option Description
FV Lock
(Jo|.u|t:
|| bu||t|r fl.s| c. cpt|cr.| ´|Sccnp.t|b|o SpooJ||c|t |s usoJ. fl.s| v.|uo
|ccks .|or |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.oss .c.|r tc c.rco| |\ |cck
FV Lock/
Lens Data
/s .bcvo. oxcopt t|.t || bu||t|r fl.s| |s |c.o.oJ c. cpt|cr.| ´|Sccnp.t|b|o
SpooJ||c|t |s rct .tt.c|oJ. |||´ buttcr .rJ ccnn.rJ J|.|s c.r bo usoJ
tc spoc||v |cc.| |orct| .rJ .po.tu.o c| rcr´|| |orsos ( 93:
1 Step Spd/
Aperture
|| |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ .|or .ct.t|rc ccnn.rJ J|.|s. c|.rcos tc s|ut
to. spooJ (oxpcsu.o ncJos S .rJ V: .rJ .po.tu.o (oxpcsu.o ncJos / .rJ
V: ..o n.Jo |r |rc.onorts c| 1 |\
Same as
AE-L/AF-L
|||´ buttcr po.|c.ns s.no |urct|crs .s AE-L/AF-L buttcr
Flash Off ||.s| .||| rct fi.o |r p|ctcs t.kor .|||o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Bracketing
Burst
\|||o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ. .|| s|cts |r oxpcsu.o c. fl.s| b..ckot|rc
p.cc..n .||| bo t.kor o.c| t|no s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |r ccr
t|rucus ||c|spooJ .rJ ccrt|rucus |c.spooJ ncJos. c.no.. .||| .opo.t
b..ckot|rc bu.st .|||o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |s |o|J Jc.r || .||tob.|
.rco b..ckot|rc |s so|octoJ. c.no.. .||| t.ko p|ctcs .t up tc 5 |ps (s|rc|o
c. ccrt|rucus ||c|spooJ ncJo: c. 1–4 |ps (ccrt|rucus |c.spooJ ncJo:
.rJ po.|c.n .||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc cr o.c| |..no
Matrix
Metering
V.t.|x noto.|rc .ct|v.toJ .|||o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Center-
Weighted
´orto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc .ct|v.toJ .|||o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Spot
Metering
Spct noto.|rc .ct|v.toJ .|||o |||´ buttcr |s p.ossoJ
Focus Area
Frame
|.oss |||´ buttcr .rJ .ct.to ccnn.rJ J|.|s tc cvc|o bot.oor rc.n.|
.rJ .|Jo |ccus ..o.s ( 56:
Custom Setting f5: Customize Command Dials
¯||s cpt|cr ccrt.c|s t|o cpo..t|cr c| t|o n.|r .rJ sub
ccnn.rJ J|.|s
171
S
e
t
u
p
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
Option Description
Rotate
Direction
´crt.c|s cpo..t|cr c| ccnn.rJ J|.|s cr c.no.. .rJ
cpt|cr.| Vb|200 b.tto.v p.ck .|or sott|rc flox|b|o
p.cc..n. s|utto. spooJ. .po.tu.o. o.sv oxpcsu.o ccn
pors.t|cr. oxpcsu.o ncJo. oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr
v.|uo. b..ckot|rc |rc.onort. .rJ fl.s| svrc ncJo
• Normal (Jo|.u|t: |c.n.| ccnn.rJ J|.| cpo..t|cr
• Reverse |ovo.sos .ct.t|cr c| ccnn.rJ J|.|s
Change
Main /
Sub
|xc|.rcos |urct|crs c| n.|r .rJ subccnn.rJ J|.|s
.|or sott|rc s|utto. spooJ .rJ .po.tu.o
• Off (Jo|.u|t: V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s s|utto.
spooJ. subccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s .po.tu.o
• On V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s .po.tu.o. subccn
n.rJ J|.| ccrt.c|s s|utto. spooJ
Aperture
Setting
´crt.c|s .|ot|o. c|.rcos tc .po.tu.o ..o n.Jo us|rc
|ors .po.tu.o .|rc c. ccnn.rJ J|.|s |oc..J|oss c|
sott|rc c|csor. |ors .|rc nust bo usoJ tc sot .po.tu.o
|c. rcr´|| |orsos. ccnn.rJ J|.|s tc sot .po.tu.o |c.
tvpo ´ |orsos rct oou|ppoJ .|t| .po.tu.o .|rc
• Sub-command Dial (Jo|.u|t: /po.tu.o c.r cr|v bo
.J|ustoJ .|t| subccnn.rJ J|.| (c. n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| || Change Main/
Sub |s On:
• Aperture Ring /po.tu.o c.r cr|v bo .J|ustoJ us|rc |ors .po.tu.o .|rc
´.no.. .po.tu.o J|sp|.v s|c.s .po.tu.o |r |rc.onorts c| 1 |\ ¯||s cpt|cr
|s so|octoJ .utcn.t|c.||v .|or rcr´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ
Menus
and
Playback
´crt.c|s |urct|crs po.|c.noJ bv ccnn.rJ J|.|s Ju.
|rc p|.vb.ck c. .|or norus ..o J|sp|.voJ
• Off (Jo|.u|t: Vu|t| so|octc. usoJ tc c|ccso p|c
tu.o J|sp|.voJ. ||c|||c|t t|unbr.||s. .rJ r.v|c.to
norus
• On V.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| po.|c.ns s.no |urct|cr .s
p.oss|rc nu|t| so|octc. |o|t c. .|c|t Subccnn.rJ J|.| po.|c.ns s.no
|urct|cr .s p.oss|rc nu|t| so|octc. up c. Jc.r |cto t|.t t||s cpt|cr |.s rc
offoct cr t|o .c|os p|.voJ bv t|o ccnn.rJ J|.|s Ju.|rc p|.vb.ck .ccn
Single-image playback n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| |s usoJ tc c|ccso p|ctu.o J|s
p|.voJ. subccnn.rJ J|.| tc J|sp|.v .JJ|t|cr.| p|ctc |r|c.n.t|cr
Thumbnail playback n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ncvos cu.sc. |o|t c. .|c|t. sub
ccnn.rJ J|.| ncvos cu.sc. up c. Jc.r
Menu navigation n.|r ccnn.rJ J|.| ncvos ||c|||c|t b.. up c. Jc.r
|ct.to subccnn.rJ J|.| tc .|c|t tc J|sp|.v subnoru. tc |o|t tc .otu.r
tc p.ov|cus noru ¯c n.ko so|oct|cr. p.oss nu|t| so|octc. tc .|c|t. p.oss
corto. c| nu|t| so|octc.. c. p.oss buttcr
172
C
u
s
t
o
m

S
e
t
t
i
n
g
s
S
e
t
u
p
Custom Setting f6: Setting Method for Buttons and Dials
¯||s cpt|cr .||c.s .J|ustnorts t|.t ..o rc.n.||v n.Jo bv
p.oss|rc t|o . . . . ISO. QUAL. c. WB buttcr .rJ
.ct.t|rc . ccnn.rJ J|.| tc bo n.Jo bv .ct.t|rc t|o ccn
n.rJ J|.| .|to. t|o buttcr |s .o|o.soJ
Option Description
Default
(Jo|.u|t:
´|.rcos tc sott|rcs n.Jo bv .ct.t|rc ccnn.rJ J|.| .|||o buttcr |s |o|J
Jc.r
Hold
Sott|rcs c.r bo c|.rcoJ bv .ct.t|rc ccnn.rJ J|.| .|to. buttcr |s .o|o.soJ ¯c
ox|t. p.oss buttcr .c.|r. p.oss s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v. c. (oxcopt .|or
No Limit |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc c3 c. cpt|cr.| /´ .J.pto. |s usoJ: ..|t
|c. .bcut 20 s
Custom Setting f7: Disable Shutter If No Memory Card
¯||s cpt|cr c.r bo usoJ tc or.b|o t|o s|utto. .o |o.so
.|or rc nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ |r t|o c.n o.. |cto
t|.t .|or p|ctcc..p|s ..o bo|rc c.p tu.oJ tc . ccnputo.
us|rc ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 ´.n o.. ´crt.c|. p|c tc c..p|s ..o
rct .occ.JoJ tc t|o c.n o.. non c .v c..J .rJ t|o s|utto.
.o|o.so .||| bo or .b|oJ .o c..J |oss c| t|o sott|rc c|csor
|c. t||s cpt|cr
Option Description
Release Locked
(Jo|.u|t:
S|utto..o|o.so buttcr J|s.b|oJ .|or rc nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ
Enable Release
S|utto..o|o.so buttcr or.b|oJ .|or rc nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ
||ctcc..p|s t.kor .|or rc nonc.v c..J |s |rso.toJ ..o rct s.voJ.
.|t|cuc| t|ov .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r ncr|tc.
173
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Oro .Jv.rt.co c| J|c|t.| S|| c.no..s |s t|o .|Jo v..|otv c| .ccossc.|os .v.||.b|o
|c. b.c.Jor|rc t|o sccpo c| J|c|t.| p|ctcc..p|v ¯|o |c||c.|rc tvpos c| .ccos
sc.v ..o .v.||.b|o |c. t|o |200
Optional Accessories
Use Only Nikon Brand Ac ces so ries
Or|v ||kcr b..rJ .c cos sc .|os co. t| fioJ bv ||kcr spo c|fi c.| |v |c. uso .|t| vcu. ||kcr J|c | t.|
c.n o.. ..o orc|roo.oJ .rJ p.cvor tc cp o. .to .|t| |r |ts cp o. . t|cr .| .rJ s.|otv .oou|.o
norts ¯|| |S| O| |O||||O| /´ ´|S SO |||S ´O||| |/V/´| +O|| ´/V ||/ /|| V/+ \O|| +O|| |||O| \/|
|/| ¯+
Software
Filters
Flash units (Speedlights)
Li-ion BATTERY PACK
Viewfinder accessories
Batteries
AC adapters
10-pin remote
terminal accessories
Lenses
Battery
packs
Technical Notes
174
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Lenses
´|| |orsos (p..t|cu|..|v tvpo ´ .rJ | |orsos: ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. uso .|t| t|o
|200 (rcto t|.t |` ||kkc. ´|| |orsos c.r rct bo usoJ:
¯|o |c||c.|rc |orsos c.r bo usoJ .|t| t|o |200
Camera setting
Lens/accessory
Focus Mode Metering
AF
M (with
electronic
range finder)
M
P
S
A
M

3D Color
C
P
U

l
e
n
s
e
s

1
Type G or D AF Nikkor
2
; AF-S, AF-I Nikkor ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — ✔
3
PC-Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2.8D
4
— ✔
5
✔ — ✔
6
✔ — ✔
3
AF-S / AF-I Teleconverter


8

8
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ — ✔
3
Other AF Nikkor (except lenses for F3AF) ✔
9

9
✔ ✔ ✔ — ✔ ✔
3
AI-P Nikkor — ✔
10
✔ ✔ ✔ — ✔ ✔
3
N
o
n
-
C
P
U

l
e
n
s
e
s
1
1
AI-modified, AI-, AI-S, or Series E Nikkor
12
— ✔
10
✔ — ✔
13
— ✔
14

15
Medical Nikkor 120 mm f/4 — ✔ ✔ — ✔
16
— — —
Reflex Nikkor — — ✔ — ✔
13
— — ✔
15
PC-Nikkor — ✔
5
✔ ✔
1
— — ✔
AI-type Teleconverter


18
— ✔
8
✔ — ✔
13
— ✔
14

15
TC-16A AF Teleconverter

— ✔
8
✔ — ✔
13
— ✔
14

15
PB-6 Bellows Focusing Attachment
19
— ✔
8
✔ — ✔
20
— — ✔
Auto extension rings (PK-series 11-A, 12, or 13;
PN-11)
— ✔
8
✔ — ✔
13
— — ✔
1 IX Nikkor lenses can not be used.
2 Vibration Reduction (VR) supported with VR lens es.
3 Spot metering meters selected focus area.
4 The camera’s exposure metering and flash con trol sys tems do
not work properly when shifting and/or tilt ing the lens, or
when an aperture oth er than the maximum aperture is used.
5 Electronic range finder can not be used with shifting or tilting.
6 Manual exposure mode only.
7 Compatible with AF-I Nikkor lenses and with all AF-S lens es
ex cept AF-S DX VR ED 18–200 mm f/3.5–5.6G; AF-S DX ED
12–24 mm f/4G, 17–55 mm f/2.8G, 18–55 mm f/3.5–5.6G,
18–70 mm f/3.5–4.5G, and 55–200 mm f/4–5.6G; AF-S VR
ED 24–120 mm f/3.5–5.6G; and AF-S ED 17–35 mm f/2.8D,
24–85 mm f/3.5–4.5G, and 28–70 mm f/2.8D.
8 With maximum effective aperture of f/5.6 or faster.
9 If AF 80–200 mm f/2.8S, AF 35–70 mm f/2.8S, new-model AF
28–85 mm f/3.5–4.5S, or AF 28–85 mm f/3.5–4.5S is zoomed
in while focusing at minimum range, image on matte screen in
viewfinder may not be in focus when in-focus indicator is dis-
played. Focus manually using image in viewfinder as guide.
10 With maximum ap er ture of f/5.6 or fast er.
11 Some lenses can not be used (see following page).
12 Range of rotation for Ai 80–200 mm f/2.8S ED tripod mount
limited by camera body. Filters can not be exchanged while Ai
200–400 mm f/4S ED is mounted on camera.
13 If maximum aperture is specified using Non-CPU Lens Data
option in shooting menu, aperture value will be displayed in
viewfinder and control panel.
14 Can be used only if lens focal length and maximum aperture
are specified using Non-CPU Lens Data option in shooting
menu. Use spot or center-weighted metering if desired results
are not achieved.
15 For improved precision, specify lens focal length and maxi-
mum aperture using Non-CPU Lens Data option in shooting
menu.
16 Can be used at in manual exposure modes at shutter speeds
slower than 1/125 s. If maximum aperture is specified using
Non-CPU Lens Data option in shooting menu, aperture value
will be displayed in viewfinder and control panel.
17 Exposure determined by presetting lens aperture. In aper-
ture-priority auto exposure mode, preset aperture using lens
aperture ring before performing AE lock or shifting lens. In
175
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
manual exposure mode, preset aperture using lens aperture
ring and determine exposure before shifting lens.
18 Exposure compensation required when used with AI 28–
85 mm f/3.5–4.5S, AI 35–105 mm f/3.5–4.5S, AI 35–135 mm
f/3.5–4.5S, or AF-S 80–200 mm f/2.8D. See teleconverter
manual for details.
19 Requires PK-12 or PK-13 auto extension ring.
20 Use preset aperture. In exposure mode A, set aperture using
focusing attachment before determining exposure and taking
photograph.
• PF-4 Reprocopy Outfit requires PA-4 Camera Holder.
Incompatible Accessories and Non-CPU Lenses
¯|o |c||c.|rc .ccossc.|os .rJ rcr´|| |orsos c.r |O¯ bo usoJ .|t| t|o |200
• |cr/| |orsos
• |orsos t|.t .oou|.o t|o /|1 |ccus|rc ur|t
(400 nn |/45. 600 nn |/56. 800 nn |/8.
1200 nn |/11:
• ||s|ovo (6 nn |/56. 8 nn |/8. O| 10 nn
|/56:
• 21 nn |/4 (c|J tvpo:
• |2 .|rcs
• || 180–600 nn |/8 (so.|.| runbo.s
14041–14180:
• || 360–1200 nn |/11 (so.|.| runbo.s
14031–1412:
• 200–600 nn |/95 (so.|.| runbo.s 280001–
300490:
• |orsos |c. t|o |3/| (80 nn |/28. 200 nn
|/35. ¯´16 ¯o|occrvo.to.:
• |´ 28 nn |/4 (so.|.| runbo. 180900 c.
o..||o.:
• |´ 35 nn |/28 (so.|.| runbo.s 851001–
906200:
• |´ 35 nn |/35 (c|J tvpo:
• 1000 nn |/63 |oflox (c|J tvpo:
• 1000 nn |/11 |oflox (so.|.| runbo.s
142361–143000:
• 2000 nn |/11 |oflox (so.|.| runbo.s
200111–200310:
Compatible Non-CPU Lenses
|| |ors J.t. ..o spoc|fioJ us|rc t|o Non-CPU lens data cpt|cr |r t|o s|cct|rc noru. n.rv
c| t|o |o.tu.os .v.||.b|o .|t| ´|| |orsos c.r .|sc bo usoJ .|t| rcr´|| |orsos || |ors J.t.
..o rct spoc|fioJ. cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc c.r rct bo usoJ. .rJ corto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc |s
usoJ .|or n.t.|x noto.|rc |s so|octoJ
|cr´|| |orsos c.r cr|v bo usoJ |r oxpcsu.o ncJos / .rJ V. .|or .po.tu.o nust bo sot
us|rc t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rc || t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o |.s rct boor spoc|fioJ us|rc Non-
CPU lens data. t|o c.no.. .po.tu.o J|sp|.v .||| s|c. t|o runbo. c| stcps |.cn n.x|nun
.po.tu.o. t|o .ctu.| .po.tu.o v.|uo nust bo .o.J cff t|o |ors .po.tu.o .|rc /po.tu.op.|c.
|tv .utc .||| bo so|octoJ .utcn.t|c.||v |r oxpcsu.o ncJos | .rJ S ¯|o oxpcsu.oncJo
|rJ|c.tc. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .||| b||rk. .rJ A .||| bo J|sp|.voJ |r t|o v|o.firJo.
176
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
´|| |orsos c.r bo |Jor t| fioJ bv t|o p.osorco c| ´|| ccrt.cts ¯vpo ´ |orsos ..o
n..koJ .|t| . “´” cr t|o |ors b...o|. tvpo | |orsos .|t| . “|”
CPU lens Type G lens Type D lens
¯vpo ´ |orsos ..o rct oou|ppoJ .|t| . |ors .po.tu.o .|rc |r||ko ct|o. ´|| |ors
os. t|o.o |s rc rooJ tc |cck t|o .po.tu.o .|rc .t t|o n|r|nun .po.tu.o sott|rc
(n.x|nun |/runbo.: .|or us|rc . tvpo ´ |ors
Picture Angle and Focal Length
¯|o J|.ccr.| p|ctu.o .rc|o c| t|o |200 |s |oss t|.r t|.t c| . 35nn c.n o..
\|or c.| cu |.t |rc t|o |cc.| |orct| c| t|o |orsos |c. t|o |200 |r 35nn |c.n.t.
nu| t| p|v t|o |cc.| |orct| c| t|o |ors bv .bcut 15
Option Approximate focal length (mm) in 35-mm format (modified for picture angle)
35-mm camera 1 20 24 28 35 50 60 85
D200 255 30 36 42 525 5 90 125
35-mm camera 105 135 180 200 300 400 500 600
D200 155 2025 20 300 450 600 50 900
¯|o s|.o c| t|o ..o. oxpcsoJ bv . 35nn
c.no.. |s 36 × 24 nn ¯|o s|.o c| t|o
..o. oxpcsoJ bv t|o |200. |r ccrt..st.
|s 236 ×158 nn. no.r|rc t|.t t|o J|.cc
r.| p|ctu.o .rc|o c| . 35nn c.no.. |s .p
p.cx|n.to|v 15 t|nos t|.t c| t|o |200
Cal cu lat ing Picture Angle
Picture size (D200)
Picture size (35-mm format)
Lens
(23.6 mm × 15.8 mm)
Picture diagonal
(36 mm × 24 mm)
Picture angle (35-mm format)
Picture angle (D200)
177
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Optional Flash Units (Speedlights)
\|or usoJ .|t| . ccnp.t|b|o Jov|co suc| .s t|o Sb800. Sb600. .rJ .oncto
Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:. t|o |200 suppc.ts t|o |u|| ..rco c|
cpt|crs .v.||.b|o .|t| t|o ||kcr ´.o.t|vo ||c|t|rc Svston (´|S:. |rc|uJ|rc |¯¯|
fl.s| ccrt.c| ( 6:. |\ |cck ( 81:. .rJ /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc ( 160:
Suppc.t |c. /Jv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||c|t|rc .||c.s t|o bu||t|r fl.s| tc bo usoJ .s .
ccnn.rJo. ur|t |c. .oncto Sb800. Sb600. .rJ Sb|200 SpooJ||c|ts Soo t|o
SpooJ||c|t n.ru.| |c. Jot.||s |cto t|.t t|o bu||t|r SpooJ||c|t .||| rct fi.o .|or
.r cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t |s .tt.c|oJ
SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights
¯|oso ||c| po.|c.n.rco SpooJ||c|ts |.vo ´u|Jo |unbo.s c| 38/125 .rJ 30/98
.ospoct|vo|v (n/|t. 35nn .ccn |o.J pcs|t|cr. |SO 100. 20 ´/68 |: ¯|o fl.s|
|o.J c.r bo .ct.toJ t|.cuc| 90 .bcvo t|o |c.|.crt.|. 180 |o|t. .rJ 90 .|c|t
|c. bcurcofl.s| c. c|csoup p|ctcc..p|v ¯|o Sb800 c.r bo .ct.toJ bo|c.
t|o |c.|.crt.| /utc pc.o. .ccn (24–105 nn .rJ 24–85 nn. .ospoct|vo|v: or
su.os t|.t t|o |||un|r.t|rc .rc|o |s .J|ustoJ |r .ccc.J .|t| |ors |cc.| |orct| ¯|o
bu||t|r .|Jo p.ro| c.r bo usoJ |c. .r .rc|o c| 14 nn (t|o Sb800 .|sc suppc.ts
1 nn: /r |||un|r.tc. |s |rc|uJoJ tc .ss|st |r .J|ust|rc sott|rcs |r t|o J..k
SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlight
¯||s ||c|po.|c.n.rco .|.o|oss .oncto SpooJ||c|t |.s . ´u|Jo |unbo. c| 10/32
(n/|t. |SO 100. 20 ´/68 |: /|t|cuc| |t c.rrct bo ncurtoJ cr t|o c.no.. .c
cossc.v s|co. t|o Sb|200 c.r bo fi.oJ us|rc .r cpt|cr.| Sb800 SpooJ||c|t c.
S|800 .|.o|oss SpooJ||c|t ccnn.rJo.. c. . c.no.. .|t| /Jv.rcoJ \|.o|oss
||c|t|rc .rJ . bu||t|r fl.s| \|t| t|o |200 |r ccnn.rJo. ncJo ( 163:. t|o
Sb|200 so.vos .s . .oncto fl.s| |t c.r |o|J bv |.rJ. p|.coJ cr .r /S20 SpooJ
||c|t st.rJ. c. ncurtoJ cr t|o c.no.. |ors us|rc t|o S`1 .tt.c|nort |c. .o
ncto ccrt.c| .rJ c|csoup |¯¯| p|ctcc..p|v
Use Only Nikon Flash Accessories
|so cr|v ||kcr SpooJ||c|ts |oc.t|vo vc|t.cos c. vc|t.cos cvo. 250 \ .pp||oJ tc t|o .c
cos sc .v s|co ccu|J rct cr|v p.ovort rc.n.| cpo..t|cr. but J.n.co t|o svrc c|. cu|t .v c|
t|o c.no.. c. fl.s| bo |c.o us |rc . ||kcr SpooJ ||c|t rct ||stoJ |r t||s soct|cr. ccr t.ct .
||kcr.u t|c .|.oJ so. v|co .op .o sor t. t|vo |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
178
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
¯|o |c||c.|rc |o.tu.os ..o .v.||.b|o .|t| t|o Sb800. Sb600. .rJ Sb|200
Speedlight
Flash mode/feature
SB-800 SB-600
Advanced Wireless Lighting
SB-800 SB-600
1
SB-R200
2
i-TTL
3

4

4
✔ ✔ ✔
AA Auto aperture
5

6
— ✔ — —
A Non-TTL auto ✔
6
— ✔

— —
GN Range-priority manual ✔ — — — —
M Manual ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
RPT Repeating flash ✔ — ✔
9

9

REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Red-eye reduction ✔ ✔ ✔ — —
Flash Color Information Communication ✔ ✔ — — —
Auto FP High-Speed Sync
8
✔ ✔ ✔
9

9

9
FV lock ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
AF-assist for multi-area AF
10

5

5
— — —
Auto zoom ✔ ✔ — — —
ISO Auto (Custom Setting b1) ✔ ✔ — — —
1 Functions as remote flash only.
2 Can not be mounted on camera accessory shoe. Can be used
as remote flash if camera is in commander mode ( 163) or
SB-800 Speedlight is mounted on camera and SB-R200 is con-
trolled by optional SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander.
3 When using non-CPU lens with i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for
Digital SLR, improved precision can be obtained if lens data
are specified in Non-CPU Lens Data menu.
4 Standard i-TTL for Digital SLR is used with spot metering or
when selected with Speedlight.
5 Not available with non-CPU lenses unless lens data have been
specified using Non-CPU Lens Data.
6 Use Speedlight controls to select flash mode.
7 Available only if non-CPU lens is used without specifying lens
data in Non-CPU Lens Data menu.
8 Select 1/250 s (Auto FP) for Custom Setting e1 (Flash Sync
Speed; 160). Not available if built-in flash fires.
9 Available only when SB-800 is used as master flash or optional
SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander is used.
10 Available with AF CPU lenses only.
¯|o |c||c.|rc SpooJ||c|ts c.r bo usoJ |r rcr¯¯| .utc .rJ n.ru.| ncJos ||
t|ov ..o sot tc ¯¯|. t|o c.no.. s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .||| |cck .rJ rc p|c tc
c..p|s c.r bo t.kor
Speedlight
Flash mode
SB-80DX, SB-28DX,
SB-28, SB-26,
SB-25, SB-24
SB-50DX, SB-23,
SB-29
2
,

SB-21B
2
,
SB-29S
2
SB-30, SB-27
1
, SB-22S,
SB-22, SB-20, SB-16B,
SB-15
A Non-TTL auto ✔ — ✔
M Manual ✔ ✔ ✔
Repeating flash ✔ — —
REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ ✔ ✔
1 When an SB-27 is mounted on the D200, the flash mode is automatically set to TTL, and the shutter-release will be disabled. Set the
SB-27 to A (non-TTL auto flash).
2 Autofocus is only avail able with AF-Mi cro lenses (60 mm, 105 mm, or 200 mm).
179
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Notes on Optional Speedlights
|o|o. tc t|o SpooJ||c|t n.ru.| |c. Jot.||oJ |rst.uct|crs || t|o SpooJ||c|t suppc.ts t|o
´.o.t|vo ||c|t|rc Svston. .o|o. tc t|o soct|cr cr ´|Sccnp.t|b|o J|c|t.| S|| c.no..s ¯|o
|200 |s rct |rc|uJoJ |r t|o “J|c|t.| S||” c.tocc.v |r t|o Sb80|`. Sb28|`. .rJ Sb50|`
n.ru.|s
|| /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc |s rct usoJ. t|o s|utto. .||| svrc|.cr|.o .|t| .r oxto.r.| fl.s|
.t spooJs c| '/.. s c. s|c.o.
|¯¯| fl.s| ccr t.c| c.r bo usoJ .t |SO sors|t|v|t|os bo t.oor 100 .rJ 1600 /t v.|uos cvo.
1600. t|o Jos|.oJ .o su|ts n.v rct bo .c||ovoJ .t scno ..rcos c. .po.tu.o sott|rcs || t|o
fl.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc. b||rks |c. .bcut t|.oo soccrJs .|to. . p|ctcc..p| |s t.kor. t|o fl.s|
|.s fi.oJ .t |u|| pc.o. .rJ t|o p|ctcc..p| n.v bo urJo.oxpcsoJ
\|or .r Sb800 c. Sb600 |s .tt.c|oJ. /|.ss|st |||un|r.t|cr .rJ .oJovo .oJuct|cr ..o
po.|c.noJ bv t|o cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t ¯|o c.no.. p.cv|Jos /|.ss|st |||un|r.t|cr .|or
ct|o. SpooJ||c|ts ..o usoJ ( 58–59:
/utc pc.o. .ccn |s .v.||.b|o cr|v .|t| Sb800 .rJ Sb600 SpooJ||c|ts
|r p.cc..nnoJ .utc. t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o (n|r|nun |/runbo.: |s ||n |t oJ .c cc.J |rc tc
sor s| t|v | tv (|SO oou|v.|orcv:. .s s|c.r bo|c.
Maximum aperture at ISO equivalent of:
100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600
4 42 45 48 5 53 56 6 63 6 1 6 8
|c. o.c| crostop |rc.o.so |r sors|t|v|tv (oc. |.cn 200 tc 400:. .po.tu.o |s stcppoJ Jc.r
bv |.|| .r |/stcp || t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors |s sn.||o. t|.r c|vor .bcvo. t|o
n.x|nun v.|uo |c. .po.tu.o .||| bo t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors
\|or .r S´so.|os 1. 28. c. 29 svrc c.b|o |s usoJ |c. cffc.no.. fl.s| p|ctcc..p|v. cc.
.oct oxpcsu.o n.v rct bo .c||ovoJ |r |¯¯| ncJo \o .occnnorJ t|.t vcu c|ccso spct
noto.|rc tc so|oct st.rJ..J |¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| ¯.ko . tost s|ct .rJ v|o. t|o .osu|ts |r t|o
ncr|tc.
|r |¯¯|. uso t|o fl.s| p.ro| c. bcurco .J.pto. p.cv|JoJ .|t| vcu. SpooJ||c|t |c rct uso
ct|o. p.ro|s suc| .s J|ffus|cr p.ro|s. .s t||s n.v p.cJuco |rcc..oct oxpcsu.o
180
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
¯|o |200 |s oou|ppoJ .|t| .r .ccossc.v s|co t|.t .||c.s
Sbso.|os SpooJ||c|ts. |rc|uJ|rc t|o Sb800. 600. 80|`.
50|`. 28|`. 28. 2. 23. 22S. .rJ 29S tc bo ncurtoJ J|
.oct|v cr t|o c.no.. .|t|cut . svrc c.b|o ¯|o .ccossc.v
s|co |s oou|ppoJ .|t| . s.|otv |cck |c. SpooJ||c|ts .|t| .
|cck|rc p|r. suc| .s t|o Sb800 .rJ Sb600
The Accessory Shoe
ISO Sensitivity (SB-800/SB-600)
\|or usoJ .|t| cpt|cr.| Sb800 .rJ Sb600 SpooJ||c|ts. |¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| c.r .J|ust |c.
|SO sors|t|v|t|os bot.oor 100 .rJ 1600 |t n.v rct bo .b|o tc .J|ust fl.s| |ovo| .pp.cp.|
.to|v |c. v.|uos cvo. 1600 \|or On |s so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc b1 (ISO Auto. 152:.
|SO sors|t|v|tv .||| .utcn.t|c.||v bo .J|ustoJ .s .oou|.oJ |c. cpt|n.| fl.s| cutput ¯||s n.v
.osu|t |r |c.oc.curJ sub|octs bo|rc urJo.oxpcsoJ |r fl.s| p|ctcc..p|s t.kor .t s|c. s|ut
to. spooJs. |r J.v||c|t. c. .c.|rst . b.|c|t b.ckc.curJ |r t|oso c.sos. c|ccso . fl.s| ncJo
ct|o. t|.r s|c. svrc c. so|oct ncJo A c. M .rJ c|ccso . |..co. .po.tu.o
/ svrc c.b|o c.r bo ccrroctoJ tc t|o svrc to.n|r.| .s
.oou|.oJ |c rct ccrroct .rct|o. SpooJ||c|t v|. . svrc
c.b|o .|or po.|c.n|rc .o..cu.t.|r svrc fl.s| p|ctcc..
p|v .|t| .r Sbso.|os SpooJ||c|ts suc| .s t|o 800. 600.
80|`. 28|`. 28. 50|`. 2. 23. 22s. c. 29s ncurtoJ cr t|o
c.no.. .ccossc.v s|co
The Sync Terminal
181
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Other Accessories
/t t|o t|no c| ..|t|rc. t|o |c||c.|rc .ccossc.|os .o.o .v.||.b|o |c. t|o |200
´crt.ct vcu. .ot.||o. c. |cc.| ||kcr .op.osort.t|vo |c. Jot.||s
Power
sources
♦ EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery /JJ|t|cr.| ||||3o b.tto.|os ..o .v.||.b|o
|.cn |cc.| .ot.||o.s .rJ ||kcr so.v|co .op.osort.t|vos ||||3. .rJ ||||3
b.tto.|os c.r rct bo usoJ
♦ MB-D200 Battery Pack ¯|o Vb|200 t.kos cro c.
t.c .oc|..co.b|o ||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.
|os c. s|x // .|k.||ro. ||V|. ||t||un. c. r|cko|
n.rc.roso b.tto.|os |t |s oou|ppoJ .|t| .
s|utto..o|o.so buttcr .rJ n.|r .rJ subccn
n.rJ J|.|s |c. |np.cvoJ cpo..t|cr .|or t.k|rc
p|ctcc..p|s |r pc.t..|t (t.||: c.|ort.t|cr \|or
.tt.c||rc t|o Vb|200. .oncvo t|o c.no.. b.t
to.v ccvo. .s s|c.r .t .|c|t
60°
♦ EH-6 AC Adapter |so t|o ||6 tc pc.o. t|o c.no.. |c. oxtorJoJ po.|cJs
Viewfinder
eyepiece
accessories
♦ Diopter-Adjustment Viewfinder Lenses |orsos ..o .v.||.b|o .|t| J|cpto.s c| –5.
–4. –3. –2. 0. |05. |1. |2. .rJ |3 n
–1
|so J|cpto. .J|ustnort |orsos cr|v ||
t|o Jos|.oJ |ccus c.r rct bo .c||ovoJ .|t| t|o bu||t|r J|cpto. .J|ustnort
ccrt.c| (–20 tc |10 n
–1
: ¯ost J|cpto. .J|ustnort |orsos bo|c.o pu.c|.so tc
orsu.o t|.t t|o Jos|.oJ |ccus c.r bo .c||ovoJ
♦ DK-21M Magnifying Eyepiece |rc.o.sos v|o.firJo. n.cr|fic.t|cr tc .pp.cx|
n.to|v 110× (50nn |/14 |ors .t |rfir|tv. –10 n
–1
:
♦ DG-2 Magnifier V.cr||v t|o scoro J|sp|.voJ |r t|o corto. c| t|o v|o.firJo. |c.
c|csoup p|ctcc..p|v. ccpv|rc. to|op|ctc |orsos. .rJ ct|o. t.sks t|.t c.|| |c.
.JJoJ p.oc|s|cr |vop|oco .J.pto. .oou|.oJ (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
♦ Eyepiece Adapter |so tc .tt.c| t|o |´2 V.cr|fio. tc t|o |200
♦ DR-6 Right-Angle Viewing Attachment ¯|o ||6 .tt.c|os .t . .|c|t .rc|o tc t|o
v|o.firJo. ovop|oco. .||c.|rc t|o |n.co |r t|o v|o.firJo. tc bo v|o.oJ |.cn
.bcvo .|or t|o c.no.. |s |r t|o |c.|.crt.| s|cct|rc pcs|t|cr
Filters • ||kcr fi|to.s c.r bo J|v|JoJ |rtc t|.oo tvpos sc.o.|r. J.cp|r. .rJ .o..|rto.
c|.rco |so ||kcr fi|to.s. ct|o. fi|to.s n.v |rto.|o.o .|t| .u tc |c cus c. o|oc t.cr |c
..rco firJ |rc
• ¯|o |200 c.r rct bo usoJ .|t| ||ro.. pc|..|.|rc fi|to.s |so t|o ´|| c|.cu|..
pc|..|.|rc fi|to. |rsto.J
• ¯|o |´ .rJ |3´ fi|to.s ..o .occnnorJoJ |c. p.c toct |rc t|o |ors
• \|or us|rc .r |60 fi|to.. sot oxpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr tc |1
• ¯c p.ovort nc|.o. uso c| . fi|to. |s rct .occnnorJoJ .|or t|o sub |oct |s
|..noJ .c.|rst . b.|c|t ||c|t. c. .|or . b.|c|t ||c|t scu.co |s |r t|o |..no
• ´orto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc |s .occnnorJoJ .|t| fi|to.s .|t| oxpcsu.o |.ctc.s
(fi|to. |.ctc.s: cvo. 1 × (+48. O56. |60. `0. `1. ´||. ||4S. ||8S. /2. /12. b2.
b8. b12:
182
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Remote
terminal
accessories
¯|o |200 |s oou|ppoJ .|t| . torp|r .oncto
to.n|r.| |c. .oncto ccrt.c| .rJ .utcn.t|c p|c
tcc..p|v ¯|o to.n|r.| |s p.cv|JoJ .|t| . c.p.
.||c| p.ctocts t|o ccrt.cts .|or t|o to.n|r.|
|s rct |r uso ¯|o |c||c.|rc .ccossc.|os c.r bo
usoJ (c.b|o |orct|s ..o c|vor |r p..ort|osos. .|| ficu.os ..o .pp.cx|n.to:
♦ MC-22 Remote Cord (1 n/3 |t 3 |r: |oncto s|utto. .o|o.so .|t| b|uo. vo||c..
.rJ b|.ck to. n| r.|s |c. ccrroct|cr tc . .oncto s|utto.t.|cco.|rc Jov|co. .|
|c.|rc ccrt.c| v|. scurJ c. o|oct.cr|c s|cr.|s
♦ MC-30 Remote Cord (80 cn/2 |t |r: |oncto s|utto. .o|o.so. c.r bo usoJ tc
.oJuco c.n o.. s|.ko c. koop t|o s|utto. cpor Ju.|rc . t|no oxpcsu.o
♦ MC-36 Remote Cord (85 cn/2 |t 9 |r: |oncto s|utto. .o|o.so. c.r bo usoJ tc
.oJuco c.n o.. s|.ko c. koop t|o s|utto. cpor Ju.|rc . t|no oxpcsu.o
|ou|ppoJ .|t| b.ck||t ccrt.c| p.ro|. s|utto..o|o.so |cck |c. uso |r bu|b
p|ctcc..p|v. .rJ t|no. t|.t boops .t crosoccrJ |rto.v.|s
♦ MC-21 Extension Cord (3 n/9 |t 10 |r: ´.r bo ccrroctoJ tc V´so.|os 20. 22. 23.
25. 30. c. 36
♦ MC-23 Connecting Cord (40 cn/1 |t 4 |r: ´crrocts t.c c.no..s |c. s| nu| t.
rocus cp o. . t|cr
♦ MC-25 Adapter Cord (20 cn/8 |r: ¯orp|r tc t.cp|r .J.pto. cc.J |c. ccrroc
t|cr tc Jo v|c os .|t| t.cp|r to.n|r.|s. |rc|uJ|rc t|o V\2 ..J|c ccrt.c| sot.
V¯2 |rto.v.|cnoto.. .rJ V|2 ncJu||to ccrt.c| sot
♦ MC-35 GPS Adapter Cord (35 cn/1 |t 2 |r: ´crrocts c.no.. tc ccnp.t|b|o ´|S
Jov|cos v|. |´ c.b|o supp||oJ bv n.ru|.ctu.o. c| ´|S Jov|co. .||c.|rc |.t|
tuJo. |crc|tuJo. .|t|tuJo. .rJ |¯´ (´cc.J|r.toJ |r|vo.s.| ¯|no: tc bo .occ.J
oJ .|t| p|ctcc..p|s ( 96:
♦ ML-3 Modulite Control Set /||c.s |r|...oJ .oncto ccrt.c| .t ..rcos c| up tc 8 n
(26 |t:
Body caps ♦ BF-1A Body Cap ¯|o b|1/ koops t|o n|..c.. v|o.firJo. sc.oor. .rJ |c.p.ss
fi|to. |.oo c| Just .|or . |ors |s rct |r p|.co
PC card
adapters
♦ EC-AD1 PC Card Adapter ¯|o |´/|1 |´ c..J .J.pto. .||c.s ¯vpo | ´cnp.ct
||.s| non c .v c..Js tc bo |rso.toJ |r |´V´|/ c..J s|cts
Software ♦ Nikon Capture 4 (Version 4.4 or Later) ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. c.r bo
usoJ tc ccrt.c| t|o c.no... c.ptu.o p|ctcs tc . ccnputo.. .rJ oJ|t .rJ s.vo
|/\ |n.cos |r ct|o. |c.n.ts
183
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Approved Memory Cards
¯|o |c||c.|rc c..Js |.vo boor tostoJ .rJ .pp.cvoJ |c. uso |r t|o |200
SanDisk
S|´|b 128 Vb. 256 Vb. 512 Vb. 1 ´b. 2 ´b. 4 ´b
S|´|b (¯vpo ||: 300 Vb
S|´|2b (¯vpo ||: 256 Vb
S|´|| (||t.. ||: 256 Vb. 512 Vb. 1 ´b. 2 ´b. 4 ´b. 8 ´b
S|´|` (|xt.ono |||: 1 ´b. 2 ´b. 4 ´b
Lexar
Media
|rt.v|ovo| ´cnp.ct||.s| c..Js 128 Vb. 256 Vb. 512 Vb
||c| spooJ 40× .|t| \.|to /cco|o..t|cr (\/: 256 Vb. 512 Vb. 1 ´b
|.c|oss|cr.| 40× .|t| \/ 8 ´b
|.c|oss|cr.| 80× .|t| \/ 512 Vb. 1 ´b. 2 ´b. 4 ´b
|.c|oss|cr.| 80× .|t| \/ .rJ |cck¯|c|t toc|rc|ccv 512 Vb. 2 ´b
V|c.cJ.|vo 1 ´b. 2 ´b. 4 ´b. 6 ´b
Opo..t|cr |s rct cu...rtooJ .|t| ct|o. n.kos c| c..J |c. nc.o Jot.||s cr t|o
.bcvo c..Js. p|o.so ccrt.ct t|o n.ru|.ctu.o.
Memory Cards
• |c.n.t nonc.v c..Js |r t|o c.no.. bo|c.o fi.st uso
• ¯u.r t|o pc. o. cff bo|c.o |r so.t |rc c. .o ncv |rc non c .v c..Js |c rct .oncvo non c .v
c..Js |.cn t|o c.no... tu.r t|o c.no.. cff. c. .o ncvo c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co
Ju.|rc |c.n.tt|rc c. .|||o J.t. ..o bo|rc .occ.JoJ. Jo|otoJ. c. ccp|oJ tc . ccnputo.
|.||u.o tc cbso.vo t|oso p.oc.ut|crs ccu|J .osu|t |r |css c| J.t. c. |r J.n .co tc t|o c.n
o.. c. c..J
• |c rct tcuc| t|o c..J to.n|r.|s .|t| vcu. firco.s c. not.| cb|octs
• |c rct .pp|v |c.co tc t|o c..J c.s|rc |.||u.o tc cb so.vo t||s p.oc.ut|cr ccu|J J.n .co
t|o c..J
• |c rct borJ. J.cp. c. sub|oct tc st.crc p|vs|c.| s|ccks
• |c rct oxpcso tc |o.t. ..to.. ||c| |ovo|s c| |un|J|tv. c. J|.oct sur||c|t
184
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

C
a
r
i
n
g

f
o
r

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
Caring for the Camera
Storage
\|or t|o c.no.. .||| rct bo usoJ |c. .r oxtorJoJ po.|cJ. .op|.co t|o ncr
| tc. ccvo.. .oncvo t|o b.tto.v. .rJ stc.o t|o b.tto.v |r . ccc|. J.v ..o. .|t| t|o
to.n|r.| ccvo. |r p|.co ¯c p.o vort nc|J c. n|| Jo.. stc.o t|o c.n o.. |r . J.v.
.o||vor t| |.t oJ ..o. |c rct stc.o vcu. c.n o.. .|t| r.p| t|. c. c.n p|c. nct|
b.||s c. |r |c c. t|crs t|.t
• ..o pcc.|v vort||.toJ c. sub|oct tc |un|J|t|os c| cvo. 60°
• ..o roxt tc oou|pnort t|.t p.cJucos st.crc o|oc t.c n.c rot |c fio|Js. suc| .s
to|ov|s|crs c. ..J|cs
• ..o oxpcsoJ tc tonpo..tu.os .bcvo 50 ´/122 | (|c. ox.np|o. ro.. . sp.co
|o.to. c. |r . c|csoJ vo || c|o cr . |ct J.v: c. bo|c. –10 ´ (14 |:
Cleaning
Camera body
|so . b|c.o. tc .oncvo Just .rJ ||rt. t|or .|po cort|v .|t| . sc|t. J.v
c|ct| /|to. us|rc t|o c.no.. .t t|o bo.c| c. so.s|Jo. .|po cff s.rJ c. s.|t
.|t| . c|ct| ||c|t|v J.nporoJ |r J|st|||oJ ..to. .rJ J.v t|c. cuc| |v
IMPORTANT |ust c. ct|o. |c.o|cr n.tto. |rs|Jo t|o c.no.. n.v c.uso
J.n.co rct ccvo.oJ urJo. .....rtv
Lens,
mirror, and
viewfinder
¯|oso o|onorts ..o n.Jo c| c|.ss .rJ ..o o.s||v J.n .coJ |oncvo Just
.rJ ||rt .|t| . b|c.o. || us|rc .r .o.csc| b|c.o.. koop t|o c.r vo.t|c.| tc
p.ovort t|o J|sc|..co c| ||ou|J ¯c .oncvo firco.p.|rts .rJ ct|o. st.|rs.
.pp|v . sn.|| .ncurt c| |ors c|o.ro. tc . sc|t c|ct| .rJ c|o.r .|t| c..o
Monitor
|oncvo Just .rJ ||rt .|t| . b|c.o. \|or .oncv|rc firco.p.|rts .rJ ct|
o. st.|rs. .|po t|o su.|.co ||c|t|v .|t| . sc|t c|ct| c. c|.nc|s |o.t| o. |c
rct .pp|v p.ossu.o. .s t||s ccu|J .osu|t |r J.n.co c. n.||urct|cr
The Monitor
S|cu|J t|o ncr|tc. b.o.k. c..o s|cu|J bo t.kor tc .vc|J |r|u.v c.usoJ bv b.ckor c|.ss .rJ
tc p.ovort ||ou|J c.vst.| |.cn orto.|rc vcu. ovos .rJ ncut|
The Control Panel
|..o|v. st.t|c o|oct.|c|tv n.v c.uso t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| tc b.|c|tor c. J..kor ¯||s Jcos rct
|rJ|c.to . n.||urct|cr. t|o J|sp|.v .||| s|c.t|v .otu.r tc rc.n.|
185
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

C
a
r
i
n
g

f
o
r

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
Use a Reliable Power Source
¯|o c.no.. s|utto. cu.t.|r |s Jo||c.to .rJ o.s||v J.n.coJ || t|o c.no.. pc.o.s cff .|||o
t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ. t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| c|cso .utcn.t|c.||v Obso.vo t|o |c||c.|rc p.o
c.ut|crs tc p.ovort J.n.co tc t|o cu.t.|r
• |so . |u||vc|..coJ b.tto.v c. .r ||6 /´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: |c. p.c|crcoJ
|rspoct|cr c. c|o.r|rc c| t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.
• |c rct tu.r t|o c.no.. cff c. .oncvo c. J|sccrroct t|o pc.o. scu.co .|||o t|o n|..c. |s
..|soJ
• || t|o b.tto.v .urs |c. .|||o t|o n|..c. |s ..|soJ. . boop .||| scurJ .rJ t|o /|.ss|st ||
|un|r.tc. .||| b||rk tc ...r t|.t t|o s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| c|cso .rJ t|o n|..c. .||| |c.o. |r
.bcut t.c n|rutos |rJ c|o.r|rc c. |rspoct|cr |nnoJ|.to|v
The Low-Pass Filter
¯|o |n.co sorsc. t|.t .cts .s t|o c.n o..’s p|ctu.o o|onort |s fittoJ .|t| . |c.
p.ss fi|to. tc p.ovort nc|.o /| t|cuc| t||s fi|to. p.ovorts |c.o|cr cb|octs |.cn
.J|o.|rc J|.oct|v tc t|o |n.co sorsc.. urJo. co.t.|r ccr J| t|crs J|.t c. Just cr
t|o fi|to. n.v .ppo.. |r p|ctcc..p|s || vcu suspoct t|.t J|.t c. Just |r s|Jo
t|o c.no.. |s .ffoct|rc vcu. p|c tc c..p|s. vcu c.r c|o.r t|o fi|to. .s Josc.|boJ
bo|c. |cto. |c.ovo.. t|.t t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. |s oxt.ono|v Jo||c.to .rJ o.s||v
J.n.coJ ||kcr .occnnorJs t|.t fi|to. bo c|o.roJ cr|v bv ||kcr.ut|c.|.oJ
so.v|co po.scrro|
1
|oncvo t|o |ors .rJ tu.r t|o c.no.. cr
2
||sp|.v t|o Mirror Lock-up noru .rJ p.oss
t|o nu|t| so|octc. .|c|t ( 11. rcto t|.t t||s
cpt|cr |s rct .v.||.b|o .t b.tto.v |ovo|s c|
c. bo|c.. .|||o s|cct|rc nu|t|p|o oxpcsu.os. c.
.|or us|rc .r cpt|cr.| Vb|200 b.tto.v p.ck
.|t| // b.tto.|os: ¯|o noss.co s|c.r .t .|c|t
.||| bo J|sp|.voJ .rJ . .c. c| J.s|os .||| .ppo..
|r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ v|o.firJo. ¯c .otu.r
tc rc.n.| cpo..t|cr .|t|cut ..|s|rc t|o n|..c..
tu.r t|o c.no.. cff
3
|.oss t|o s|ut to..o |o.so but tcr .|| t|o ..v
Jc.r ¯|o n|. .c. .||| bo ..|soJ .rJ t|o s|ut to.
cu. t.|r .||| cpor. .o vo.| |rc t|o |c.p.ss fi| to..
.rJ . .c. c| J.s|os .||| b||rk |r t|o ccrt.c| p.r
o| ¯|o J|sp|.v |r t|o v|o.firJo. .||| tu.r cff
186
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

C
a
r
i
n
g

f
o
r

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
5
|o ncvo .rv Just .rJ ||rt |.cn t|o fi|to. .|t| .
b|c. o. |c rct uso . b|c.o.b.us|. .s t|o b.|s
t|os ccu|J J.n.co t|o fi|to. ||.t t|.t c.r rct
bo .oncvoJ .|t| . b|c.o. c.r cr|v bo .o ncvoJ
bv ||kcr.u t|c .|.oJ so. v|co po. scr ro| |r Jo.
rc c|.cunst.rcos s|cu|J vcu tcuc| c. .|po t|o
fi| to.
6
¯u.r t|o c.no.. cff ¯|o n|..c. .||| .otu.r tc t|o Jc.r pcs|t|cr .rJ t|o
s|utto. cu.t.|r .||| c|cso |op|.co t|o |ors c. bcJv c.p
4
|c|J|rc t|o c.no.. sc t|.t ||c|t |.||s cr t|o |c.
p.ss fi|to.. ox .n |ro t|o fi|to. |c. Just c. ||rt || rc
|c.o|cr cb|octs ..o p.osort. p.ccooJ tc Stop 6
Foreign Matter on the Low-Pass Filter
||kcr t.kos ovo.v pcss|b|o p.oc.ut|cr tc p.o vort |c.o|cr n.tto. |.cn ccn |rc |rtc ccr t.ct
.|t| t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. Ju.|rc p.cJuct|cr .rJ s||p p|rc ¯|o |200. |c. ov o.. |s Jos|croJ
tc bo usoJ .|t| |rto.c|.rco.b|o |ors os. .rJ |c. o|cr n.tto. n.v orto. t|o c.no.. .|or
|ors os ..o .oncvoJ c. oxc|.rcoJ Orco |rs|Jo t|o c.no... t||s |c. o|cr n.tto. n.v .J|o.o
tc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.. .|o.o |t n.v .ppo.. |r p|ctcc..p|s t.k or urJo. co. t.|r ccr J| t|crs
¯c p.ovort |c.o|cr n.tto. |.cn orto.|rc t|o c.no... Jc rct oxc|.rco |orsos |r Justv orv|
.crnorts ¯c p.c toct t|o c.no.. .|or rc |ors |s |r p|.co. bo su.o tc .op|.co t|o bcJv c.p
p.c v|J oJ .|t| t|o c.no... bo|rc c..o |u| tc fi.st .oncvo .|| Just .rJ ct|o. |c.o|cr n.tto.
t|.t n.v bo .J |o. |rc tc t|o bcJv c.p
S|cu|J |c.o|cr n.tto. firJ |ts ..v crtc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to.. c|o.r t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. .s |r
st.uctoJ cr p.cos 185–186 c| t||s n.ru.|. c. |.vo t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. c|o.roJ bv .ut|c
.|.oJ ||kcr so. v|co po. scr ro| ||c tc c..p|s .ffoctoJ bv t|o p.osorco c| |c. o|cr n.tto. cr
t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. c.r bo .o tcuc|oJ us |rc ||kcr ´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o
sop...to|v: c. t|o c|o.r |n.co cpt|crs .v.||.b|o |r scno t||.Jp..tv |n .c |rc sc|t...o
Servicing the Camera and Accessories
¯|o |200 |s . p.oc|s|cr Jov|co .rJ .oou|.os .ocu|.. so.v|c|rc ||kcr .occnnorJs t|.t t|o
c.no.. bo |rspoctoJ bv t|o c.|c|r.| .ot.||o. c. ||kcr so.v|co .op.osort.t|vo crco ovo.v
cro tc t.c vo..s. .rJ t|.t |t bo so.v|coJ crco ovo.v t|.oo tc fivo vo..s (rcto t|.t |oos .p
p|v tc t|oso so.v|cos: |.oouort |rspoct|cr .rJ so.v|c|rc ..o p..t|cu|..|v .occnnorJoJ ||
t|o c.no.. |s usoJ p.c|oss|cr.||v /rv .ccossc.|os .ocu|..|v usoJ .|t| t|o c.no... suc|
.s |orsos c. cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|ts. s|cu|J bo |rc|uJoJ .|or t|o c.no.. |s |rspoctoJ c.
so.v|coJ
187
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

C
a
r
i
n
g

f
o
r

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions
Do not drop
¯|o p.cJuct n.v n.||urct|cr || sub |oct oJ tc
st.crc s|ccks c. v| b.. t|cr
Keep dry
¯||s p.cJuct |s rct ..to.p.cc|. .rJ n.v n.|
|urc t|cr || |n no.soJ |r .. to. c. ox pcsoJ tc
||c| |ovo|s c| |u n|J | tv |ust |rc c| t|o |r to. r.|
noc| . r|sn c.r c.uso |. .op . .. b|o J.n .co
Avoid sudden changes in tem per a ture
SuJ Jor c|.rc os |r ton po. . tu.o. suc| .s cc cu.
.|or or to. |rc c. |o.v |rc . |o.t oJ bu||J |rc cr
. cc|J J.v. c.r c.uso ccr Jor s. t|cr |r s|Jo t|o
Jo v|co ¯c p.ovort ccr Jor s. t|cr. p|.co t|o Jo
v|co |r . c.. .v |rc c.so c. . p|.s t|c b.c bo |c.o
ox pcs |rc |t tc suJ Jor c|.rc os |r ton po. . tu.o
Keep away from strong mag net ic fields
|c rct uso c. stc.o t||s Jov|co |r t|o v| c|r | tv
c| oou|p nort t|.t cor o. .tos st.crc o|oc t.c
n.c rot |c ..J|.t|cr c. n.c rot |c fio|Js St.crc
st.t|c c|..c os c. t|o n.c rot |c fio|Js p.c JucoJ
bv oou|p nort suc| .s ..J|c t..rs n|t to.s ccu|J
|r to. |o.o .|t| t|o ncr|tc.. J.n .co J.t. stc.oJ
cr t|o non c .v c..J. c. .ffoct t|o p.cJ uct’s |r
to. r.| c|. cu|t .v
Do not leave the lens pointed at the sun
|c rct |o.vo t|o |ors pc|rtoJ .t t|o sur c.
.rct|o. s|c|t scu.co |c. .r oxtorJoJ po.|cJ
|rtorso ||c|t n.v c.uso t|o |n.co sorsc. tc
Joto.|c..to c. p.cJuco . .||to b|u. offoct |r
p|ctcc..p|s
Blooming
\o.t|c.| .||to st.o.ks n.v .ppo.. |r p|ctc
c..p|s c| t|o sur c. ct|o. st.crc ||c|t scu.cos
¯||s p|orcnorcr. krc.r .s “b|ccn|rc.” c.r
bo p.ovortoJ bv .oJuc|rc t|o .ncurt c| ||c|t
t|.t |.||s cr t|o |n.co sorsc.. o|t|o. bv c|ccs
|rc . s|c. s|utto. spooJ .rJ sn.|| .po.tu.o c.
bv us|rc .r || fi|to.
Do not touch the shutter curtain
¯|o s|utto. cu.t.|r |s oxt.ono|v t||r .rJ o.s
||v J.n.coJ |rJo. rc c|. cun st.rc os s|cu|J
vcu oxo.t p.os su.o cr t|o cu.t.|r. pcko |t .|t|
c|o.r |rc tcc|s. c. sub |oct |t tc pc.o.|u| .|.
cu. .orts |.cn . b|c. o. ¯|oso .ct|crs ccu|J
sc..tc|. Jo |c.n. c. to.. t|o cu.t.|r
Handle all mov ing parts with care
|c rct .p p|v |c.co tc t|o b.t to.vc|.n bo..
c..Js|ct. c. ccr roc tc. ccv o.s ¯|oso p..ts ..o
os po c|.| |v sus cop t| b|o tc J.n .co
Cleaning
• \|or c|o.r|rc t|o c.no.. bcJv. uso . b|c.
o. tc .oncvo Just .rJ ||rt. t|or .|po cort|v
.|t| . sc|t. J.v c|ct| /|to. us|rc vcu. c.n
o.. .t t|o bo.c| c. so.s|Jo. .|po cff .rv s.rJ
c. s.|t us|rc . c|ct| ||c|t|v J.np oroJ .|t|
pu.o ..to. .rJ t|or J.v vcu. c.no.. t|c.
cuc||v |r ...o |r st.rc os. st.t|c o|oct.|c|tv
p.cJucoJ bv . b.us| c. c|ct| n.v c.uso t|o
|´| J|s p|.vs tc ||c|t up c. J..k or ¯||s Jcos
rct |r J| c.to . n.||urct|cr. .rJ t|o J|s p|.v
.||| s|c.t|v .otu.r tc rc.n.|
• \|or c|o.r|rc t|o |ors .rJ n|..c.. .o non bo.
t|.t t|oso o|onorts ..o o.s||v J.n .coJ
|ust .rJ ||rt s|cu|J bo cor t|v .oncvoJ .|t|
. b|c.o. \|or us|rc .r .o.csc| b|c.o..
koop t|o c.r vo.t|c.| (t||t|rc t|o c.r ccu|J
.osu|t |r ||ou|J bo |rc sp..voJ cr t|o n|. .c.:
|| vcu Jc cot . firco.p.|rt c. ct|o. st.|r cr
t|o |ors. .pp|v . sn.|| .ncurt c| |ors c|o.ro.
tc . sc|t c|ct| .rJ .|po t|o |ors c..o|u||v
• Soo “´|o.r|rc t|o |c.|.ss |||to.” |c. |r|c.n.
t|cr cr c|o.r|rc t|o |c.p.ss fi|to. ( 185:
188
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

C
a
r
i
n
g

f
o
r

t
h
e

C
a
m
e
r
a
Storage
• ¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n||Jo.. stc.o t|o c.n o..
|r . J.v. .o||vor t| |.t oJ ..o. || vcu .||| rct bo
us |rc t|o p.cJ uct |c. |crc po .| cJs. .o ncvo
t|o b.t to.v tc p.o vort |o.k .co .rJ stc.o t|o
c.n o.. |r . p|.st|c b.c ccr t.|r |rc . Jos |c c.rt
|c rct. |c. ov o.. stc.o t|o c.n o.. c.so |r .
p|.s t|c b.c. .s t||s n.v c.uso t|o n. to .| .| tc
Jo to .| c ..to |cto t|.t Jos |c c.rt c..J u .| |v |cs os
|ts c. p.c | tv tc .b sc.b nc|s tu.o .rJ s|cu|J bo
.o p|.coJ .t .oc u |.. |r to. v.|s
• |c rct stc.o t|o c.no.. .|t| r.p| t|. c.
c.np|c. nct| b.||s. c|cso tc oou|p nort
t|.t p.c Juc os st.crc n.c rot |c fio|Js. c. |r
..o.s sub|oct tc oxt.onos c| ton po. . tu.o. |c.
ox .n p|o ro.. . sp.co |o.to. c. |r . c|csoJ
vo || c|o cr . |ct J.v
• ¯c p.ovort nc|J c. n|| Jo.. t.ko t|o c.n o..
cut c| stc..co .t |o.st crco . ncrt| ¯u.r
t|o c.no.. cr .rJ .o |o.so t|o s|ut to. . |o.
t|nos bo|c.o putt|rc t|o c.n o.. ...v .c.|r
• Stc.o t|o b.tto.v |r . ccc|. J.v p|.co |op|.co
t|o to.n|r.| ccvo. bo|c.o put t|rc t|o b.tto.v
...v
Notes on the monitor
• ¯|o ncr|tc. n.v ccrt.|r . |o. p|x o|s t|.t
..o .|..vs ||t c. t|.t Jc rct ||c|t ¯||s |s .
c|.. .c to. |s t|c ccn ncr tc .|| ¯|¯ |´| ncr|
tc.s .rJ Jcos rct |r J| c.to . n.| |urc t|cr |n
.c os .o cc.J oJ .|t| t|o p.cJ uct .||| rct bo
.ffoct oJ
• |n.cos |r t|o ncr | tc. n.v bo J|ffi cu|t tc soo
|r . b.|c|t ||c|t
• |c rct .pp|v p.ossu.o tc t|o ncr|tc.. t||s
ccu|J c.uso J.n .co c. n.| |urc t|cr |ust c.
||rt cr t|o ncr | tc. c.r bo .o ncvoJ .|t| .
b|c.o. St.|rs c.r bo .o ncvoJ bv .ub b|rc
t|o su.|.co ||c|t |v .|t| . sc|t c|ct| c. c|.n
c|s |o.t| o.
• S|cu|J t|o ncr|tc. b.o.k. c..o s|cu|J bo
t.kor tc .vc|J |r|u.v Juo tc b.c kor c|.ss .rJ
tc p.o vort t|o ||o u|J c.vst.| |.cn t|o ncr|
tc. tcuc| |rc t|o sk|r c. or to. |rc t|o ovos c.
ncut|
• |op|.co t|o ncr|tc. ccvo. .|or t..rs pc.t |rc
t|o c.no.. c. |o.v|rc |t ur .t torJ oJ
Turn the product off before re mov ing or disconnecting
the power source
|c rct urp|uc t|o p.cJuct c. .o ncvo t|o b.t
to.v .|||o t|o p.cJ uct |s cr. c. .|||o |n .c os
..o bo|rc .occ.JoJ c. Jo|otoJ |c.c |b|v cut t|rc
pc. o. tc t|o p.cJ uct |r t|oso c|. cun st.rc os
ccu|J .o su|t |r |css c| J.t. c. |r J.n.co tc
p.cJuct nonc.v c. |rto.r.| c|.cu|t.v ¯c p.o
vort .r .c c| Jor t.| |r to. .up t|cr c| pc. o.. .vc|J
c.. .v |rc t|o p.cJ uct |.cn cro |c c. t|cr tc .r
ct| o. .|||o t|o /´ .J.pto. |s ccr roct oJ
Batteries
• ||.t cr t|o b.tto.v to.n|r.|s c.r p.ovort t|o
c.no.. |.cn |urct|cr|rc
• \|or vcu tu.r t|o Jov|co cr. c|ock t|o b.t
to.v|ovo| J|s p|.voJ |r t|o ccr t.c| p.r o| tc
Jo to. n|ro .|ot|o. t|o b.t to.v rooJs tc bo
.oc|..coJ c. .op|.coJ ¯|o b.t to.v rooJs tc
bo .oc|..coJ c. .op|.coJ .|or t|o b.tto.v
|ovo| |r J| c. tc. |s fl.s| |rc
• \|or t.k |rc p|c tc c..p|s cr |n pc. t.rt cc
c. s|crs. .o.Jv . sp..o ||||3o b.t to.v .rJ
koop |t |u| |v c|..coJ |o porJ |rc cr vcu.
|c c. t|cr. vcu n.v firJ |t J|ffi cu|t tc pu. c|.so
.o p|.co nort b.t to. |os cr s|c.t rct|co
• Or cc|J J.vs. t|o c.p.c|tv c| b.t to. |os torJs
tc Jo c.o.so bo su.o t|o b.tto.v |s |u||v
c|..coJ bo|c.o t.k |rc p|c tc c..p|s cut s|Jo
|r cc|J .o.t| o. |oop . sp..o b.t to.v |r .
...n p|.co .rJ ox c|.rco t|o t.c .s roc
os s..v Orco ...noJ. . cc|J b.t to.v n.v
.o ccv o. scno c| |ts c|..co
• ´crt|ru|rc tc c|..co t|o b.tto.v .|to. |t |s |u|
|v c|..coJ c.r |np.|. b.tto.v po.|c.n.rco
• S|cu|J t|o b.t to.v to. n| r.|s bo ccno J|.tv.
.|po t|on cff .|t| . c|o.r. J.v c|ct| bo |c.o
uso
• /|to. .oncv|rc t|o b.tto.v |.cn t|o c.n o...
bo su.o tc .op|.co t|o to. n| r.| ccv o.
• |soJ b.tto.|os ..o . v.|u.b|o .oscu.co ||o.so
.ocvc|o usoJ b.tto.|os |r .ccc.J .|t| |cc.|
.ocu|.t|crs
189
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

T
r
o
u
b
l
e
s
h
o
o
t
i
n
g
Troubleshooting
|| t|o c.no.. |.||s tc |urct|cr .s oxpoctoJ. c|ock t|o ||st c| ccnncr p.cb|ons
bo|c. bo|c.o ccrsu|t|rc vcu. .ot.||o. c. ||kcr .op.osort.t|vo |o|o. tc t|o p.co
runbo.s |r t|o .|c|tncst cc|unr |c. nc.o |r|c.n.t|cr
Problem Solution
´.no.. t.kos t|no tc tu.r cr |o|oto fi|os c. |c|Jo.s
105.
133
\|o.firJo. |s cut c| |ccus
• /J|ust v|o.firJo. |ccus
• |so cpt|cr.| J|cpto. .J|ustnort |ors
16
181
\|o.firJo. |s J..k ´|..co b.tto.v c. |rso.t c|..coJ b.tto.v 10
||sp|.vs tu.r cff .|t|cut ...r|rc ´|ccso |crco. ncr|tc. cff c. noto. cff Jo|.vs 15
|rusu.| c|...cto.s J|sp|.voJ |r ccr
t.c| p.ro|
Soo “/ |cto cr ||oct.cr|c.||v ´crt.c||oJ ´.n
o..s.” bo|c.

||sp|.vs |r ccrt.c| p.ro| c. v|o.firJ
o. ..o s|c. .rJ J|n
||sp|.vs ..o .ffoctoJ bv ||c| c. |c. tonpo..
tu.os

• ||ro ||ros ..curJ .ct|vo |ccus ..o.
|r v|o.firJo.
• \|o.firJo. J|sp|.v tu.rs .oJ
¯|oso p|orcnor. ..o rc.n.| .rJ Jc rct |rJ|
c.to . n.||urct|cr

||.vb.ck noru |s ur.v.||.b|o |rso.t nonc.v c..J 14
Voru |ton |s ur.v.||.b|o
|rso.t nonc.v c..J Battery Info cpt|cr |s
cr|v .v.||.b|o .|or us|rc ||||3o b.tto.|os
14
123
|n.co s|.o c.r rct bo c|.rcoJ NEF (RAW) so|octoJ |c. |n.co ou.||tv 28
S|utto. .o|o.so |s J|s.b|oJ
• /po.tu.o rct |cckoJ .t ||c|ost |/runbo.
• Vonc.v c..J |s |u|| c. rct |rso.toJ
• ||.s| |s c|..c|rc
• ´.no.. |s rct |r |ccus
• |xpcsu.o ncJo S so|octoJ .|t| so|oct
oJ |c. s|utto. spooJ
8
14
9
20
64.
68
A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cam er as
|r oxt.ono|v ...o |r st.rc os. ur usu .| c|.. .c to.s n.v .p po.. |r t|o ccrt.c| p.ro| .rJ t|o
c.n o.. n.v stcp |urc t|cr |rc |r ncst c.s os. t||s p|o rcn o rcr |s c.usoJ bv . st.crc ox
to. r.| st.t |c c|..co ¯u.r t|o c.n o.. cff. .o ncvo .rJ .op|.co t|o b.tto.v (rcto t|.t t|o
b.tto.v n.v bo |ct:. .rJ tu.r t|o c.n o.. cr .c.|r. c.. || vcu ..o us|rc .r /´ .J.pt o. (.v.||
.b|o sop . ..to |v:. J|s ccr roct .rJ .o ccr roct t|o .J.pt o. .rJ tu.r t|o c.n o.. cr .c.|r |r
t|o ovort c| ccr t|r uoJ n.| |urc t|cr. ccr t.ct vcu. .o t.|| o. c. ||kcr .op .o sor t. t|vo |cto
t|.t J|s ccr roct |rc t|o pc.o. scu.co .s Jo sc.|boJ .bcvo n.v .osu|t |r |css c| .rv J.t. rct
.o cc.J oJ tc t|o nonc.v c..J .t t|o t|no t|o p.cb |on cccu..oJ |.t. .|.o.Jv .occ.JoJ tc
t|o c..J .||| rct bo .ffoctoJ
190
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

T
r
o
u
b
l
e
s
h
o
o
t
i
n
g
Problem Solution
´.r rct so|oct |ccus ..o.
• |r|cck |ccus ..o. so|octc.
• ´|csost sub|oct p.|c.|tv |s |r offoct
• Vcr|tc. |s cr c.no.. |r p|.vb.ck ncJo
• |xpcsu.o noto.s ..o cff p.oss s|utto..o|o.so
buttcr |.||..v
53
54
98
16
/|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. Jcos rct ||c|t
• ´.no.. |s |r |ccus ncJo C
• ´orto. |ccus ..o. c. |ccus ..o. c.cup |s rct
so|octoJ c. c|csost p.|c.|tv |s so|octoJ |c.
c.cup Jvr.n|c..o. /|
• Off so|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc .9 (AF As-
sist:
• |||un|r.tc. |.s tu.roJ cff .utcn.t|c.||v ||
|un|r.tc. n.v boccno |ct .|t| ccrt|ruoJ
uso. ..|t |c. |.np tc ccc| Jc.r
51
53.
54.
149
152
58
|u|| ..rco c| s|utto. spooJs rct .v.||
.b|o
||.s| |r uso ||.s| svrc spooJ c.r bo so|octoJ
us|rc ´ustcn Sott|rc o1 (Flash Sync Speed:.
.|or us|rc cpt|cr.| Sb800. Sb600. c. Sb
|200 SpooJ||c|t. c|ccso 1/250 s (Auto FP) |c.
|u|| ..rco c| s|utto. spooJs
160
|ccus Jcos rct |cck .|or s|utto..o
|o.so buttcr |s p.ossoJ |.||..v
´.no.. |s |r |ccus ncJo C uso AE-L/AF-L buttcr
tc |cck |ccus
56
/.o. s|c.r |r v|o.firJo. |s sn.||o.
t|.r fir.| p|ctc
\|o.firJo. |.s vo.t|c.| .rJ |c.|.crt.| |..no
ccvo..co c| .bcut 95°

||ctcs ..o cut c| |ccus
• |ct.to |ccusncJo so|octc. tc S c. C
• ´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rc .utc|ccus uso
n.ru.| |ccus c. |ccus |cck
51
56.
60
|occ.J|rc t|no |rc.o.sos ¯u.r rc|so .oJuct|cr cff 131
|.rJcn|vsp.coJ b.|c|t p|xo|s (“rc|so”:
.ppo.. |r p|ctcs
• ´|ccso |c.o. |SO sors|t|v|tv c. tu.r ||c| |SO
rc|so .oJuct|cr cr
• S|utto. spooJ |s s|c.o. t|.r 8 s uso |crc ox
pcsu.o rc|so .oJuct|cr
33.
131
131
b|ctc|os .ppo.. cr p|ctcs
• ´|o.r |ors
• ´|o.r |c.p.ss fi|to.
184
185
´c|c.s ..o urr.tu..|
• /J|ust .||to b.|.rco tc n.tc| ||c|t scu.co
• /J|ust Optimize Image sott|rcs
35
45
´crt|rucus s|cct|rc ur.v.||.b|o |c.o. fl.s| 8
|/\ |n.co |s rct p|.voJ b.ck ||ctc t.kor .t |n.co ou.||tv c| ||||'||´ 28
´.r rct no.su.o .||to b.|.rco Sub|oct |s tcc J..k c. tcc b.|c|t 41
|n.co c.r rct bo so|octoJ .s scu.co
|c. p.osot .||to b.|.rco
|n.co ..s rct c.o.toJ .|t| |200 42
191
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

T
r
o
u
b
l
e
s
h
o
o
t
i
n
g
Problem Solution
\||to b.|.rco b..ckot|rc ur.v.||
.b|o
• ||| (|/\: c. ||||'||´ |n.co ou.||tv cpt|cr
so|octoJ |c. |n.co ou.||tv
• \||to b.|.rco sot tc (Choose Color
Temp.: c. (White Balance Preset:
• Vu|t|p|o oxpcsu.o |s bo|rc .occ.JoJ
43
38.
40
86
|osu|ts |c. Optimize Image v..v
|.cn s|ct tc s|ct
So|oct Custom .rJ c|ccso sott|rc ct|o. t|.r
Auto |c. Image Sharpening. Tone Compen-
sation. .rJ Saturation
45
Voto.|rc c.r rct bo c|.rcoJ /utcoxpcsu.o |cck |s |r offoct 0
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr c.r rct bo
usoJ
´|ccso oxpcsu.o ncJo P. S. c. A 62
“¯.||” (pc.t..|tc.|ort.t|cr: p|ctcs ..o
J|sp|.voJ |r “.|Jo” (|.rJsc.po: c.|or
t.t|cr
• So|oct On |c. Rotate Tall
• ||ctc ..s t.kor .|t| Off so|octoJ |c. Auto
Image Rotation
• ´.no.. c.|ort.t|cr ..s c|.rcoJ .|||o s|ut
to..o|o.so buttcr ..s p.ossoJ |r ccrt|rucus
ncJo
• ´.no.. ..s pc|rtoJ up c. Jc.r .|or s|ct
..s t.kor
142
119
2
119
´.r rct Jo|oto p|ctc ||ctc |s p.ctoctoJ .oncvo p.ctoct|cr 104
Scno p|ctcs ..o rct J|sp|.voJ Ju.
|rc p|.vb.ck
So|oct All |c. Playback Folder |cto t|.t Cur-
rent .||| .utcn.t|c.||v bo so|octoJ .|or roxt
p|ctc |s t.kor
135
Voss.co |s J|sp|.voJ st.t|rc t|.t rc
|n.cos ..o .v.||.b|o |c. p|.vb.ck
So|oct All |c. Playback Folder 135
´.r rct c|.rco p.|rt c.Jo. Vonc.v c..J |s |u|| Jo|oto p|ctcs
105.
133
´.r rct p.|rt p|ctu.os v|. J|.oct |Sb
ccrroct|cr
Sot USB tc PTP 121
´.r rct so|oct p|ctc |c. p.|rt|rc
||ctc |s . |/\ (|||: |n.co ¯..rs|o. p|ctu.o tc
ccnputo. .rJ uso supp||oJ sc|t...o c. ||kcr
´.ptu.o 4 \o.s|cr 44 c. |.to. (.v.||.b|o sop.
..to|v: tc p.|rt p|ctc
10.
182
||ctc |s rct J|sp|.voJ cr ¯\ ´|ccso cc..oct v|Joc ncJo 11
´.r rct ccpv p|ctcs tc ccnputo. ´|ccso cc..oct |Sb cpt|cr 121
´.r rct uso ´.no.. ´crt.c| Sot USB tc PTP 121
|.to c| .occ.J|rc |s rct cc..oct Sot c.no.. c|cck 12
192
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

T
r
o
u
b
l
e
s
h
o
o
t
i
n
g
Camera Error Messages and Displays
¯||s soct|cr ||sts t|o |rJ|c.tc.s .rJ o..c. noss.cos t|.t .ppo.. |r t|o v|o.firJo..
ccrt.c| p.ro|. .rJ ncr|tc. .|or t|o.o |s . p.cb|on .|t| t|o c.no..
Indicator
Problem Solution
Control
panel
View-
finder
(blinks)
|ors .po.tu.o .|rc |s rct |cckoJ
.t n|r|nun .po.tu.o
|cck .|rc .t n|r|nun .po.tu.o
(|..cost |/runbo.:
8
|c. b.tto.v |o.Jv |u||vc|..coJ sp..o b.t to.v 10
(blinks) (blinks)
• b.tto.v ox|.ustoJ
• b.tto.v |r|c.n.t|cr rct .v.||
.b|o
• |oc|..co c. oxc|.rco .|t|
|u||vc|..coJ sp..o b.tto.v
• b.tto.v c.r rct bo usoJ |r c.n
o..
10
11
(blinks)
´.no.. c|cck |s rct sot Sot c.no.. c|cck 12
|c |ors .tt.c|oJ. c. rcr´|| |ors
.tt.c|oJ .|t|cut spoc||v|rc n.x|
nun .po.tu.o /po.tu.o s|c.r |r
stcps |.cn n.x|nun .po.tu.o
/po.tu.o v.|uo .||| bo J|sp|.voJ
|| n.x|nun .po.tu.o |s spoc|fioJ
6.
69

(blinks)
´.no.. ur.b|o tc |ccus us|rc
.utc|ccus
|ccus n.ru.||v 60
Sub|oct tcc b.|c|t. p|ctc .||| bo
cvo.oxpcsoJ
• ´|ccso |c.o. sors|t|v|tv
• |so cpt|cr.| |out..| |ors|tv
(||: fi|to.
• |r ox pc su.o ncJo
S |rc.o.so s|utto. spooJ
A ´|ccso sn.||o. .p o. tu.o
(|..c o. |/runbo.:
33
181
64
66
Sub|oct tcc J..k. p|ctc .||| bo
urJo.oxpcsoJ
• ´|ccso . ||c|o. sors|t|v|tv (|SO
oou|v.|orcv:
• |so cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t
• |r ox pc su.o ncJo
S |c.o. s|utto. spooJ
A ´|ccso . |..co. .p o. tu.o
(sn.||o. |/runbo.:
33
1
64
66
(blinks)
so|octoJ |r ncJo M .rJ
ncJo J|.| .ct.toJ tc S
´|.rco s|utto. spooJ c. so|oct
ncJo M
64.
68
(blinks)
(blinks)
SpooJ||c|t t|.t Jcos rct sup pc.t
|¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| .t t.c|oJ .rJ
sot tc ¯¯|
´|.rco fl.s| ncJo sott|rc cr
cpt|cr.| SpooJ||c|t
18
193
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

T
r
o
u
b
l
e
s
h
o
o
t
i
n
g
Indicator
Problem Solution
Control
panel
View-
finder
(blinks)
(blinks)
Vonc.v |rsuffi c|ort tc .occ.J
|u.t|o. p|ctcs .t cu..ort sot
t|rcs. c. c.n o.. |.s .ur cut c|
fi|o c. |c|Jo. runbo.s
• |oJuco ou.||tv c. s|.o
• |o|oto p|ctcc..p|s
• |rso.t ro. nonc.v c..J
28
105.
133
14
(blinks) |c nonc.v c..J |rso.t nonc.v c..J 14
(blinks)
´.no.. n.||urct|cr
|o|o.so s|utto. || o..c. po. s|sts
c. .ppo..s |.oouort|v. ccrsu|t
.|t| ||kcr.u t|c .|.oJ so.v|co
.op.osort.t|vo
v|||
194
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

T
r
o
u
b
l
e
s
h
o
o
t
i
n
g
Indicator
Problem Solution
Monitor
Control
panel
View-
finder
NO CARD
PRESENT
(blinks)
´.no.. c.rrct Jotoct
nonc.v c..J
¯u.r c.no.. cff .rJ ccrfi.n
t|.t c..J |s cc..oct|v |rso.toJ
14
THIS CARD
CAN NOT BE
USED
(blinks)
• |..c. .ccoss|rc nonc.v
c..J
• |r.b|o tc c.o.to ro.
|c|Jo.
• |so ||kcr.pp.cvoJ c..J
• ´|ock t|.t ccrt.cts ..o
c|o.r || c..J |s J.n .coJ.
ccrt.ct .ot.||o. c. ||kcr
.op .o sor t. t|vo
• |o|oto fi|os c. |rso.t ro.
nonc.v c..J
183
v|||
14.
105.
133
CARD IS NOT
FORMATTED
(displayed
when but-
ton is pressed)
(blinks)
Vonc.v c..J |.s rct
boor |c.n.ttoJ |c. uso |r
|200
|c.n.t nonc.v c..J
14.
116
FOLDER
CONTAINS NO
IMAGES
• Vonc.v c..J ccrt.|rs
rc |n.cos
• ´u..ort |c|Jo. |s onptv
• |rso.t .rct|o. c..J
• Sot Playback Folder tc All
14
135
ALL IMAGES
HIDDEN
/|| p|ctcs |r cu..ort |c|J
o. ..o ||JJor
Sot Playback Folder tc All
c. uso Hide Image tc .ovo.|
||JJor p|ctcs
135.
13
FILE DOES
NOT
CONTAIN
IMAGE DATA
|||o |.s boor c.o.toJ c.
ncJ|fioJ us|rc . ccn
put o. c. J|ffo.ort n.ko c|
c.no... c. fi|o |s cc..upt
|o|oto fi|o c. .o|c.n.t non
c.v c..J
14.
105.
116.
133
195
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
Appendix
¯|o /pporJ|x ccvo.s t|o |c||c.|rc tcp|cs
Topic
Exposure Program (Mode P) 195
Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality/Size 196
Bracketing Programs 19–199
Fine Tuning and Color Temperature 200
Flash Range, Aperture, and Sensitivity 200
Lenses That Can Be Used with the Built-in Flash 201
Supported Standards 202
Exposure Program (Mode P)
¯|o oxpcsu.o p.cc..n |c. ncJo P |s s|c.r |r t|o |c| |c. |rc c..p|
|SO 200. |ors .|t| n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| |/14 .rJ
n|r|nun .po.tu.o c| |/16 (oc. /| 50 nn |/14 |:
-
4
-
3
1
2
1
3
-
2
-
1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
0
1
1
F1.4
F1
F2
F2.8
F4
F5.6
F8
F11
F16
F22
F32
30" 15" 8" 4" 2" 1" 2 4 8 15 30 60 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
2
2
2
1
2
0
1
9
1
8
1
7
1
6
1
5
1
4
[
E
V
]
2
3
1
6
1 /
3
S|utto. spooJ
¯|o n.x|nun .rJ n|r|nun v.|uos |c. |\ v..v .|t| sor s| t|v | tv (|SO oou|v.|orcv:. t|o
.bcvo c..p| .ssunos . sor s| t|v | tv c| |SO 200 oou|v.|ort \|or n.t.|x noto.|rc |s usoJ.
v.|uos cvo. 16
1
/3 |\ ..o .o JucoJ tc 16
1
/3 |\
/
p
o
.
t
u
.
o
196
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality/Size
¯|o |c||c.|rc t.b|o s|c.s t|o .pp.cx|n.to runbo. c| p|ctu.os t|.t c.r bo
stc.oJ cr . 1 ´b S.r||sk S|´|` (|xt.ono |||: so.|os c..J .t J|ffo.ort |n.co ou.||tv
.rJ s|.o sott|rcs
Image quality Image size File size (MB)
1
No. of images
1
Buffer capacity
1, 2
||||'||´ ||ro
3. 4. 5
|
6
20 44 19
V
6
186 49 19
S
6
11 55 19
||||'||´ |c.n.|
3. 4. 5
|
6
183 50 19
V
6
12 54 19
S
6
165 5 19
||||'||´ b.s|c
3. 4. 5
|
6
11 55 19
V
6
165 5 19
S
6
162 58 19
||| (|/\: — 158 60 22
'||´ ||ro
5.
| 48 16 3
V 2 294 56
S 12 650 4
'||´ |c.n.|
5.
| 24 332 54
V 14 58 4
S 063 1200 6
'||´ b.s|c
5.
| 12 650 5
V 0 1100 5
S 033 2200 6
1 /|| ficu.os ..o .pp.cx|n.to |||o s|.o v..|os .|t| scoro .occ.JoJ .rJ n.ko c| nonc.v
c..J
2 V.x|nun runbo. c| |..nos t|.t c.r bo stc.oJ |r nonc.v buffo. .t |SO 100 ´.p.c|tv c|
nonc.v buffo. .||| J.cp || rc|so .oJuct|cr |s cr
3 ¯ct.| |c. ||| .rJ '||´ |n.cos
4 ||cu.os .ssuno RAW Compression |s sot tc NEF (RAW) So|oct|rc Comp. NEF (RAW)
Joc.o.sos fi|o s|.o c| ||| (|/\: |n.cos bv .pp.cx|n.to|v |c.tv tc fi|tv po.cort. .|t|cuc|
c.no.. J|sp|.vs Jc rct c|.rco. runbo. c| |n.cos t|.t c.r bo .occ.JoJ |rc.o.sos
5 ||cu.os .ssuno JPEG Compression |s sot tc Size Priority So|oct|rc Optimal Quality
|rc.o.sos fi|o s|.o c| '||´ |n.cos bv up tc o|c|tv po.cort. runbo. c| |n.cos .rJ buffo.
c.p.c|tv J.cp .ccc.J|rc|v
6 /pp||os tc '||´ |n.cos cr|v S|.o c| ||| (|/\: |n.cos c.r rct bo c|.rcoJ
|oc..J|oss c| cpt|cr c|csor |c. JPEG Compression. c.no.. rovo. s|c.s nc.o t|.r 25
|..nos .on.|r|rc |r buffo.. ovor .|or nc.o s|cts c.r bo stc.oJ
197
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
Bracketing Programs
¯|o |c||c.|rc b..ckot|rc p.cc..ns ..o .v.||.b|o .|or WB Bracketing |s so
|octoJ |c. ´ustcn Sott|rc o5 (Auto BKT Set:
Control panel display No. of shots WB increment Bracketing order

3 |1 |1. 0. |2

3 |2 |2. 0. |4

3 |3 3. 0. 6

3 –1 –1. –2. 0

3 –2 –2. –4. 0

3 –3 –3. –6. 0

2 |1 0. |1

2 |2 0. |2

2 |3 0. |3

2 –1 0. –1

2 –2 0. –2

2 –3 0. –3

3 ±1 0. –1. |1

3 ±2 0. –2. |2

3 ±3 0. –3. |3

5 ±1 0. –2. –1. |1. |2

5 ±2 0. –4. –2. |2. |4

5 ±3 0. –6. –3. |3. |6

±1 0. –3. –2. –1. |1. |2. |3

±2 0. –6. –4. –2. |2. |4. |6

±3 0. –9. –6. –3. |3. |6. |9

9 ±1 0. –4. –3. –2. –1. |1. |2. |3. |4

9 ±2 0. –8. –6. –4. –2. |2. |4. |6. |8

9 ±3 0. –12. –9. –6. –3. |3. |6. |9. |12
198
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
¯|o p.cc..ns ..o .v.||.b|o .|or AE & Flash. AE Only c. Flash Only |s so|octoJ
|c. ´ustcn Sott|rc o5 (Auto BKT Set: JoporJ cr t|o cpt|cr so|octoJ |c. ´us
tcn Sott|rc b3 (EV Step:
1/3 Step Selected for EV Step
Control panel display
No. of
shots
Exposure
increment Bracketing order (EVs)

3 |'/· |03. 0. |0

3 |²/· |0. 0. |13

3 |1 10. 0. 20

3 –'/· –03. –0. 0

3 –²/· –0. –13. 0

3 –1 –10. –20. 0

2 |'/· 0. |03

2 |²/· 0. |0

2 |1 0. |1

2 –'/· 0. –03

2 –²/· 0. –0

2 –1 0. –1

3 ±'/· 0. –03. |03

3 ±²/· 0. –0. |0

3 ±1 0. –1. |1

5 ±'/· 0. –0. –03. |03. |0

5 ±²/· 0. –13. –0. |0. |13

5 ±1 0. –20. –1. |1. |20

±'/· 0. –10. –0. –03. |03. |0. |10

±²/· 0. –20. –13. –0. |0. |13. |20

±1 0. –30. –20. –10. |10. |20. |30

9 ±'/· 0. –13. –10. –0. –03. |03. |0. |10. |13

9 ±²/· 0. –2. –20. –13. –0. |0. |13. |20. |2

9 ±1 0. –40. –30. –20. –10. |10. |20. |30. |40
199
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
1/2 Step Selected for EV Step
Control panel display
No. of
shots
Exposure
increment Bracketing order (EVs)

3 |'/. |05. 0. |10

3 |1 10. 0. 20

3 –'/. –05. –10. 0

3 –1 –10. –20. 0

2 |'/. 0. |05

2 |1 0. |1

2 –'/. 0. –05

2 –1 0. –1

3 ±'/. 0. –05. |05

3 ±1 0. –1. |1

5 ±'/. 0. –10. –05. |05. |10

5 ±1 0. –20. –1. |1. |20

±'/. 0. –15. –10. –05. |05. |10. |15

±1 0. –30. –20. –10. |10. |20. |30

9 ±'/. 0. –20. –15. –10. –05. |05. |10. |15. |20

9 ±1 0. –40. –30. –20. –10. |10. |20. |30. |40
1 Step Selected for EV Step
Control panel display
No. of
shots
Exposure
increment Bracketing order (EVs)

3 |1 10. 0. 20

3 –1 –10. –20. 0

2 |1 0. |1

2 –1 0. –1

3 ±1 0. –1. |1

5 ±1 0. –20. –1. |1. |20

±1 0. –30. –20. –10. |10. |20. |30

9 ±1 0. –40. –30. –20. –10. |10. |20. |30. |40
200
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
Fine-Tuning and Color Temperature
/pp.cx|n.to cc|c.tonpo..tu.os |c. sott|rcs ct|o. t|.r A (.utc: ..o c|vor bo|c.
(v.|uos n.v J|ffo. |.cn cc|c. tonpo..tu.os c|vor bv p|c tc cc|c. noto.s:
Incandescent Fluorescent
*
Direct
sunlight Flash
Cloudy
(daylight)
Shade
(daylight)
+3 2.00 | 2.00 | 4.800 | 4.800 | 5.400 | 6.00 |
+2 2.800 | 3.000 | 4.900 | 5.000 | 5.600 | .100 |
+1 2.900 | 3.00 | 5.000 | 5.200 | 5.800 | .500 |
±0 3.000 | 4.200 | 5.200 | 5.400 | 6.000 | 8.000 |
–1 3.100 | 5.000 | 5.300 | 5.600 | 6.200 | 8.400 |
–2 3.200 | 6.500 | 5.400 | 5.800 | 6.400 | 8.800 |
–3 3.300 | .200 | 5.600 | 6.000 | 6.600 | 9.200 |
¯ ¯|o s|.o c| t|o |rc.onorts |c. Fluorescent .oflocts t|o .|Jo v..|.t|crs |r cc|c. ton po. .
tu.o .ncrc t|o n.rv J|ffo.ort tvpos c| fluc.oscort ||c|t scu.co. ..rc|rc |.cn |c.ton
po. . tu.o st. J| un ||c|t|rc tc ||c|tonpo..tu.o no. cu .vv.pc. |.nps
Flash Range, Aperture, and Sensitivity
||.s| ..rco v..|os .|t| sors|t|v|tv (|SO oou|v.|orcv: .rJ .po.tu.o
Aperture at ISO equivalent of Range
100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600 m ft.
14 16 18 2 22 25 28 32 35 4 45 5 56 10–5 33–246
2 22 25 28 32 35 4 45 5 56 63 1 8 0–54 23–1
28 32 35 4 45 5 56 63 1 8 9 10 11 06–38 20–125
4 45 5 56 63 1 8 9 10 11 13 14 16 06–2 20–89
56 63 1 8 9 10 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 06–19 20–62
8 9 10 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 25 29 32 06–14 20–46
11 13 14 16 18 20 22 25 29 32 — — — 06–09 20–29
16 18 20 22 25 29 32 — — — — — — 06–0 20–23
|r p.cc..nnoJ .utc. t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o (n|r|nun |/runbo.: |s ||n |t oJ
.c cc.J |rc tc sor s| t|v | tv (|SO oou|v.|orcv:. .s s|c.r bo|c.
Maximum aperture at ISO equivalent of:
100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 800 1000 1250 1600
28 3 32 33 35 38 4 42 45 48 5 53 56
|c. o.c| crostop |rc.o.so |r sors|t|v|tv (oc. |.cn 200 tc 400:. .po.tu.o |s
stcppoJ Jc.r bv |.|| .r |/stcp || t|o n.x|nun .po.tu.o c| t|o |ors |s sn.||o.
t|.r c|vor .bcvo. t|o n.x|nun v.|uo |c. .po.tu.o .||| bo t|o n.x|nun .po.
tu.o c| t|o |ors
201
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
Lenses That Can Be Used with the Built-in Flash
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r bo usoJ .|t| .rv ´|| |ors .|t| . |cc.| |orct| c| 18–300 nn
|cto t|.t t|o fl.s| n.v bo ur.b|o tc ||c|t t|o ort|.o sub|oct || t|o |c||c.|rc
|orsos ..o rct usoJ .t c. .bcvo t|o n|r|nun ..rcos c|vor bo|c.
Lens Zoom position Minimum Range
/|S |` || 12–24 nn |/4´
18 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
20 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S || 1–35 nn |/28| 24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S |` || || 1–55 nn |/28´ 24 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/| || 18–35 nn |/35–45| 18 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
/|S |` \| || 18–200 nn |/35–56´ 18 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/| 20–35 nn |/28| 20 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
/|S || 28–0 nn |/28|
28 nn 15 n / 4 |t 11 |r
35 nn 10 n / 3 |t 3 |r
¯|o bu||t|r fl.s| c.r .|sc bo usoJ .|t| /|S. /|. .rJ /|ncJ|fioJ rcr´|| |orsos .|t| .
|cc.| |orct| c| 18–200 nn |ost.|ct|crs .pp|v tc t|o |c||c.|rc |orsos
• /| 50–300 nn |/45. /|ncJ|fioJ 50–300 nn |/45. .rJ /|S || 50–300 nn |/45 uso .t
135 nn .rJ .bcvo
• /| || 50–300 nn |/45 uso .t 105 nn .rJ .bcvo
202
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

A
p
p
e
n
d
i
x
Supported Standards
DCF Version 2.0 Dos|cr |u|o |c. C.no.. F||o Svston (|´|: |s st.rJ..J .|Jo|v usoJ
|r t|o J|c|t.| c.no.. |rJust.v tc orsu.o ccnp.t|b|||tv .ncrc J|ffo.ort n.kos c|
c.no..
DPOF D|c|t.| P.|rt O.Jo. Fc.n.t (||O|: |s .r |rJust.v.|Jo st.rJ..J t|.t .||c.s
p|ctu.os tc bo p.|rtoJ |.cn p.|rt c.Jo.s stc.oJ cr t|o nonc.v c..J
Exif version 2.21 ¯|o |200 suppc.ts |x|| (Exc|.rco.b|o In.co |||o Fc.n.t |c.
||c|t.| St||| ´.no..s: vo. s|cr 221. . st.r J..J t|.t .| |c.s |r |c. n. t|cr stc.oJ .|t|
p|c tc c..p|s tc bo usoJ |c. cpt|n.| cc|c. .o p.c Juc t|cr .|or |n .c os ..o cutput
cr |x||ccnp||.rt p.|rt o.s
PictBridge / st.rJ..J Jovo|cpoJ bv |r cccpo..t|cr .|t| t|o J|c|t.| c.no.. .rJ
p.|rto. |rJust.|os. .||c.|rc p|ctcc..p|s tc bo cutput J|.oct|v tc . p.|rto. .|t|
cut ccrroct|rc t|o c.no.. tc . ccnputo.
203
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

S
p
e
c
i


c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Specifications
Type S|rc|o|ors .oflox J|c|t.| c.no.. .|t| |rto.c|.rco.b|o |orsos
CCD 236 × 158 nn. tct.| p|xo|s 1092 n||||cr
Image size (pixels) • 382 × 2592 (|..co:
Effective pixels 102 n||||cr
Lens mount ||kcr | ncurt (.|t| /| ccup||rc .rJ /| ccrt.cts:
Compatible lenses
*
Type G or D AF Nikkor /|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ
Other AF Nikkor

/|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc || .rJ
3| nu|t|sorsc. b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|c|t.| S||
Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2.8D /|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt .utc|ccus .rJ scno oxpcsu.o
ncJos
AI-P Nikkor /|| |urct|crs suppc.toJ oxcopt 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc ||. 3|
nu|t|sorsc. b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|c|t.| S||. .rJ .utc|ccus
Non-CPU ´.r bo usoJ |r oxpcsu.o ncJos / .rJ V. o|oct.cr|c ..rco
firJo. c.r bo usoJ || n.x|nun .po.tu.o |s |/56 c. |.sto.. cc|c.
n.t.|x noto.|rc. nu|t|sorsc. b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|c|t.| S||.
.rJ .po.tu.o v.|uo J|sp|.v suppc.toJ || uso. p.cv|Jos |ors J.t.
Picture angle |ou|v.|ort |r 35nn |c.n.t |s .pp.cx|n.to|v 15 t|nos |ors |c
c.| |orct|
Viewfinder
Diopter adjustment –20 – |10 n
–1
Focusing screen ¯vpo b b.|to\|o. c|o.. n.tto sc.oor V..k || .|t| supo.|npcsoJ
|ccus b..ckots .rJ Or|on.rJ c.|J ||ros
Eyepoint 195 nn (–10 n
–1
:
Frame coverage /pp.cx|n.to|v 95° c| |ors (vo.t|c.| .rJ |c.|.crt.|:
Magnification /pp.cx|n.to|v 094× (50nn |ors .t |rfir|tv. –10 n
–1
:
Opt|c.| fixoJ ovo|ovo| port.p.|sn
* IX Nikkor lenses can not be used † Excluding lenses for F3AF
Reflex mirror Ou|ck .otu.r
Lens aperture |rst.rt .otu.r .|t| Jopt|c|fio|J p.ov|o.
Focus-area selection Normal 11 ..o.s. s|rc|o ..o. c. c.cup c.r bo so|octoJ
Wide |ccus ..o. c.r bo so|octoJ |.cn ..o.s
Lens servo |rst.rt s|rc|oso.vc /| (S:. ccrt|rucusso.vc /| (´:. n.ru.|
(V:. p.oJ|ct|vo |ccus t..ck|rc .utcn.t|c.||v .ct|v.toJ .ccc.J|rc
tc sub|oct st.tus |r ccrt|rucusso.vc /|
• 2896 × 1944 (VoJ|un:
• 1936 × 1296 (Sn.||:
204
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

S
p
e
c
i


c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Autofocus
Detection range –1 – |19 |\ (|SO 100 .t 20 ´/68 |:
AF-area mode S|rc|o..o. /|. Jvr.n|c..o. /|. c.cup Jvr.n|c/|. Jvr.n|c
..o. /| .|t| c|csost sub|oct p.|c.|tv
Focus lock |ccus c.r bo |cckoJ bv p.oss|rc s|utto..o|o.so buttcr |.||..v
(s|rc|oso.vc /|: c. bv p.oss|rc AE-L/AF-L buttcr
¯¯| p|.so Jotoct|cr bv ||kcr Vu|t|´/V1000 .utc|ccus sor
sc. ncJu|o
Exposure
Metering ¯|.ooncJo t|.cuc|t|o|ors (¯¯|: oxpcsu.o noto.|rc
Matrix 3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc || (tvpo ´ .rJ | |orsos:. cc|c. n.t.|x
noto.|rc || (ct|o. ´|| |orsos:. cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc .v.||.b|o
.|t| rcr´|| |orsos || uso. p.cv|Jos |ors J.t.. noto.|rc po.
|c.noJ bv 1.005socnort |´b sorsc.
Center-weighted \o|c|t c| 5° c|vor tc 6. 8. 10. c. 13nn c|.c|o |r corto. c|
|..no
Spot Voto.s 3nn c|.c|o (.bcut 20° c| |..no: corto.oJ cr .ct|vo
|ccus ..o. (cr corto. |ccus ..o. .|or rcr´|| |ors |s usoJ:
Range
(ISO 100 equivalent, f/1.4
lens, 20 °C/68 °F)
0 – 20 |\ (3| cc|c. n.t.|x c. corto..o|c|toJ noto.|rc:
2 – 20 |\ (spct noto.|rc:
Exposure meter coupling ´cnb|roJ ´|| .rJ /|
Exposure control
Operating mode |.cc..nnoJ .utc .|t| flox|b|o p.cc..n. s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc.
.po.tu.o p.|c.|tv .utc. n.ru.|
Exposure compensation –5 – |5 |\ |r |rc.onorts c| '/·. '/.. c. 1 |\
Bracketing |xpcsu.o .rJ / c. fl.s| b..ckot|rc (2–9 oxpcsu.os |r |rc.onorts
c| '/·. '/.. ²/·. c. 1 |\:
Exposure lock |un|rcs|tv |cckoJ .t JotoctoJ v.|uo .|t| AE-L/AF-L buttcr
Shutter
Speed 30 – '/s... s |r stops c| '/·. '/.. c. 1 |\. bu|b
||oct.cr|c.||vccrt.c||oJ vo.t|c.|t..vo| |cc.|p|.ro s|utto.
ISO Sensitivity (Recom-
mended Exposure Index)
100– 1600 |r stops c| '/·. '/.. c. 1 |\ .|t| .JJ|t|cr.| sott|rcs up tc
1 |\ cvo. 1600. .utc c.|r tc 1600
White balance
Bracketing 2–9 oxpcsu.os |r |rc.onorts c| 1. 2. c. 3
/utc (¯¯| .||tob.|.rco .|t| 1.005 p|xo|s |´b sorsc.:. s|x
n.ru.| ncJos .|t| firotur|rc. cc|c. tonpo..tu.o sott|rc. .rJ
p.osot .||to b.|.rco
205
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

S
p
e
c
i


c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Storage
Media ¯vpo | .rJ || ´cnp.ct||.s| nonc.v c..Js. V|c.cJ.|vos
File system ´cnp||.rt .|t| Dos|cr |u|o |c. C.no.. F||o Svston (|´|: 20
.rJ D|c|t.| P.|rt O.Jo. Fc.n.t (||O|:
Compression • NEF (RAW) ccnp.ossoJ 12b|t
• JPEG '||´ b.so||roccnp||.rt
Built-in flash
Guide number (m / ft at ISO
100 and 20 °C/68 °F)
/pp.cx|n.to|v 12/39 (n.ru.| 13/42:
V.ru.| pcpup .|t| buttcr .o|o.so
Flash
Sync contact `ccrt.ct cr|v. fl.s| svrc|.cr|..t|cr .t up tc
1
/250 s
Flash sync modes |.crt cu.t.|r svrc (rc.n.|:. s|c. svrc. .o..cu.t.|r svrc. .oJ
ovo .oJuct|cr. .oJovo .oJuct|cr .|t| s|c. svrc
Flash-ready indicator ||c|ts .|or Sbso.|os SpooJ||c|t suc| .s 800. 600. 80|`. 28|`.
50|`. 28. 2. c. 22s |s |u||v c|..coJ. b||rks |c. 3 s .|to. fl.s| |s
fi.oJ .t |u|| cutput
Flash control
TTL ¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c| bv 1.005p|xo| |´b sorsc.
• SB-800, 600: |¯¯| b.|.rcoJ fi||fl.s| |c. J|c|t.| S|| .rJ st.rJ..J
|¯¯| fl.s| |c. J|c|t.| S||
Auto aperture /v.||.b|o .|t| Sb800 .|t| ´|| |ors
Non-TTL auto /v.||.b|o .|t| suc| SpooJ||c|ts .s Sb800. 80|`. 28|`. 28. 2.
.rJ 22s
Range-priority manual /v.||.b|o .|t| Sb800
Flash compensation –3 – |1 |\ |r |rc.onorts c| '/· c. '/. |\
Nikon Creative
Lighting System
\|t| Sb800. 600 .rJ |200. suppc.ts /Jv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||c|t
|rc (Sb600 .rJ |200 cr|v suppc.ts /\| .|or usoJ .s .oncto
fl.s|:. /utc || ||c|SpooJ Svrc. ||.s| ´c|c. |r|c.n.t|cr ´cn
nur|c.t|cr. ncJo||rc |||un|r.t|cr. .rJ |\ |cck
Accessory shoe St.rJ..J |SO |cts|co ccrt.ct .|t| s.|otv |cck
Self-timer ||oct.cr|c.||v ccrt.c||oJ t|no. .|t| 2 – 20 s Ju..t|cr
Depth-of-field preview \|or ´|| |ors |s .tt.c|oJ. |ors .po.tu.o c.r bo stcppoJ Jc.r
tc v.|uo so|octoJ bv uso. (A .rJ M ncJos: c. v.|uo so|octoJ bv
c.no.. (P. .rJ S ncJos:
Monitor 25 |r. 230.000Jct. |c.tonpo..tu.o pc|vs|||ccr ¯|¯ |´| .|t|
b.|c|tross .J|ustnort
Video output ´.r bo so|octoJ |.cn |¯S´ .rJ |/|
206
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

S
p
e
c
i


c
a
t
i
o
n
s
External interface |Sb 20 ||spooJ
Tripod socket |r (|SO:
Power source • Oro .oc|..co.b|o ||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.v. c|..c|rc
vc|t.co (V|18. ou|ck c|..co.: 4 \ |´
• Vb|200 b.tto.v p.ck (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v: .|t| cro c. t.c
.oc|..co.b|o ||kcr ||||3o |||cr b.tto.|os c. s|x ||6 .|k.
||ro. ||6 ||V|. ||6 ||t||un. c. ¯|6 r|cko|n.rc.roso //
b.tto.|os
• ||6 /´ .J.pto. (.v.||.b|o sop...to|v:
Dimensions (W × H × D) /pp.cx|n.to|v 14 × 113 × 4 nn (58 × 44 × 29 |r:
Weight /pp.cx|n.to|v 830 c (1 |b 13 c.: .|t|cut b.tto.v. nonc.v c..J.
bcJv c.p. c. ncr|tc. ccvo.
Operating environment
Temperature 0 – |40 ´ (|32 – 104 |:
Humidity |oss t|.r 85° (rc ccrJors.t|cr:
• |r|oss ct|o..|so st.toJ. .|| ficu.os ..o |c. . c.no.. .|t| . |u||vc|..coJ b.tto.v cp o. .t |rc
.t .r .nb|ort tonpo..tu.o c| 20 ´ (68 |:
• ||kcr .oso.vos t|o .|c|t tc c|.rco t|o spoc|fic.t|crs c| t|o |..J...o .rJ sc|t...o Jo
sc.|boJ t||s n.ru.| .t .rv t|no .rJ .|t|cut p.|c. rct|co ||kcr .||| rct bo |o|J ||.b|o |c.
J.n.cos t|.t n.v .osu|t |.cn .rv n|st.kos t|.t t||s n.ru.| n.v ccr t.|r
Firmware upgrades ||.n...o c.r bo upc..JoJ bv uso.
Supported languages ´||roso (S|np||fioJ .rJ ¯..J|t|cr.|:. |utc|. |rc||s|. |.orc|.
´o.n.r. |t.||.r. '.p.roso. |c.o.r. |c.tucuoso. |uss|.r. Sp.r
|s|. S.oJ|s|
MH-18a Quick Charger
Rated input /´ 100–240 \. 50/60 |.
Weight /pp.cx|n.to|v 80 c (28 c.:. oxc|uJ|rc pc.o. c.b|o
Rated output |´ 84 \/900 n/
Supported batteries ||||3o .oc|..co.b|o |||cr b.tto.|os
Charging time /pp.cx|n.to|v 135 n|rutos
Operating temperature 0 – |40 ´ (|32 – 104 |:
Dimensions (W × H × D) /pp.cx|n.to|v 90 × 35 × 58 nn (35 × 14 × 23 |r:
Length of cord /pp.cx|n.to|v 1800 nn (5 |t 11 |r:
207
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

S
p
e
c
i


c
a
t
i
o
n
s
EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery
Type |oc|..co.b|o ||t||un|cr b.tto.v
Weight /pp.cx|n.to|v 80 c (28 c.:. oxc|uJ|rc to.n|r.| ccvo.
Rated capacity 4 \/1500 n/|
Dimensions (W × H × D) /pp.cx|n.to|v 395 × 56 × 21 nn (16 × 22 × 08 |r:
Battery Life
¯|o runbo. c| s|cts t|.t c.r bo t.kor .|t| . |u||vc|..coJ ||||3o b.tto.v (1500 n/|:
v..|os .|t| t|o ccr J| t|cr c| t|o b.tto.|os. tonpo..tu.o. .rJ |c. t|o c.no.. |s usoJ ¯|o
|c||c.|rc no.su.onorts .o.o po.|c.noJ .t . tonpo..tu.o c| 20 ´ (68 |:
Example 1: 1800 shots
¯ccn ||kkc. /|S \| 0–200 nn |/28´ || || |ors (\| cff:. ccr t|r u cus s|cct |rc ncJo.
ccr t|r u cusso.vc .utc|ccus. |n.co ou.||tv sot tc '||´ b.s|c. |n .co s|.o sot tc M. s|utto.
spooJ '/.. s. s|ut to..o |o.so p.ossoJ |.|| ..v |c. t|.oo soc crJs .rJ |c cus cvc|oJ |.cn |rfir
|tv tc n|r | nun ..rco t|.oo t|nos .|t| o.c| s|ct. .|to. s|x s|cts. ncr | tc. tu.roJ cr |c. fivo
soccrJs .rJ t|or tu.roJ cff. cvc|o .o po.t oJ crco oxpcsu.o noto.s |.vo tu.roJ cff
Example 2: 340 shots
¯ccn ||kkc. /|S \| 24–120 nn |/35–56´ || || |ors (\| cff:. s|r c|o|..no s|cct |rc
ncJo. s|rc|oso. vc .utc|ccus. |n.co ou.| | tv sot tc '||´ |c.n.|. |n .co s|.o sot tc L. s|ut to.
spooJ '/.. s. s|ut to..o |o.so p.ossoJ |.|| ..v |c. fivo soccrJs .rJ |c cus cvc|oJ |.cn |rfir|tv
tc n|r | nun ..rco crco .|t| o.c| s|ct. bu||t|r SpooJ||c|t fi.oJ .t |u|| pc.o. .|t| ovo.v
ct|o. s|ct. /|.ss|st |||un|r.tc. ||c|ts .|or SpooJ||c|t |s usoJ. cvc|o .o po.t oJ crco oxpc
su.o noto.s |.vo tu.roJ cff. c.no.. tu.roJ cff |c. cro n|ruto .|t| ovo.v tor s|cts
¯|o |c||c.|rc c.r .oJuco b.tto.v |||o
• |s|rc t|o ncr|tc.
• |oop|rc t|o s|utto..o|o.so buttcr
p.ossoJ |.||..v
• |opo.toJ .utc|ccus cpo..t|crs
• ¯.k|rc ||| (|/\: p|ctcc..p|s
• S|c. s|utto. spooJs
¯c orsu.o n.x|nun b.tto.v po.|c.n.rco
• |oop t|o b.tto.v ccrt.cts c|o.r Sc||oJ ccrt.cts c.r .oJuco b.tto.v po.|c.n.rco
• |so ||||3o b.tto.|os |nnoJ|.to|v .|to. c|..c|rc b.tto.|os .||| |cso t|o|. c|..co || |o|t
ur usoJ
¯|o b.tto.v |ovo| J|sp|.voJ bv t|o c.no.. n.v v..v .|t| c|.rcos |r tonpo..tu.o
208
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

I
n
d
e
x
Index
Menus
PLAYBACK MENU. 133–142
Delete. 133–134
Playback Folder. 135
Slide Show. 135–136
Hide Image. 13–138
Print Set. 139–140
Display Mode. 141
Image Review. 141
After Delete. 142
Rotate Tall. 142
SHOOTING MENU. 124–132
Shooting Menu Bank.
125–126
Menu Reset. 12
Folders. 128
File Naming. 129
Optimize Image. 45–49
Color Space. 50
Image Quality. 28–29
Image Size. 32
JPEG Compression. 30
RAW Compression. 31
White Balance. 35–42
Long Exp. NR. 131
High ISO NR. 131
ISO Sensitivity. 33–34
Image Overlay. 84–85
Multiple Exposure. 86–88
Intvl Timer Shooting. 89–92
Non-CPU Lens Data. 93–95
CUSTOM SETTING MENU. 143–12
C Bank select. 146
R Menu Reset. 14
a1 AF-C Mode Priority. 148
a2 AF-S Mode Priority. 148
a3 Focus Area Frame. 148
a4 Group Dynamic AF.
149–150
a5 Lock-On. 150
a6 AF Activation. 151
a7 AF Area Illumination.
151
a8 Focus Area. 151
a9 AF Assist. 152
a10 AF-ON for MB-D200.
152
b1 ISO Auto. 152–153
b2 ISO Step Value. 154
b3 EV Step. 154
b4 Exp Comp/Fine Tune. 154
b5 Exposure Comp.. 155
b6 Center-Weighted. 155
b7 Fine Tune Exposure. 156
c1 AE Lock. 156
c2 AE-L / AF-L. 156
c3 Auto Meter-Off. 15
c4 Self-Timer. 15
c5 Monitor-Off. 15
d1 Beep. 158
d2 Grid Display. 158
d3 Viewfinder Warning. 158
d4 Shooting Speed. 158
d5 Exp. Delay Mode. 158
d6 File No. Sequence. 159
d7 Illumination. 159
d8 MB-D200 Batteries. 160
e1 Flash Sync Speed. 160
e2 Flash Shutter Speed. 161
e3 Built-in Flash. 161–166
e4 Modeling Flash. 166
e5 Auto BKT Set. 166
e6 Manual Mode Bkting.
16
e7 Auto BKT Order. 16
e8 Auto BKT Selection. 16
f1 Center Button. 168
f2 Multi-Selector. 169
f3 Photo Info / Playback. 169
f4 FUNC. Button. 10
f5 Command Dials. 10–11
f6 Buttons and Dials. 12
f7 No Memory card?. 12
SET UP. 115–123
Format. 116
LCD Brightness. 116
Mirror Lock-up. 11
Video Mode. 11
World Time. 12–13
Language. 12. 118
Image Comment. 118
Auto Image Rotation. 119
Recent Settings. 119–120
USB. 121
Dust Off Ref Photo. 121–122
Battery Info. 123
Firmware Version. 123
Symbols
3| cc|c. n.t.|x noto.|rc || See
Voto.|rc
A
/Jv.rcoJ \|.o|oss ||c|t|rc. 163.
1. 18
/|..o. ncJo. 54
/|.ss|st |||un|r.tc.. 58–59. 152
/po.tu.o. 62–69
.J|ust|rc. 66–6
n.x|nun. 61. 6. 69. 93–95.
195
n|r|nun. 8. 68. 122. 192. 195
rcr´|| |orsos .rJ. 61. 63.
65. 6. 69. 93–95
v.|uo J|sp|.v. 5. 6
/utc noto. cff. 16. 15
/utcoxpcsu.o |cck. 0
/utc|ccus. 51. 54. 148–152
ccrt|rucusso.vc. 51
|ccus t..ck|rc. 51. 52
s|rc|o..o. /|. 54
s|rc|oso.vc. 51
/utc || ||c|spooJ svrc. .
160. 18
B
b.ck||c|t. ccrt.c| p.ro|. 5. 159
b/S|´ See |n.co ou.||tv
b.tto.v.
|rso.t|rc. 10–11
|||o. 20
stc..co. ||–|||. 188
b|.ck.rJ.||to. 6. 45
b|u.. .oJuc|rc. 26. . 83 See also
|xpcsu.o Jo|.v ncJo. V|..c.
up ncJo
bu|b See |crc t|no oxpcsu.os
b..ckot|rc. 43–44. 3–5.
166–16. 198–199 See also
|x pc su.o b..ckot|rc. \||to
b.| .rco. b..ckot|rc
b.|c|tross See Vcr|tc.. b.|c|t
ross c|
209
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

I
n
d
e
x
C
´ See /utc|ccus. ccrt|rucus
so.vc
´.no.. ´crt.c|. 10. 121
C| See S|cct|rc ncJo
C| See S|cct|rc ncJo
´|cckc.|orJ... 11
´|csost sub|oct p.|c.|tv See /|
..o. ncJo
´c|c. tonpo..tu.o See \||to
b.|.rco
´cnp.ct||.s| See Vonc.v
c..J
´cnp.oss|cr See |n.co ou.||tv
´cnputo.. 10–109
´crt|rucus s|cct|rc ncJo.
26–2
´crt..st See SHOOTING MENU.
Optimize Image
´|| |orsos. 61. 62. 63. 14–15
´.o.t|vo ||c|t|rc Svston. 160.
166. 10. 1–19
´ustcn Sott|rcs. 143–12
Jo|.u|ts. 14
noru b.rks. 146
D
|.v||c|t s.v|rc t|no. 13
|´| vo.s|cr 20 See |os|cr .u|o
|c. ´.no.. |||o svston
|o|ot|rc. 22. 102. 105. 119–120.
133–134. 142 See also Von c .v
c..J. |c. n.t t|rc
.|| |n.cos. 134
p|.vb.ck noru. 133–134
so|octoJ |n.cos. 134
s|rc|o|..no p|.vb.ck. 22. 105
|opt|c|fio|J p.ov|o.. 62
|os|cr .u|o |c. ´.no.. |||o
svston. 135. 202
||c|t.| |.|rt O.Jo. |c.n.t. 113.
139. 202
||cpto.. 16. 181
||O| See ||c|t.| |.|rt O.Jo.
|c.n.t
E
||oct.cr|c .r.|cc oxpcsu.o
J|s p|.v. 69. 2
||oct.cr|c ..rco firJo.. 60
|x|| vo.s|cr 221. 50. 139. 202
|xpcsu.o b..ckot|rc. 3–5. 166.
198–199
|xpcsu.o ccnpors.t|cr. 2.
154. 155
|xpcsu.o Jo|.v ncJo. 158
|xpcsu.o noto.s. 16. 15 See
also /utc noto. cff
|xpcsu.o ncJo. 62–69
.po.tu.op.|c.|tv .utc. 66–6
n.ru.|. 68–69
p.cc..nnoJ .utc. 63
s|utto.p.|c.|tv .utc. 64–65
F
|||| See |n.co ou.||tv
||.s|. 6–80 See also SpooJ||c|t
b..ckot|rc. 3–5
||.s| ´c|c. |r|c.n.t|cr ´cn
nur|c.t|cr. 1. 18
||.s|.o.Jv |rJ|c.tc.. 8–9. 83
||.s| svrc ncJo.
||ox|b|o p.cc..n. 63 See also
|xpcsu.o ncJo. p.cc..nnoJ
.utc
|cc.| p|.ro n..k. 3. 60
|ccus See .u tc |c cus. |c cus
ncJo. n.r u .| |ccus
|ccus ..o. (|ccus b..ckots:.
18. 53. 54. 55–56. 141. 148.
149–150. 151
|ccus |cck. 20. 56–5
|ccus ncJo. 51–52
|ccus .cro. 55–56
|ccus|rc sc.oor.
|c|Jo.s. 128. 135
|\ |cck. 81–82. 10
G
´|S. 96
J.t.. 99–100
´.cup Jvr.n|c/| See /|..o.
ncJo
H
||c|||c|t J|sp|.v. 99–101. 141
||stcc..n. 99–101. 141
|´b. 100. 141
I
|||un|r.tc. See b.ck||c|t.
ccr t.c| p.ro|
|n.co Just cff. 121–122
|n.co sorsc.. 28. 185. 18
|n.co s|.o. 32
|n.co ou.||tv. 28–31
|SO .utc. 152–153
|SO sors|t|v|tv. 18. 33–34
|¯¯| fl.s| ccrt.c|. 6. 8. 18
J
'||´. 28–29. 30
L
| See |n.co s|.o
|ors. 1. 8. 58. 93–95. 14–16.
184
.tt.c||rc. 8
ccnp.t|b|o. 14–16
´||. 1. 61. 62. 14. 16
rcr´||. 93–95. 132. 14–15
tvpo |. 18. 16
tvpo ´. 18. 16
|crc t|nooxpcsu.os. 68. 131
|c.p.ss fi|to.. 185–186
M
V See |xpcsu.o ncJo. n.r u .|.
V.ru.| |ccus. |n.co s|.o
V.ru.| |ccus. 51. 60
Vonc.v buffo.. 26. 2
Vonc.v c..J. 14–15
.pp.cvoJ. 183
c.p.c|tv c|. 196
|c.n.tt|rc. 14. 116
Voto.|rc. 61
3| cc|c. n.t.|x. 61. 156
corto..o|c|toJ. 61. 155. 156
cc|c. n.t.|x. 61. 156
spct. 61 .156
V|c.cJ.|vo See nonc.v c..J
V|..c. up See S|cct|rc ncJo
Vcr|tc.. 4. 9. 22. 184. 188
.utc cff. 15
b.|c|tross c|. 116
ccvo.. 9. 188
Vcrcc|.cno See b|.ck.rJ
.||to
V|| See S|cct|rc ncJo
210
T
e
c
h
n
i
c
a
l

N
o
t
e
s

I
n
d
e
x
N
|||. 28–29. 31
||kcr ´.ptu.o 4. 39. 4. 10–
109. 110. 118. 121. 122. 182
|c|so. 34
.oJuct|cr. 131
||c| sors|t|v|t|os. 34. 131
s|c. s|utto. spooJs. 65.
68. 131
|O|V/| See |n.co ou.||tv
P
||ctb.|Jco See |.|rt|rc p|ctc
c..p|s
||ctu.o ¯..rs|o. |.ctccc| See
|¯|
||ctc |r|c.n.t|cr. 99–101
||.vb.ck. 22. 98–105
||.vb.ck noru. 133–142
||| See \||to b.|.rco. p.osot
|.oJ|ct|vo |ccus t..ck|rc. 52
|.|rt|rc p|ctcc..p|s. 110–114
See also ||c|t.| |.|rt O.Jo.
|c.n.t
|.ctoct|rc |n.cos. 104
|¯|. 10. 108–109. 110. 111. 121
R
|/\. 28–29. 31 See also |n .co
ou.| | tv. |||
|occnnorJoJ oxpcsu.o |rJox
See |SO sor s| t|v | tv
|oJovo .oJuct|cr. . 8–9.
18
S
S See /utc|ccus. s|rc|oso.vc.
|xpcsu.o ncJo. s|utto.p.|
c. | tv .utc. S|cct|rc ncJo
So||pc.t..|ts See So||t|no.
So||t|no.. 26. 83
Sors|t|v|tv See |SO sor s| t|v | tv
Soouort|.| fi|o runbo.|rc. 159
Sotup noru. 115–123
S|utto. spooJ. 62–69
.rJ fl.s| svrc|.cr|..t|cr. .
8–9. 160. 161
S|cct|rc noru. 124–132
b.rks. 125–126
S|cct|rc ncJo. 26–2
S|rc|o|..no See S|cct|rc
ncJo
S|rc|o|..no p|.vb.ck. 22. 98
S|.o See |n.co s|.o
Sc|t...o. 50. 10. 110. 182
SpooJ||c|t. 163–166. 1–180
See also fl.s|
s|´b See SHOOTING MENU.
Color space
T
¯o|ov|s|cr. 106. 11
¯|no See SET UP. World Time
¯|no oxpcsu.os See |crc t|no
oxpcsu.os
¯|no .cro See SET UP. World
Time
¯|unbr.|| p|.vb.ck. 102
¯.cbuttcr .osot. 9
U
|Sb. 10. 108–109. 110. 111. 121
See also ccn put o.
V
\|Joc Jov|co. 106. 11
\|Joc cut. 2. 106
\|o.firJo.. 6–. 16
|ccus See ||cpto.
W
\||to b.|.rco. 18. 35–44. 166.
19
b..ckot|rc. 43–44. 166. 19
cc|c. tonpo..tu.o. 38
firotur|rc. 3
p.osot. 39–42
Printed in Belgium
6MBA5111-01
No reproduction in any form of this manual, in
whole or in part (except for brief quotation in critical
articles or reviews), may be made without written
authorization from NIKON CORPORATION.

About This Manual
The topics in this manual are arranged in order from easy to advanced.
These chapters cover all you need to know for simple, “point-and-shoot” photography Read these chapters for a complete description of all aspects of camera operation

Introduction (page 1) Learn the names of camera parts and ready the camera for use. Tutorial: Photography and Playback (page 17) The basic operations involved in taking photographs and playing them back. Reference: More on Photography (page 26) Play with exposure and explore the creative possibilities of some of the camera’s more advanced settings. Reference: More on Playback (page 98) Learn more about camera playback, transferring photographs to a computer, and printing photographs. Setup: Basic Camera Settings (page 115) Basic camera setup, including formatting memory cards and setting the camera clock. Setup: Shooting, Playback, and Custom Settings (page 124) Read this chapter for more information on Custom Settings and on shooting and playback options. Technical Notes (page 173) Read this chapter for information on camera specifications, accessories, and troubleshooting.

Trademark Information
Macintosh, Mac OS, and QuickTime are registered trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. CompactFlash is a trademark of SanDisk Corporation. Lexar Media is a trademark of Lexar Media Corporation. Microdrive is a trademark of Hitachi Global Storage Technologies in the United States and other countries. Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc. PictBridge is a trademark. All other trade names mentioned in this manual or the other documentation provided with your Nikon product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

Introduction

Tutorial

Photography and Playback

Reference

More on Photography

More on Playback

Setup

Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu

Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu

Playback Options: The Playback Menu

Custom Settings: The Custom Settings Menu

Technical Notes

i

For Your Safety
To prevent damage to your Nikon product or injury to yourself or to others, read the following safety precautions in their entirety before using this equipment. Keep these safety instructions where all those who use the product will read them. The consequences that could result from failure to observe the precautions listed in this section are indicated by the following symbol:
This icon marks warnings, information that should be read before using this Nikon product to prevent possible injury.

WARNINGS
Do not look at the sun through the viewfinder Viewing the sun or other strong light source through the viewfinder could cause permanent visual impairment. Turn off immediately in the event of malfunction Should you notice smoke or an unusual smell coming from the equipment or from the AC adapter (available separately), unplug the AC adapter and remove the battery immediately, taking care to avoid burns. Continued operation could result in injury. After removing the battery, take the equipment to a Nikon-authorized service center for inspection. Do not use in the presence of flammable gas Do not use electronic equipment in the presence of flammable gas, as this could result in explosion or fire. Do not place strap around the neck of an infant or child Placing the camera strap around the neck of an infant or child could result in strangulation. Do not disassemble Touching the product’s internal parts could result in injury. In the event of a malfunction, the product should be repaired only by a qualified technician. Should the product break open as the result of a fall or other accident, remove the battery and/or AC adapter and then take the product to a Nikon-authorized service center for inspection. Observe proper precautions when handling batteries Batteries may leak or explode if improperly handled. Observe the following precautions when handling batteries for use in this product: Be sure the product is off before replacing the battery. If you are using an AC adapter, be sure it is unplugged. Use only batteries approved for use in this equipment. Do not mix old and new batteries or batteries of different types. Do not attempt to insert the battery upside down or backwards. Do not short or disassemble the battery. Do not expose the battery to flame or to excessive heat. Do not immerse in or expose to water. Replace the terminal cover when transporting the battery. Do not transport or store with metal objects such as necklaces or hairpins.

• • • • •

ii

iii . Before removing the battery. CD-ROMs The CD-ROMs on which the software and manuals are distributed should not be played back on audio CD equipment. or when the product is used on battery power for an extended period. When using the viewfinder When operating the diopter adjustment control with your eye to the viewfinder. when the flash should be no less than one meter (39˝) from the subject. Keep out of reach of children Failure to observe this precaution could result in injury. Particular care should be observed if photographing infants. such as discoloration or deformation. the battery may become hot. Observe caution when using the flash • Do not operate the flash with the flash window touching a person or object. attach the terminal cover and store in a cool place. • Using the flash close to your subject’s eyes could cause temporary visual impairment. use only the cables provided or sold by Nikon for the purpose. turn the camera off and allow the battery to cool.• Batteries are prone to leakage when fully discharged. To avoid damage to the product. care should be taken not to put your finger in your eye accidentally. Use appropriate cables When connecting cables to the input and output jacks. to maintain compliance with product regulations. • When the battery is not in use. • Immediately after use. • Discontinue use immediately should you notice any changes in the battery. Playing CD-ROMs on an audio CD player could cause hearing loss or damage the equipment. Failure to observe this precaution could result in burns or fire. Avoid contact with liquid crystal Should the monitor break. be sure to remove the battery when no charge remains. care should be taken to avoid injury due to broken glass and to prevent liquid crystal from the monitor touching the skin or entering the eyes or mouth.

if not installed and used Modifications in accordance with the instructions.A. iv Notice for Customers in Canada CAUTION This class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations. any changes or modifications made to this deHowever. there is no guarantee that interfer.. scribed. by any means. we would appreciate it • Nikon reserves the right to change the were you to bring any errors or omissions to specifications of the hardware and software the attention of the Nikon representative in described in these manuals at any time and your area (address provided separately). Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found D200 to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device. 1300 Walt Whitman Road. Notices for Customers in the U.operate the equipment.: 631-547-4200 ATTENTION Cet appareil numérique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du Règlement sur le matériel brouilleur du Canada. without prior notice. and can radiate radio fre.vice that are not expressly approved by Nikon ence will not occur in a particular installation. New York 11747-3064. uses. which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on. • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/ television technician for help.S. tran. a chemical known to the State of California to cause birth defects or other reproductive harm. the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. stored in a retrieval system. may cause The FCC requires the user to be notified that harmful interference to radio communications. Interface Cables Use the interface cables sold or provided by Nikon for your equipment. Using other interface cables may exceed the limits of Class B Part 15 of the FCC rules. Wash hands after handling. or translated • While every effort has been made to ensure into any language in any form. pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. Nikon Inc.Notices • No part of the manuals included with this • Nikon will not be held liable for any damages product may be reproduced. ence to radio or television reception. transmitted. This equipment generates. • Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. .S. curate and complete.A. Melville. Tel. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Notice for Customers in the State of California WARNING: Handling the cord on this product will expose you to lead. that the information in these manuals is acwithout Nikon’s prior written permission. Corporation may void the user’s authority to If this equipment does cause harmful interfer.resulting from the use of this product. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.CAUTIONS quency energy and. U.

” tickets.ID cards. securities. checks. or coupon productions are stamped “Sample. issued by public agencies and private groups. Care should be taken to avoid injury or damage to property when physically destroying data storage devices. The following apply only to users in European countries: • This product is designated for separate collection at an appropriate collection point. contact the retailer or the local authorities in charge of waste management. bills. digital camera or other device may be punishable by law. Notice Concerning Prohibition of Copying or Reproduction Note that simply being in possession of material that has been digitally copied or reproduced by means of a scanner. or local private companies (shares. woodcut prints. reproduction of unused postage stamps or • Comply with copyright notices post cards issued by the government is proThe copying or reproduction of copyrighted hibited. etc. do not copy or reproduce coins. Deleted files can sometimes be recovered from discarded storage devices using commercially available software. Before discarding a data storage device or transferring ownership to another person. a company. and tickets. creative works such as books. gift government bonds. movby the government and of certified docu. the copying or coupons. potentially resulting in the malicious use of personal image data. Do not dispose of as household waste. Also. such as passes and meal ment has been obtained. Disposing of Data Storage Devices Please note that deleting images or formatting memory cards or other data storage devices does not completely erase the original image data. erase all data using commercial deletion software. Unless the prior permission of the govern. • Items prohibited by law from being copied or repro. or format the device and then completely refill it with images containing no private information (for example.Symbol for Separate Collection in European Countries This symbol indicates that this product is to be collected separately. commuter passes.). ies or reproductions of securities issued by coins. paintThe copying or reproduction of stamps issued ings. government bonds. • For more information. Do not use ments stipulated by law is prohibited. even if such copies or re. v . and photographs is governed by national and international copyright laws. except when a minimum of necessary copies are to be provided for business use by The copying or reproduction of paper money. this product for the purpose of making illegal copies or to infringe copyright laws. or securities which are circulated in a passports issued by the government. maps. licenses foreign country is prohibited. music. pictures of empty sky).certificates.ies.• Cautions on certain copies and reproductions duced The government has issued cautions on copDo not copy or reproduce paper money. drawings. Ensuring the privacy of such data is the user’s responsibility. Be sure to also replace any pictures selected for preset white balance.

............................... 77 Flash Exposure Compensation .................................................................................................................................................. 62 Exposure and Flash Bracketing ...................... Using the Built-in Flash .................................................................................................................................................................... Image Quality ...................................... Image Quality and Size .............................. 12 Tutorial: Photography and Playback .............. 51 Focus Lock ......... ii iv 1 2 8 14 16 17 17 17 22 23 23 24 26 26 26 28 32 33 35 45 50 51 56 58 59 60 61 72 73 76 80 81 83 84 89 93 96 97 vi ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Table of Contents For Your Safety ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Charging and Inserting the Battery .................................................................................. Attaching a Lens ......................................................................................................................... Interval Timer Photography ................................................... Optimizing Images......... 61 Exposure Compensation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8 Inserting Memory Cards ............................. Flash Sync Modes .................................................... Basic Setup .................... Autoexposure Lock ......................................... 10 Adjusting Viewfinder Focus .......................................................................................................................................................................... Focus Mode .................... Self-Timer Mode .......................... 28 Image Size ............................. Introduction ....................................... First Steps .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Getting to Know the Camera.................................... ISO Sensitivity ........................... Focus Area Selection .............. Exposure Mode. Basic Photography ................................... 78 FV Lock ........................................................................................................ Focus ................................................................................................................................................................ AF-Area Mode.......................................................................................................................................................................... 55 Manual Focus ....................................................................................................................................... Non-CPU Lenses.................................................................. Reference ............................................. Reference: More on Photography ............................................................. 70 Flash Photography ................ Choosing a Shooting Mode ......................................................................................................................................................................... Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure........................................................................................................................................................................................................ Two-Button Reset ............................................................................................ Notices .............................................................................................. White Balance ............................................................................................. Color Space .............................................. Exposure .... Using a GPS Unit ........................... Metering ...................................... Using Camera Menus ............................................................................. 54 Getting Good Results with Autofocus Focus Zone Selection .................................................................................................................................................................. 53 The AF-Assist Illuminator .............. Basic Playback ................................................................................................................................

............................................ 115 115 Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu ................................. 125 RAW Compression ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 189 Appendix .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 130 Interval Timer Shooting ...................... 105 Viewing Photographs on TV .... 123 Image Comment . 173 Optional Accessories .................... NR .......................................................................Reference: More on Playback ................................... 129 Multiple Exposure .................................. 139 Custom Settings ........................................................................................ 135 After Delete ........................................................................................................................ 98 Single-Image Playback ... 110 Setup .......................................................................... 203 Index...................... 106 Connecting to a Computer ........................................... 102 Deleting Individual Photographs ..... 133 Delete .......................................................... 133 Display Mode .................. 124 Shooting Menu Bank ........ 132 Color Space ......................................................................................................................................................................... 143 Technical Notes .............................. 141 Playback Folder ......................... 142 Hide Image . 107 Printing Photographs ......................................... 127 White Balance ................................................................................................... 121 World Time ................................................ 132 Image Size ................................................................................................................................. 129 ISO Sensitivity ....................................................................... 184 Troubleshooting ................................................... 130 Menu Reset .................... 123 Language ........................ 132 JPEG Compression ..................................... 119 Mirror Lock-Up ......................................... 103 Photo Information ................................ 117 USB ...................................................................... 104 Thumbnail Playback ................................................................................................................. 135 Image Review ........ 129 Image Overlay ................................................................ 137 Rotate Tall ........................................................................................................................................ 131 Optimize Image............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 117 Battery Info ........................................................................................................................ 173 Caring for the Camera ................................................................................................... 116 Auto Image Rotation ................................ 141 Slide Show ....... 131 File Naming .................................................................... 130 Non-CPU Lens Data ........................ 129 High ISO NR ............................................... 115 Format ....... 118 Firmware Version ............................................................... 132 Image Quality ................................. 142 Print Set .......................... 130 Folders ....... 98 Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom................................... 208 vii ....................................... 132 Playback Options: The Playback Menu ....................................... 128 Long Exp................................................................... 98 98 Viewing Photographs.................... 116 Recent Settings................................................................. 195 Specifications .............. 117 Dust Off Ref Photo ........................................................................................................................................................... 121 Video Mode..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 119 LCD Brightness ......................................................... 118 Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu ................................................................................................................. 99 Protecting Photographs Viewing Multiple Images: from Deletion...........

com/ Visit these sites to keep up-to-date with the latest product information.A.com/support • For users in Asia. See the URL below for contact information: http://nikonimaging.Take Test Shots Before taking pictures on important occasions (for example. Oceania.nikon-asia.europe-nikon.S. continually-updated information is available on-line at the following sites: • For users in the U. Nikon will not be held liable for damages or lost profits that may result from product malfunction.nikonusa. Additional information may be available from the Nikon representative in your area.: http://www. Life-Long Learning As part of Nikon’s “Life-Long Learning” commitment to ongoing product support and education. at weddings or before taking the camera with you on a trip). and general advice on digital imaging and photography. and the Middle East: http://www. tips. answers to frequently-asked questions (FAQs). take a test shot to ensure that the camera is functioning normally.com/ viii .com/ • For users in Europe and Africa: http://www.

information that should be read before use to prevent damage to the camera. This icon marks notes. • Quick Start Guide: The Quick Start Guide takes you through the process of unpacking and setting up your Nikon digital camera. This icon marks tips. information that should be read before using the camera.Introduction Thank you for your purchase of a Nikon D200 single-lens reflex (SLR) digital camera with interchangeable lenses. additional information that may be helpful when using the camera. • Software manual (on CD): The software manual contains information on using the software provided with your camera. To make it easier to find the information you need. The documentation for this product also includes the manuals listed below. This manual has been written to help you enjoy taking pictures with your Nikon digital camera. Read this manual thoroughly before use. Zoom ring Focal length scale Mounting index: 8 CPU contacts: 176 Focus ring: 60 A-M mode switch: 60 1 . This icon indicates that more information is available elsewhere in this manual or in the Quick Start Guide. taking your first photographs. This icon marks settings that can be adjusted using camera menus. The parts of the lens are shown below. and transferring them to your computer. see the Quick Start Guide. For information on viewing the software manual. Please be sure to read all instructions thoroughly to get the most from the camera. This icon marks settings that can be fine-tuned from the Custom Settings menu. Introduction Lens An AF-S DX 18–70 mm f/3.5G ED lens is used in this manual for illustrative purposes. the following symbols and conventions are used: This icon marks cautions.5–4. and keep it handy when using the product.

You may find it helpful to bookmark this section and refer to it as you read through the rest of the manual. 111 2 .Getting to Know the Camera Take a few moments to familiarize yourself with camera controls and displays. 51 Video connector: DC-IN connector for optional EH-6 AC adapter: 181 USB connector: 108. Introduction—Getting to Know the Camera Camera Body Accessory shoe: 180 Flash pop-up button: 78 Built-in flash: 76 (flash sync mode) button: 78 [ Flash compensation: 80] Flash sync terminal: 180 Eyelet for camera strap: 9 10-pin remote terminal: 182 Lens release button: 8 Connector cover: 106 106 Focus-mode selector: 19.

button: Battery-chamber cover: Battery-chamber cover latch: 170 11 11 Tripod socket Shutter-release button: 20 Power switch: 17 [Illuminator switch: [ QUAL (image quality/size) button: 29.AF-assist illuminator: [Self-timer lamp: [Red-eye reduction lamp: 58 83] 77] Introduction—Getting to Know the Camera Sub-command dial: 170 Eyelet for camera strap: 9 Depth-of-field preview button: 62 FUNC. 32 [ ● (reset) button: 97] Mode dial lock release: 26 (exposure mode) button: 62 (format) button: 14] 5] (exposure compensation) button: 72 [ ● (reset) button: 97] Control panel: 5 WB (white balance) button: 35–44 Mode dial: 26 ISO (ISO sensitivity) button: (focal plane mark): 33 60 3 .

181 [ (delete) button: 22. View more photo info Move cursor up View previous photo Return to previous menu Cancel View more photo info Move cursor down Playback ( 98) Menu navigation ( View next photo Display sub-menu Make selection Change number of images displayed Make selection 24) 4 . 98 (menu) button: 24 (thumbnail) button: 102 (protect ) button: 104 [ ? (help) button: 24] (enter) button: 24 [ (playback zoom) button: 103] Monitor: 9.Camera Body (continued) Viewfinder eyepiece cup Introduction—Getting to Know the Camera Viewfinder eyepiece: 83. 73 (playback) button: 22. 90. 70 Main command dial: 170 (AF-ON) button: 52 Focus selector lock: 53 Memory card slot cover: 14 Memory card access lamp: 14 AF-area mode selector: Card slot cover latch: 14 54 (bracketing) button: 43. 105 (format) button: 14] Diopter adjustment control: 16. 181 Metering selector: 61 (AE / AF lock) button: 56. 116. 184 Multi selector The multi selector is used for menu navigation and to control the display of photo information during playback.

.................. the illuminator will remain active while the camera exposure meters are active or until the shutter is released...........................108 Preset white balance recording indicator ....................................... After the power switch is released.158 16 Aperture (f/-number) .........................37–42 Number of shots in bracketing sequence ..................................62 6 “Clock not set” indicator ......35 11 Number of exposures remaining ..................................................................................95 PC connection indicator ...............................................................67.....125 26 Bracketing indicator ..............62–69 Exposure compensation value ............43................................................................72 20 ISO sensitivity indicator ................................Control Panel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 9 10 1 Color temperature indicator ............................................................................... 69 Bracketing increment ....... 69 22 Image comment indicator.....................................43...............................73 Number of intervals .................17 14 Flash sync mode .......................53 AF-area mode ...................................................................67..................................81 The LCD Illuminator Holding the power switch in the position activates the exposure meters and the control panel backlight (LCD illuminator)....56 24 Custom menu bank ......................................72 Flash compensation value ..91 Introduction—Getting to Know the Camera 21 22 28 27 26 23 24 25 18 Flash compensation indicator ...............................108 28 GPS connection indicator ..................................................27 PC mode indicator ......... 7 13 Battery indicator ..............33 White balance fine-tuning.....................................................72 Bracketing progress indicator ....117 7 Image size ............................................................ 73 PC connection indicator .......................................................118 23 Wide-frame focus area indicator..........80 ISO sensitivity ..................79 4 Flexible program indicator .77 15 “Beep” indicator .........................32 18 19 20 30 29 8 Image quality ........................................108 17 Aperture stop indicator ...................................146 25 Shooting menu bank .33 21 Flash value (FV) lock.................94 3 Flash sync indicator .....................................69 Exposure compensation ............... or preset number .............................96 29 Multiple exposure indicator ............91 Focal length (non-CPU lens) ..40 12 “K” (appears when memory remains for over 1000 exposures) .........................................................................87 30 Interval timer indicator ...................80 19 Exposure compensation indicator ......... allowing the display to be read in the dark..............62–69 Aperture (number of stops) ........ 73 27 Electronic analog exposure display .......17 Number of shots remaining before memory buffer fills ... color temperature.................43............................ 73 Number of shots per interval .......................63 5 Exposure mode.................................54 10 White balance mode .....................................91 Maximum aperture (non-CPU lens) ............................................38 2 Shutter speed ............................................................... 5 ..................28 9 Focus area ...

................................................. 55 7 Wide-frame focus brackets (focus areas) ..............61 10 Autoexposure (AE) lock ................................................. 69 13 Exposure mode..........................61 3 “No memory card” warning *.............................67....................................17 Number of shots remaining before memory buffer fills ................................................. 6 ..............72 Flash compensation value ......70 11 Shutter speed .....................................53..............62–69 12 Aperture (f/-number) ...............................33 17 Number of exposures remaining ............................55 8 Focus indicator .........31-in................69 Exposure compensation ........... the display in the viewfinder will dim.......62–69 Aperture (number of stops) ................................................81 20 Flash sync indicator ..........The Viewfinder Display When the battery is totally exhausted.............................80 PC connection indicator ............67.72 16 ISO sensitivity ............. 7 4 Battery indicator * ..............................79 19 Flash value (FV) lock................ 69 22 Electronic analog exposure display ....153 24 “K” (appears when memory remains for over 1000 exposures) ....................... 7 158)..158 2 8-mm (0............79 21 Aperture stop indicator ........ The viewfinder display will return to normal when a fullycharged battery is inserted..................................................................17 5 Black-and-white indicator * ....................) reference circle for center-weighted metering ...........................20 9 Metering...................................62 * Can be hidden with Custom Setting d3 ( 14 Flash compensation indicator .......................45 6 Normal-frame focus brackets (focus areas) ...................................40 Exposure compensation value ....................................80 15 Exposure compensation indicator ..................... Introduction—Getting to Know the Camera 1 6 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 Framing grid (displayed when On is selected for Custom Setting d2 (Grid Display) ..........................................................................................................27 Preset white balance recording indicator ...........................72 23 Auto sensitivity indicator ..........................................108 18 Flash-ready indicator ..........................................................................

Owing to the characteristics of this type of viewfinder display.Advanced Focusing Screen Display When the background is bright..2 K). or that the display in the viewfinder turns red when the selected focus area is highlighted. making it easier to identify the selected focus area. When the background is dark. When On is selected for Custom Setting d2 (Grid display. 158). a reference grid is superimposed over the display in the viewfinder. rounded down to the nearest hundred (e. If no memory card is inserted.g. The other displays in the viewfinder tend to darken at high temperatures and exhibit slower response times at low temperatures. The Viewfinder Display The focus-area and grid-line displays in the viewfinder (advanced focusing screen display) tend to brighten at high temperatures and to darken and exhibit slower response times at low temperatures. the active focus area is highlighted briefly in red as needed to establish contrast with the background (“Vari-Brite” focus areas). 7 Introduction—Getting to Know the Camera . These phenomena are normal and do not indicate a malfunction. the control panel will show and a icon will be displayed in the viewfinder. This grid is a useful aid when composing landscape shots or when tilting or shifting a PC Nikkor lens. the number of exposures remaining will be displayed in the control panel. you may notice fine lines radiating outwards from the selected focus area. the number of exposures remaining will be shown in thousands. the active focus area ( 53) is highlighted in black. Camera Off Display/No Memory Card If the camera is turned off with a battery and memory card inserted. Large-Capacity Memory Cards When enough memory remains on the memory card to record a thousand or more pictures at current settings.260 exposures. the exposure count display will show 1. All displays will return to normal at room temperature. if there is room for approximately 1. The viewfinder is also equipped with on-demand grid lines.

See the lens manual for details. press and hold the lens-release button while turning the lens clockwise. position the lens in the camera’s bayonet mount. .First Steps Attaching a Lens Care should be taken to prevent dust from entering the camera when the lens is removed. To remove the lens. lock aperture at the minimum setting (highest f/-number). rotate the lens counter-clockwise until it clicks into place. Mounting index Detaching Lenses Be sure the camera is off when removing or exchanging lenses. 2 Keeping the mounting index on the lens aligned with the mounting index on the camera body. Introduction—First Steps 1 After confirming that the camera is off. 8 Aperture Ring If the lens is equipped with an aperture ring. remove the rear lens cap and camera body cap. Being careful not to press the lens-release button.

To attach the cover. Introduction—First Steps The Monitor Cover A clear plastic cover (the BM-6 LCD monitor cover) is provided with the camera to keep the monitor clean and protect it when the camera is not in use.Attaching the Camera Strap Attach the strap as shown below. then press the bottom of the cover until it clicks into place ( ). To remove the cover. insert the projection on the top of the cover into the matching indentation above the camera monitor ( ). 9 . hold the camera firmly and pull the bottom of the cover gently outwards as shown at right.

The supplied power cable is intended solely for use with the MH-18a and is for domestic use only. together with any warnings and instructions provided by the battery manufacturer. During charging. Unplug the charger when not in use. the temperature should be in the vicinity of 5–35 °C (41–95 °F). Charge the battery using the supplied MH-18a quick charger as described below. Note that the battery may become hot during use. 1 Charge the battery 1.3 Charging is complete when the CHARGE lamp stops blinking. 1.1 Connect the power cord to the charger and plug it in. Failure to observe these precautions could damage the battery. Introduction—First Steps 1. impair its performance. or D50 cameras or with the MS-D70 CR2 battery holder. Do not use the battery at ambient temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F) or above 40 °C (104 °F). D70-series. Remove the battery from the charger and unplug the charger. wait for the battery to cool before charging. It may be necessary to purchase another cable for use abroad. or prevent it from charging normally. 10 . Use only EN-EL3e batteries.2 Place the battery in the charger. The Battery and Charger Read and follow the warnings and cautions on pages ii–iii and 187–188 of this manual. consult with a local Nikon-authorized retailer or service representative. The D200 is not compatible with the EN-EL3 or EN-EL3a batteries available for D100. The CHARGE lamp will blink as the battery charges.Charging and Inserting the Battery The supplied EN-EL3e battery is not charged at shipment. About two and a quarter hours are required for an exhausted battery to fully charge.

ERA AND MAY VOID YOUR For more information about Nikon brand accessories. 11 .2 Insert the battery 2. rupturing. Only Nikon brand electronic accessories (including lenses. open the battery chamber cover. enabling the battery charge state to be shown in six levels in the control panel and as a percentage in the setup menu Battery Info display ( 123). EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Batteries The EN-EL3e shares information with compatible devices.2 Insert a fully charged battery as shown at right. together with battery life and the number of pictures taken since the battery was last charged. igniting. Speedlights. Close the battery chamber cover. or leaking. and AC adapters) certified by Nikon specifically for use with this Nikon digital camera are engineered and proven to operate within the operational and safety requirements of this electronic circuitry. battery chargers.1 After confirming that the camera is off. Replace the terminal cover when the battery is not in use. Introduction—First Steps 2. The use of third-party rechargeable Li-ion batteries not bearing the Nikon holographic seal (see right) could interfere with normal operation of the camera or result in the batteries overheating. Use Only Nikon Brand Electronic Accessories Nikon cameras are designed to the highest standards and include complex electronic circuitry. contact an authorized Nikon dealer. batteries. THE USE OF NON-NIKON ELECTRONIC ACCESSORIES COULD DAMAGE THE CAMNIKON WARRANTY. Removing the Battery Turn the camera off before removing the battery.

6 Display options. * UTC field shows time difference between selected time zone and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 1 Turn camera on and press button. in hours.Basic Setup The language option in the setup menu is automatically highlighted the first time menus are displayed. Choose a language and set the time and date. 12 . Introduction—First Steps 3 Select language.* 10 Return to WORLD TIME menu. 4 Return to setup menu. 8 Display map of world time zones. 2 Display language menu. 9 Select local time zone. 7 Highlight Time Zone. 5 Highlight World Time.

Using Camera Menus The language option is only highlighted automatically the first time menus are displayed. † If daylight saving time is in effect in local time zone. 17 Choose order in which date is displayed. 13 . 16 Display options.† 12 Introduction—First Steps Display DATE menu. 19 Return to setup menu. 18 Return to WORLD TIME menu. 13 14 Return to WORLD TIME menu. 15 Highlight Date Format. Press multi selector left or right to select item. Press multi selector down to highlight On and press multi selector right. Time will automatically be advanced one hour. up or down to change.11 Highlight Date. highlight Daylight Saving Time and press multi selector right. See “Using Camera Menus” ( 24–25) for information on normal menu operation.

2. Close the memory card slot cover.1 Turn the camera off before inserting or removing memory cards. * Press any other button to exit without formatting memory card.* Do not turn camera off or remove battery or memory card until formatting is complete and control panel shows number of exposures remaining. Be sure all data you wish to keep have been copied to another storage device before formatting the card. Unlatch ( ) and open ( ) the memory card cover. Front Direction of insertion Front Terminals 2 Format the memory card Formatting memory cards permanently deletes all photographs and other data they may contain. 14 .Inserting Memory Cards Photographs are stored on CompactFlash memory cards (available separately). Attempting to insert cards upside down or backward could damage the camera or card. Do not use force. Inserting Memory Cards Confirm that the memory card is in the orientation shown. 1 Introduction—First Steps 2 1. The eject button will pop up and the memory card access lamp will light for about a second.2 Insert the card as shown at right.1 2. Press buttons again.2 Turn camera on and press ( and ) buttons simultaneously for about 2 seconds until blinks in control panel and viewfinder. 1 Insert a memory card 1.

2 1 Illustrations In illustrations throughout this manual. 15 . Do not push on the memory card while pressing the eject button. Introduction—First Steps 2 Turn the camera off and open the memory card slot cover.Removing Memory Cards 1 Confirm that the access lamp is off. 3 Press the eject button to partially eject the card ( ). Failure to observe this precaution could damage the camera or memory card. The card can then be removed by hand ( ). indicators in the control panel and viewfinder relevant to the explanation in the accompanying text are shown in black. Indicators not mentioned in the text are shown in gray.

Before shooting. Rotate the diopter adjustment control until the focus brackets are displayed in sharp focus when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. reducing the drain on the battery. When operating the diopter adjustment control with your eye to the viewfinder. the viewfinder display and the aperture and shutter-speed indicators in the control panel will turn off if no operations are performed for about six seconds (auto meter-off ).Adjusting Viewfinder Focus Photographs are framed in the viewfinder. Press the shutter-release button halfway to reactivate the display. Focus brackets Auto Meter-Off At default settings. 16 . be careful not to put your fingers or fingernails in your eye. 1 2 Introduction—First Steps Remove the lens cap and turn the camera on. make sure that the display in the viewfinder is in clear focus.

Low battery. Check the number of exposures remaining. Shutter-release disabled. Change (blinks) (blinks) battery. the display will flash as shown at right. 1. If there is not enough memory to store additional photographs at current settings. The monitor remains off during shooting.2 Check the battery level in the viewfinder or control panel.3 The exposure count displays in the control panel and viewfinder show the number of photographs that can be stored on the memory card. The control panel will turn on and the display in the viewfinder will light. No further pictures can be taken until the memory card has been replaced or pictures have been deleted. Ready fully-charged spare battery.1 Remove the lens cap and turn the camera on. — Battery partially discharged. Control Viewpanel finder Description — Battery fully charged. 17 . 1.Tutorial: Photography and Playback Basic Photography This section describes how to take pictures at default settings. Battery level is not displayed when camera is powered by optional AC adapter. 1 Turn the camera on Tutorial—Basic Photography 1.

872 × 2. the camera will take one photograph each time the shutter-release button is pressed. using a type G or D lens. At this setting. Built-in exposure program automatically adjusts Exposure shutter speed and aperture for optimal expomode (Programmed auto) sure in most situations. 31 Images are 3. See the “Reference” section for information on when and how to change settings from their default values.1 Press the mode-dial lock release ( ) while turning the mode dial ( ) to S (single frame).592 pixels in size. 1 2 18 . Focus Center focus area Camera focuses on subject in center focus area. 32 33– 34 35– 44 62– 69 53 ISO sensitivity (digital equivalent of film speed) set to value roughly equivalent to ISO 100. At this setting. A White balance automatically adjusted for natu(Auto) ral coloration under most types of lighting. the camera will focus on the subject in the focus area selected by the user.2 Adjust camera settings This tutorial describes how to take photographs at the default settings listed in the table below.2 Rotate the AF-area mode selector until it clicks into place pointing to (single-area AF). 2. area 2. Control panel Exposure mode Image size Image quality Viewfinder ISO sensitivity Tutorial—Basic Photography White balance Focus area Option Image quality Image size ISO sensitivity White balance Default NORM (JPEG Normal) L (Large) 100 Description Balance between image quality and file size is 28– ideal for snapshots.

2 Frame a photo in the viewfinder with the main subject positioned in the center focus area. Matrix metering uses information from all areas of the frame to determine exposure.1 Hold the camera as shown. Keep your elbows propped lightly against your torso for support and place one foot half a pace ahead of the other to keep your upper body stable. producing optimal results for the entire frame. the camera will focus automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. A icon appears in the viewfinder. Holding the Camera Hold the handgrip in your right hand and cradle the camera body or lens with your left. 2. Pictures can only be taken when the camera is in focus. At this setting. Tutorial—Basic Photography 3 Frame a photograph 3.3 Rotate the focus-mode selector until it clicks into place pointing to S (single-servo autofocus).4 Rotate the metering selector to (matrix metering). Focus area 19 . 3.2.

The camera focuses when the button is pressed halfway. Photo will be underexposed. Use flash or raise ISO sensitivity. the camera automatically sets shutter speed and aperture when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. If the camera is able to focus on the subject in the center focus area. Use optional Neutral Density (ND) filter. Focus will lock while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. To take the picture. If the photo would be under. focus locks until the button is released.4 Focus Press the shutter-release button halfway to focus. Indicator Description Photo will be overexposed. the camera was unable to focus using autofocus). Tutorial—Basic Photography 5 Check exposure In exposure mode P (programmed auto). a beep will sound and the in-focus indicator (●) will appear in the viewfinder (if the focus indicator blinks. The Shutter-Release Button The camera has a two stage shutter-release button. one of the following indicators will be displayed. Lock focus Take photograph 20 . Before shooting.or over-exposed at current settings. If the subject is dark. press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down. the AF-assist illuminator may light to assist the focus operation. check the shutterspeed and aperture indicators in the viewfinder.

21 Tutorial—Basic Photography .6 Take the photograph Smoothly press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down to release the shutter and record the photograph. Do not eject the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the lamp has gone out and recording is complete. The access lamp next to the card slot cover will light.

Tutorial—Basic Playback To end playback and return to shooting mode. 22 . press the button or press the shutter-release button halfway. To exit without deleting the picture. Deleting Unwanted Photographs To delete the photograph currently displayed in the monitor.Basic Playback Press the button to view photographs. press the button. A confirmation dialog will be displayed. additional pictures can be displayed by pressing the multi selector left or right. Press the button again to delete the image and return to playback. The most recent photo will be displayed in the monitor. press the shutter-release button halfway.

and hue Choose a color space Shoot a moving subject or focus manually Let the camera choose shutter speed and aperture Freeze or blur motion Control depth of field Choose shutter speed and aperture manually Make photographs brighter or darker or enhance contrast Use the built-in flash Take photos with the self-timer Superimpose photos on one another Take photos at specified intervals Use a non-CPU lens Record GPS data with photographs View photographs Using Camera Menus: Choosing a Shooting Mode: Image Quality and Size: ISO Sensitivity: White Balance: Optimizing Images: Color Space: Focus: Exposure Mode P (Programmed Auto): Exposure Mode S (Shutter-Priority Auto): Exposure Mode A (Aperture-Priority Auto): Exposure Mode M (Manual): Exposure Compensation: Flash Photography: Self-Timer Mode: Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure: Interval-Timer Photography: Non-CPU Lenses: Using a GPS Unit: Viewing Photographs: 24 26 28 33 35 45 50 51 63 64 66 68 72 76 83 84 89 93 96 98 Reference 23 . contrast. color. saturation.Reference This section builds on the Tutorial to cover more advanced shooting and playback options. Use the menus Take photographs in bursts Reduce shutter lag Adjust image quality and size Raise ISO sensitivity when lighting is poor Make colors look natural Take photos under unusual lighting Customize sharpening.

Using Camera Menus Most shooting. and setup menus (see below) View recent settings If “?” icon is displayed. Format memory cards and perform basic camera setup ( 115). shooting. The multi selector is used to navigate through the camera menus. help for current item can be viewed by pressing button. Locking and Deleting Recent Settings The Recent Settings option in the setup menu ( 119) can be used to delete all items from the Recent Settings menu or to lock the menu at current settings. Choose from playback. To view the menus. press the button. Move cursor up Increase number Return to previous menu Cancel (can also be performed with button) Move cursor down Decrease number Display sub-menu Make selection (selection can also be made with button or center of multi selector) Make selection (same as button) Help For help on menu options. A description of the currently selected option or menu will be displayed. Adjust shooting settings ( 124). Personalize camera settings ( 143). Menu Playback Shooting Custom Settings Setup Recent Settings Slider is displayed if more options are available in current menu Current setting for each option is shown by icon Current menu item is highlighted Reference—Using Camera Menus Description Adjust playback settings and manage photos ( 133). Custom Settings. 24 . and setup options can be accessed from the camera menus. Lists the fourteen most recently used items in the shooting and Custom Settings menus. creating a customized menu of shooting and Custom Menu options. press the button. press the button while pressing the multi selector up or down. playback. To scroll the display.

8 Make selection Exiting the Menus Press the shutter-release button halfway to exit the menus and return to shooting mode.To modify menu settings: 1 Display menus 2 Highlight icon for current menu 3 Reference—Using Camera Menus Select menu 4 Position cursor in selected menu 5 Highlight menu item 6 Display options 7 Highlight option • Menu items that are displayed in gray are not currently available. or press the button once to highlight the icon for the current menu and again to exit to shooting mode. • When formatting memory cards and in other cases in which user confirmation is required. a selection can only be made with the center of the multi selector or by pressing the button. 25 . A message to this effect will appear in the display.

manual or shutter-priority auto exposure. or with the mirror raised to enhance shutter response and minimize vibration. While shutter-release button is held down. a shutter speed of / s or faster. next shot can be taken imSingle frame mediately if enough space remains in memory buffer. 26 . Use the self-timer for self-portraits or to reduce blurring caused by camera Self-timer shake ( 83). Mode Reference—Choosing a Shooting Mode To choose a shooting mode. camera records 1–4 frames per CL Continuous second. Mirror will be lowered after shutter is reMUP leased. Description Camera takes one photograph each time shutter-release button is pressed.Reference: More on Photography Choosing a Shooting Mode Shooting mode determines how the camera takes photographs: one at a time. metering. again to take photograph (shutter will be released automatically if shutter-release button is not pressed for 30 s after mirror up). Choose this mode to minimize camera shake in situations in which Mirror up the least camera movement can result in blurred photographs. Note that autofocus. S Access lamp will light while photo is recorded. CH While shutter-release button is held down. and memory remaining in memory buffer. with a timed shutter-release delay.* Frame rate can be chosen using Custom Setting d4 (Shooting low speed Speed. in a continuous sequence. Press shutter-release button once to raise mirror. and framing can not be confirmed in the viewfinder while mirror is raised. press the mode dial lock release and turn the mode dial to the desired setting. * Average frame rate with continuous-servo AF.* Use to photograph moving objects or to capture a fleeting high speed expression on portrait subjects. camera records up to 5 frames Continuous per second. 158).

The file size of compressed images varies with the scene recorded. See the Appendix ( 196) for more information. While photographs are being recorded to the memory card. In continuous mode. If the camera is switched off while data remain in the buffer. This number is updated as photographs are transferred to the memory card and more memory becomes available in the buffer. producing variations in the number of images that can be stored. press the button while turning the camera off (keep the button pressed for at least one second after turning the camera off ).Buffer Size The number of images that can be stored in the memory buffer at current settings is shown in the exposure-count displays in the viewfinder and control panel while the shutter-release button is pressed (at image qualities of JPEG Fine. If the battery is exhausted while images remain in the buffer. If 0 is displayed. the display will show 25 when the buffer contains space for 25 or more images). allowing shooting to continue while photographs are being saved to the memory card. shooting will continue to a maximum of 100 shots as long as the shutter-release button is held down. JPEG Normal. 27 . the orientation recorded for the first shot applies to all photographs in the same burst. To turn the camera off without recording the images in the buffer. and JPEG Basic. Auto Image Rotation ( 119) In continuous mode. the access lamp next to the memory card slot will light. although the frame rate will drop once the buffer has filled. even if camera orientation is changed during shooting. the shutter release will be disabled and the images transferred to the memory card. the power will not turn off until all images in the buffer have been recorded. the memory buffer is full and shooting will slow. Do not remove the memory card or remove or disconnect the power source until the access lamp has gone out. recording may take from a few seconds to a few minutes. When the buffer is full. the shutter is disabled until enough data have been transferred to the memory card to make room for another photograph. Depending on the number of images in the buffer. The approximate time required to write the entire buffer to a 1 GB SanDisk SDCFX (Extreme III) card is as follows (ISO sensitivity set to ISO 100 equivalent): Uncompressed NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic (Large) Uncompressed NEF (RAW) JPEG Fine (Large) 50 s (19 frames) 50 s (22 frames) 35 s (37 frames) Reference—Choosing a Shooting Mode The buffer size shown in the control panel and viewfinder is an approximation only. The Memory Buffer The camera is equipped with a memory buffer for temporary storage.

and File Size See the Appendix for information on the number of pictures that can be stored on a memory card ( 196). 28 .* Record JPEG images at a compression ratio of roughly 1 : 8. When photographs taken at Capture 4 Version 4. Image Quality. Two options are available for controlling compression: RAW Compression for NEF (RAW) images ( 31) and JPEG Compression for JPEG images ( 30).Image Quality and Size Together. only the JPEG image will be displayed. Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one basic-quality JPEG image. Image Quality The camera supports the following image quality options (listed in descending order by image quality and file size): Mode NEF (RAW) JPEG Fine JPEG Normal JPEG Basic NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic Reference—Image Quality and Size Description Raw 12-bit data from the image sensor are saved directly to the memory card in Nikon Electronic Format (NEF). NEF (RAW) + JPEG Normal.4 or later (available separately.* Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one fine-quality JPEG image. 30). When photographs taken at these settings are deleted. both NEF and JPEG images will be deleted. NEF (RAW) + JPEG Fine. Selecting an NEF (RAW) option for image quality cancels white balance bracketing. Record JPEG images at a compression ratio of roughly 1 : 4. NEF (RAW) / NEF + JPEG NEF (RAW) images can only be viewed on a computer using the supplied software or Nikon 182).* Record JPEG images at a compression ratio of roughly 1 : 16. or NEF (RAW) + JPEG Basic are viewed on the camera. image quality and size determine how much space each photograph occupies on the memory card. * Size Priority selected for JPEG Compression ( Image quality can be set using the Image Quality option in the shooting menu or by pressing the QUAL button and rotating the main command dial. Two images are recorded: one NEF (RAW) image and one normal-quality JPEG image. Image Size. White balance bracketing can not be used with NEF (RAW) images.

2 Highlight the desired option and press the multi selector to the right. RAW RAW BASIC FINE NORM RAW NORM RAW FINE BASIC File Names Photographs are stored as image files with names of the form “DSC_nnnn. The “DSC” portion of the file name can be changed using the File Naming option in the shooting menu ( 129). Images recorded at a Color Space setting of AdobeRGB ( 50) have names that begin with an underscore (e.xxx. “JPG” for JPEG images.JPG”).g.The Image Quality Menu 1 Highlight Image Quality in the shooting menu and press the multi selector to the right.. “_DSC0001.” where nnnn is a four-digit number between 0001 and 9999 assigned automatically in ascending order by the camera. 29 . The shooting menu will be displayed. and xxx is one of the following three letter extensions: “NEF” for NEF images. Reference—Image Quality and Size The QUAL Button Press the QUAL button and rotate the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel (note that RAW Compression and JPEG Compression can only be adjusted from the shooting menu). The NEF and JPEG files recorded at a setting of “NEF+JPEG” have the same file names but different extensions. and “NDF” for Dust Off ref photos ( 121–122).

The effects of these options are most pronounced with high ISO sensitivity ( complex scenes. The selected option applies to all subsequent JPEG-quality images. 2 Highlight the desired option and press the multi selector to the right. File size varies with scene recorded. 33). The shooting menu will be displayed.The JPEG Compression Menu The JPEG compression menu offers the following options for JPEG images: Mode Description Size Priority Images are compressed to produce relatively uniform file size. Optimal Quality Optimal image quality. 30 . 1 Reference—Image Quality and Size Highlight JPEG Compression in the shooting menu and press the multi selector to the right. basic-quality JPEG images. Quality (default) varies with scene recorded. or heavy sharpening ( 46).

NEF images are compressed by about 40–50 % with little drop in quality. NEF (RAW) Description NEF images are not compressed. The selected option applies to all subsequent NEF (RAW) images. Reference—Image Quality and Size 2 Highlight the desired option and press the multi selector to the right.The RAW Compression Menu The following options are available for NEF (RAW) images: Mode NEF (RAW) (default) Comp. The shooting menu will be displayed. 1 Highlight RAW Compression in the shooting menu and press the multi selector to the right. Recording time is reduced. 31 .

68 × 6.48 × 9.36 × 12. When viewed on a computer using the supplied software or Nikon Capture 4 Version 4.Image Size Image size is measured in pixels.0 M) Medium (2896 × 1944/5. 1 2 Highlight the desired option and press the multi selector to the right.48 in. The Image Size Menu Highlight Image Size in the shooting menu and press the multi selector to the right. Note that the option selected does not affect the size of NEF (RAW) images.2 × 32.96 in.) 2. 32 .944 36.936 × 1.4 or later (available separately). Conversely. the larger the image.296 24.9 cm (19.896 × 1.872 × 2.) Image size can be set using the Image Size option in the shooting menu or by pressing the QUAL button and rotating the sub-command dial. NEF images are 3.5 cm (9. The shooting menu will be displayed.” Choose image size according to the space available on the memory card and the task at hand.592 pixels in size. Smaller sizes produce smaller files.8 × 24.6 M) Small (1936 × 1296/2. The QUAL Button Press the QUAL button and rotate the sub-command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel. Image size Large (3872 × 2592/10.592 49.5 M) Reference—Image Quality and Size Size (pixels) Approximate size when printed at 200 dpi 3. making them suited to distribution via e-mail or inclusion in web pages. the larger the size at which it can be printed without becoming noticeably “grainy.72 in.6 × 16.7 cm (14.872 × 2.) 1.

33 . The shooting menu will be displayed. ISO sensitivity can be adjusted using the ISO Sensitivity option in the shooting menu or by pressing the ISO button and rotating the main command dial. allowing higher shutter speeds or smaller apertures. The higher the ISO sensitivity. 2 Highlight the desired option and press the multi selector to the right. The ISO Sensitivity Menu Reference—ISO Sensitivity 1 Highlight ISO Sensitivity in the shooting menu and press the multi selector to the right. Where high sensitivity is a priority. ISO sensitivity can be further increased up to 1 EV over ISO 1600. the less light needed to make an exposure. * * * * Viewfinder display shows .ISO Sensitivity “ISO sensitivity” is the digital equivalent of film speed. ISO sensitivity can be set between values roughly equivalent to ISO 100 and ISO 1600 in steps equivalent to / EV. The ISO Button Press the ISO button and rotate the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel or viewfinder.

ISO sensitivity can also be set in increments equivalent to / or 1 EV. Photos taken at ISO sensitivities over ISO 1600 will likely contain appreciable amounts of noise. the current ISO sensitivity setting is maintained when the step value is changed. 400. If the current sensitivity setting is not available at the new step value. and On can not be selected for ISO Auto at ISO sensitivities over 1600. ISO sensitivity can not be raised above 1600 while ISO Auto is on. High ISO NR ( 131) This option can be used to reduce noise at ISO sensitivities of 400 or more (this reduces the capacity of the memory buffer). 34 . the more likely pictures are to be subject to “noise” in the form of randomly-spaced. Note that although high ISO noise reduction is always in effect at ISO sensitivities over ISO 800. b1—ISO Auto ( 152) When On is selected for Custom Setting b1 (ISO Auto). ISO step value set to 1/2 step ISO step value set to 1 step Reference—ISO Sensitivity If possible. and 1600). 800. the camera will automatically vary ISO sensitivity from the value selected by the user to help ensure optimum exposure (maximum can be selected from ISO 200. brightly-colored pixels. ISO sensitivity will be rounded up to the nearest available setting.Noise The higher the ISO sensitivity. turning High ISO NR on will increase the amount of noise reduction performed. b2—ISO Step Value ( 154) Depending on the option selected for Custom Setting b2.

use preset white balance. Use under incandescent lighting. choose an option from the list above or use preset white balance. With builtin flash or optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights.200 K 5.White Balance The color of light reflected from an object varies with the color of the light source. white balance reflects conditions in effect when flash fires. Use with built-in flash or optional Nikon flash units. Unlike the film used in film cameras.005-pixel RGB sensor and image sensor. direct sunlight. White Balance Preset Description White balance adjusted automatically using color temperature measured by 1.500– 8. The human brain is able to adapt to changes in the color of the light source. Choose a color temperature. digital cameras can mimic this adjustment by processing images according to the color of the light source. * Fine-tuning set to 0. Use gray or white object or existing photograph as reference for white balance ( 39).” For natural coloration. use type G or D lens. with the result that white objects appear white whether seen in the shade.000 K 4. choose a white balance setting that matches the light source before shooting. This is known as “white balance.000 K 2. The following options are available: Approximate color temperature* 3.000 K — Reference—White Balance Option Auto Incandescent Fluorescent Dir. Use in daylight under overcast skies. or set white balance to Flash and use fine tuning to adjust white balance.000 K 8. Use in daylight with subjects in the shade. Sunlight Flash Cloudy Shade Choose Color Temp. Use under fluorescent lighting. For best results. If the desired results can not be achieved with auto white balance. Auto white balance is recommended with most light sources. See the Appendix for other values. or under incandescent lighting. Studio Strobe Lighting Auto white balance may not produce the desired results with studio strobe lighting. 35 . Use with subjects lit by direct sunlight. Choose color temperature from list of values ( 38).400 K 6.500– 10.200 K 5.000 K 3.

2 Reference—White Balance Highlight the desired option and press the multi selector to the right. White balance will be varied with each image. White Balance Preset a preset white balance menu ( 39). the camera will create several images each time the shutter is released. displays a menu of color temperatures ( 38). The WB Button Press the WB button and rotate the main command dial until the desired setting is displayed in the control panel.White balance can be set using the White Balance option in the shooting menu or by pressing the WB button and rotating the main command dial. other options a fine-tuning dialog ( 37). “bracketing” the value currently selected for white balance. Selecting Choose Color Temp. 36 e5—Auto BKT Set ( 166) When WB Bracketing is selected for custom setting e5 (Auto BKT Set). . The White Balance Menu 1 Highlight White Balance in the shooting menu and press the multi selector to the right.

The WB Button Press the WB button and rotate the sub-command dial until the desired value is displayed. Higher settings (“+”) can be used to lend images a bluish tinge or to compensate for light sources with a yellow or red cast.Fine-Tuning White Balance At settings other than (Choose Color Temp. calculated by multiplying the inverse of the color temperature by 10 6. At seticon appears in the control panel. a The White Balance Menu Selecting an option other than Choose Color Temp. Except in Fluorescent mode.: • 4000 K – 3000 K (a difference of 1000 K) = 83 mired • 7000 K – 6000 K (a difference of 1000 K) = 24 mired 37 . For example. The shooting menu will be displayed. is a measure of color temperature that takes such variation into account. E. Adjustments can be made in the range +3 to –3 in increments of one. Mired. Press the multi selector up or down to choose the desired value and press the multi selector to the right. White balance is fine tuned using the White Balance option in the shooting menu or by pressing the WB button and rotating the sub-command dial.g. while lowering white balance (“–”) can make photographs appear slightly more yellow or red or compensate for light sources with a blue cast. white balance can be “fine tuned” to compensate for variations in the color of the light source or to introduce a deliberate “warm” or “cold” cast into an image. or White Balance Preset in the white balance menu ( 35) displays the menu shown at right. Reference—White Balance Mired Any given change in color temperature produces a greater difference in color at low color temperatures than it would at higher color temperatures. each increment is equivalent to about 10 mired.) and PRE (White Balance Preset). a change of 1000 K produces a much greater change in color at 3000 K than at 6000 K. tings other than ±0. and as such is the unit used in color-temperature compensation filters.

Choosing a Color Temperature Choose a setting of (Choose Color Temp. Press the multi selector up or down to choose the desired value and press the multi selector to the right. Color temperature is an objective measure of the color of a light source. appear slightly yellow or red. … Reference—White Balance Take Test Shots Take a test shot to determine if the selected value is appropriate to the light source. The shooting menu will be displayed.000– 5.) to select the color temperature from thirty-one predetermined values ranging from 2. Light sources with a higher color temperature appear tinged with blue. in the white balance menu ( 35) displays the menu shown at right. The WB Button Press the WB button and rotate the sub-command dial until the desired value is displayed. such as incandescent light bulbs.000 K in increments of roughly 10 mired (note that the desired results will not be obtained with flash or fluorescent lighting).500 K appear white. 38 . light sources with a lower color temperature. Color temperature can be selected in the white-balance menu or with the WB button and sub-command dial. Color Temperature The perceived color of a light source varies with the viewer and other conditions. defined with reference to the temperature to which an object would have to be heated to radiate light in the same wavelengths. The White Balance Menu Selecting Choose Color Temp. While light sources with a color temperature in the neighborhood of 5.500 K to 10.

White balance is copied from photo on memory card ( 42) or white balance value is copied from Nikon Capture 4 Version 4. 182). White Balance Presets Changes to white balance presets apply to all shooting menu banks ( 125).4 or later (available separately. Reference—White Balance The camera can store up to five values for preset white balance in presets d-0 through d-4. 39 . d-0 Stores last measured value ( 40).Preset White Balance Preset white balance is used to record and recall custom white balance settings for shooting under mixed lighting or to compensate for light sources with a strong color cast. Store values copied from images on memory card ( 42). A descriptive comment can be added to any white balance preset ( 42). 182). Two methods are available for setting preset white balance: Method Direct measurement Copy from existing photograph Description Neutral gray or white object is placed under lighting that will be used in final photograph and white balance is measured by camera ( 40). d-1 – d-4 Store values copied from d-0 ( 42). Store values created in Nikon Capture 4 Version 4.4 or later (available separately. A confirmation dialog will be displayed if the user attempts to change a white balance preset created in another shooting menu bank (no warning is displayed for preset d-0).

40 . The camera will measure a value for white balance and use this value when preset white balance is selected. Release the WB button briefly and then press the icon starts to flash. No photograph will be recorded.Measuring a Value for White Balance White balance can be measured with reference to a neutral gray object. Otherwise there is no need to select d-0 when measuring a new value for white balance. To exit without measuring a new value for white balance. The new value for white balance is automatically stored in preset d-0. press the WB button. white balance can be measured accurately even when the camera is not in focus. A blinkbutton until the ing will also appear in the control panel and viewfinder frame-count displays. select preset d-0 by pressing the WB button and rotating the subcommand dial until d-0 is displayed. Press the WB button and rotate the main command dial until is displayed in the control panel. A standard gray card can be used as a reference in studio settings. 1 2 Reference—White Balance Place a neutral gray or white object under the lighting that will be used in the final photograph. If the new value for preset white balance will be used immediately. 3 4 Frame the reference object so that it fills the viewfinder and press the shutter-release button all the way down.

See the Nikon Capture 4 manual for details. The edited value can be copied directly to a white balance preset while the camera is connected to a computer. will flash in the control panel and the viewfinder will show a flashing for about three seconds before the camera returns to shooting mode. the camera may be unable to measure white balance. To use the new value. the same as Direct Sunlight). white balance will be set to a color temperature of 5. The new white balance value will remain in preset d-0 until white balance is measured again. Reference—White Balance The new value for white balance will be stored in preset d-0. Return to Step 4 and measure white balance again. select preset d-0 (if no value has been measured for white balance before d-0 is selected. If lighting is too dark or too bright.200 K. By copying preset d-0 to one of the other presets before measuring a new value for white balance. Any comments created with Nikon Capture 4 will also be copied to the comment for the selected preset. automatically replacing the previous value for this preset (no confirmation dialog will be displayed). up to five white balance values can be stored ( 42). Nikon Capture 4 Nikon Capture 4 Version 4. or the image can be saved to the camera memory card and the white balance value copied using the Select Image option in the preset menu.5 If the camera was able to measure a value for white balance. A flashing will appear in the control panel and viewfinder for about three seconds. 41 .4 or later (available separately) can be used to edit white balance when RAW photographs taken with the D200 are displayed on a computer.

if any) for preset d-0 to current (d-1–d-4 only) preset and return to Step 1. To display options for a selected preset: 1 Highlight desired preset. Description Set white balance to value for selected preset and return to shooting Set menu. if any) for highlighted image to current preset and return to Step 1. Edit Text edit dialog is displayed ( 118).† * To set white balance to the value for the highlighted preset and return to shooting mode without completing Step 2. Use multi selector to highlight photos. Only photos taken with D200 can be selected. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option. † To view options for other presets. Copy d-0 Copy white balance value (and comment. highlight name of current preset (d-0 – d-4) and press multi selector right. Photos on memory card are displayed as thumbnail images. press button to view highlighted photo Select Image full frame. Option The WB Button At a setting of (White Balance Preset). Press center of multi selector to copy white balance value (and (d-1–d-4 only) comment.Preset White Balance Options Selecting White Balance Preset in the White Balance menu ( 35) displays the menu of white-balance presets shown in Step 1. press button. Enter comment of up to 36 characComment ters for current preset and press button to return to Step 1. presets can also be selected by pressing the WB button and rotating the sub-command dial. The current preset is displayed while the WB button is pressed. then press to the right to select. 42 .* Reference—White Balance 2 View options for highlighted preset.

) or (White Balance Preset) or at image qualities of NEF (RAW). ( ) will be displayed and the number of exposures remaining will blink. Shooting can begin if a new memory card is inserted. Only one shot is required to complete the bracketing sequence. To use white balance bracketing: 1 Choose WB Bracketing for Custom Setting e5 (Auto BKT Set. “bracketing” the current white balance setting ( 35). 166). Each increment is roughly equivalent to 10 mired. If the number of shots in the bracketing program exceeds the number of exposures remaining. White balance bracketing is not available at whitebalance settings of (Choose Color Temp. rotate the main command dial to choose the number of shots in the bracketing sequence ( 197). rotate the sub-command dial to choose the white balance adjustment ( 197). NEF + JPEG Normal.White Balance Bracketing White balance bracketing creates multiple images each time the shutter is released. White balance bracketing is recommended when shooting under mixed lighting or experimenting with different white balance settings. NEF + JPEG Fine. Reference—White Balance 2 Pressing the button. At settings other than zero. 3 Pressing the button. or NEF + JPEG Basic. a icon and bracketing indicator will appear in the control panel. 43 .

Reference—White Balance Image Quality Selecting NEF (RAW).4 Compose a photograph. press the button while turning the camera off (keep the button pressed for at least one second after turning the camera off ). Bracketing can also be cancelled by per forming a two-button reset ( 97). focus. or NEF + JPEG Basic cancels white balance bracketing. and each copy will have a different white balance. NEF + JPEG Normal. and shoot. To cancel bracketing. The program last in effect will be restored the next time bracketing is activated. the main command dial can be used to turn bracketing on and off and the subcommand dial to select both the number of shots and the white-balance increment. although in this case the bracketing program will not be restored the next time bracketing is activated. Bracketing Programs See the Appendix for a list of white balance bracketing programs. the camera will power off only after all photographs in the sequence have been recorded. Shooting Mode In all modes (including self-timer and continuous modes). Modifications to white balance are added to the white balance adjustment made with white balance finetuning. press the button and rotate the main command dial until the number of shots in the bracketing sequence is zero and white-balance bracketing indicator is no longer displayed in the control panel. 44 . NEF + JPEG Fine. only one shot will be taken each time the shutter-release button is pressed. e7—Auto BKT Order ( 167) This option can be used to change the bracketing order. Each shot will be processed to create the number of copies specified in the bracketing program. To turn the camera off without recording the remaining photographs. Each shot will be processed to create the number of copies specified in the bracketing program. Turning the Camera Off If the camera is turned off while the camera while the memory card access lamp is lit. e8—Auto BKT Selection ( 167) If desired.

Enhances saturation. even in scenes of the same type. BW Black-and-white Take photos in black-and-white. Tone Compensation.Optimizing Images The options in the Optimize Image menu can be used to optimize photographs according to how the picture will be used or the type of scene. color reproduction. N SO Softens outlines. Reference—Optimizing Images Black-and-white A B/W icon is displayed in the viewfinder when shooting in black-and-white ( 6). contrast. Custom and hue ( 46). To take a series of photographs with identical image optimization. Sharpening. At Settings Other than Custom At settings other than Custom: • Photographs are optimized for current shooting conditions. Results will vary with exposure and the position of the subject in the frame. being sure not to select Auto for Image Sharpening. and sharpness to produce vivid VI Vivid images with vibrant reds. • Use a type G or D lens for best results. or Saturation. 45 . color reproduction. greens. choose Custom and adjust settings individually. Option Normal (default) Softer Description Recommended for most situations. Lowers contrast while lending natural texture and rounded feel PO Portrait to skin of portrait subjects. producing natural images suitable for portraits or retouching on a computer. and sharpness to produce crisp VI More vivid images with sharp outlines. contrast. and blues. Customize sharpness. and hue can also be customized individually to match the user’s creative intent. Maximizes saturation. saturation. saturation. contrast. contrast.

Low Images are sharpened less than standard amount. Making Edges More Distinct: Image Sharpening During shooting. the shooting menu will be displayed. color reproduction. a menu of custom options will be displayed ( 49). Normal All images are sharpened by same standard amount. the camera processes photographs to emphasize the borders between light and dark areas. even in scenes of same type. Sharpening can be customized using the Image Sharpening menu. In all other cases. Option 46 . ReAuto sults vary from shot to shot. 2 Reference—Optimizing Images Highlight the desired option and press the multi selector to the right. Customizing Image Enhancement Options Select Custom to make separate adjustments to sharpening. contrast. If Custom is selected. and hue. None Images are not sharpened. Medium High Images are sharpened slightly more than standard amount.To select an image optimization option: 1 Highlight Optimize Image in the shooting menu ( 124) and press the multi selector to the right. Medium Low Images are sharpened slightly less than standard amount. Description Camera automatically adjusts sharpening according to subject. saturation. choose (default) different setting to take multiple shots with same sharpening. use type G or D lens. making pictures appear sharper. High Images are sharpened more than standard amount. For best results.

Color mode will be reset to the mode in effect when sRGB was last selected. Tone compensation is performed by means of tone curves that define the relationship between the distribution of tones in the original image and the compensated result. Contrast Custom curve can be created in Nikon Capture 4 Version 4.4 or later (available separately) and downloaded to camera. Option Description Camera automatically optimizes contrast by selecting appropriate curve. Choose for nature or landscape shots. Auto Curve varies from shot to shot. Less Prevents highlights on portrait subjects from being “washed out” in direct Contrast sunlight. 47 . This II option is available only when AdobeRGB is selected for Color space. Option Description I Choose for portrait shots. the D200 offers a choice of color modes with subtly different palettes. this option is equivalent to Normal. Normal whether dark or bright. Choose Custom to select Custom this user-defined curve. Camera uses same standard curve for all images. Suited to most scenes. choose different setting. If no custom curve has been created. III Mode II If sRGB is chosen for Color space when Color mode is set to Mode II. (default) Choose for photographs that will be extensively processed or retouched. For best results. Reference—Optimizing Images Suiting Colors to the Subject: Color Mode Much as film cameras offer a choice of films for different subjects.Adjusting Contrast: Tone Compensation As photographs are saved to the memory card. The Tone Compensation menu controls the type of curve used. even in scenes of same type. they are processed to adjust the distribution of tones in the image. to take mul(default) tiple shots with same curve. use type G or D lens. enhancing contrast. More Preserves detail in misty landscapes and other low-contrast subjects.

Reduced vividness. photoprint effect when taking picEnhanced tures that will be printed “as is. If red and green are mixed in equal amounts. Reference—Optimizing Images Hue The RGB color model used in digital photographs reproduces colors using differing amounts of red. the result is known as a color wheel. For best results. making colors that would be red at a setting of 0 ° appear increasingly purple. while mixing different amounts of green and blue light produces colors ranging from emerald to turquoise.” without further modification. By mixing two colors of light. For example.Controlling Vividness: Saturation Saturation controls the vividness of colors. use type G or D lens. and blue light. if all three are mixed in equal amounts. Controlling Color: Hue Adjustment Hue can be adjusted in the range of about –9 ° to +9 ° in increments of 3 °. If red is taken as the starting color. Use for vivid. raising hue above 0 ° (the default setting) would introduce a yellow cast. Option Auto Normal (default) Moderate Description Camera automatically adjusts saturation according to subject.) When this progression of hues is arranged in a circle. Lowering hue below 0 ° would introduce a blue cast. Mixing different amounts of red and blue light produces colors ranging from a reddish purple through purple to navy. Recommended for most situations. Normal vividness. (Adding a third color of light results in lighter hues. yellow results. a variety of different colors can be produced. Use when taking pictures that will later be retouched by computer. Increased vividness. while a smaller amount of red produces a yellow green. red combined with a small amount of green light produces orange. 48 . the results range from white through gray. making colors that would be red at a setting of 0 ° appear increasingly orange. green.

6 Return to shooting menu.Choosing Custom Image Optimization Options Choosing Custom in the Optimize Image menu ( shown in Step 1. 49 . 45) displays the menu 1 Highlight optimization option. 3 Highlight option. Reference—Optimizing Images 5 Highlight Done. Repeat steps 1–4 to adjust other options. 2 Display sub-menu. 4 Make selection.

making it the preferred choice for images that will be extensively processed or retouched. but colors will not be as vivid. Color Space sRGB is recommended when taking photographs that will be printed without modification or viewed in applications that do not support color management. select the appropriate color space manually. or kiosk printing or other commercial print services.” with no further modification. If the application or device does not support Exif 2. Adobe RGB photographs can also be printed using these options. the direct printing option on some household printers.21 and DCF 2.Color Space The options in the Color Space menu determine the gamut of colors available for color reproduction. applications and printers that support Exif 2.0 compliant. JPEG photographs taken in the Adobe RGB color space are Exif 2. Color mode II is not available ( 47). Reference—Color Space 2 Highlight the desired option and press the multi selector to the right.4 or later (available separately) and PictureProject automatically select the correct color space when opening photographs created with the D200. 50 . For more information. Choose a color space according to how photographs will be processed on leaving the camera.21 and DCF 2.0 will select the correct color space automatically. Nikon Software Nikon Capture 4 Version 4. Option sRGB (default) 1 Highlight Color Space in the shooting menu and press the multi selector to the right. This color space is capable of expressing a wider gamut of colors than AdobeRGB sRGB.0. Description Choose for photographs that will be printed or used “as is. see the documentation provided with the application or device. or when taking photographs that will be printed with ExifPrint.21 and DCF 2.

There are two autofocus (AF) modes. If maximum aperture of lens is f/5.Focus This section describes the options that control how your camera focuses: focus mode. 52). but photographs can be taken at any time.while shutter-release button is pressed halfway (focus lock). Manual focus is recommended when the camera is unable to focus using autofocus. shutter can only be released when in-focus indicator is displayed (focus priority). focus will be adjusted to compensate (predictive focus Continuoustracking. Focus S locks when in-focus indicator (●) appears in viewfinder. focus-area selection. Option Reference—Focus Choose single-servo AF when photographing stationary subjects. focus must be adjusted manually using the lens focusing ring. Continuousservo AF may be a better choice with erratically-moving subjects. At default setservo AF tings. and AF-area mode. in which focus must be adjusted manually using the focusing ring on the lens: Description Camera focuses when shutter-release button is pressed halfway. Camera does not focus automatically. in which the camera focuses automatically when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. Camera focuses continuously while shutter-release button is pressed halfC way.6 or faster. Focus Mode Focus mode is controlled by the focus mode selector on the front of the camera. and remains locked Single. At default settings. photographs can be taken whether or servo AF not camera is in focus (release priority). 51 . whether or not camera is in focus. M viewfinder focus indicator can be used to confirm focus (electronic range Manual finding). and one manual focus mode. If subject moves.

pressing the AFON button has the same effect as pressing the shutter-release button halfway. a2—AF-S Mode Priority ( 148) If Release is selected for Custom Setting a2 (AF-S Mode Priority). a5—Lock-On ( 150) This option controls whether the camera immediately adjusts focus to track a subject when the distance to the subject changes drastically. 52 . not when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway.The AF-ON Button For the purpose of focusing the camera. the camera will track focus while attempting to predict where the subject will be when the shutter is released. photographs can be taken in single servo-AF even when the camera is not in focus. focus will lock when the in-focus indicator is displayed. a6—AF Activation ( 151) If AF-ON Only is selected for Custom Setting a6 (AF Activation). Note that regardless of the setting selected. the camera will only focus when the AF-ON button is pressed. Predictive Focus Tracking In continuous-servo AF. focus will not lock when the in-focus indicator is displayed. Reference—Focus a1—AF-C Mode Priority ( 148) If Focus is selected for Custom Setting a1 (AF-C Mode Priority). the camera will automatically initiate predictive focus tracking if the subject moves while the shutter-release button is pressed halfway or the AF-ON button is pressed. Note that regardless of the setting selected. In predictive focus tracking. photographs can be taken in continuous servo-AF only when the camera is in focus.

the active focus area will be highlighted briefly in red to improve contrast as needed (“Vari-Brite” focus areas). highlighted at all times. rotate the focus selector lock to the “●“ position. or automatically to ensure that the subject closest to the camera is always in focus regardless of where it is the frame (closest-subject priority. The focus area can be selected manually. The multi selector can then be used to select the focus area. or never highlighted.Focus Area Selection At default settings. The focus selector lock can be rotated to the “L” (locked) position following selection to prevent the selected focus area from changing when the multi selector is pressed. press the center of the multi selector. a7—AF Area Illumination ( 151) Depending on the option selected for Custom Setting a7 (AF Area Illumination). a3—Focus Area Frame ( 148) In single-area ( ) and dynamic-area AF ( ). during playback. Reference—Focus Focus Area Selection The focus area can not be changed when the exposure meters are off. or while menus are displayed.” f1—Center Button > Shooting Mode ( 168) Depending on the option selected for Center Button > Shooting Mode (Custom Setting f1). a8—Focus Area ( 151) This option can be used to set focus area selection to “wrap around. allowing photographs to be composed the main subject positioned almost anywhere in the frame. the D200 offers a choice of eleven focus areas that together cover a wide area of the frame. 53 . To select the focus area. select Wide Frame (7 Areas) to choose from seven wide focus areas instead of the normal eleven ( 55–56). Group dynamic-AF can be used to focus on the closest subject in a selected area of the frame ( 54). pressing the center of the multi selector will have no effect or will illuminate the selected focus area. 54). To select the center focus area (or focus area group) at any time.

dynamic-area AF. User chooses focus area group (see right). Mode Single-area AF Reference—Focus Icon Description User selects focus area using multi selector. To select the AF-area mode. Prevents out-of-focus shots when photographing erratically moving subjects. Left Use when subject is moving erratically but place of subject in overall Bottom composition is known. Camera automatically selects focus area containing subject closest to camera. The illustrations in the “Icon” column show the display when the center focus area or focus area group is selected. camera focuses based on information from Center Right other focus areas in same group. and group dynamic-AF. if subject leaves focus area even briefly. Use for relatively static compositions with subjects that will stay in selected focus area. Camera focuses on center Top of selected group. The Control Panel The selected focus area or group of focus areas is shown in the control panel in single-area AF. If subject leaves selected focus area even briefly.AF Dynamic-area AF with closest subject priority Manual Focus Single-area AF is automatically selected when manual focus is used. rotate the AF-area mode selector. Focus area can not be selected manually and is not displayed in viewfinder or control panel. The selected mode is shown by an icon in the control panel (see below). Dynamic-area AF Group dynamic. Custom Setting a4 ( 149) can be used to change how focus areas are grouped or to focus on closest subject in selected group. 54 .AF-Area Mode AF-area mode determines how the focus area is selected in autofocus mode. Use with continuous-servo AF to follow erratically moving subjects and in other situations in which it is difficult to keep subject in selected focus area. camera focuses on subject in selected focus area only. camera will focus based on information from other focus areas (focus area selected in viewfinder does not change). but camera uses information from multiple focus areas to determine focus. The control panel display does not show the focus area selected by the camera for dynamic-area AF with closest subject priority. User selects focus area manually.

4 Display options. (default) User can select from seven focus areas each covering wide area of Wide Frame frame. May produce unpredictable results if focus area contains multiple subjects. the user can select from normal or wide focus areas (only normal focus areas are available when group dynamic-area or closest subject priority AF is selected for AF-area mode). 1 Highlight Autofocus. display the Custom Settings menu and follow the steps below. 3 Highlight a3 Focus Area Frame. camera focuses on selected fo(11 Areas) cus area. 2 Display options. making it easier to position subject in focus area and reducing (7 Areas) time needed to frame photographs. Option Description Normal Frame User can select from eleven focus areas. 55 . Use to focus on specific areas of subject. Reference—Focus Focus areas are displayed in the control panel and viewfinder as follows: Control panel Single-area AF Dynamic-area AF Normal Frame (11 Areas) Wide Frame (7 Areas) Viewfinder To choose focus zone size using Custom Setting a3 (Focus Area Frame).Focus Zone Selection When (single-area AF) or (dynamic-area AF) is selected for AF-area mode ( 54).

5 Highlight option. button and rotate the sub-command dial. 56 . 170). focus must be locked manually using the AE-L/AF-L button. In single-servo AF. Focus Lock Focus lock can be used to change the composition after focusing. focus locks automatically when the in-focus indicator (●) appears in the viewfinder. Button. Wide focus zones are used when WIDE is displayed in the control panel. button and sub-command dial: 1 Reference—Focus Select Focus Area Frame for Custom Setting f4 (FUNC. In continuous-servo AF. To choose focus zone size using the FUNC. 6 Make selection. 2 Press the FUNC. making it possible to focus on a subject that will not be in a focus area in the final composition. It can also be used when the autofocus system is unable to focus ( 59). To recompose a photograph using focus lock: 1 Position the subject in the selected focus area and press the shutter-release button halfway to initiate focus.

Continuous-servo AF Press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock both focus and exposure. Single-servo AF Focus will lock automatically when the in-focus indicator appears. Focus will remain locked while the AEL/AF-L button is pressed. even if you later remove your finger from the shutter-release button. If the subject moves. focus again at the new distance. focus will remain locked between shots as long as the shutter-release button is kept pressed halfway. Focus will also remain locked between shots while the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. focus only. or exposure only.2 Check that the in-focus indicator (●) appears in the viewfinder. Focus can also be locked by pressing the AE-L/AF-L button (see below). In single-servo AF. c2—AE-L/AF-L ( 156) This option controls whether the AE-L/AF-L button locks focus and exposure (the default setting). Do not change the distance between the camera and the subject while focus lock is in effect. 57 . Reference—Focus 3 Recompose the photograph and shoot. allowing several photographs in succession to be taken at the same focus setting. and remain locked until you remove your finger from the shutter-release button.

the illuminator has a range of about 0. AF assist is not available at ranges under 2.): • AF Micro ED 200 mm f/4D • AF-S VR ED 24–120 mm f/3. 2 in.–9 ft. 10 in. AF assist is not available at ranges under 1. Reference—Focus Continuous Use of the AF-Assist Illuminator After the AF-assist illuminator has been used for several consecutive shots.7 m (2 ft. With most lenses.): • AF-S DX ED 55–200 mm f/4–5.): • AF-S VR ED 70–200 mm f/2. 11 in.): • AF VR ED 80–400 mm f/4. For the AF-assist illuminator to function correctly.The AF-Assist Illuminator The built-in AF assist illuminator enables the camera to focus even when the subject is poorly lit. a9—AF Assist ( 152) This option can be used to turn AF-assist illumination off. autofocus with AF-assist illumination is not available at ranges under 0. it may turn off briefly to protect the lamp. and the center focus area or focus area group must be selected or closest subject priority in effect.8G • AF-S ED 80–200 mm f/2.8D With the following lens.8D • AF ED 80–200 mm f/2.5 m (8 ft.5 m (4 ft.5–5. With the following lenses. an AF-Nikkor lens must be attached.6G • AF-S ED 28–70 mm f/2.5–5. the lens must have a focal length of 24–200 mm and the subject must be in range of the illuminator. If these conditions are met and the subject is poorly lit.). 58 . 8 in. 4 in. 3 in.8D • AF Micro ED 70–180 mm f/4. the illuminator will light automatically to assist the autofocus operation when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway.6D With the following lens.5–3 m (1 ft.6D AF assist is not available with the AF-S VR ED 200–400 mm f/4G.5–5.6G With the following lenses. Lens hoods should be removed. The camera must be in focus mode S (single-servo autofocus). The illuminator can be used again after a short pause. Note that the illuminator may become hot with continuous use. AF assist is not available at ranges under 1 m (3 ft.

Reference—Focus Getting Good Results with Autofocus Autofocus does not perform well under the conditions listed below. that are small or lack variation in brightness. There is little or no contrast between the subject and the background The focus area contains objects at different distances from the camera Example: subject is the same color as the Example: subject is inside a cage. use manual focus ( 60) or use focus lock ( 56) to focus on another subject at the same distance and then recompose the photograph. the optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights and SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander will provide active AF illumination for the following focus areas: AF lens focal length 23–34 mm 35–70 mm 71–105 mm Normal frame (11 areas) Wide frame (7 areas) With other Speedlights. the camera AF assist illuminator will be used. The subject appears smaller than the focus area The subject many contains fine details Example: focus area contains both fore. Example: subject is half in the shade.Under the conditions described above. If the camera is unable to focus using autofocus.Example: a field of flowers or other subjects ground subject and distant buildings. 59 . background. The subject is dominated by regular geometric patterns The focus area contains areas of sharply contrasting brightness Example: a row of windows in a skyscraper.

). even when the image is not in focus. press the shutter-release button halfway and rotate the lens focusing ring until the infocus indicator (●) is displayed. Photographs can be taken at any time. A-M Selection/Autofocus with Manual Priority When using a lens that offers A-M selection. the viewfinder focus indicator can be used to confirm whether the portion of the subject in the selected focus area is in focus. To focus manually. Reference—Focus Focal Plane Position To determine the distance between your subject and the camera. After positioning the subject in the active focus area.6 or faster.5 mm (1. With lenses that support M/A (autofocus with manual priority).83 in. focus can be adjusted manually with the lens set to M or M/A.Manual Focus Manual focus is available for lenses that do not support autofocus (non-AF Nikkor lenses) or when autofocus does not produce the desired results ( 59). select M when focusing manually. See the documentation provided with your lens for details. set the focus-mode selector to M and adjust the lens focusing ring until the image displayed on the clear matte field in the viewfinder is in focus. The distance between the lens mounting flange and the focal plane is 46. The Electronic Range Finder If the lens has a maximum aperture of f/5. measure from the focal plane mark on the camera body. 60 .

camera uses 3D color matrix metering II for natural results even when frame is dominated by bright (white or yellow) or dark (black or dark green) colors. Color matrix metering is available when focal length and maximum aperture of non-CPU lens are specified using Non-CPU Lens Data item in shooting menu ( 93. Before shooting.) in diameter (approximately 2. With other CPU lenses. 54). rotate the metering selector to choose a method suited to the composition and lighting conditions. 3D range information is not included. even when background is much brighter or darker. With type G or D lens.005-pixel RGB sensor sets exposure based on variety of information from all areas of frame. Circle is centered on current focus area (in group dynamic AF. camera will meter center focus area). instead.12 in. Matrix metering will not produce desired results with autoexposure lock ( 70) or exposure compensation ( 72).) in diameter. centerweighted metering is used if focal length or aperture is not specified).31 in. Classic meter for portraits. specify lens focal length and maximum aperture in Non-CPU Lens Data menu ( 93). Camera meters entire frame but assigns greatest weight to area in center of frame 8 mm (0. on center focus area of current group. making it possible to meter off-center subjects (if non-CPU lens is used or if dynamic-area AF with closest subject priority is in effect. shown by corresponding 8-mm reference circle in viewfinder. and confirm your selection in the viewfinder. Ensures that subject will be correctly exposed. 61 . recommended when using filters with an exposure factor (filter factor) over 1 × ( 181).0% of frame).Exposure Metering The metering method determines how the camera sets exposure: Method Description 1. * Camera meters circle 3 mm (0. * 3D color matrix II/ Color matrix II/ Color matrix Reference—Exposure Centerweighted Spot * For improved precision with non-CPU lenses. camera uses color matrix metering II. b7—Fine Tune Exposure ( 156) Optimal exposure can be fine-tuned separately for each metering method (note that the exposure compensation icon is not displayed when exposure is fine-tuned). b6—Center Weight ( 155) This option controls the size of the area assigned the greatest weight in center-weighted metering. but is recommended in most other situations.

the camera automatically varies ISO sensitivity between ISO 100 and a maximum selected by the user to help ensure optimum exposure and flash level. b1—ISO Auto ( 152) When Custom Setting b1 (ISO Auto) is on. allowing depth of field to be previewed in the viewfinder (the built-in flash and optional SB-800. shutter-priority auto (S). press and hold the depth-of-field preview button. Four modes are available: programmed auto (P). the camera adjusts ISO sensitivity when the shutter speed needed to obtain optimum exposure would be faster than / s or slower than a specified value. aperture-priority auto (A). SB-600. Type G lenses are not equipped with an aperture ring. At other settings. and manual (M). and SB-R200 Speedlights will emit a modeling flash). SB-600. In exposure modes P and A. Otherwise the camera adjusts ISO sensitivity when the limits of the camera exposure metering system are exceeded (mode S) or when optimum exposure can not be achieved at the shutter-speed and aperture selected by the user (mode M).Exposure Mode Exposure mode determines how the camera sets shutter speed and aperture when adjusting exposure. The lens will be stopped down to the aperture value selected by the camera (modes P and S) or the value chosen by the user (modes A and M). the built-in flash and optional SB-800. Reference—Exposure Depth-of-Field Preview To preview the effects of aperture. CPU Lenses When using a CPU lens equipped with an aperture ring. lock the aperture ring at the minimum aperture (highest f/-number). 62 . the shutter release will be disabled and a blinking will appear in the aperture displays in the control panel and viewfinder. e4—Modeling Flash ( 166) If Off is selected for Custom Setting e4 (Modeling Flash). and SB-R200 Nikon Speedlights will not emit a modeling flash when the depth-of-field preview button is pressed.

Adjustments can be made using flexible program. Use flash or raise ISO sensitivity ( 33). focus. rotate the main command dial until the indicator is no longer displayed. per forming a two-button reset ( 97). Default settings can also be restored by turning the camera off. 63 . Programmed auto is only available with CPU lenses. 33). To take photographs in programmed auto: 1 Press the button and rotate the main command dial until P is displayed in the viewfinder and control panel. or choosing another setting for Custom Setting b3 (EV Step. Exposure Warning If the limits of the exposure metering system are exceeded. 154). and shoot. one of the following indicators will be displayed in the control panel and viewfinder: Indicator Description Subject too bright.P: Programmed Auto In this mode. The exposure mode indicator (P) will blink in the control panel and A will be displayed in the viewfinder. the camera automatically adjusts shutter speed and aperture according to a built-in program ( 195) for optimal exposure in most situations. Non-CPU Lenses Exposure mode A (aperture-priority auto) is automatically selected when a non-CPU lens is attached. Reference—Exposure 2 Frame a photograph. All combinations produce the same exposure. and auto exposure bracketing ( 73). see “Aperture-Priority Auto” ( 66). To restore default shutter speed and aperture settings. While flexible program is in effect. different combinations of shutter speed and aperture can be selected by rotating the main command dial (“flexible program”). selecting another exposure mode. This mode is recommended for snapshots and other situations in which you want to leave the camera in charge of shutter speed and aperture. Flexible Program In mode P. an asterisk (“*”) appears next to the exposure-mode indicator in the control panel. Use optional Neutral Density (ND) filter or lower ISO sensitivity ( Subject too dark. For more information. exposure compensation ( 72).

you choose the shutter speed while the camera automatically selects the aperture that will produce the optimal exposure. Use slow shutter speeds to suggest motion by blurring moving objects. high shutter speeds to “freeze” motion. Shutter speed can be set to values between 30 s and / s. focus. To take photographs in shutter-priority auto: 1 Reference—Exposure Press the button and rotate the main command dial until S is displayed in the viewfinder and control panel. 64 . Shutter-priority auto is only available with CPU lenses. 2 3 Rotate the main command dial to choose the desired shutter speed. Frame a photograph.S: Shutter-Priority Auto In shutter-priority auto. and shoot.

Choose slower shutter speed or higher ISO sensitivity ( 33). while the main command dial controls aperture. Subject too dark. NR option in the shooting menu. or use optional Neutral Density (ND) filter. Exposure Warning If the camera is unable to produce the correct exposure at the selected shutter speed. f5—Command Dials >Change Main / Sub ( 170) This option can be used to reverse the roles of the command dials so that the sub-command dial controls shutter speed. or use flash. Check that the battery is fully charged before making long time exposures.Non-CPU Lenses Exposure mode A (aperture-priority auto) is automatically selected when a non-CPU lens is attached. Rotate the main command dial to select a different shutter speed before shooting. the electronic analog exposure display ( 69) in the viewfinder will show the amount of under.or over-exposure and one of the following indicators will be displayed in the control panel and viewfinder aperture displays: Indicator Description Subject too bright. or 1 EV. 65 . Reference—Exposure Long Exp. The exposure mode indicator (S) will blink in the control panel and A will be displayed in the viewfinder. / EV. b3—EV Step ( 154) This option controls whether changes to shutter speed and aperture are made in increments equivalent to / EV (the default setting). select On for the Long Exp. the shutter-speed display will flash and the shutter can not be released. Changing from Mode M to Mode S in mode M and then select mode S without changing If you select a shutter speed of the shutter speed. NR ( 131) To reduce noise at slow shutter speeds. Choose faster shutter speed or lower ISO sensitivity ( 33).

2 3 Rotate the sub-command dial to choose the desired aperture. focus. To take photographs in aperture-priority auto: 1 Reference—Exposure Press the button and rotate the main command dial until A is displayed in the viewfinder and control panel. you choose the aperture while the camera automatically selects the shutter speed that will produce the optimal exposure. bringing both the main subject and background into focus. Large apertures (low f/-numbers) soften background details and let more light into the camera. and shoot. Small apertures (high f/-numbers) increase depth of field.A: Aperture-Priority Auto In aperture-priority auto. Frame a photograph. increasing the range of the flash and making photographs less susceptible to blurring. 66 .

or use optional Speedlight. or the lens aperture ring. Otherwise the aperture displays will show only the number of stops ( .Non-CPU Lenses If the maximum aperture of the lens has been specified using the Non-CPU Lens Data item in shooting menu ( 93) when a non-CPU lens is attached. Exposure Warning If the camera is unable to produce the correct exposure at the selected aperture. rounded to the nearest full stop. or 1 EV. Subject too dark. 67 .or over-exposure and one of the following indicators will be displayed in the control panel and viewfinder shutter-speed displays: Indicator Description Subject too bright. the sub-command dial. Reference—Exposure b3—EV Step ( 154) This option controls whether changes to shutter speed and aperture are made in increments equivalent to / EV (the default setting). the electronic analog exposure display ( 69) in the viewfinder will show the amount of under. / EV. the lens aperture ring with non-CPU lenses. or use optional Neutral Density (ND) filter. Choose smaller aperture (larger f/-number) or ISO sensitivity ( 33). f5—Command Dials ( 170) Command Dials > Change Main / Sub and Command Dials > Aperture Setting control whether aperture is assigned with the main command dial. with maximum aperture displayed as ) and the f/-number must be read from the lens aperture ring. the sub-command dial is always used with type G lenses. Regardless of the settings chosen. the current f/-number will be displayed in the control panel and viewfinder. Choose larger aperture (smaller f/-number) or higher ISO sensitivity ( 33).

you can adjust exposure according to shooting conditions and the task at hand. If the battery is exhausted during shooting. 2 Rotate the main command dial to choose a shutter speed. Using the electronic analog exposure display in the viewfinder. .M: Manual In manual exposure mode. and continue to adjust shutter speed and aperture until the desired exposure is achieved. the shutter will remain open while the shutter-release button is held down. 3 68 At a shutter speed of . or the shutter can be held open for indefinitely for longer exposures ( ). the camera will record the photograph to the memory card and then turn off automatically. you control both shutter speed and aperture. Shutter speed can be set to values between 30 s and / s. To take photographs in manual exposure mode: 1 Reference—Exposure Press the button and rotate the main command dial until M is displayed in the viewfinder and control panel. focus. and the sub-command dial to set aperture. Nikon recommends using a fully-charged EN-EL3e battery or an optional EH-6 AC adapter to prevent loss of power while the shutter is open. and shoot. Frame a photograph. Aperture can be set to values between the minimum and maximum values for the lens. Check exposure in the electronic analog exposure displays (see right).

or 1 EV. rounded to the nearest full stop. or the lens aperture ring. select On for the Long Exp. Regardless of the settings chosen. / EV. the current f/-number will be displayed in the viewfinder and control panel. AF Micro Nikkor Lenses Provided that an external exposure meter is used. “EV step” set to “1/3 step” Control panel Viewfinder “EV step” set to “1/2 step” Control panel Viewfinder Optimal exposure Underexposed by / EV Overexposed by more than 3 EV * “EV step” set to “1 step” Control panel Viewfinder Underexposed by / EV Underexposed by 1 EV Reference—Exposure * At 1/3 step. NR ( 131) To reduce noise at slow shutter speeds. f5—Command Dials ( 170) Command Dials > Change Main / Sub and Command Dials > Aperture setting control whether aperture is assigned with the main command dial. Non-CPU Lenses If the maximum aperture of the lens has been specified using the Non-CPU lens data item in shooting menu ( 93) when a non-CPU lens is attached. appears in the viewfinder when overexposure exceeds 2 EV. with maximum aperture displayed as ) and the f/number must be read from the lens aperture ring. 69 . / EV. Otherwise the aperture displays will show only the number of stops ( . NR option in the shooting menu.Electronic Analog Exposure Displays At shutter speeds other than . the lens aperture ring with non-CPU lenses.or over-exposure is shown in increments of / EV. the electronic analog exposure displays in the control panel and viewfinder show whether the photograph would be under. the displays will flash. the amount of under. If the limits of the exposure metering system are exceeded. the sub-command dial is always used with type G lenses. the exposure ratio need only be taken into account when the lens aperture ring is used to set aperture. the sub-command dial.or over-exposed at current settings. b3—EV Step ( 154) This option controls whether changes to shutter speed and aperture are made in increments equivalent to / EV (the default setting). Depending on the option chosen for Custom Setting b3 (EV Step). Long Exp. or 1 EV.

an area in the center of the frame is assigned the greatest weight when determining exposure. 70 . Position the subject in the selected focus area and press the shutter-release button halfway. and the main subject may be under.or over-exposed. Confirm that the infocus indicator (●) appears in the viewfinder. S. To prevent this.Autoexposure Lock When center-weighted metering is used. use autoexposure lock: 1 Reference—Exposure Select exposure mode P. except in manual focus mode). exposure will be based on lighting conditions in the background. select the center focus area with the multi selector ( 53). If using center-weighted metering. recompose the photograph and shoot. Similarly. exposure is based upon lighting conditions in the selected focus area. an AE-L indicator will appear in the viewfinder. press the AE-L/AF-L button to lock exposure (and focus. With the shutter-release button pressed halfway and the subject positioned in the focus area. or A and choose center-weighted or spot metering (exposure lock has no effect in exposure mode M). If the subject is not in the metered area when the picture is taken. when spot metering is used. 2 While exposure lock is in effect. 3 Keeping the AE-L/AF-L button pressed.

Adjusting Shutter Speed and Aperture While exposure lock is in effect, the following settings can be changed without altering the metered value for exposure:
Exposure mode Programmed auto Shutter-priority auto Aperture-priority auto Settings Shutter speed and aperture (flexible program; Shutter speed Aperture 63)

The new values can be confirmed in the viewfinder and control panel. Note that the metering method can not be changed while exposure lock is in effect (changes to metering take effect when the lock is released).

Reference—Exposure Metered Area In spot metering, exposure will be locked at the value metered in a 3-mm (0.12 in.) circle centered on the selected focus area. In center-weighted metering, exposure will be locked at the value metered in an 8-mm (0.31 in.) circle at the center of the viewfinder. c1—AE Lock ( 156) If +Release Button is selected for AE Lock, exposure will lock when the shutter-release button is pressed halfway. c2—AE-L/AF-L ( 156) Depending on the option selected, the AE-L/AF-L button locks both focus and exposure (the default setting), only focus, or only exposure. Options are available for keeping exposure locked until the AE-L/AF-L button is pressed a second time, the shutter is released, or exposure meters turn off.

71

Exposure Compensation
To obtain the desired results with certain subject compositions, it may be necessary to use exposure compensation to alter exposure from the value suggested by the camera. As a rule of thumb, positive compensation may be needed when the main subject is darker than the background, negative values when the main subject is brighter than the background.

1
Reference—Exposure

Pressing the button, rotate the main command dial and confirm exposure compensation in the control panel or the viewfinder (in the viewfinder, positive values are shown by a icon, negative values by a icon). Exposure compensation can be set to values between –5 EV (underexposure) and +5 EV (overexposure) ±0 EV ( in increments of / EV. At values other than ±0, the 0 at the center of the electronic analog exposure displays will flash icon will be displayed in the control and a panel and viewfinder after you release the button. The current value for exposure compensation can be confirmed in the electronic analog exposure display or by pressing the button.

button pressed) –0.3 EV +2.0 EV

2

Frame the photograph, focus, and shoot.

Normal exposure can be restored by setting exposure compensation to ±0 or per forming a two button reset ( 97). Exposure compensation is not reset when the camera is turned off.

b4—Exp Comp/Fine Tune ( 154) Use this option to set the increments for exposure compensation to / or 1 EV. b5—Exposure Comp. ( 155) If desired, exposure compensation can be set without pressing the button.

72

Exposure and Flash Bracketing
In exposure bracketing, the camera varies exposure compensation with each shot, while in the case of flash bracketing, flash level is varied with each shot (iTTL and, with the optional SB-800 Speedlight, auto aperture flash control modes only). Only one photograph is produced each time the shutter is released, meaning that several shots (up to nine) are required to complete the bracketing sequence. Exposure and flash bracketing are recommended in situations in which it is difficult to set exposure and there is not enough time to check results and adjust settings with each shot.

1

Select the type of bracketing to be per formed using Custom Setting e5 (Auto BKT Set; 166). Choose AE & Flash to vary both exposure and flash level (the default setting), AE Only to vary only exposure, or Flash Only to vary only flash level. Pressing the button, rotate the main command dial to choose the number of shots in the bracketing sequence ( 198 – 199). At settings other than zero, a BKT icon and bracketing indicator will be displayed in the control panel and the icon will blink in the control panel and viewfinder. Pressing the button, rotate the sub-command dial to choose the exposure increment ( 198 – 199).

Reference—Exposure

2

3

Bracketing Programs See the Appendix for a list of exposure and flash bracketing programs. e8—Auto BKT Selection ( 167) If desired, the main command dial can be used to turn bracketing on and off and the subcommand dial to select both the number of shots and the exposure increment.

73

4

Compose a photograph, focus, and shoot. The camera will vary exposure and/or flash level shot-by-shot according to the bracketing program selected. Modifications to exposure are added to those made with exposure compensation ( 72), making it possible to achieve exposure compensation values of more than 5 EV. While bracketing is in effect, a bracketing progress indicator will be displayed in the control panel. A segment will disappear from the indicator after each shot.

Reference—Exposure

To cancel bracketing, press the button and rotate the main command dial until the number of shots in the bracketing sequence is zero and is no longer displayed in the control panel. The program last in effect will be restored the next time bracketing is activated. Bracketing can also be cancelled by per forming a two-button reset ( 97), although in this case the bracketing program will not be restored the next time bracketing is activated. Selecting WB Bracketing for Custom Setting e5 cancels the current the bracketing program.

74

bracketing will resume from the next shot in the sequence when the camera is turned on. or shutter speed (aperture-priority auto. aperture (shutter-priority auto). manual exposure mode). regardless of the setting chosen for Custom Setting e6 (see below). 75 Reference—Exposure . shooting can be resumed from the next shot in the sequence after the memory card has been replaced or shots have been deleted to make room on the memory card. the camera will vary ISO sensitivity without varying shutter speed or aperture. Bracketing can be performed by varying flash level together with shutter speed and / or aperture. or by varying flash level alone. shooting will pause after the number of shots specified in the bracketing program have been taken. Shooting will resume the next time the shutter-release button is pressed. one shot will be taken each time the shutter-release button is pressed.Exposure Bracketing The camera modifies exposure by varying shutter speed and aperture (programmed auto). Shooting Mode In single frame and self-timer modes. e7—Auto BKT Order ( 167) This option can be used to change the bracketing order. Resuming Exposure or Flash Bracketing If the memory card fills before all shots in the sequence have been taken. When On is selected for Custom Setting b1 (ISO Auto). In continuous low speed and continuous high speed modes. e6—Manual Mode Bkting ( 167) This option controls how the camera performs exposure and flash bracketing in manual exposure mode. If Custom Setting e5 (Auto BKT Set) is set AE Only or to AE & Flash and On is selected for Custom Setting b1 (ISO Auto). If the camera is turned off before all shots in the sequence have been taken. the camera will automatically vary ISO sensitivity for optimum exposure when the limits of the camera exposure system are exceeded.

When On is selected for Custom Setting b1 (ISO Auto. Vibration reduction (available with VR lenses) does not take effect if the shutter-release button is pressed halfway while the built-in flash is recharging. Recommended for shots in which main subject is emphasized at expense of background details. 93 – 95). If type G or D lens is used.005-pixel RGB sensor and are analyzed in combination with information from matrix metering system to adjust flash output for natural balance between main subject and ambient background lighting. 152). Preflashes reflected from objects in all areas of frame are picked up by 1. distance information is included when calculating flash output. Flash Angle The flash angle of the built-in flash can cover the field of view of an 18 mm lens. In these cases.Flash Photography Using the Built-in Flash The D200 is equipped with a Guide Number 12/39 flash (ISO 100. Using the Built-in Flash If the built-in flash is used in continuous shooting mode. It may not be able to light the entire subject with some lenses or apertures ( 201). Standard i-TTL flash for digital SLR is activated automatically when spot metering is selected. only one photograph will be taken each time the shutter-release button is pressed. Standard i-TTL Flash for Digital SLR: Flash output adjusted to bring lighting in frame to standard level. it may turn off briefly to protect the flash. m/ft) that can be used not only when natural lighting is inadequate. Not available when spot metering is used. ISO sensitivity will automatically be adjusted as required for optimal flash output. or when exposure compensation is used. but also to fill in shadows and backlit subjects or to add a catch light to the subject’s eyes. The built-in flash can be used again after a short pause. It may not be able to adjust flash level appropriately for ISO sensitivities over 1600. This may result in foreground subjects being underexposed in flash photographs taken at slow shutter speeds. brightness of background is not taken into account. Precision of calculation can be increased for non-CPU lenses by providing lens data (focal length and maximum aperture. After the built-in flash has been used for several consecutive shots. in daylight. or against a bright background. The built-in flash supports the following types of flash control: i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR: Speedlight emits series of nearly invisible preflashes (monitor preflashes) immediately before main flash. 76 . Reference—Flash Photography ISO Sensitivity i-TTL flash control can adjust for ISO sensitivities between 100 and 1600. choose a flash mode other than slow sync or select mode A or M and choose a larger aperture.

Pupils in subject’s eyes to contract. Use of tripod is recommended to prevent blurring caused by camera shake. reducing “red-eye” effect sometimes caused by flash. In programmed auto and aperture-priority auto modes. creating effect of a stream of light behind moving objects. 77 . 160). Studio Flash Systems Rear-curtain sync can not be used with studio flash systems. Red-eye reduction pre-flash lights for approximately one second before main flash. slow rear-curtain sync is used to capture both subject and background. Manual. In Repeating Flash mode. and Commander mode. and interval between flashes can be selected from a menu. number of flashes.Flash Sync Modes The camera supports the following flash sync modes: Flash sync mode Description Recommended for most situations. SB-600. When fired at full power in Manual mode. Use of tripod is recommended to prevent blurring caused by camera shake. In shutter-priority auto or manual exposure mode. The flash output. Front-curtain sync Red-eye reduction Reference—Flash Photography Red-eye reduction with slow sync Slow sync Rear-curtain sync Red-Eye Reduction Some lenses may block the red-eye reduction lamp. preventing the subject from seeing the lamp and interfering with red-eye reduction. Commander mode can be used for wireless off-camera flash photography with optional SB-800. Compatible Lenses See the Appendix for information on the lenses that can be used with the built-in flash. e3—Built-in Flash ( 161) Flash mode can be selected from TTL. the built-in flash has a Guide Number of 13/42 (ISO 100. Repeating Flash. Combines red-eye reduction with slow sync. This mode is only available in programmed auto and aperture-priority auto exposure modes. the flash fires repeatedly while the shutter is open. Use of a tripod is recommended to prevent blurring caused by camera shake. or SB-R200 Speedlights. This mode is only available in programmed auto and aperture-priority auto exposure modes. m/ft). shutter speed will automatically be set to values between / and / s (/ to /. s when using optional Speedlight with Auto FP High-Speed Sync. In programmed auto and aperture-priority auto. as the correct synchronization can not be obtained. Flash is combined with speeds as slow as 30 s to capture both subject and background at night or under dim light. flash fires just before the shutter closes.

the flash-ready indicator will light. Press the flash pop-up button. Press the button and rotate the main command dial until the desired flash sync icon is displayed in the control panel. The built-in flash will pop up and begin charging. Standard i-TTL Flash for Digital SLR is activated automatically when spot metering is selected. In modes S and M. 2 In exposure modes P and A. When the Speedlight Is Not in Use To save battery power when the Speedlight is not in use. 78 . (red-eye reduction) is selected when the button is released. Front curtain sync Red-eye reduction 2 Reference—Flash Photography 3 Red-eye Rear Slow reduction+ curtain 2 sync slow sync 1 sync 3 1 Available only in exposure modes P and A.Using the Built-in Flash To use the built-in flash: 1 Choose a metering method ( 61). In modes S and M. When the flash is fully charged. (front-curtain sync) is selected when button is released. flash-sync mode will be set to (slow rear-curtain sync) when the button is released. return it to the closed position by pressing it lightly downward until the latch clicks into place. Select matrix or center-weighted metering to activate iTTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR. 3 Available only in exposure modes P and A.

the shutter release will be disabled.4 Press the shutter-release button halfway and check exposure (shutter speed and aperture). If the flash-ready light blinks for about three seconds after the photograph is taken. SB-600. then focus and shoot. and slow sync with red-eye reduction. Regardless of option selected. slow rear-curtain sync. To fix shutter speed at the sync speed limit in exposure modes S and M. 161). 79 . If the flash-ready indicator is not displayed when the built-in flash is used. 2 Speeds faster than / s will be reduced to / s when built-in flash is raised or optional Speedlight is attached and turned on. making sure that the subject is within range of the flash ( 200). camera may set shutter to speeds as slow as 30 s at flash sync settings of slow sync. The shutter speeds and apertures available when the built-in flash is raised are listed below. the flash has fired at full output and the photograph may be underexposed. adjust settings and try again. Exposure mode P S A M Shutter speed Set automatically by camera (/–/ s) 1 Value selected by user (/–30 s) 2 Set automatically by camera (/–/ s) 1 Value selected by user (/–30 s) 2 Reference—Flash Photography 5 6 Check that the flash-ready indicator appears in the viewfinder. 3 Flash range varies with ISO sensitivity and aperture. e1—Flash Sync Speed ( 160) This option can be used to enable Auto FP High-Speed Sync (optional SB-800. Aperture Set automatically 63 by camera 64 Value selected by 66 68 user 3 1 Limit for slow shutter speed is set using Custom Setting e2 (Flash Shutter Speed. or SB-R200 Speedlight required. Compose the photograph. select the setting after the slowest possible shutter speed (30 s or ). Check the results in the monitor. An X will be displayed in the flash sync indicator in the control panel. If the photograph is underexposed. Consult table of flash of flash ranges ( 200) when setting aperture in A and M modes. not available if built-in flash is fired) or to limit the fastest sync speed to a speed slower than / s.

Flash Exposure Compensation Flash exposure compensation can be used to increase or reduce flash output from the level chosen by the camera’s flash control system. The current value for flash exposure the compensation can be confirmed by pressing the button. At values other than ±0. Normal flash output can be restored by setting flash exposure compensation to ±0. a icon will be displayed in the control panel and viewfinder after you release button. negative compensation when the main subject is brighter than the background. Pressing the button. Reference—Flash Photography Using Flash Exposure Compensation with Optional Speedlights Flash exposure compensation is also available when an optional SB-800 or SB-600 Speedlight is attached. and SB-R200 Speedlights emit a modeling flash when the camera depth-of-field preview button is pressed.0 or performing a two button reset ( 97). SB-600. As a rule of thumb. Modeling Illumination The built-in flash and optional SB-800. Flash output can be increased to make the main subject appear brighter. 80 . 166). rotate the sub-command dial and confirm flash exposure compensation in the control panel or viewfinder. Flash exposure compensation is not reset when the camera is turned off. b3—EV Step ( 154) This option can be used to set the increments for flash compensation to / or 1 EV. Modeling illumination can be turned off using Custom Setting e4 (Modeling Flash. Flash exposure compensation can be set to values between –3 EV (darker) and +1 EV (brighter) in increments of / EV. or reduced to prevent unwanted highlights or reflections. positive compensation may be needed when the main subject is darker than the background.

Reference—Flash Photography 2 Press the flash pop-up button to raise the flash. 3 4 Position the subject in the center of the frame and press the shutter-release button halfway to focus. Button. To use FV lock: 1 Select FV Lock or FV Lock/Lens Data for Custom Setting f4 (FUNC. 5 Recompose the photograph. button. Flash output will be locked at this level and FV lock icons ( and ) will appear in the control panel and viewfinder. allowing photographs to be recomposed without changing the flash level. 81 . Flash output is adjusted automatically for any changes in ISO sensitivity or aperture. The flash will emit a monitor preflash to determine the appropriate flash level. This ensures that flash output is appropriate to the subject even when the subject is not positioned in the center of the frame.FV Lock This feature is used to lock flash output. Press the FUNC. 170).

6 7 Press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down to shoot. Press the camera FUNC. When Commander Mode is selected for Custom Setting e3 (Built-in Flash. or SB-R200 flash units if (a) any of the built-in flash. or (b) a flash group is composed entirely of SB-800 Speedlights in TTL or AA mode. see the Speedlight manual for details). additional pictures can be taken without releasing FV lock. Set the Speedlight to TTL mode (the SB-800 can also be used in AA mode. Using FV Lock with the Built-in Flash When the built-in flash is used alone. While FV lock is in effect. 82 . flash group A. flash output will automatically be adjusted for changes in Speedlight zoom head position. Reference—Flash Photography Using FV Lock with Optional Speedlights FV lock is also available with SB-800. 161). If desired. FV lock can be used with remote SB-800. SB-600. and SB-R200 Speedlights (available separately). FV lock is only available if TTL (the default setting) is selected for Custom Setting e3 (Built-in Flash. SB-600. button to release FV lock and and confirm that the FV lock icons ( ) are no longer displayed in the control panel and viewfinder. 161). or flash group B is in TTL mode.

If autofocus is in effect. the self-timer lamp will stop blinking and the beeping will become more rapid. To turn the self-timer off before a photograph is taken. This prevents light entering via the viewfinder from inter fering with exposure. wait until the flash-ready indicator is displayed in the viewfinder and then press the shutter-release button. The Built-in Flash The self-timer will be cancelled if the built-in flash is raised before the picture is taken. level sur face. Close the Viewfinder Eyepiece Shutter In exposure modes other than manual. photographs can only be taken if the in-focus (●) indicator appears in the viewfinder. be sure not to block the lens when activating the self-timer. c4—Self-Timer ( 157) Self-timer delay can be set to 2 s. In self-timer mode. 1 2 3 Mount the camera on a tripod (recommended) or place the camera on a stable. 5 s. Reference—Self-Timer Mode 4 Press the shutter-release button all the way down to start the self-timer. Frame the photograph and focus.Self-Timer Mode The self-timer can be used to reduce camera shake or for self-portraits. a shutter speed of is equivalent to approximately 1/ 6 s. Press the shooting mode dial lock release and rotate the shooting mode dial to select (selftimer mode). 10 s (the default setting). remove the viewfinder eyepiece cup and insert the supplied DK-5 eyepiece cap as shown. In single-servo autofocus ( 51). Two seconds before the photograph is taken. or 20 s. 83 . press the mode dial lock release and turn the mode dial to another setting. To start the timer after raising the flash. The self-timer lamp (AF-assist lamp) will start to blink and a beep will begin to sound.

Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure The following options are available for combining multiple exposures in a single frame: • Image overlay: two existing RAW photographs are combined to form a single picture which is saved separately from the originals. • Multiple exposure: a series of two to ten exposures is recorded as a single photograph. The individual exposures are not saved separately. press and hold the ton. The selected image will appear as Image 1. To zoom in on the buthighlighted image. Before creating an overlay. A preview will be displayed with Image 1 highlighted. Highlight Image Overlay in the shooting menu ( 124) and press the multi selector to the right. Reference—Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure 1 2 The new picture is saved at current image quality and size settings. 4 84 . 3 Press the button to view the RAW images on the memory card. Image Overlay Overlays are created using the Image Overlay option in the shooting menu. set image quality and size ( 28). The originals must be on the same memory card. Press the multi selector left or right to highlight images. Press the center of the multi selector to select the highlighted image and return to the preview display.

Press the button to save the new image. as are the date of recording. The default value is 1. color space.5 Press the multi selector up or down to select a value for gain between 0. Repeat steps 3–5 to select the second image and adjust gain. and other photo information. and hue settings are copied from the photograph selected for Image 1. shutter speed. aperture. Hidden images are not displayed and can not be selected. image size. exposure compensation. while selecting 2. highlight Save and press the button). color mode. Press the multi selector left or right to highlight button to display a Overlay and press the confirmation dialog (to save the new image without displaying the confirmation dialog. Press the multi selector left or right to highlight Image 2. 6 7 Reference—Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure Selecting Photographs for Image Overlay Only RAW photographs taken with the D200 can be selected for image overlay. exposure mode. metering.1 and 2. White balance. sharpening. Other images are not displayed in the thumbnail list.0. or the button to return to the preview dialog. orientation. 85 .5 cuts gain in half. The effects of gain are visible in the preview image. Image Overlay The new image is recorded at current image quality. and file name settings under a file name assigned by adding one to the largest file number in the current folder. selecting 0.0 doubles gain. focal length.0.

3 Press the multi selector up or down to choose the number of exposures that will be combined to form a single photograph. 2 Reference—Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure Press the multi selector up or down to highlight Number of Shots and press the multi selector to the right. etc. 4 5 Press the multi selector up or down to highlight one of the following options and then press the multi selector to the right. Option 86 .). Description Gain adjusted according to number of exOn posures actually recorded (gain for each (default) exposure is set to / for 2 exposures. / for 3 exposures. Press the multi selector to the right to return to the multiple exposure menu.Multiple Exposure To create a multiple exposure: 1 Highlight Multiple exposure in the shooting menu ( 124) and press the multi selector to the right. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight Auto Gain and press the multi selector to the right. Gain is not adjusted when recording mulOff tiple exposure.

6 Press the multi selector up or down to highlight Done and press the multi selector to the right. The icon will blink until shooting ends. Shooting will end automatically if: • No operations are performed for 30 s during shooting. focus. If Auto Gain is on. continue shooting until all exposures have been recorded. the camera will record all exposures in a single burst. press the button while turning the camera off. multiple exposure mode will end and the icon will no longer be displayed. When shooting ends. one photograph will be taken each time the shutter-release button is pressed. and shoot. or for 30 s after the monitor has turned off during playback or menu operations • The user selects Reset or Cancel in the multiple exposure menu and presses the multi selector to the right • The camera is turned off • The battery is exhausted • Pictures are deleted If shooting ends before the specified number of exposures have been taken. In continuous high-speed or continuous low-speed mode ( 26). a multiple exposure will be created from the exposures that have been recorded to that point. In single-frame shooting mode. gain will be adjusted to reflect the number of exposures actually recorded. To end shooting without creating a multiple exposure. 87 Reference—Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure . 7 Frame a photograph. Repeat steps 1–7 to take additional multiple exposures. A icon will be displayed in the control panel.

30 s are added to the auto meter-off delay when shooting starts. 157) or the camera is powered by an optional EH-6 AC adapter. Reference—Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure 88 . shooting will end automatically if no operations are performed for 30 s. Interval Timer Photography If interval timer photography is activated before the first exposure is taken. the camera will record exposures at the selected interval until the number of exposures specified in the multiple exposure menu have been taken (the number of shots listed in the interval timer shooting menu is ignored). and Mirror Lock-up. select No Limit for Custom Setting c3 (Auto Meter-Off. Only use Auto if the subject is in direct sunlight. Bracketing and Other Settings Bracketing is cancelled when multiple exposure is selected and can not be restored until shooting has ended. choose an interval of less than 30 s. 157) or the camera is powered by an optional EH-6 AC adapter. While multiple exposure mode is in effect. Cancelling multiple exposure cancels interval timer shooting. Photo Info The information listed in the playback photo information display (including date of recording and camera orientation) is for the first shot in the multiple exposure. memory cards can not be formatted and the following can not be changed: shooting menu options other than Intvl Timer Shooting (Intvl Timer Shooting can only be adjusted before the first exposure is taken). White Balance ( 35) If Auto is selected for white balance. 157). Dust Off Ref Photo. To prevent the exposure meters from turning off before the 30 s limit has expired. or use an AC adapter. Two Button Reset ( 97) Multiple exposure settings are not affected when a two-button reset is performed.Exchanging Memory Cards Do not remove or replace the memory card while recording a multiple exposure. white balance will be fixed at a value suitable for direct sunlight while multiple exposure mode is in effect. Performing a two-button reset does not cancel multiple exposure mode. when recording a multiple exposure using the interval timer. These exposures will then be recorded as a single photograph and multiple exposure mode and interval timer shooting will end. Note that unless No Limit is selected for Custom Setting c3 (Auto Meter-Off. The existing meter-off delay is restored when shooting ends. Auto Meter Off Unless No Limit is selected for Custom Setting c3 (Auto Meter-Off. shooting will end and a multiple exposure will be recorded if no operations are performed for 30 s.

Press multi selector left or right to highlight starting hour or minute. press up or down to change. Choose number of intervals and number of shots taken at each interval.Interval Timer Photography The D200 is equipped to take photographs automatically at preset intervals. This item can not be edited. 1 Highlight Intvl Timer Shooting in the shooting menu ( 124) and press the multi selector to the right. select On and press . To start interval timer. 2 Press the multi selector up or down to choose one of the following Start options: • Now: Shooting begins after a delay of about 3 s • Start time: Shooting begins at Start time Press the multi selector left or right to highlight the following options and press the multi selector up or down to change interval timer settings. Option Start time Description Enter start time for interval timer photography when Start time is selected for Start. press up or down to change. Not available when Now is selected for Start. Enter time between shots. Reference—Interval Timer Photography 3 Interval Select Intvl*Shots Remaining (intvl*shots) Start 89 . Press multi selector left or right to highlight number of intervals or number of shots. Shooting will start at selected start time and will continue for specified number of intervals. press up or down to change. minute. Press multi selector left or right to highlight hour. Choose Off to adjust settings without starting interval timer. Total number of shots that will be taken appears to right. or second. Note that camera will not be able to take photographs at specified interval if interval is shorter than shutter speed or time required to record images. Shows number of intervals and total shots remaining in current interval program.

Remember that the camera will focus before each shot—no shots will be taken if the camera is unable to focus in single-servo AF. the camera will take only one shot at each interval and process it to create the number of copies specified in the bracketing program. Delete some pictures or turn the camera off and insert another memory card. remove the viewfinder eyepiece cup and insert the supplied DK-5 eyepiece cap to prevent light entering via the viewfinder from interfering with exposure. then press the button. or the starting time is less than one minute from the current time). charge the battery before shooting or use an optional EH-6 AC adapter. If in doubt. be sure the battery is fully charged. interval timer photography will be paused. The Eyepiece Cap In exposure modes other than manual. Reference—Interval Timer Photography Take a Test Shot Before beginning interval timer photography. Check the Time Before choosing a starting time. Out of Memory If the memory card is full. the camera will take the number of shots in the bracketing program at each interval. a warning will appear and the interval timer menu will be displayed again. 90 . regardless of the number of shots specified in the interval timer menu. See “Pausing Interval Timer Photography” on the following page for information on resuming interval timer photography. select World Time in the setup menu and make sure that the camera clock is set to the correct time and date ( 12). The first series of shots will be taken at the specified starting time. If white balance bracketing is active while interval timer photography is in effect. take a test shot at current settings and view the results in the monitor. If exposure and / or flash bracketing is active while interval timer photography is in effect. Use of a tripod is recommended. Use a Reliable Power Source To ensure that shooting is not interrupted. if a shutter speed of is currently selected in manual exposure mode. the interval timer will remain active but no pictures will be taken. If shooting can not proceed at current settings (for example.4 Highlight Start at the bottom of the interval timer menu and press the multi selector up or down to select On. Bracketing Adjust bracketing settings before starting interval timer photography. Shooting will continue at the selected interval until all shots have been taken. When the camera is turned on.

a new starting time can be chosen as described in Step 3. None of these items can be changed while interval timer photography is in progress. the shutter speed and aperture will be displayed until the exposure meters turn off ). If Start time is selected. the interval timer menu will show the starting time. and the aperture display will show the number of shots remaining in the current interval. the shooting interval. and the number of intervals and shots remaining. Interval timer photography will be paused when the camera is turned on. number of intervals. the selected number of intervals and number of shots. the shutter speed display will show the number of intervals remaining. Pausing Interval Timer Photography To pause interval timer photography: • Press the button between intervals. the number of intervals remaining and the number of shots in each interval can be viewed by pressing the shutter-release button halfway (once the button is released. then press the button • Turn the camera off (if desired. To view other interval timer settings while shooting is in progress. the icon in the control panel will blink. the interval. To resume shooting. choose a Start option as described in Step 2 ( 89). Highlight Start at the bottom of the interval timer menu and press the multi selector up or down until Restart is displayed. At other times. the memory card can be replaced while the camera is off ). select Intvl Timer Shooting between shots. 91 Reference—Interval Timer Photography . then press the button. and number of shots can not be changed. Immediately before the next shooting interval begins.During Shooting During interval timer photography. While interval timer photography is in progress. • Highlight Start at the bottom of the interval timer menu and press the multi selector up or down until Pause is displayed.

CL (continuous low-speed). Multiple Exposure Interval timer shooting can be used to create a multiple exposure ( 86). Note the following: • Performing a two-button reset ( 97) or changing bracketing settings ( 73) will cancel interval timer photography. interval timer settings will be reset as follows: • Start time: Now • Interval: 00:01´:00˝ • Number of intervals: 1 • Number of shots: 1 • Start: Off 92 . • The monitor will turn off about four seconds before each interval. In S (single frame). • Bracketing settings are changed ( 73). If shooting menu settings are reset using the Menu Reset item in the shooting menu ( 127). Shooting Menu Banks Changes to interval timer settings apply to all shooting menu banks ( 125). the shutter-release delay applies to (Shooting Speed. highlight Start at the bottom of the interval timer menu and press the multi selector up or down until Done is displayed. Normal shooting will resume when interval timer photography ends. Shooting Mode Regardless of the shooting mode selected. photographs will be taken at a rate of five shots per second. and MUP (mirror up) modes. then press the button. In CH (continuous high speed) mode. photographs will be taken at the rate chosen for Custom Setting d4 158). In (self-timer) mode. • The battery is exhausted.Interrupting Interval Timer Photography To interrupt interval timer photography. the mirror will be raised automatically immediately before each shot. each photograph taken. Interval timer photography will also be interrupted if: • A two button reset is performed ( 97). • Menu Reset is selected in the shooting menu ( 127). the camera will take the specified number of shots at each interval. Reference—Interval Timer Photography During Shooting Shooting and menu settings can be adjusted freely while interval timer photography is in progress. In MUP mode.

25. 2000. 80. 135. 55. If the focal length of the lens is known: • Automatic power zoom can be used with optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights • Lens focal length is listed (with an asterisk) in the playback photo info display When the maximum aperture of the lens is known: • The aperture value is displayed in the control panel and viewfinder • Flash level is adjusted for changes in aperture • Aperture is listed (with an asterisk) in the playback photo info display Specifying both the focal length and maximum aperture of the lens: • Enables color matrix metering (note that it may be necessary to use centerweighted or spot metering to achieve accurate results with some lenses. including Reflex-Nikkor lenses) • Improves the precision of center-weighted and spot metering and i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for Digital SLR Reference—Non-CPU Lenses Specifying Lens Focal Length Lens focal length can be specified using the Non-CPU Lens Data option in the shooting menu or by pressing the FUNC. 500. 400. 800. 3200. 8. 300. and 180 mm • 200–4000 mm: 200. 1000. 35.Non-CPU Lenses By specifying lens data (lens focal length and maximum aperture). The FUNC. 93 . 100. 600. 13. 360. The following settings are available: • 6–45 mm: 6. 70. 86. 1600. 2800. 18. and 45 mm • 50–180 mm: 50. button to specify lens data. 2400. the user can gain access to a variety of CPU lens functions when using a non-CPU lens. 20. 1200. 43. Button Lower the built-in flash and turn any optional Speedlights off before using the FUNC. 16. 15. 28. 85. 58. and 4000 mm The Non-CPU Lens Data Menu 1 Highlight Non-CPU Lens Data in the shooting menu ( 124) and press the multi selector to the right. 1400. 105. 24. button and rotating the main command dial.

The FUNC. 2 Press the FUNC. 170). 200–4000 mm and press the multi selector to the right. Focal length is displayed in the control panel: … Focal Length Not Listed If the correct focal length is not listed. Default Maximum Aperture Selecting a focal length sets Maximum Aperture to the last value selected at that focal length.2 Highlight Focal Length and press the multi selector to the right. 94 . choose the closest value greater than the actual focal length of the lens. 50–180 mm. button and rotate the main command dial. 4 Select the lens focal length (in mm) and press the multi selector to the right. 3 Reference—Non-CPU Lenses Select the group to which the lens belongs from 6–45 mm. Button 1 Select FV Lock/Lens Data for Custom Setting f4 (FUNC. Button.

button and rotating the subcommand dial. Reference—Non-CPU Lenses 2 Select the f/-number corresponding to the maximum lens aperture and press the multi selector to the right. 2 Press the FUNC. 2. 2.5. 3. The following f/-numbers are available: • 1. 6. button and rotate the sub-command dial.3. 22 The Non-CPU Lens Data Menu 1 Highlight Maximum Aperture in the NonCPU Lens Data menu and press the multi selector to the right.8.Specifying Maximum Aperture Lens maximum aperture can be specified using the Non-CPU Lens Data option in the shooting menu or by pressing the FUNC. 2.1.6. 7. 19. 1.5.2.3. 4. 170). 15.8. Button 1 Select FV Lock/Lens Data for Custom Setting f4 (FUNC.5. 8. 11. Maximum aperture is displayed in the control panel: … Zoom Lenses Lens data are not adjusted when non-CPU lenses are zoomed in or out. select new values for lens focal length and maximum aperture.4. The FUNC. 16. 1. 3. 5. After changing the zoom position. 9. 95 . 5. 13. 4.5. Button.

Before turning the camera on. 96 . altitude. See the MC-35 instruction manual for details.Using a GPS Unit Garmin and Magellan GPS units that conform to version 2. Confirm that the icon is displayed in the control panel before shooting. and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). GPS Data GPS data are only recorded when the icon is displayed. Operation has been confirmed with the following devices: • Garmin eTrex series • Magellan SporTrak series These devices connect to the MC-35 using the cable provided by the manufacturer of the GPS device.01 or later of the National Marine Electronics Association NMEA0183 protocol can be connected to the camera’s ten-pin remote terminal using an MC-35 GPS adapter cord (available separately. set the GPS device to NMEA mode. If no data are received from the GPS unit for two seconds. allowing information on the camera’s current position to be recorded when photographs are taken. a icon will be displayed in the control panel. Reference—Using a GPS Unit Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) UTC data is provided by the GPS device and is independent of the camera clock. 182). Photo information for pictures taken while the icon is displayed will include an additional page ( 100) recording the current latitude. A flashing icon indicates that the GPS device is searching for a signal. The exposure meters will not turn off while this icon is displayed. longitude. the icon will clear from the display and the camera will stop recording GPS information. When the camera establishes communication with a GPS device. pictures taken while the icon is flashing will not include GPS data.

Custom Settings are not affected. Settings in the remaining banks are unaffected. increment is reset to 1 EV (exposure / flash bracketing) or 1 (white balance bracketcenter group will be selected.Two-Button Reset The camera settings listed below can be restored to default values by holding the QUAL and buttons down together for more than two seconds (these buttons are marked by a green dot). Option Focus area Exposure mode Flexible program Exposure compensation AE hold Default Center* Programmed auto Off ±0 Off† Option Bracketing Flash sync mode Flash exposure compensation FV lock Default Off‡ Front-curtain sync ±0 Off Reference—Two-Button Reset ‡ Number of shots is reset to zero. fected. The following shooting-menu options will also be reset.ing). Bracketing * If AF-area mode is set to group dynamic-AF. Only settings in the bank currently selected using the Shooting Menu Bank option will be reset ( 125). † Custom Setting c2 (AE-L/AF-L) is unaf. R—Menu Reset ( 147) Custom Settings for the current custom settings bank can be restored to default values by selecting Yes for Custom Setting R (Menu Reset). Option Image Quality Image Size Default JPEG Normal Large Option White Balance ISO Sensitivity * Fine-tuning reset to 0. Default Auto* 100 Reset Shooting Menu ( 127) Other shooting menu options for the current shooting menu bank can be reset by selecting Yes for the Menu Reset option in the shooting menu. The control panels turn off briefly while settings are reset. 97 .

The most recent photograph will be displayed in the monitor. self-timer. photographs are displayed one at a time as they are taken. Rotate Tall ( 142) This playback menu option controls whether portrait-orientation photographs taken with On selected for the Auto Image Rotation option in the setup menu are automatically rotated during playback. press the button. 98 . photographs are automatically displayed in the monitor as they are being recorded to the memory card. with the first photograph in the current series displayed.Reference: More on Playback Viewing Photographs Single-Image Playback To play photographs back. In continuous shooting mode. Image Review ( 141) When On is selected for Image review in the playback menu. press the button. To end playback and return to shooting mode. Press the button again to return to playback mode. Playback will be interrupted when the shutterrelease button is pressed. In singleframe. c5—Monitor-Off ( 157) The monitor will turn off automatically to save power if no operations are performed for the time specified in Custom Setting c5 (Monitor Off). The focus selector lock switch only takes effect when the monitor is off. display begins when shooting ends. To view camera menus ( 24). and mirror-up modes. and resume when the button is released after shooting. Reference—Viewing Photographs Using the Multi Selector The multi selector can be used at any time when the monitor is on. press the button or press the shutter-release button halfway.

.....53 7 Time of recording ..............................62 10 Folder number/frame 6 Exposure mode........129 number of frames .............. area where focus first locked is highlighted).. so that the left and right buttons display other images and the up and down buttons control photo information...........32 4 Folder name .135 9 Image size .......... There are up to eight pages of information for each photo......... Basic Information 1 Protect status ..... and (Highlights). · ¿ ² º ³ » ´ ¶ ¾ µ f3—Photo Info/Playback ( 169) The roles of the multi selector buttons can be reversed.........135 10 Folder number/frame ¿ 5 Image quality .................. Press the multiselector down to cycle through photo information as follows: (Histogram)...........176 4 Shutter speed ....... active focus area is highlighted in red (in photos taken using single-servo AF with dynamic-area AF..... File Information....61 8 Focal length . 62–69 9 Flash sync mode ..................12 3 Frame number/total 8 File name ..12 2 Focus brackets*................. ³ · » Reference—Viewing Photographs ´ ² ¶ º ¾ µ Shooting Data Page 1* 1 Protect status .....28 number ....................................135 * Displayed only if Data is selected for Display mode ( 141).....................72 3 Metering method ............104 7 Exposure 2 Camera name compensation .... (RGB Histogram)................................................. (Shooting Data Page 1)...... (Shooting Data Page 2)........... 99 .......62 number .................. Press the multi selector up to cycle through photo information in reverse order.... (GPS Data)..104 2 Folder number/frame number ..............135 ³ · File Information 1 Protect status ............... or closestsubject priority.......135 * If Focus Area is selected for Display Mode in the playback menu ( 141)......104 6 Date of recording ......... group dynamic-AF................77 5 Aperture .Photo Information Photo information is superimposed on images displayed in single-image playback. Basic Information........

.... In all histograms... † Items displayed may differ when photo is viewed on a computer.104 2 Image highlights (areas of image that may be overexposed) are marked by a flashing border† 3 Folder number/frame number ......135 6 Sharpening .45 3 ISO sensitivity† .. Histograms Camera histograms may differ from those displayed in imaging applications....33 8 Saturation .135 ³ ´ * Displayed only if GPS device was used when photo was taken ( 96).......... vertical axis number of pixels...................................104 7 Color mode/ Hue adjustment ........ 100 ...............104 2 Latitude† 3 Longitude† 4 Altitude Reference—Viewing Photographs 5 Coordinated Universal · Time (UTC) » 6 Folder number/frame ¿ number ...... ² ³ · ´ » ¿ º ² ¶ RGB Histogram * 1 Protect status ..............46 * Displayed only if Data is selected for Display mode ( † Displayed in red if photo was taken with auto ISO on....... † Highlights can be displayed separately for each color channel.118 balance adjustment ........135 4 Histogram (RGB channel)........................................Shooting Data Page 2* 1 Protect status .................. horizontal axis gives pixel brightness..............35 10 Folder number/frame 5 Tone compensation .................. 5 Histogram (red channel) 6 Histogram (green channel) 7 Histogram (blue channel) 8 Current channel * Displayed only if RGB histogram is selected for Display mode ( 141)..47 2 Image optimization........ 141)...............47 number ..48 4 White balance/White 9 Image comment ................... Press multi selector left or right while pressing button to cycle through channels as follows: RGB (all channels) ↔ R (red) ↔ G (green) ↔ B (blue) ↔ highlight display off ↔ RGB... · ¿ ² º ³ » ´ ¶ ¾ µ GPS Data* 1 Protect status .................

.............................................. 3 Folder number/frame number ............................ Horizontal axis corresponds to pixel brightness............. ³ · » 101 Reference—Viewing Photographs .............135 * Displayed only if Histogram is selected for Display mode ( 141)......................................................... ³ · » ¿ Histogram* 1 Protect status ..................Highlights* 1 Protect status ........ † Highlights can be displayed separately for each color channel........................................... Press multi selector left button to cycle or right while pressing through channels as follows: RGB (all channels) ↔ R (red) ↔ G (green) ↔ B (blue) ↔ RGB.. vertical axis shows number of pixels of each brightness in image........................104 2 Image highlights (areas of image that may be overexposed) are marked by a flashing border† 3 Current channel 4 Folder number/frame number ..............104 2 Histogram showing the distribution of tones in the image........135 * Displayed only if Highlight is selected for Display mode ( 141)..........

photographs are automatically displayed in the monitor as they are being recorded to the memory card. Press button and rotate sub-command dial to scroll through photos a page at a time. Press button to exit without deleting photo. In singleframe and self-timer modes. Press center of multi selector to switch back and forth between full frame and thumbnail playback. ( ) Press for enlarged view of highlighted photo ( 103). left. Press button to display camera menus ( 24). or to remove protection from protected image. Confirmation dialog will be displayed. To protect image. To end playback and return to shooting mode. photographs are displayed one at a time as they are taken. display begins when shooting ends. Thumbnail playback is only available in continuous shooting mode.Viewing Multiple Images: Thumbnail Playback To display images in “contact sheets” of four or nine images. or down to highlight thumbnails. right. press button ( 104). The following operations can be performed while thumbnails are displayed: To Change number of images displayed Toggle full frame playback Highlight photographs Page through photos Reference—Viewing Photographs Use Description Press button and rotate main command dial to change the number of images displayed as follows: single image ↔ four thumbnails ↔ nine thumbnails ↔ single image. Press multi selector up. In continuous shooting mode. Delete photo Zoom in on highlighted photo Protect photo Display menus Return to shootShutter-release/ ing mode 102 Image Review ( 141) When On is selected for Image Review in the playback menu. press button or press shutter-release button halfway. press the button and rotate the main command dial. Press again to delete photo. .

Press the button again to return to playback mode. Release button to magnify selected area to fill monitor. or 13× (small images). Hold multi selector down to scroll rapidly to other areas of frame. Select area displayed Reference—Viewing Photographs View other images View other areas of image Using the Multi Selector The multi selector can be used at any time when the monitor is on.Taking a Closer Look: Playback Zoom Press the button to zoom in on the image displayed in single-image playback or on the image currently highlighted in thumbnail playback. clockwise to zoom in to maximum of approximately 25× (large images). Press button to display frame showing area currently zoomed in. c5—Monitor-Off ( 157) The monitor will turn off automatically to save power if no operations are performed for the time specified in Custom Setting c5 (Monitor Off). Press again to zoom image in. 19× (medium images). While button is pressed. Use multi selector to view area not visible in monitor. multi selector can be used to move frame and main command dial can be used to control size of frame—rotate dial counterclockwise to zoom out. f1—Center Button > Playback Mode ( 168) Instead of toggling between full-frame and thumbnail playback. Rotate main command dial to view same area of other images at current zoom ratio. The following operations can be performed while zoom is in effect: To Cancel/resume zoom Use ( ) Description Press to cancel zoom and return to single-image or thumbnail playback. The focus selector lock switch only takes effect when the monitor is off. 103 . the center of the multi selector can be used to toggle playback zoom or display a histogram.

To remove protection from the photograph so that it can be deleted. Protected files can not be deleted using the button or the Delete option in the playback menu. and thumbnail playback. Note that protected images will be deleted when the memory card is formatted. The photograph will be marked with a icon. and have DOS “read-only” status when viewed on a Windows computer. the button can be used to protect photographs from accidental deletion. Removing Protection from All Images To remove protection from all images in the folder or folders currently selected in the Playback Folder menu.Protecting Photographs from Deletion In full-frame. Press the button. press the and buttons together for about two seconds. To protect a photograph: 1 2 Reference—Viewing Photographs Display the image in full-frame playback or highlight it in the thumbnail list. display the photograph or highlight it in the thumbnail list and then press the button. 104 . zoom.

Once deleted. Hidden images are not displayed in single-image or thumbnail playback and can not be selected for deletion. Press the button. button Protected and Hidden Images Images marked with a icon are protected and can not be deleted. or the photograph highlighted in thumbnail playback. press the button. use the Delete option in the playback menu.Deleting Individual Photographs To delete a photograph displayed in single-image or zoom playback. 1 2 Display the image or highlight it in the thumbnail list. Press the to exit without deleting the photograph. press the button again. Delete ( 133) To delete multiple images. Reference—Viewing Photographs 3 To delete the photograph. photographs can not be recovered. After Delete ( 142) The After Delete option in the playback menu determines whether the next image or the previous image is displayed after an image is deleted. 105 . A confirmation dialog will be displayed.

Open the cover protecting the video-out and Video out DC-in connectors. Note that the edges may not be visible when photographs are viewed on a television screen. 1 Select the appropriate video mode from the Video Mode menu ( 117). 2 3 4 Reference—Viewing Photographs on TV Turn the camera off. When the EH-6 is connected. the camera monitor will remain off. Always turn the camera off before connecting or disconnecting the video cable. Turn the camera on. images will be displayed on the television screen or recorded to video tape. 106 Use an AC Adapter Use of an EH-6 AC adapter (available separately) is recommended for extended playback. . the camera monitor-off delay will be fixed at ten minutes and the exposure meters will no longer turn off automatically. DC in Connect the video cable as shown below. Connect to video device Connect to camera 5 6 Tune the television to the video channel.Viewing Photographs on TV The supplied EG-D100 video cable can be used to connect the camera to a television or VCR for playback or recording. During playback.

and retouched. Be sure to select Mass Storage before reconnecting the camera. Click Cancel to exit the wizard. To ensure that data transfer is not interrupted. and then disconnect the camera.4 or later (available separately) or photographs are being transferred to the computer using the supplied software: Operating system Supplied software Nikon Capture 4 Camera Control Windows XP Home Edition Choose PTP or Mass Windows XP Professional Storage Mac OS X Windows 2000 Professional Choose PTP Windows Millennium Edition (Me) Choose Mass Storage* Windows 98 Second Edition (SE) Mac OS 9 Not supported * Do NOT select PTP. the Windows hardware wizard will be displayed. Before Connecting the Camera Install the necessary software after reading the manuals and reviewing the system requirements. Reference—Connecting to a Computer 107 . If in doubt. Once the camera is connected.4 or later (available separately). which supports batch processing and more advanced image editing options and can be used to control the camera directly from the computer. charge the battery before use or use an EH-6 AC adapter (available separately).Connecting to a Computer The supplied USB cable can be used to connect the camera to a computer. The camera can also be used with Nikon Capture 4 Version 4. the supplied software can be used to copy photographs to the computer. If PTP is selected when the camera is connected. where they can be browsed. Before connecting the camera. be sure the camera battery is fully charged. viewed. set the USB option in the setup menu ( 121) according to the computer operating system and whether the camera is being controlled from Nikon Capture 4 Version 4.

If Nikon Capture 4 Camera Control is running.Connecting the USB Cable 1 2 3 Turn the computer on and wait for it to start up. do not connect the cable via a USB hub or keyboard. Connect the UC-E4 USB cable as shown. Any photographs taken will be recorded to the computer hard disk rather than the camera memory card. will be displayed in the control panel and viewfinder. the control panel will show in place of the number of exposures remaining. Connect the camera directly to the computer. 108 Reference—Connecting to a Computer 4 Turn the camera on. See Nikon Capture 4 User’s Manual for more information. Turn the camera off. . Photographs can be transferred to the computer as described in the manual for the supplied software (on CD). If Mass Storage is selected for USB. the camera displays will not change). and the PC mode indicator will flash (if PTP is selected. During Transfer Do not turn the camera off while transfer is in progress.

5

If PTP is selected for USB ( 121), the camera can be turned off and the USB cable disconnected once transfer is complete. If the USB option in the camera setup menu is still at its default setting of Mass Storage, the camera must first be removed from the system as described below. Windows XP Home Edition / Windows XP Professional Click the “Safely Remove Hardware” icon ( ) in the taskbar and select Safely remove USB Mass Storage Device from the menu that appears. Windows 2000 Professional Click the “Unplug or Eject Hardware” icon ( ) in the taskbar and select Stop USB Mass Storage Device from the menu that appears. Windows Millennium Edition (Me) Click the “Unplug or Eject Hardware” icon ( ) in the taskbar and select Stop USB Disk from the menu that appears. Windows 98 Second Edition (SE) In My Computer, click with the right mouse button on the removable disk corresponding to the camera and select Eject from the menu that appears. Macintosh Drag the camera volume (“NIKON D200”) into the Trash.
Reference—Connecting to a Computer

109

Printing Photographs
Photographs can be printed by any of the following methods: • Connect the camera to a printer and print photographs directly from the camera ( 111). • Insert the memory card in a printer equipped with a card slot (see the printer manual for details). If the printer supports DPOF ( 202), photographs can be selected for printing using Print Set ( 139). • Take the memory card to a developer or digital print center. If the center supports DPOF ( 202), photographs can be selected for printing using Print Set ( 139). • Transfer the pictures using the supplied software and print them from a computer (see the software manual, on CD). Note that RAW photographs can only be printed by transferring them to a computer and printing them using the supplied software or Nikon Capture 4 Version 4.4 or later (available separately).

110

Reference—Printing Photographs

Printing Via Direct USB Connection
When the camera is connected to a printer that supports PictBridge ( photographs can be printed directly from the camera.
Take photographs Select photographs for printing using Print Set ( 139) Select PTP in camera USB menu and connect camera to printer ( 121)

202),

Print photographs one by one ( 112)

Print multiple photographs ( 113)

Create index prints ( 113)

Disconnect USB cable

Printing Via Direct USB Connection Be sure the battery is fully charged or use an optional EH-6 AC adapter. When taking photographs to be printed without modification, choose sRGB for Color Space.

Connecting the Printer

1

Set the USB option in the setup menu to PTP ( 121).

2 3

Turn the printer on. Turn the camera off and connect the supplied USB cable as shown. Do not use force or attempt to insert the connectors at an angle. Connect the camera directly to the printer; do not connect the cable via a USB hub.
Reference—Printing Photographs

4

Turn the camera on. A welcome screen will be displayed, followed by the PictBridge playback display. Proceed to “Printing Photographs One at a Time” ( 112) or “Printing Multiple Photographs” ( 113).

Press the multi selector left or right to view additional photographs, or press and hold the button to zoom in on the current photo ( 103). To view six photographs at a time, press the button and rotate the main command dial. Use the multi selector to highlight photographs, or press the button and rotate the main command dial to display the highlighted photograph full frame.

111

Printing Pictures One at a Time
To print the photograph selected in the PictBridge playback display, press and release the button. The menu shown at right will be displayed. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option and press to the right to select.
Description Print selected picture. To cancel and return to PictBridge playback display button. PictBridge playback Start before all images have been printed, press Printing display will be shown when printing is complete. Print additional pictures as described above or turn camera off and disconnect USB cable. Press multi selector up or down to choose page size from Printer Default (default page size for current Page Size printer), 3.5 x 5 in., 5 x 7 in., Hagaki, 100 x 150 mm, 4 x 6 in., 8 x 10 in., Letter, A3, or A4, then press multi selector right to select and return to print menu. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Press multi selector up or down to choose number of copies (maximum 99), then press multi selector to right to select and return to print menu. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Press multi selector up or down to highlight Printer Default (default setting for current printer), Print with Border (print photo with white border), or No Border, then press multi selector to right to select and return to print menu. Menu shown at right will be displayed. Press multi selector up or down to highlight Printer Default (default setting for current printer), Print Time Stamp (print time and date of recording on photo), or No Time Stamp, then press multi selector to right to select and return to print menu. Option

112

Reference—Printing Photographs

No. of copies

Border

Time Stamp

Page Size, Border, and Time Stamp Choose Printer Default to print at current printer settings. Only options supported by the current printer can be selected.

choose page size. highlight Start Printing and press multi selector right. and time stamp options as described on Index Print page 112 (warning will be displayed if selected page size is too small). Reference—Printing Photographs 113 . rotate main command dial to choose size of crop and use multi selector to choose position of crop. Create index print of all JPEG photos (if memory card contains more than 256 photos. then press multi selector to right. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option and press to the right to select. PictBridge menu will be displayed when printing is complete. If Crop is selected. Print current DPOF print order ( 139). Cropping Printing Multiple Pictures To print multiple selected pictures or to create an index print listing all JPEG photographs as small button. border. Press multi selector up or down to highlight Crop (crop photo for printing) or No Cropping. To start printing. only 256 photos will be printed). dialog shown at right will be displayed. Note that DPOF date and info Print (DPOF) options are not supported. Press to return to print menu. Note that quality may drop if small crop is printed at larger sizes. Option Description Print Select Print selected pictures ( 114). The menu thumbnail images. Press button to display menu shown below at right. press the shown at right will be displayed.Option Description Menu shown at right will be displayed.

border. select Print (DPOF) in PictBridge menu. press multi selector down when number of prints is 1. 1 Scroll through pictures. PictBridge menu will be displayed when printing is complete. To deselect picture. 114 Reference—Printing Photographs 4 Display print options. * To print photos in print order created with Print Set ( 139). Choose page size. Print order can be modified as described on this page. Select Cancel to exit without printing the remaining images. Repeat steps 1–3 to select additional pictures. After checking the printer and resolving any problems as directed in the printer manual. To print selected pictures. Using the Multi Selector The multi selector can be used at any time when the monitor is on. Selecting Photographs for Printing NEF (RAW) photos are displayed in the Print Selected menu but can not be selected for printing. Selected pictures marked by icon. press button. . Error Messages If the dialog shown at right is displayed. highlight Start Printing and press multi selector right. * 2 Select current picture and set number of prints to 1. To display current picture full screen. 3 Specify number of prints (up to 99). an error has occurred. press the multi selector up or down to highlight Continue and press the multi selector to the right to resume printing. The focus selector lock switch only takes effect when the monitor is off. and time stamp options as described on page 112.Printing Selected Photographs Choosing Print Select in the PictBridge menu (see above) displays the menu shown in Step 1.

Using the Multi Selector The multi selector can be used at any time when the monitor is on. See “Using the Menus” ( for more information on using the menus. The focus selector lock switch only takes effect when the monitor is off.Setup Basic Camera Settings: The Setup Menu The setup menu contains the following options. 115 . Option Format LCD Brightness Mirror Lock-up* Video Mode World Time Language Image Comment Auto Image Rotation Recent Settings USB Dust Off Ref Photo Battery Info Firmware Version 116 116 117 117 117 118 118 119 119 121 121–122 123 123 24) Setup The Setup Menu * Not available at battery levels of or below or when camera is powered by optional MB-D200 battery pack equipped with AA batteries.

allowing use of memory cards with capacities of over 2 GB. Selecting Format displays the following options. 116 Setup The Setup Menu LCD Brightness Press the multi selector up to increase brightness. Before Formatting Formatting memory cards permanently deletes all data they contain. Message shown at right displayed while formatting is in progress. Press the multi selector to the right to complete the operation and return to the setup menu. Formatting memory cards is also an effective way of deleting all pictures on the card. Do not turn the camera Yes off. Two-Button Format Memory cards can also be formatted with the ( and ) buttons ( 14). with +2 the brightest setting and –2 the darkest. including hidden and protected pictures and any other data that may be on the card. Before formatting. FAT 32 The D200 supports FAT 32. or unplug the AC adapter (available separately) until formatting is complete and setup menu is displayed. FAT 16 is used when reformatting cards already formatted in FAT 16. The number to the right of the display indicates the current brightness level. down to decrease. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option and then press the button: Option Description No Exit without formatting memory card. be sure to transfer to a computer any pictures you would like to keep. Format memory card. .Format Memory cards must be formatted before first use. remove the batteries or memory card.

01. causing drop in resolution. which is charged as necessary when the main batteries are installed or the camera is powered by an optional EH-6 AC adapter. See “Technical Notes: Caring for the Camera” ( 185). choose a video mode setting that matches the video standard used in the device.00:00:00. Use a fully-charged EN-EL3e battery or an optional AC adapter. Set the clock to the correct date and time. If the icon flashes in the control panel. Two days of charging will power the clock for about three months. The Setup Menu World Time World Time is used to set the camera clock to the current date and time ( 12). This option is not available at battery levels of or below. 117 .01. a beep will sound and the AF-assist illuminator will blink to warn you that the mirror will automatically lower in about two minutes. Option Description NTSC Use when connecting camera to NTSC devices. the clock battery is exhausted and the clock has been reset to a time starting at 2005. If the battery runs low while the mirror is raised. Use when connecting camera to PAL devices. or when the camera is powered by an optional MBD200 battery pack using AA batteries. Setup Video Mode Before connecting your camera to a video device such as a television or VCR ( 106).Mirror Lock-Up This option is used to lock the mirror in the up position to allow inspection or cleaning of the low-pass filter that protects the image sensor. Note that PAL number of pixels in output is selectively reduced. rechargeable power source. while multiple exposures are being shot. The Clock Battery The clock-calendar is powered by an independent.

To delete the character at the current cursor position. Comments can be up to thirty-six characters long. Any additional characters will be deleted. Done: Save changes and return to the setup menu. Comment area: Comment appears here. press the button. To return to the setup menu without changing the comment.Language Choose the language for camera menus and messages from: De En Es Fr It Ne Po Deutsch English Español Français Italiano Nederlands Português German English Spanish French Italian Dutch Portuguese Py Русский Sv Svenska Russian Swedish Traditional Chinese Simplified Chinese Japanese Korean Image Comment Add brief text comments to photographs as they are taken. Highlight this option and press the multi selector to the right to toggle the check mark on or off. The Setup Menu Setup Input Comment: The following dialog will be displayed. press button and use multi selector.4 or later (available separately). Attach Comment: A comment is added to all photographs taken when this option is checked (✔). press to return to the image comment menu. Keyboard area: Use multi selector to highlight letters. press the button. To move cursor. press center of multi selector to select. The first fifteen letters of the comment are also visible on Shooting Data Page 2 in the photo information display ( 100). Enter a comment as described below. After editing the comment. 118 . Comments can be viewed when the photographs are displayed using the supplied software or Nikon Capture 4 Version 4.

119 . orientation recorded for first shot applies to all images in same burst.Auto Image Rotation Photographs taken while On (the default option) is selected contain information on camera orientation.* The following orientations are recorded: Landscape (wide) orientation Camera rotated 90 ° clockwise Camera rotated 90 ° counter-clockwise Setup * In continuous mode ( 26). Recent Settings The following options are available: The Setup Menu Option Lock Menu Description Menu shown at right is displayed. Camera orientation is not recorded when Off is selected. Select Yes to lock menu so that no items are added or removed. allowing them to be rotated automatically during playback ( 98) or when viewed in compatible Nikon software. even if camera orientation is changed during shooting. No to unlock menu. Choose this option when taking photographs with the lens pointing up or down. No to exit without changing Recent Recent Settings menu. Menu shown at right is displayed. This option will take effect even when Settings Recent Settings are locked. Settings in other menus are not affected. Select Yes to delete Delete all recent settings.

. 120 Setup The Setup Menu 4 Select Lock Menu > Yes to lock the Recent Settings menu. 2 Select Delete Recent Settings > Yes to delete all existing recent settings. The fourteen most recently selected items will be stored. 3 Select the items you wish to include in the Recent Settings menu from the shooting and Custom Settings menus.Customizing the Recent Settings Menu To create a personalized menu of shooting and Custom Settings options: 1 Select Lock Menu > No to unlock the Recent Settings menu.

USB Before connecting the camera to a computer via USB ( 107). The message will be disshown at right will be displayed. select the appropriate USB option as determined by the computer operating system and whether the camera is being controlled from Nikon Capture 4 Version 4. If using a zoom lens. and played in the control panel and viewfinder. Press the multi selector to the right. for more information. To cancel the operation and return to the setup menu.4 or later (available separately. The Dust Off Ref Photo option is only available with CPU lenses. The Setup Menu 1 2 Mount a CPU lens on the camera (a lens with a focal length of at least 50 mm is recommended). see the Nikon Capture 4 User’s Manual).4 or later (available separately) or photographs are being transferred to the computer using the supplied software: Operating system Supplied software Nikon Capture 4 Camera Control Windows XP Home Edition Choose PTP or Mass Windows XP Professional Storage Mac OS X Windows 2000 Professional Choose PTP Windows Millennium Edition (Me) Choose Mass Storage Windows 98 Second Edition (SE) Mac OS 9 Not supported Setup Dust Off Ref Photo Acquire reference data for the Image Dust Off function in Nikon Capture 4 Version 4. press the button. 121 . zoom in to the maximum telephoto position.

The same reference data can be used for NEF (RAW) photographs taken with different lenses or at different apertures. frame the object so that nothing else is visible in the viewfinder and press the shutter-release button halfway. 4 122 Setup The Setup Menu Image Dust Off The Image Dust Off feature in Nikon Capture 4 Version 4. In autofocus mode. It is not available with JPEG images. Image Dust Off Reference Data Reference images can not be viewed using computer imaging software. choose the minimum setting (largest f/-number).4 or later (available separately) processes NEF (RAW) photographs to remove the effects of dust in the camera imaging system by comparing the images to the data acquired with Dust Off Ref Photo. The monitor turns off when the shutter-release button is pressed. in manual focus mode. If using the aperture ring to set aperture. If the reference object is too bright or too dark. Choose another reference object and repeat the process from Step 1. set focus to infinity manually before pressing the shutter-release button. Press the shutter-release button the rest of the way down to acquire Image Dust Off reference data (note that noise reduction turns on automatically when the subject is poorly lit. the camera may be unable to acquire Image Dust Off reference data and the message shown at right will be displayed. . focus will automatically be set to infinity. A grid pattern is displayed when reference images are viewed on the camera. featureless white object.3 With the lens ten centimeters (four inches) from a bright. increasing the amount of time needed to record the data).

Note that camera may sometimes release shutter Pic. Life formance has not been affected. Meter Current battery level as a percentage. Meter without recording photograph. 123 . • MB-D200 contains six AA batteries: Battery Info can not be selected. 4 (Replace) indicates that battery has reached end of charging life and should be replaced. The Setup Menu The MB-D200 Battery Pack The following information is shown when the camera is powered by an MB-D200 battery pack: • MB-D200 contains EN-EL3e batteries: Information for each battery is listed separately. Setup Firmware Version View the camera firmware version. Number of times shutter has been released with current battery since battery was last charged.Battery Info View information on the EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion battery currently inserted in the camera. Option Description Bat. Five-level display showing battery age. 0 (New) indicates that battery perCharg. Press the multi selector to the left to return to the setup menu. for example when measuring value for preset white balance.

. The focus selector lock switch only takes effect when the monitor is off. NR High ISO NR ISO Sensitivity* Image Overlay Multiple Exposure Intvl Timer Shooting Non-CPU Lens Data 125–126 126 128 129 129 129 129 130 130 130 130 131 131 132 132 132 132 132 124 Setup The Shooting Menu * Reset to defaults when a two-button reset is performed ( 97).Shooting Options: The Shooting Menu The shooting menu contains the following options. See “Using the Menus” ( 24) for more information on using the menus. Option Shooting Menu Bank Menu Reset Folders File Naming Optimize Image Color Space Image Quality* Image Size* JPEG Compression RAW Compression White Balance* Long Exp. Using the Multi Selector The multi selector can be used at any time when the monitor is on.

The default names for the four shooting menu banks are A. B. and D. A descriptive caption can be added using the Rename option. allowing the user to switch instantly from one combination to another by selecting the appropriate bank from the bank menu. Setup The Shooting Menu Shooting Menu Bank The control panel shows the bank currently selected in the shooting menu bank menu. To store a particular combination of frequently-used settings. The new settings will be stored in the bank even when the camera is turned off.Shooting Menu Bank All shooting menu options are stored in one of four banks. Different combinations of settings can be stored in the other banks. select one of the four banks (the default bank is bank A) and set the camera to these settings. Changes to settings in one bank have no effect on the others. 125 . C. and will be restored the next time the bank is selected.

Keyboard area: Use multi selector to highlight letters. press to return to the bank menu. press ton and use multi selector. 126 Setup 4 The Shooting Menu After editing the name. press the button. press center of multi selector to select.Renaming Shooting Menu Banks 1 2 3 Highlight Rename and press the multi selector to the right. Name area: Name appears here. Enter a name as described below. but- To delete the character at the current cursor position. press the button. Any characters after the twentieth will be deleted. To return to the shooting menu without changing the bank name. To move cursor. Highlight the desired bank and press the multi selector to the right. . A list of shooting menu banks will be displayed. The following dialog will be displayed. Bank names can be up to twenty characters long.

3 Applies to all banks. of intervals No. 2 Fine tuning reset to 0. The following settings are affected: Option File naming Optimize Image Color space Image quality1 Image size1 JPEG compression RAW compression White balance1 Long Exp.Menu Reset To restore default settings for the current shooting menu bank ( 125). Menu Reset can not be selected while shooting is in progress. Shooting ends when reset is performed. NR High ISO NR ISO sensitivity1 Default DSC Normal sRGB JPEG Normal Large Size Priority NEF (RAW) Auto2 Off On (Normal) 100 Option Multiple exposure3 Number of shots Auto gain Interval timer shooting4 Start time Interval No. 127 The Shooting Menu . highlight Yes and press the multi selector to the right (select No to exit without changing settings). of shots Start Non-CPU lens data Focal length Maximum aperture Default 2 On Now 00:01´:00˝ 1 1 Off N/A N/A Setup 1 Defaults can also be restored by performing two-button reset ( 97). 4 Applies to all banks.

If the memory card already contains a folder numbered 999. Press New multi selector to right to create new folder and return to shooting menu. press multi selector up or down to choose number for new folder.Folders Select the folder in which subsequent images will be stored. Automatic Folder Creation If the current folder contains 999 files. Number of Folders Additional time may be required for recording and playback if the memory card contains a very large number of folders. 128 Setup The Shooting Menu Creating a Folder at Startup If the button is pressed when the camera is turned on. or select an existing folder with a number less than 999 and less than 999 images. List of existing folders will be displayed. . press to right to select Folder and return to shooting menu. the shutter release will also be disabled if the current folder is numbered 999 and contains a picture numbered 9999. create a folder with a number less than 999. Subsequent photographs will be stored in new folder. or if sequential file numbering ( 159) is on and the current folder contains a picture numbered 9999. a new folder will be created by adding one to the current folder number. the shutter release will be disabled. No folder will be created if the current folder is empty. To continue shooting. press multi selecSelect tor up or down to highlight folder. Subsequent photographs will be stored in selected folder. the camera will automatically create a new folder for the next picture by adding one to the current folder number. Option Description Dialog shown at right will be displayed. If sequential file numbering is on.

See “Reference: Optimizing Images” ( 45). Prefix area: File name prefix appears here. press the button. and hue or take photos in black-and-white. saturation. Keyboard area: Use multi selector to highlight letters.File Naming Photographs are saved using file names consisting of “DSC_” or “_DSC” followed by a four-digit file number and a three-letter extension (e.. See “Reference: Color Space” ( 50). To move cursor left or right. contrast. To delete the character at the current cursor position. Setup Optimize Image Optimize color. Press the multi selector to the right to display the dialog shown below. sharpness. 129 . press center of multi selector to select. The Shooting Menu Color Space Choose from sRGB and Adobe RGB color spaces. New photographs will be saved using the new file naming rule. press to return to the shooting menu. The File Naming option is used to change the “DSC” portion of the file name.JPG”). press button and use multi selector. press the button. To return to the shooting menu without changing the file naming rule. After editing the file name prefix. Image Quality Seven options are available for image quality. See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 28). “DSC_0001.g.

The Shooting Menu 130 . See “Reference: White Balance” ( 35). JPEG Compression Choose whether to compress JPEG images to a fixed size or to vary file size for improved image quality. See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 30). RAW Compression Choose whether to compress NEF (RAW) images.Image Size Image size can be selected from Large. See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 31). and Small. Medium. See “Reference: Image Quality and Size” ( 32). Setup White Balance Nine options are available for white balance.

Next photo can be taken when is no longer displayed. 131 .Long Exp. Option Description Off Noise reduction off . brightly-colored pixels in photographs taken at shutter speeds of 8 s or slower. the image displayed in the monitor may not show the effects of noise reduction. camera functions normally. During processing. Setup High ISO NR Photographs taken at high sensitivities can be processed to reduce “noise. increasing recording time by about 50–100% and halving number of images that can be stored in memory buffer. On blinks in shutter-speed/aperture displays. Noise reduction turns off at ISO sensitivities of 800 or below. Select Normal or High for increased noise reduction. Noise reduction is increased at ISO sensitivities over 1600.” Choose from the following options: The Shooting Menu Option On (Normal) (default) On (Low) On (High) Off Description Noise reduction takes effect at ISO sensitivities of 400 or above or if ISO sensitivity is raised to 400 or higher when On is selected for Custom Setting b1 (ISO Auto). (default) Photos taken at shutter speeds of about 8 s or slower are processed to reduce noise. NR Select On to reduce “noise” in the form of randomly-spaced. Note that if photographs are played back during processing. Minimal noise reduction is performed at ISO sensitivities over 800.

ISO Sensitivity
ISO sensitivity can be increased from the default value (100). ISO sensitivities over 1600 are only available when Custom Setting b1 (ISO Auto) is off. See “Reference: Sensitivity (ISO Equivalency)” ( 33).

Image Overlay
Create a new image by superimposing two existing RAW photographs. The RAW photographs must have been created using the D200 and be on the same memory card. See “Reference: Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure” ( 84).

Multiple Exposure
Create a single photograph from two to ten exposures. See “Reference: Image Overlay and Multiple Exposure” ( 86).
Setup

Interval Timer Shooting
Take photographs automatically at pre-selected intervals. See “Reference: Interval Timer Photography” ( 89).
The Shooting Menu

Non-CPU Lens Data
Specifying the focal length and maximum aperture allows such features as color matrix metering, aperture value display, and balanced fill flash to be used with non-CPU lenses. See “Reference: Non-CPU Lenses” ( 93).

132

Playback Options: The Playback Menu
The playback menu contains the following options. See “Using the Menus” ( 24) for more information on using the menus.
Option Delete Playback Folder Slide Show Hide Image Print Set Display Mode Image Review After Delete Rotate Tall 133–134 135 135–136 137–138 139–140 141 141 142 142

The playback menu is only displayed if there is a memory card in the camera.

Delete
The delete menu contains the following options.
Option Description Selected Delete selected photographs. All Delete all photographs. Setup The Playback Menu

Using the Multi Selector The multi selector can be used at any time when the monitor is on. The focus selector lock switch only takes effect when the monitor is off. Protected and Hidden Images icon are protected and can not be deleted. Hidden images ( Images marked with a 137) are not displayed in the thumbnail list and can not be selected for deletion. High-Capacity Memory Cards If the memory card contains a large number of files or folders and the number of pictures to be deleted is very large, deletion can sometimes take more than half an hour.

133

Deleting Selected Photographs: Selected Choosing Selected displays the photographs in the folder or folders selected in the Playback Folder menu ( 135) as small thumbnail images.

1
Highlight image. (To view highlighted image full screen, press . Release to return to thumbnail list.)

2
Select highlighted image. Selected image marked by icon.

3 4
Setup

Repeat steps 1 and 2 to select additional pictures. To deselect picture, highlight and press center of multi selector. To exit without deleting pictures, press button. Confirmation dialog displayed. Press multi selector up or down to highlight option, press to select. • Yes: delete selected pictures • No: exit without deleting images

Deleting All Photographs: All Choosing All displays the confirmation dialog shown at right. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option, then press the button to make a selection. • Yes: delete all images in the folder or folders selected in the Playback Folder menu ( 135). Pictures that are protected or hidden will not be deleted. • No: exit without deleting images.

134

The Playback Menu

Playback Folder
Choose a folder for playback.

Option Description ND200 Images in all folders created by the D200 will be visible during playback. Images in all folders created by cameras that conform to the Design Rule for All Camera File System (DCF)—all Nikon digital cameras and most other makes of digital camera—will be visible during playback. Only images in folder currently selected using Folders option in shooting Current menu are displayed during playback.

Slide Show
To play images back one after the other in an automated “slide show,” highlight Start in the slide show menu and press the multi selector right. All photographs in the folder or folders selected in the Playback Folder menu will be played back in the order recorded, with a pause between each image. Hidden photographs ( 137) will not be played back.

Setup The Playback Menu

Selecting a Folder for Storage The Folders option in the shooting menu is used to create new folders and to select the folder in which subsequent photographs will be stored ( 128).

135

• Restart: Resume slide show. Pause Press to pause slide show. Exit to playback Press to end slide show and display playback menu. Press multi selector up or down to change photo info displayed during slide show. 136 Setup The Playback Menu . highlight Frame Interval in the Slide Show or pause menu and press the multi selector right. Changing the Display Interval: Frame Interval To change the time each image is displayed. • Exit: End slide show and return to the playback menu. Exit to shooting Shutter Press shutter-release button halfway to end slide show.The following operations can be performed during a slide show: To Go forward or back one frame View photo info Use Description Press multi selector left to return to previous frame. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option. • Frame Interval: Change the length of time each picture is displayed. then press to the right to make a selection. The dialog shown at right is displayed when the show ends or when the button is pressed to pause playback. right to skip to next frame. turn mode release monitor off. menu Exit to playback Press to end slide show and return to playback with current mode image displayed in monitor. and return to shooting mode. press the multi selector to the left or press the button. To exit the slide show and return to the playback menu. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight the appropriate option and then press the multi selector to the right to return to the previous menu.

this marking applies to both the NEF (RAW) and JPEG image. Release to return to thumbnail list. 4 Complete operation and return to playback menu. Protected and Hidden Images Revealing an image that is both hidden and protected will simultaneously remove protection from the image. Deselect All? Reveal all photographs. Option Description Select / Set Hide or reveal selected photographs. To deselect picture. (To view highlighted image full screen. Setup 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 to select additional pictures. The Playback Menu File Attributes for Hidden Images Hidden images have “hidden” and “read-only” status when viewed on a Windows computer. Hidden images are visible only in the Hide Image menu. Hiding Selected Photographs: Select / Set Choosing Select / Set displays the photographs in the folder or folders selected in the Playback Folder menu ( 135) as small thumbnail images. Selected image marked by icon. 1 Highlight image. and can only be deleted by formatting the memory card.Hide Image The Hide Image option is used to hide or reveal selected photographs. In the case of “NEF+JPEG” images. highlight and press center of multi selector.) 2 Select highlighted image. To exit without changing hidden status of pictures. press . press button. 137 .

then press the button to make a selection.Revealing All Photographs: Deselect All Choosing Deselect All? displays the confirmation dialog shown at right.” and then the playback menu will be displayed. 138 Setup The Playback Menu . • Yes: reveal all images in the folder or folders selected in the Playback Folder menu ( 135). The monitor will briefly show the message “Deselect All Done. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option. • No: exit to the playback menu without changing the hidden status of images.

and the information to be included on each print. Option Description Select / Set Select photographs for printing.21. a menu will be displayed in the camera monitor. NEF Images Images created at image quality settings of NEF (RAW) ( printing using this option. select Print (DPOF) to print the current print order. the number of copies. 28) can not be selected for Setup The Playback Menu After Creating a Print Order After creating a print order. 139 . The card can then be removed from the camera and used to print the selected images printed on any DPOF-compatible device. Note that the date and shooting information will not be printed. Taking Pictures for Direct Printing When taking images to be printed without modification.21 The D200 supports Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) version 2. DPOF / PictBridge Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) is an industry-wide standard that allows pictures to be printed from print orders stored on the memory card. set the Color Space option in the shooting menu to sRGB ( 50). This information is stored on the memory card in Digital Print Order Format (DPOF). Before printing. Exif version 2. When a PictBridge printer is connected to the camera using the supplied UC-E4 USB cable. Print Set Print Set will not be available if there is not enough space on the memory card to record the print order.Print Set Print Set is used to create a digital “print order” that lists the photographs to be printed. check that the printer or print service supports DPOF. Delete unwanted pictures and try again. Deselect All? Remove all images from print order. a standard that allows information stored with photographs to be used for optimal color reproduction when images are output on Exif-compliant printers. Either action could cause problems during printing. do not change the hidden status of images in the print order or use a computer or other device to delete images. Pictures selected using Print Set can also be printed on PictBridge printers via direct USB connection ( 110).

The monitor will briefly show the message “Deselect All Done. . press . To complete print order and return to playback menu. Selected images are marked by icon.Modifying the Print Order: Select / Set Choosing Select / Set displays the photographs in the folder or folders selected in the Playback Folder menu ( 135) as small thumbnail images. press multi selector up or down until icon is no longer displayed. Press the multi selector up or down to highlight an option. • Imprint Date: Print date of recording on all pictures in print order. 1 Highlight image. 140 The Playback Menu Removing All Images from the Print Order: Deselect All Choosing Deselect All? displays the confirmation dialog shown at right. or press center of multi selector to select image and set number of prints to 1. Release to return to thumbnail list. To select or deselect options. • Yes: remove all images from the print order. (To view highlighted image full screen. • No: exit to the playback menu without changing the print order. then press the button to make a selection. highlight Done and press multi selector to right. To exit without altering print order.) 2 Press button and press multi selector up or down to specify number of prints (up to 99). highlight and press multi selector to right. To deselect picture. 3 4 Setup • Data Imprint: Print shutter speed and aperture on all pictures in print order. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to select additional pictures. Return to Print Set menu.” and then the playback menu will be displayed. press button. To exit without changing print order. Selected items are marked with a ✔. press button.

highlight and press the multi selector to the right. A ✔ appears next to selected items. Highlight* Highlight page appears in photo information display. Photographs are automatically displayed after On shooting. or closest-subject priority. highlight the desired option and press the multi selector right.Display Mode To choose the information listed in the photo-information display ( 99). Option Description Data* Shooting data appears in photo information display. area where focus first locked) is shown in red in photo information display. to deselect. Image Review Image Review controls whether or not photographs are displayed in the monitor immediately after shooting. highlight Done and press the multi selector to the right. Focus Area group dynamic-AF. * Default selection. Option 141 The Playback Menu . To return to the playback menu. RGB Histogram* RGB histogram appears in photo information display. Active focus area (if single-servo AF is used with dynamic-area AF. Setup Description Photographs are not automatically displayed afOff (default) ter shooting. Histogram* Histogram appears in photo information display.

previous image will be displayed or highlighted (if deleted image was first frame in memory. If user was scrolling through images in order recorded before deletion. If deleted image was last frame in memory. If deleted image was first frame in memory. following image will be displayed or highlighted (if deleted image was last frame in memory. previous frame will be displayed or highlighted). following frame will be displayed or highlighted. After image is deleted. Off “Tall” photos are displayed in “wide” (landscape) orientation. following frame will be displayed or highlighted). following image is displayed or highlighted in thumbnail list. Option . If user was scrolling through images in reverse order. Rotate Tall Choose whether photographs taken in “tall” (portrait) orientation are automatically rotated for display in the monitor. previous frame will be displayed or highlighted.After Delete Choose whether the following or previous picture is displayed after an image is deleted. previous image is displayed or highlighted in thumbnail list. Option Show Next (default) Show Previous Continue as Before Description After image is deleted. 142 Setup The Playback Menu Description “Tall” (portrait) orientation photos taken with On selected for Auto Image RoOn tation ( 119) are displayed in tall orientation during playback (tall orientation (default) images are displayed at 2/ 3 size of other images to fit monitor).

The full list of Custom Settings a1–f7 will be displayed. To select a setting in a different group. Custom Setting a1 (AF-C Mode Priority) and f7 (No Memory Card?) are linked: pressing the multi selector up when Custom Setting a1 is highlighted displays Custom Setting f7. The focus selector lock switch only takes effect when the monitor is off.Custom Settings Custom settings are used to fine-tune a variety of camera settings to suit the user’s preferences. settings in the Custom Settings menu are divided into the following six groups: a b c d e f Group Autofocus Metering/Exposure Timers/AE&AF Lock Shooting/Display Bracketing/Flash Controls Custom Settings a1–a10 b1–b7 c1–c5 d1–d8 e1–e8 f1–f7 Press the multi selector up or down to highlight the desired group and then press the multi selector to the right. In addition to Custom Settings C (Bank Select) and R (Menu Reset). starting with the settings in the selected group. while pressing the multi selector down while Custom Setting f7 is highlighted displays Custom Setting a1. 143 . press the multi selector up or down scroll until the desired setting is displayed. Setup Custom Settings Using the Multi Selector The multi selector can be used at any time when the monitor is on. creating combinations of settings that differ from the factory defaults in effect at the time your camera was purchased. or press the multi selector to the left to return the top menu and select a different group.

Delay Mode d6 File No.The following Custom Settings are available: C Bank Select R Menu Reset a Autofocus a1 AF-C Mode Priority a2 AF-S Mode Priority a3 Focus Area Frame a4 Group Dynamic AF a5 Lock-On a6 AF Activation a7 AF Area Illumination a8 Focus Area a9 AF Assist a10 AF-ON for MB-D200 b Metering/Exposure b1 ISO Auto b2 ISO Step Value b3 EV Step b4 Exp Comp/Fine Tune b5 Exposure comp. Sequence d7 Illumination d8 MB-D200 Batteries Custom Setting Custom Setting Bank Reset Custom Setting Menu AF-C Mode Priority Selection AF-S Mode Priority Selection Focus Area Frame Selection Pattern Selection in Group Dynamic AF Focus Tracking with Lock-On AF Activation AF Area Illumination Focus Area Selection Built-in AF-Assist Illuminator AF-ON Button for MB-D200 Battery Pack ISO Sensitivity Auto Control ISO Sensitivity Step Value EV Steps for Exposure Control Steps for Exposure Comp and Fine Tuning Easy Exposure Compensation Center-Weighted Area Fine Tune Optimal Exposure AE Lock Buttons Assignment of AE-L/AF-L Button Auto Meter-Off Delay Self-Timer Delay Monitor-Off Delay Beep Viewfinder Grid Display Viewfinder Warning Display CL-Mode Shooting Speed Exposure Delay Mode File Number Sequence LCD Illumination MB-D200 Battery Type 146 147 148 148 148 149–150 150 151 151 151 152 152 152–153 154 154 154 155 155 156 156 156–157 157 157 157 158 158 158 158 158 159 159 160 144 Setup Custom Settings . b6 Center-Weighted b7 Fine Tune Exposure c Timers/AE&AF Lock c1 AE Lock c2 AE-L/AF-L c3 Auto Meter-Off c4 Self-Timer c5 Monitor-Off d Shooting/Display d1 Beep d2 Grid Display d3 Viewfinder Warning d4 Shooting Speed d5 Exp.

Button Customize Command Dials Setting Method for Buttons and Dials Disable Shutter If No Memory Card 160 161 161–166 166 166 167 167 167 168 169 169 170 170–171 172 172 145 Setup Custom Settings .Custom Setting e Bracketing/Flash e1 Flash Sync Speed e2 Flash Shutter Speed e3 Built-in Flash e4 Modeling Flash e5 Auto BKT Set e6 Manual Mode Bkting e7 Auto BKT Order e8 Auto BKT Selection f Controls f1 Center Button f2 Multi-Selector f3 Photo Info/Playback f4 FUNC. Button f5 Command Dials f6 Buttons and Dials f7 No Memory Card? Flash Sync Speed Setting Slowest Speed When Using Flash Built-in Flash Mode Preview Button Activates Modeling Flash Auto Bracketing Set Auto Bracketing in M Exposure Mode Auto Bracketing Order Auto Bracketing Selection Method Multi-Selector Center Button When Multi-Selector is Pressed. Role of Multi-Selector in full-frame Playback Assign FUNC.

A descriptive caption can be added using the Rename option as described in “The Shooting Menu: Shooting Menu Bank” ( 125). select one of the four banks and set the camera to these settings. The new settings will be stored in the bank even when the camera is turned off. the control panel display will show CUSTOM and the letter of the bank. To store a particular combination of frequently-used settings. and D. and will be restored the next time the bank is selected. C. allowing the user to switch instantly from one combination to another by selecting the appropriate bank from the bank menu. . The default names for the four Custom Settings banks are A. Changes to settings in one bank have no effect on the others. B. 146 Setup Custom Settings Custom Settings Bank If settings in the current bank have been modified from default values. An asterisk will be displayed next to the altered settings in the second level of the Custom Settings menu. Different combinations of settings can be stored in the other banks.Custom Setting C: Custom Setting Bank Custom Settings are stored in one of four banks.

Off f5 Command Dials Center-Weighted φ 8 mm Rotate Direction Normal Fine Tune Exposure 0* Change Main/Sub Off AE Lock AE-L/AF-L Button Aperture Setting Sub-command Dial AE-L/AF-L AE/AF Lock Menus and Playback Off Auto Meter-Off 6s f6 Buttons and Dials Default Self-Timer 10 s f7 No Memory Card? Disable Shutter Monitor-Off 20 s Beep High Two-Button Reset Grid Display Off Custom Settings are not reset when a twoViewfinder Warning On button reset is performed ( 97). a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 a10 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 d8 Custom Setting Default Custom Setting Default AF-C Mode Priority FPS rate e1 Flash Sync Speed 1/250 s AF-S Mode Priority Focus e2 Flash Shutter Speed 1/60 s Focus Area Frame e3 Built-in Flash TTL Normal Frame (11 Areas) e4 Modeling Flash On Group Dynamic AF Pattern 1/Center Area e5 Auto BKT Set AE & Flash Lock-On Normal e6 Manual Mode Bkting Flash/Speed AF Activation Shutter/AF-ON e7 Auto BKT Order MTR>Under>Over AF Area Illumination Auto e8 Auto BKT Selection Manual Value Select Focus Area No Wrap f1 Center Button AF Assist On AF-ON for MB-D200 AF-ON+Focus Area Shooting mode Center AF Area ISO Auto Off Playback Mode Thumbnail On/Off ISO Step Value 1/3 Step f2 Multi-Selector Do Nothing EV Step 1/3 Step f3 Photo Info/Playback Info ▲▼/PB Exp Comp/Fine Tune 1/3 Step f4 FUNC.Custom Setting R: Reset Custom Setting Menu To restore default settings for the current Custom Settings bank ( 146). Button FV Lock Exposure comp. Delay Mode Off File No. 147 . highlight Yes and press the multi selector to the right (select No to exit without changing settings). Sequence Off Illumination Off MB-D200 Batteries LR6 (AA-size Alkaline) Setup Custom Settings * Applies to all metering methods. Shooting Speed 3 fps Exp.

(default) FPS Rate Photos can be taken even when camera is not in focus. 148 Setup Custom Settings Custom Setting a3: Focus Area Frame Selection At the default setting of Normal Frame (11 Areas). Note that Focus focus does not lock when in-focus indicator is displayed. the camera offers a choice of eleven focus areas. Regardless of the setting chosen. Option Description FPS Rate Photos can be taken whenever shutter-release button is pressed. (default) Release Photos can be taken whenever shutter-release button is pressed. . focus will lock when the in-focus indicator (●) is displayed. Custom Setting a2: AF-S Mode Priority Selection This option controls whether photographs can be taken only when the camera is in focus (focus priority) or whenever the shutter-release button is pressed (release priority) in single-servo AF.Custom Setting a1: AF-C Mode Priority Selection This option controls whether photographs can be taken whenever the shutter-release button is pressed (release priority) or only when the camera is in focus (focus priority) in continuous-servo AF. In continuous mode. Select Wide Frame (7 Areas) for wider focus areas when (singlearea AF) or (dynamic-area AF) is selected for AF-area mode ( 54). + AF frame rate slows for improved focus if subject is dark or low contrast. Photos can only be taken when in-focus indicator (●) is displayed. Option Description Focus Photos can only be taken when in-focus indicator (●) is displayed.

Pattern 2 / As for Pattern 1 / Closest Subject. If subject moves out of selected focus area. Camera focuses on subject in center focus area of selected group. Pattern 2 / As for Pattern 1 / Center Area.Custom Setting a4: Pattern Selection in Group Dynamic AF This option controls how focus areas are grouped in group dynamic-AF ( 54) and whether the camera gives priority to the subject in the center focus area of the selected group. Focus areas are grouped in pattern 1 ( 150). Center focus area of selected group is highlighted in control panel. Because camera does not Pattern 1 / have to select focus area. camera will focus based on information from other focus areas in same group. camera will focus based on (default) information from other focus areas in same group. Camera automatically Pattern 1 / selects focus area containing subject closest to camera in current foClosest Subject cus area group. except that focus areas are grouped in Center Area pattern 2 ( 150). less time is required for focus operation. If Center Area subject moves out of center focus area. except that focus areas are grouped Closest Subject in pattern 2 ( 150). Option 149 Setup Custom Settings . Description Focus areas are grouped in pattern 1 ( 150).

Custom Setting a5: Focus Tracking with Lock-On This option controls how autofocus adjusts to sudden large changes in the distance to the subject. Camera immediately adjusts focus when distance to subject changes abruptly. Use when photographing series of subjects at varying distances in quick succession.” “Center 2” is only available when Center AF Area is selected for Center Button (Custom Setting f1) > Shooting Mode.Focus areas are grouped as follows (illustrations show the control panel display): Pattern 1 Top Center Area Left Center Bottom Right Left Pattern 2* Top Center 1 Center 2 Bottom Right Top Closest Subject Left Center Bottom Right Left Top Center 1 Center 2 Bottom Right * The center focus-area group is selected by pressing the center of the multi selector once to activate the current center focus-area group and then pressing the center of the multi selector to toggle between “center 1” and “center 2. 150 Custom Settings . Prevents camera from refocusing when subject is briefly obscured by objects passing through frame. Select Long to increase length of time before camera refocuses. Setup Option Long Normal (default) Short Off Description Camera waits before adjusting focus when distance to subject changes abruptly. Short to reduce.

Setup Custom Setting a8: Focus Area Selection At the default setting of No Wrap. bottom to top. Off Selected focus area is not highlighted. Option Description Shutter/AF-ON Autofocus can be performed with AF-ON button or by pressing shutter(default) release button halfway. pressing the multi selector up when the top focus area is selected has no effect. 151 Custom Settings . regardless of brightness of backOn ground. selected focus area may be difficult to see. Custom Setting a7: AF Area Illumination This option controls whether or not the active focus area is highlighted in red in the viewfinder. AF-ON Only Autofocus can only be performed with AF-ON button. right to left. and left to right. Select Wrap to allow focus-area selection to “wrap around” from top to bottom. Option Description Auto Selected focus area is automatically highlighted as needed to provide contrast (default) with background. Depending on brightness of background.Custom Setting a6: AF Activation This option controls whether both the shutter-release button and the AF-ON button can be used to initiate autofocus or whether autofocus is only initiated when the AF-ON button is pressed. the focus-area display is bounded by the outer focus areas so that. Selected focus area is always highlighted. for example.

turn on the High ISO NR option in the shooting menu. Focus area can be selected by pressing AF-ON button on MB-D200 Focus Area and rotating sub-command dial. AF-ON button on battery pack performs same function as camera AE-L/AF-L AE/AF-L+ button. Focus area can be selected by pressing AF-ON button on MB-D200 (default) and rotating sub-command dial. 170) 152 Setup Custom Settings Custom Setting b1: ISO Sensitivity Auto Control If On is selected for this option. Option Description AF-ON+ AF-ON button on battery pack performs same function as camera AF-ON Focus Area button. the built-in AF-assist illuminator lights to assist the focus operation when the subject is poorly lit ( 58). Custom Setting a10: AF-ON Button for MB-D200 Battery Pack This option controls the function assigned to the AF-ON button for the optional MB-D200 battery pack ( 181). Button. Select Off to turn the illuminator off. To reduce noise at sensitivities of ISO 400 equivalent and above. AF-ON button on battery pack performs same function as camera AE-L/AF-L AE/AF-L button. Focus area can be selected by pressing AF-ON button on MB-D200 and Focus Area rotating sub-command dial. High ISO NR ( 131) Noise is more likely to appear in photographs taken at higher sensitivities. Same as AF-ON button on battery pack performs function currently assigned to FUNC button camera FUNC. the camera will automatically adjust ISO sensitivity when necessary to help ensure optimal exposure. button using Custom Setting f4 (FUNC. This option is not available at ISO sensitivities over 1600. AF-ON button on battery pack performs same function as camera AF-ON AF-ON button.Custom Setting a9: Built-in AF-Assist Illuminator At the default setting of On. .

Choose a flash mode other than slow sync or select mode A or M and choose a larger aperture. foreground subjects may be underexposed in photos taken at slow shutter speeds. Highlight desired shutter speed and press multi selector right to return to ISO auto menu. When sensitivity is altered from the value selected by the user. If optimal exposure can not be achieved at ISO sensitivity selected by user. Min. Setup Custom Settings ISO Auto > On When a flash is used. the control panel and viewfinder show ISO-AUTO.Option Off (default) On Description ISO sensitivity remains fixed at value selected by user. ISO sensitivity will not be adjusted automatically. in daylight. Flash level is adjusted appropriately when flash is used. When On is selected. regardless of whether optimal exposure can be achieved at current exposure settings. If a shooting menu bank in which ISO sensitivity has been set to a value greater than 1600 is chosen after On is selected. Otherwise camera adjusts ISO sensitivity when limits of exposure metering system are exceeded (mode S) or when optimum exposure can not be achieved at shutter speed and aperture selected by user (mode M). ISO value and press multi selector right to return to Sensitivity ISO auto menu. Highlight desired Max. Shutter Speed. ISO sensitivity will also not be adjusted automatically if a Custom Settings bank in which On is selected is chosen after ISO sensitivity has been set to a value over 1600. or against a bright background. ISO sensitivity is adjusted to compensate. ISO sensitivity can not be set to values over 1600 while this option is in effect.000 or underexposed at value selected for Min. Sensitivity option. Menu shown at right is displayed. these indicators blink and the altered value is shown in the viewfinder (the indicators do not blink if a flash is used). to minimum approximately equivalent to ISO 200 and maximum selected using Max. In exposure modes P and A. 153 . ISO sensitivity will be adjusted if photo would be overexposed at shutter speed of 1/ 8. Shutter Speed Menu shown at right is displayed.

Custom Setting b3: EV Steps for Exposure Control Choose whether adjustments to shutter speed. or 1 EV (1 Step). and bracketing are made in increments equivalent to / EV (1/3 Step. the default option). / EV (1/2 Step). or 1 EV (1 Step). aperture. or 1 EV (1 Step). the default option). Custom Setting b4: Steps for Exposure Comp and Fine Tuning Choose whether adjustments to exposure compensation and exposure fine tuning are made in increments equivalent to / EV (1/3 Step.Custom Setting b2: ISO Sensitivity Step Value Choose whether adjustments to sensitivity (ISO equivalency) are made in increments equivalent to / EV (1/3 Step. the default option). 154 Setup Custom Settings . / EV (1/2 Step). / EV (1/2 Step).

the 0 at the center of the exposure display will blink even when exposure compensation is set to ±0. If On is selected. Dial used depends on option selected for Custom Setting f5 > Change Main / Sub. Exposure compensation set by rotating command dial only. regardless of the setting selected for Non-CPU Lens Data in the shooting menu). The diameter (φ) of this circle can be selected from 6. 10.Custom Setting b5: Easy Exposure Compensation This option controls whether the button is needed to set exposure compensation ( 72). Command dials (Custom Setting f5) > Change Main / Sub Off On P Sub-command dial Sub-command dial S Sub-command dial Main command dial A Main command dial Sub-command dial M N/A Exposure mode As for On except that exposure compensation set using command dial only is cancelled when camera is turned off or exposure meters turn off. Option Off (default) Description Exposure compensation set by pressing button and rotating main command dial. On On (Auto Reset) Custom Setting b6: Center-Weighted Area When calculating exposure. center-weighted metering assigns the greatest weight to a circle in the center of the frame. 155 Setup Custom Settings . note that the diameter is fixed at 8 mm when a non-CPU lens is used. and 13 mm (the default option is 8 mm. 8.

Note that as the exposure compensation icon ( ) is not displayed. 156 Setup Custom Settings Custom Setting c2: Assignment of AE-L/AF-L Button This option controls the behavior of the AE-L/AF-L button. . the only way to determine whether exposure has been altered is to view the fine-tuning menu. Option Description AE-L/AF-L Button Exposure can only be locked by pressing (default) AE-L/AF-L button. Exposure can be locked by pressing AE-L/AF+Release Button L button or by pressing shutter-release button halfway.Custom Setting b7: Fine Tune Optimal Exposure Use this option to fine-tune the exposure value selected by the camera. Highlight a metering method and press the multi selector to the right to display a list of exposure values. Selecting this option displays a message warning that the icon does not appear when exposure is altered. highlight Yes and press the multi selector to the right (select No to exit without altering exposure). Highlight an option. Exposure compensation ( 72) is recommended in most situations. Fine-Tuning Exposure Exposure can be fine-tuned separately for each Custom Settings bank. Exposure can be fine tuned separately for each metering method by from +1 to –1 EV in steps of / EV. Custom Setting c1: AE Lock Buttons This option determines what controls lock exposure. then press to the right to make a selection.

Exposure locks while AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. 157 . Custom Settings The EH-6 AC Adapter When the camera is powered by an optional EH-6 AC adapter. Shutter-release can be delayed by approximately 2 s. Focus is unaffected. 5 minutes. or 16 s or until the camera is turned off (No Limit). AF Lock Focus locks while AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. exposure meters will not turn off and the monitor will only power off after ten minutes. 10 s (the default option). Custom Setting c4: Self-Timer Delay This option controls the length of the shutter-release delay in self-timer mode. Choose a shorter monitor-off delay for longer battery life. shutter is released or exposure meters turn off. 5 s. Exposure locks when AE-L/AF-L button is pressed and remains locked until AE Lock Hold button is pressed again or exposure meters turn off. or 10 minutes. 20 s (the default option). Choose a shorter meter-off delay for longer battery life. 1 minute. Custom Setting c3: Auto Meter-Off Delay This option controls how long the camera continues to meter exposure when no operations are performed: 4 s. Exposure locks when AE-L/AF-L button is pressed and remains locked until button is pressed again. or 20 s. Custom Setting c5: Monitor-Off Delay Setup This option controls how long the monitor remains on when no operations are performed: 10 s. Option AE/AF Lock (default) AE Lock Only AE Lock Hold/Reset Description Both focus and exposure lock while AE-L/AF-L button is pressed. Exposure is unaffected. 8 s. 6 s (the default option). regardless of the options chosen for Custom Settings c3 (Auto Meter-Off) and c5 (Monitor-Off).

check indicators in the control panel. 158 Custom Settings Custom Setting d5: Exposure Delay Mode Select On to delay shutter release until about 0. Low.Custom Setting d1: Beep Controls the pitch of the beep that sounds when the selftimer is counting down or the camera focuses in singleservo AF with Focus (the default setting) selected for Custom Setting a2 (AF-S Mode Priority). before shooting. or when shooting in black-and-white. The default option is Off. A icon appears in the control panel when High or Low is selected. Choose from High (the default option). microscope photography). Custom Setting d2: Viewfinder Grid Display Select On to display on-demand grid lines in the viewfinder ( 6). no memory card is inserted. the default value is 3 fps. reducing camera shake in situations in which the least camera movement could result in blurred photographs (for example. The default option is Off. Custom Setting d3: Viewfinder Warning Display Select On (the default option) to display a warning in the viewfinder when the battery is low. No warning is displayed when Off is selected. Shooting speed can be set to values between 1 and 4 frames per second (fps). The frame advance rate may drop at slow shutter speeds. and Off. Setup Custom Setting d4: CL-Mode Shooting Speed This option determines the rate at which photographs can be taken in CL (continuous low-speed) mode (during interval timer photography.4 s after the shutter-release button is pressed. this setting also determines the frame advance rate for single-frame and mirror-up modes). .

file numbering continues from last number used or from On largest number in current folder. When new folder is created. memory card is for(default) matted or new memory card is inserted in camera. except that next photograph taken is assigned file number by addReset ing one to largest file number in current folder. This option controls whether file numbering continues from the last number used when a new folder is created. the memory card is formatted. 159 Custom Settings . Setup Option Description Off position. memory card is formatted. If selected folder contains no photographs. file numbering reset to 0001. (default) Control panel illuminates only while power switch is rotated to Backlight stays on while exposure meters are active (note that this increases On drain on battery). the camera names the file new by adding one to the last file number used.Custom Setting d6: File Number Sequence When a photograph is taken. whichever is higher. Option Description Off File numbering reset to 0001 when new folder is created. Custom Setting d7: LCD Illumination This option controls the control panel backlight (LCD illuminator). As for On. or new memory card inserted in camera. or a new memory card is inserted in the camera. If photograph is taken when current folder contains photograph numbered 9999. new folder will be created automatically and file numbering will begin again from 0001.

There is no need to adjust this option when using EN-EL3e batteries. select the shutter speed after the slowest possible shutter speed (30 s or ). due to their limited capacity and performance characteristics. The capacity of AA batteries drops sharply at temperatures below 20 °C (68 °F) and varies with make and storage conditions. Setup 160 Custom Settings (blinks) . batteries may cease to function before their expiry date. Option LR6 (AA-size Alkaline) (default) HR6 (AA-size Ni-MH) FR6 (AA-size Lithium) ZR6 (AA-size Ni-Mn) Description Select when using LR6 alkaline AA batteries. in some cases. The camera shows the level of AA batteries as follows: Control panel Viewfinder Description — Batteries fully charged. Select when using FR6 lithium AA batteries. An X will be displayed in the flash sync indicator in the control panel and viewfinder. Options range from / s (1/250 s. (blinks) Shutter-release disabled. Select when using ZR6 nickel-manganese AA batteries. Using AA Batteries EN-EL3e batteries are recommended for best performance. Low battery. Some AA batteries can not be used. Select when using HR6 NiMH AA batteries. Custom Setting e1: Flash Sync Speed Setting This option controls flash sync speed. select 1/250 s (Auto FP) (flash sync speed will be set to / s if the built-in flash fires or the attached Speedlight is not CLS-compatible). Fixing Shutter Speed at the Flash Sync Speed Limit To fix shutter speed at the sync speed limit in shutter-priority auto or manual exposure modes. the default setting) and / s (1/60 s). alkaline and nickel-manganese batteries should be used only when no other alternative is available. match the option selected in this menu to the type of battery inserted in the battery pack. Change batteries. When the camera shows a shutter speed of / s in exposure mode P or A.Custom Setting d8: MB-D200 Battery Type To ensure that the camera functions as expected when AA batteries are used in the optional MB-D200 battery pack. To enable Auto FP High-Speed Sync when using Speedlights that support the Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS). Ready fresh batteries. Auto FP High-Speed Sync will be activated if the actual shutter speed is faster than / s.

the default setting) to 30 s (30 s). 161 Setup Custom Settings . shutter speeds can be as slow as 30 s in shutter-priority auto and manual exposure modes or when the flash is set to slow sync. icons blink in the control panel and viewfinder.or rear-curtain sync or red-eye reduction in programmed auto or aperture-priority auto exposure mode (regardless of the setting chosen. TTL (default): Flash output is adjusted automatically in response to shooting conditions. built-in Speedlight has a Guide Number of 13/42 [m/ft. slow rear-curtain sync. Options range from / s (1/60 s. allowing the built-in flash to function as a master flash for optional slave flash units when used with a remote Speedlight commander such as the SU-4.Custom Setting e2: Slowest Speed When Using Flash This option determines the slowest shutter speed possible when using front. Custom Setting e3: Built-in Flash Mode Choose the flash mode for the built-in flash. Manual: The flash fires at the level selected in the menu shown at right. ISO 100]). or red-eye reduction with slow sync). Highlight a setting between Full Power and 1/128 Power (1/ 128 of full power) and press the multi selector right to return to the Custom Settings menu (at full power. No monitor preflash is emitted.

1/4 1/8 1/16 1/32 1/64 1/128 Options available for “Times” 2 2–5 2–10 2–10. 15. Choose number of times flash fires at selected output. 20. producing a strobe-light effect. 35 Output . 25. 20. Interval Choose number of times flash fires per second. Description Highlight flash output (expressed as fraction of full power). Press the button to return to the Custom Settings menu when settings are complete. 25 2–10. actual number of flashes may be less than selected. icons blink in the control panel and viewfinder when this option is selected. 15. Option Output 162 Setup Custom Settings “Times” The number of times the flash can fire in succession is determined by flash output.Repeating Flash: The flash fires repeatedly while the shutter is open. 30. up or down to change. 15 2–10. Note that depending Times on shutter speed and option selected for Interval. Press the multi selector left or right to highlight the following options.

-Flashes in Group A do not fire. choose value between +3.0 EV in steps of / EV.0 and –3. Choose flash output level for built-in flash from values between Full Power M and 1/128 Power (/ of full power). Built-in flash must be raised to allow monitor preflashes to fire.0 and –3. flashes in control panel and viewfinder. Auto aperture (not available with optional SB-600 and SB-R200 Speedlights). Choose from channels 1–4. i-TTL mode. Option Description Built-in Choose flash mode for built-in flash (commander flash).0 and –3. Menu of flash compensation values will be displayed.0 EV in steps of / EV. Built-in flash does not fire.0 EV in steps of / EV.Commander Mode: Choose this option to use the built-in flash as a master flash controlling one or more remote optional Speedlights in up to two groups (A and B) using Advanced Wireless Lighting. Choose flash output level for flashes in Group B from values between Full M Power and 1/128 Power (/ of full power). choose TTL value between +3. i-TTL mode.0 and –3. At settings other than ±0. choose TTL value between +3.0 and –3. Choose flash output level for flashes in Group A from values between Full M Power and 1/128 Power (/ of full power). i-TTL mode. Group A Choose flash mode for all flashes in group A. choose value between +3. Setup Custom Settings Flash Exposure Compensation Flash exposure compensation ( 73) has no effect in Commander mode. Menu of flash compensation values will be displayed. Menu of AA flash compensation values will be displayed. Auto aperture (not available with SB-600 and SB-R200 Speedlights). choose TTL value between +3. is not displayed in control panel -flash-sync mode display.0 EV in steps of / EV. All Speedlights in both groups must be set to Channel same channel. Group B Choose flash mode for all flashes in group B. will be displayed in control panel and viewfinder. AA Menu of flash compensation values will be displayed.0 EV in steps of / EV. but AF-assist illuminator lights. 163 . Menu of flash compensation values will be displayed. -Flashes in Group B do not fire.

6 164 Setup Custom Settings 7 Highlight Channel. 1 Highlight Built-in > Mode. 2 Select desired flash mode. 9 Press button. If TTL or M is selected. Repeat Steps 4–6 for Group B. press right to select. press right to select. . additional options can be selected. 5 Select desired flash mode. If TTL. 8 Select channel. AA. or M is selected. 3 4 Highlight Group A > Mode. Press multi selector up or down to display option. Press multi selector up or down to display option.To use optional Speedlights in commander mode. select Commander Mode for Custom Setting e3 and follow the steps below. additional options can be selected.

With more than this number. all flashes will emit a modeling flash when the depth-of-field preview button is pressed. See the Speedlight manual for more information. or about 5 m (16´) when Speedlight is 30–60 ° to either side of center line. 60–30 ° 30 ° or less Camera (built-in flash) 5 m /16´ or less 60–30 ° Maximum distance between optional Speedlights and camera is about 10 m (33´) when Speedlight is positioned in front of camera (within 30 ° on either side of center line). Although there is no limit on the number of optional Speedlights that may used. If On is selected for Custom Setting e4 (Modeling Flash. the light emitted by the other flash units will interfere with performance. optional 11 Turn all Speedlights on and set allfor details.10 Compose shot and arrange optional Speedlights as shown below. Commander mode can also be used with FV lock ( 81). After positioning the Speedlights. use a low ISO sensitivity and small aperture (large f/-number) or an optional SG-3IR infrared panel for the built-in flash. take a test shot and view the results in the camera monitor. To prevent the timing flashes emitted by the built-in flash from appearing in photographs taken at short ranges. which produces brighter timing flashes. See Speedlight manual 5 m /16´ or less Speedlight wireless remote sensor should face camera. Be sure that direct light or strong reflections from the optional Speedlights do not enter the camera lens (in TTL mode) or the photocell on the optional Speedlight (AA mode). All Speedlights must be in the same group. An SG-3IR is required for best results with rear-curtain sync. 166).Speedlights to channel selected in Steps 7–8. the practical maximum is three. 165 Setup Custom Settings . flash compensation ( 73) applies to all Speedlights. 10 m /33´ or less 30 ° or less Commander Mode Position the sensor windows on the optional Speedlights where they will pick up the monitor preflashes from the built-in flash (take particular care when not using a tripod). as this may interfere with exposure.

Camera performs exposure bracketing only. Option AE & Flash (default) AE Only Flash Only Description Camera performs exposure and flash-level bracketing.is selected for in > Flash Mode). the built-in flash and optional Speedlights that support the Nikon Creative Lighting System will emit a modeling flash when the depth-of-field preview button is pressed. Camera performs white balance bracketing (not available at image WB Bracketing quality settings of NEF/RAW or NEF+JPEG). 166 Setup Custom Settings . flash-ready lights for all Speedlights are Custom Setting e4: Preview Button Activates Modeling Flash At the default setting of On. Select Off to disable this feature.ash that 12 Press flflashpop-button to raise built-in flash (noteBuiltbuilt-it must be raised even if -. frame photograph. focus. Custom Setting e5: Auto Bracketing Set This option controls what settings are affected when auto bracketing is in effect. and shoot. Camera performs flash-level bracketing only. rming that camera flash-ready light and 13 After confilit.

camera will vary ISO sensitivity only. sub-command dial to (default) select bracketing increment. Option Description Manual Pressing button. • If no flash is attached when Custom Setting b1 (ISO Auto) is on. regardless of setting selected. aperture. Bracketing proceeds in order from lowest Under>MTR>Over to highest value. Custom Settings 167 . Setup Custom Setting e8: Auto Bracketing Selection Method This option controls how the bracketing program is selected. Custom Setting e7: Auto Bracketing Order This option controls the order in which bracketing is performed. Camera varies shutter speed and aperture (Custom Setting e5 set to AE Flash/Speed/ Only) or shutter speed. Flash Only Camera varies flash level only (Custom Setting e5 set to AE & Flash). Press and rotate sub-command dial to select number Select of shots and bracketing increment. Option Description MTR>Under>Over Bracketing performed in order described (default) in “Bracketing” ( 73). Option Description Flash/Speed Camera varies shutter speed (Custom Setting e5 set to AE Only) or shut(default) ter speed and flash level (Custom Setting e5 set to AE & Flash). rotate main command dial Value Select to select number of shots. Press button and rotate main command dial button Preset Value to turn bracketing on and off. • Flash bracketing performed only with i-TTL or AA flash control. Flash/ Camera varies aperture (Custom Setting e5 set to AE Only) or aperture Aperture and flash level (Custom Setting e5 set to AE & Flash).Custom Setting e6: Auto Bracketing in M Exposure Mode This option controls what settings are affected when AE & Flash or AE Only is selected for Custom Setting e5 in manual exposure mode. and flash level (Custom Setting e5 set Aperture to AE & Flash).

Custom Setting f1: Multi-Selector Center Button This option determines what operations can be performed by pressing the center of the multi selector. Histogram On/Off Press center of multi selector to turn histogram display on and off. Choose from Low Magnification. Illuminate Pressing center of multi selector illuminates active focus area or focus-area AF Area group (group dynamic-AF) in viewfinder. Press center of multi selector to zoom in on image. Playback Mode: This option controls what operation is performed when the center of the multi selector is pressed in playback mode. Shooting Mode: This option controls what operation can be performed by pressing the center of the multi selector when the camera is in shooting mode. Option Description Pressing center of multi selector selects center focus area or center focusCenter AF area group (group dynamic-AF). center of multi selector can be used to toggle be(default) tween center focus area groups. 168 Setup Custom Settings Option Description Thumbnail On/Off Press center of multi selector to toggle between single-image and (default) thumbnail playback. menu of zoom settings is displayed. When this opZoom On/Off tion is selected. . and High Magnification. press again to return to full-frame display or thumbnail playback.* Pressing center of multi selector has no effect when camera is in shooting Not Used mode. Medium Magnification.* * Center of multi selector can not be used to toggle between center focus-area groups when Pattern 2 is selected for Custom Setting a4 (Group Dynamic AF). If Pattern 2 is selected for Custom Setting Area a4 (Group Dynamic AF).

Custom Setting f3: Role of Multi-Selector in full-frame Playback By default. while pressing the multi selector left or right changes the photo information displayed. pressing multi selector activates exposure Initiate Autofocus meters. left or right to change photo info displayed. pressing the multi selector up or down during playback displays the other images on the memory card. the multi selector can be used to activate the exposure meters or initiate autofocus. These roles can be reversed using Custom Setting f3. The focus selector lock switch only takes effect when the monitor is off. left or right to display additional images. Reset Mtr-Off Delay Pressing multi selector activates exposure meters. 169 . In AF-S or AF-C mode.Custom Setting f2: When Multi-Selector Is Pressed. Option Description Do Nothing Multi selector does not activate exposure meters or initiate auto(default) focus. If desired. Camera focuses while multi selector is pressed. Press multi selector up or down to display additional images. Option Info▲▼/PB (default) Info /PB▲▼ Description Press multi selector up or down to change photo info displayed. Setup Custom Settings Using the Multi Selector The multi selector can be used at any time when the monitor is on.

Metering Focus Area Press FUNC. . button is pressed when rotating command dials. AE-L/AF-L Flash Off Flash will not fire in photos taken while FUNC. Same as FUNC. button is pressed. Weighted Spot Spot metering activated while FUNC. In continuous high-speed and continuous low-speed modes. button. all shots in exposure or flash bracketing program will be taken each time shutter-release button is pressed. flash value locks when FUNC. Metering CenterCenter-weighted metering activated while FUNC. As above. While FUNC. camera will repeat Bracketing bracketing burst while shutter-release button is held down. If FUNC. Description If built-in flash or optional CLS-compatible Speedlight is used. button is pressed. button is pressed. If white-balBurst ance bracketing is selected. button and command dials can be used Lens Data to specify focal length and aperture of non-CPU lenses ( 93). Option FV Lock (default) 170 Setup Custom Settings Custom Setting f5: Customize Command Dials This option controls the operation of the main and subcommand dials. button performs same functions as AE-L/AF-L button. Button This option controls the function performed by the FUNC. FUNC. button is pressed. Press again to cancel FV lock. button is pressed. button and rotate command dials to cycle between normal Frame and wide focus areas ( 56). button is pressed.Custom Setting f4: Assign FUNC. changes to shut1 Step Spd/ ter speed (exposure modes S and M) and aperture (exposure modes A and Aperture M) are made in increments of 1 EV. camera will take photos at up to 5 fps (single or continuous high-speed mode) or 1–4 fps (continuous low-speed mode) and perform white balance bracketing on each frame. except that if built-in flash is lowered or optional CLS-compatible FV Lock/ Speedlight is not attached. Matrix Matrix metering activated while FUNC.

Sub-command dial performs same Menus function as pressing multi selector up or down. press center of multi selector. sub-command dial controls aperture. Exchanges functions of main and sub-command dials when setting shutter speed and aperture.Description Controls operation of command dials on camera and optional MB-D200 battery pack when setting flexible program. exposure compensation Direction value. bracketing increment. and flash sync mode. Thumbnail playback: main command dial moves cursor left or right. To make selection. and Playback Single-image playback: main command dial is used to choose picture displayed. • On: Main command dial performs same function as pressing multi selector left or right. subcommand dial moves cursor up or down. Regardless of setting chosen. exposure mode. easy exposure comRotate pensation. to left to return to previous menu. sub-command dial controls shutter speed. Change • Off (default): Main command dial controls shutter Main / speed. • Aperture Ring: Aperture can only be adjusted using lens aperture ring. and navigate menus. Controls whether changes to aperture are made using lens aperture ring or command dials. Camera aperture display shows aperture in increments of 1 EV. Option 171 Setup Custom Settings . shutter speed. This option is selected automatically when non-CPU lens is attached. Menu navigation: main command dial moves highlight bar up or down. highlight thumbnails. • Off (default): Multi selector used to choose picture displayed. aperture. • Normal (default): Normal command dial operation. press multi selector to right. Rotate sub-command dial to right to display sub-menu. Note that this option has no effect on the roles played by the command dials during playback zoom. Controls functions performed by command dials during playback or when menus are displayed. Aperture • Sub-command Dial (default): Aperture can only be Setting adjusted with sub-command dial (or main command dial if Change Main/ Sub is On). command dials to set aperture for type G lenses not equipped with aperture ring. lens ring must be used to set aperture for non-CPU lenses. sub-command dial to display additional photo information. • Reverse: Reverses rotation of command dials. or press button. Sub • On: Main command dial controls aperture.

Settings can be changed by rotating command dial after button is released. Setup 172 Custom Settings . (default) Shutter-release button enabled when no memory card is inserted. Custom Setting f7: Disable Shutter If No Memory Card This option can be used to enable the shutter release when no memory card is inserted in the camera. Option Description Default Changes to settings made by rotating command dial while button is held (default) down. or (except when Hold No Limit is selected for Custom Setting c3 or optional AC adapter is used) wait for about 20 s. Enable Release Photographs taken when no memory card is inserted are not saved. although they will be displayed in monitor. To exit. or WB button and rotating a command dial to be made by rotating the command dial after the button is released. Option Description Release Locked Shutter-release button disabled when no memory card is inserted. . press shutter-release button halfway. ISO. QUAL. Note that when photographs are being captured to a computer using Nikon Capture 4 Camera Control. . . press button again.Custom Setting f6: Setting Method for Buttons and Dials This option allows adjustments that are normally made by pressing the . photographs are not recorded to the camera memory card and the shutter release will be enabled regardless of the setting chosen for this option.

Technical Notes Optional Accessories One advantage of digital SLR cameras is the wide variety of accessories available for broadening the scope of digital photography. 173 . THE USE OF NON-NIKON ACCESSORIES COULD DAMAGE YOUR CAMERA AND MAY VOID YOUR NIKON WARRANTY. The following types of accessory are available for the D200: Flash units (Speedlights) Battery packs Viewfinder accessories Technical Notes—Optional Accessories Batteries Li -io n BA TT ER Y PA CK Lenses 10-pin remote terminal accessories AC adapters Software Filters Use Only Nikon Brand Accessories Only Nikon brand accessories certified by Nikon specifically for use with your Nikon digital camera are engineered and proven to operate within its operational and safety requirements.

5–4. Compatible with AF-I Nikkor lenses and with all AF-S lenses except AF-S DX VR ED 18–200 mm f/3. new-model AF 28–85 mm f/3.5–4. and AF-S ED 17–35 mm f/2. AF-S VR ED 24–120 mm f/3. Electronic range finder can not be used with shifting or tilting. The following lenses can be used with the D200: Camera setting AF Lens/accessory Type G or D AF Nikkor 2. aperture value will be displayed in viewfinder and control panel. Use spot or center-weighted metering if desired results are not achieved. and 28–70 mm f/2. Focus manually using image in viewfinder as guide. AI-. 12. 24–85 mm f/3. or Series E Nikkor 12 — Medical Nikkor 120 mm f/4 — Reflex Nikkor — PC-Nikkor — — AI-type Teleconverter 18 TC-16A AF Teleconverter — PB-6 Bellows Focusing Attachment 19 — Auto extension rings (PK-series 11-A.6G.5–5. 16 Can be used at in manual exposure modes at shutter speeds slower than 1/125 s. AF-S. 18–70 mm f/3. With maximum effective aperture of f/5.6G.5G.5–4.6G.5–4.Lenses CPU lenses (particularly type G and D lenses) are recommended for use with the D200 (note that IX Nikkor CPU lenses can not be used). AF-I Nikkor ✔ PC-Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2. or 13. specify lens focal length and maximum aperture using Non-CPU Lens Data option in shooting menu. In .5S. image on matte screen in viewfinder may not be in focus when in-focus indicator is displayed.6 or faster.8D.5–5. or AF 28–85 mm f/3.6 or faster. — PN-11) CPU lenses 1 Non-CPU lenses11 1 2 3 4 IX Nikkor lenses can not be used. In aperture-priority auto exposure mode. If maximum aperture is specified using Non-CPU Lens Data option in shooting menu. Manual exposure mode only. 15 For improved precision. 18–55 mm f/3. 13 If maximum aperture is specified using Non-CPU Lens Data option in shooting menu. preset aperture using lens aperture ring before performing AE lock or shifting lens. AI-S. 14 Can be used only if lens focal length and maximum aperture are specified using Non-CPU Lens Data option in shooting menu.5G.8G.8S.5–5.8D. Focus M (with electronic range finder) ✔ ✔5 ✔8 ✔9 ✔10 ✔10 ✔ — ✔5 ✔8 ✔8 ✔8 ✔8 Mode M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ P S ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — Metering A M 3D Color ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — — — — — — — — — — ✔ ✔ ✔14 — — — ✔14 ✔14 — ✔3 ✔3 ✔3 ✔3 ✔3 ✔15 — ✔15 ✔ ✔15 ✔15 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔6 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔13 ✔16 ✔13 ✔17 — ✔13 — ✔13 — ✔20 174 Technical Notes—Optional Accessories ✔ — ✔13 — — 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Some lenses can not be used (see following page).5S is zoomed in while focusing at minimum range. and 55–200 mm f/4–5. 12 Range of rotation for Ai 80–200 mm f/2. If AF 80–200 mm f/2. Filters can not be exchanged while Ai 200–400 mm f/4S ED is mounted on camera. AF-S DX ED 12–24 mm f/4G.8S ED tripod mount limited by camera body. AF 35–70 mm f/2. or when an aperture other than the maximum aperture is used. The camera’s exposure metering and flash control systems do not work properly when shifting and/or tilting the lens.8D 4 — AF-S / AF-I Teleconverter 7 ✔8 Other AF Nikkor (except lenses for F3AF) ✔9 AI-P Nikkor — AI-modified. Vibration Reduction (VR) supported with VR lenses.8S. Spot metering meters selected focus area. aperture value will be displayed in viewfinder and control panel. 17 Exposure determined by presetting lens aperture.6G. With maximum aperture of f/5. 17–55 mm f/2.

manual exposure mode, preset aperture using lens aperture 19 Requires PK-12 or PK-13 auto extension ring. ring and determine exposure before shifting lens. 20 Use preset aperture. In exposure mode A, set aperture using 18 Exposure compensation required when used with AI 28– focusing attachment before determining exposure and taking 85 mm f/3.5–4.5S, AI 35–105 mm f/3.5–4.5S, AI 35–135 mm photograph. f/3.5–4.5S, or AF-S 80–200 mm f/2.8D. See teleconverter • PF-4 Reprocopy Outfit requires PA-4 Camera Holder. manual for details.

Incompatible Accessories and Non-CPU Lenses The following accessories and non-CPU lenses can NOT be used with the D200: • Lenses for the F3AF (80 mm f/2.8, 200 mm • Non-AI lenses • Lenses that require the AU-1 focusing unit f/3.5, TC-16 Teleconverter) (400 mm f/4.5, 600 mm f/5.6, 800 mm f/8, • PC 28 mm f/4 (serial number 180900 or 1200 mm f/11) earlier) • Fisheye (6 mm f/5.6, 8 mm f/8, OP 10 mm • PC 35 mm f/2.8 (serial numbers 851001– 906200) f/5.6) • 21 mm f/4 (old type) • PC 35 mm f/3.5 (old type) • K2 rings • 1000 mm f/6.3 Reflex (old type) • ED 180–600 mm f/8 (serial numbers • 1000 mm f/11 Reflex (serial numbers 174041–174180) 142361–143000) • ED 360–1200 mm f/11 (serial numbers • 2000 mm f/11 Reflex (serial numbers 200111–200310) 174031–174127) • 200–600 mm f/9.5 (serial numbers 280001– 300490) Compatible Non-CPU Lenses If lens data are specified using the Non-CPU lens data option in the shooting menu, many of the features available with CPU lenses can also be used with non-CPU lenses. If lens data are not specified, color matrix metering can not be used, and center-weighted metering is used when matrix metering is selected. Non-CPU lenses can only be used in exposure modes A and M, when aperture must be set using the lens aperture ring. If the maximum aperture has not been specified using NonCPU lens data, the camera aperture display will show the number of stops from maximum aperture; the actual aperture value must be read off the lens aperture ring. Aperture-priority auto will be selected automatically in exposure modes P and S. The exposure-mode indicator in the control panel will blink, and A will be displayed in the viewfinder.

175

Technical Notes—Optional Accessories

CPU lenses can be identified by the presence of CPU contacts. Type G lenses are marked with a “G” on the lens barrel, type D lenses with a “D.”

CPU lens

Type G lens

Type D lens

Type G lenses are not equipped with a lens aperture ring. Unlike other CPU lenses, there is no need to lock the aperture ring at the minimum aperture setting (maximum f/-number) when using a type G lens.

Picture Angle and Focal Length
The diagonal picture angle of the D200 is less than that of a 35-mm camera. When calculating the focal length of the lenses for the D200 in 35-mm format, multiply the focal length of the lens by about 1.5:
Technical Notes—Optional Accessories Option 35-mm camera D200 35-mm camera D200 Approximate focal length (mm) in 35-mm format (modified for picture angle) 17 20 24 28 35 50 60 85 25.5 30 36 42 52.5 75 90 127.5 105 135 180 200 300 400 500 600 157.5 202.5 270 300 450 600 750 900

Calculating Picture Angle The size of the area exposed by a 35-mm camera is 36 × 24 mm. The size of the area exposed by the D200, in contrast, is 23.6 ×15.8 mm, meaning that the diagonal picture angle of a 35-mm camera is approximately 1.5 times that of the D200.

Picture size (35-mm format) (36 mm × 24 mm) Lens Picture diagonal

Picture size (D200) (23.6 mm × 15.8 mm) Picture angle (35-mm format) Picture angle (D200)

176

Optional Flash Units (Speedlights)
When used with a compatible device such as the SB-800, SB-600, and remote SB-R200 Speedlights (available separately), the D200 supports the full range of options available with the Nikon Creative Lighting System (CLS), including i-TTL flash control ( 76), FV Lock ( 81), and Auto FP High-Speed Sync ( 160). Support for Advanced Wireless Lighting allows the built-in flash to be used as a commander unit for remote SB-800, SB-600, and SB-R200 Speedlights. See the Speedlight manual for details. Note that the built-in Speedlight will not fire when an optional Speedlight is attached. SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights These high performance Speedlights have Guide Numbers of 38/125 and 30/98 respectively (m/ft, 35-mm zoom head position, ISO 100, 20 °C/68 °F). The flash head can be rotated through 90 ° above the horizontal, 180 ° left, and 90 ° right for bounce-flash or close-up photography. The SB-800 can be rotated 7 ° below the horizontal. Auto power zoom (24–105 mm and 24–85 mm, respectively) ensures that the illuminating angle is adjusted in accord with lens focal length. The built-in wide panel can be used for an angle of 14 mm (the SB-800 also supports 17 mm). An illuminator is included to assist in adjusting settings in the dark. SB-R200 Wireless Remote Speedlight This high-performance wireless remote Speedlight has a Guide Number of 10/32 (m/ft, ISO 100, 20 °C/68 °F). Although it cannot be mounted on the camera accessory shoe, the SB-R200 can be fired using an optional SB-800 Speedlight or SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander, or a camera with Advanced Wireless Lighting and a built-in flash. With the D200 in commander mode ( 163), the SB-R200 serves as a remote flash. It can held by hand, placed on an AS-20 Speedlight stand, or mounted on the camera lens using the SX-1 attachment for remote control and close-up i-TTL photography.

Technical Notes—Optional Accessories

Use Only Nikon Flash Accessories Use only Nikon Speedlights. Negative voltages or voltages over 250 V applied to the accessory shoe could not only prevent normal operation, but damage the sync circuitry of the camera or flash. Before using a Nikon Speedlight not listed in this section, contact a Nikon-authorized service representative for more information.

177

The following features are available with the SB-800, SB-600, and SB-R200:
Speedlight Flash mode/feature i-TTL 3 AA Auto aperture 5 A Non-TTL auto GN Range-priority manual M Manual RPT Repeating flash REAR Rear-curtain sync Red-eye reduction Flash Color Information Communication Auto FP High-Speed Sync8 FV lock AF-assist for multi-area AF 10 Auto zoom ISO Auto (Custom Setting b1) SB-800 ✔4 ✔6 ✔6 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔5 ✔ ✔ SB-600 ✔4 — — — ✔ — ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔5 ✔ ✔ Advanced Wireless Lighting SB-800 SB-6001 SB-R2002 ✔ ✔ ✔ — — ✔ — — ✔7 — — — ✔ ✔ ✔ — ✔9 ✔9 ✔ ✔ ✔ — — ✔ — — — ✔9 ✔9 ✔9 ✔ ✔ ✔ — — — — — — — — —

178

Technical Notes—Optional Accessories

1 Functions as remote flash only. 5 2 Can not be mounted on camera accessory shoe. Can be used as remote flash if camera is in commander mode ( 163) or 6 SB-800 Speedlight is mounted on camera and SB-R200 is con- 7 trolled by optional SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander. 3 When using non-CPU lens with i-TTL Balanced Fill-Flash for 8 Digital SLR, improved precision can be obtained if lens data are specified in Non-CPU Lens Data menu. 9 4 Standard i-TTL for Digital SLR is used with spot metering or 10 when selected with Speedlight.

Not available with non-CPU lenses unless lens data have been specified using Non-CPU Lens Data. Use Speedlight controls to select flash mode. Available only if non-CPU lens is used without specifying lens data in Non-CPU Lens Data menu. Select 1/250 s (Auto FP) for Custom Setting e1 (Flash Sync Speed; 160). Not available if built-in flash fires. Available only when SB-800 is used as master flash or optional SU-800 wireless Speedlight commander is used. Available with AF CPU lenses only.

The following Speedlights can be used in non-TTL auto and manual modes. If they are set to TTL, the camera shutter-release button will lock and no photographs can be taken.
Speedlight SB-80DX, SB-28DX, SB-28, SB-26, Flash mode SB-25, SB-24 A Non-TTL auto ✔ M Manual ✔ Repeating flash ✔ REAR Rear-curtain sync ✔ SB-50DX, SB-23, SB-29 2, SB-21B 2, SB-29S 2 — ✔ — ✔ SB-30, SB-27 1, SB-22S, SB-22, SB-20, SB-16B, SB-15 ✔ ✔ — ✔

1 When an SB-27 is mounted on the D200, the flash mode is automatically set to TTL, and the shutter-release will be disabled. Set the SB-27 to A (non-TTL auto flash). 2 Autofocus is only available with AF-Micro lenses (60 mm, 105 mm, or 200 mm).

AF-assist illumination and red-eye reduction are performed by the optional Speedlight.8 Maximum aperture at ISO equivalent of: 250 320 400 500 640 5 5. We recommend that you choose spot metering to select standard i-TTL flash control. When an SB-800 or SB-600 is attached. the shutter will synchronize with an external flash at speeds of / s or slower.Notes on Optional Speedlights Refer to the Speedlight manual for detailed instructions.g. If Auto FP High-Speed Sync is not used.2 160 4.6 6 6.1 1250 7. the desired results may not be achieved at some ranges or aperture settings. the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) is limited according to sensitivity (ISO equivalency).. use the flash panel or bounce adapter provided with your Speedlight. At values over 1600. as this may produce incorrect exposure. SB-28DX. Do not use other panels such as diffusion panels. the maximum value for aperture will be the maximum aperture of the lens. In i-TTL. Auto power zoom is available only with SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights. i-TTL flash control can be used at ISO sensitivities between 100 and 1600. The D200 is not included in the “digital SLR” category in the SB-80DX.6 1600 8 Technical Notes—Optional Accessories For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e. Take a test shot and view the results in the monitor. the flash has fired at full power and the photograph may be underexposed. as shown below: 100 4 125 4. and SB-50DX manuals. or 29 sync cable is used for off-camera flash photography. refer to the section on CLS-compatible digital SLR cameras.3 5.3 800 6. aperture is stopped down by half an f/-stop. 179 . If the Speedlight supports the Creative Lighting System.5 200 4. from 200 to 400). 28.7 1000 7. In programmed auto. When an SC-series 17. correct exposure may not be achieved in i-TTL mode. The camera provides AF-assist illumination when other Speedlights are used ( 58–59). If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above. If the flash-ready indicator blinks for about three seconds after a photograph is taken.

152). The accessory shoe is equipped with a safety lock for Speedlights with a locking pin. 28. 80DX. Do not connect another Speedlight via a sync cable when performing rear-curtain sync flash photography with an SB-series Speedlights such as the 800. choose a flash mode other than slow sync or select mode A or M and choose a larger aperture. 50DX.The Accessory Shoe The D200 is equipped with an accessory shoe that allows SB-series Speedlights. in daylight. or against a bright background. such as the SB-800 and SB-600. 180 Technical Notes—Optional Accessories . 80DX. When On is selected for Custom Setting b1 (ISO Auto. 28DX. It may not be able to adjust flash level appropriately for values over 1600. 50DX. The Sync Terminal A sync cable can be connected to the sync terminal as required. 28. ISO Sensitivity (SB-800/SB-600) When used with optional SB-800 and SB-600 Speedlights. 22s. 23. ISO sensitivity will automatically be adjusted as required for optimal flash output. i-TTL flash control can adjust for ISO sensitivities between 100 and 1600. 27. and 29S to be mounted directly on the camera without a sync cable. 27. This may result in foreground subjects being underexposed in flash photographs taken at slow shutter speeds. In these cases. 600. 22S. including the SB-800. 28DX. or 29s mounted on the camera accessory shoe. 600. 23.

NiMH. use of a filter is not recommended when the subject is framed against a bright light. • When using an R60 filter. A2. Eyepiece adapter required (available separately). –2. or nickelmanganese batteries. Use the C-PL circular polarizing filter instead. EN-EL3a and EN-EL3 batteries can not be used. and other tasks that call for added precision. allowing the image in the viewfinder to be viewed from above when the camera is in the horizontal shooting position. eyepiece –4. A12. Power ♦EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery: Additional EN-EL3e batteries are available sources from local retailers and Nikon service representatives. –1.0 to +1. ND8S. set exposure compensation to +1. 0. telephoto lenses. Test diopter adjustment lenses before purchase to ensure that the desired focus can be achieved. Contact your retailer or local Nikon representative for details. • To prevent moiré.Other Accessories At the time of writing. X1. other filters may interfere with autofocus or electronic range finding. ♦EH-6 AC Adapter: Use the EH-6 to power the camera for extended periods.5. ♦DK-21M Magnifying Eyepiece: Increases viewfinder magnification to approximately 1. Use Nikon filters.4 lens at infinity. B8. drop-in. +2. O56. ♦Eyepiece Adapter: Use to attach the DG-2 Magnifier to the D200. +1.10× (50-mm f/1. Use diopter adjustment lenses only if accessories the desired focus can not be achieved with the built-in diopter adjustment control (–2.and sub-command dials for improved operation when taking 60° photographs in portrait (tall) orientation. 181 Technical Notes—Optional Accessories . C-PL. X0. B2. the following accessories were available for the D200.0 m–1). remove the camera battery cover as shown at right. lithium. • The NC and L37C filters are recommended for protecting the lens. or when a bright light source is in the frame. copying. • Center-weighted metering is recommended with filters with exposure factors (filter factors) over 1 × (Y48. –3. Viewfinder ♦Diopter-Adjustment Viewfinder Lenses: Lenses are available with diopters of –5. and rear-interchange. B12). ♦MB-D200 Battery Pack: The MB-D200 takes one or two rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion batteries or six AA alkaline.0 m–1). +0. • The D200 can not be used with linear polarizing filters. and +3 m–1. Filters • Nikon filters can be divided into three types: screw-in. ND4S. ♦DR-6 Right-Angle Viewing Attachment: The DR-6 attaches at a right angle to the viewfinder eyepiece. It is equipped with a shutter-release button and main. ♦DG-2 Magnifier: Magnify the scene displayed in the center of the viewfinder for close-up photography. When attaching the MB-D200. R60.

which protects the contacts when the terminal is not in use. ♦MC-23 Connecting Cord (40 cm/1 ft. yellow. 3 in.4 or Later): Nikon Capture 4 Version 4.): Remote shutter release with blue. and timer that beeps at one-second intervals. ♦ML-3 Modulite Control Set: Allows infrared remote control at ranges of up to 8 m (26 ft. ♦MC-35 GPS Adapter Cord (35 cm/1 ft. Software ♦Nikon Capture 4 (Version 4.): Remote shutter release.): Can be connected to MC-series 20.): Connects camera to compatible GPS devices via PC cable supplied by manufacturer of GPS device. 182 Technical Notes—Optional Accessories . allowing control via sound or electronic signals. and ML-2 modulite control set. including the MW-2 radio control set. Body caps ♦BF-1A Body Cap: The BF-1A keeps the mirror. 10 in. PC card ♦EC-AD1 PC Card Adapter: The EC-AD1 PC card adapter allows Type I Compactadapters Flash memory cards to be inserted in PCMCIA card slots.Remote The D200 is equipped with a ten-pin remote terminal terminal for remote control and automatic phoaccessories tography. ♦MC-30 Remote Cord (80 cm/2 ft. and low-pass filter free of dust when a lens is not in place. 7 in. shutter-release lock for use in bulb photography. 9 in.). Equipped with back-lit control panel. allowing latitude. ♦MC-25 Adapter Cord (20 cm/8 in. ♦MC-21 Extension Cord (3 m/9 ft.): Remote shutter release. 22. 4 in. 30. altitude. The following accessories can be used (cable lengths are given in parentheses. all figures are approximate): ♦MC-22 Remote Cord (1 m/3 ft. and black terminals for connection to a remote shutter-triggering device. longitude. MT-2 intervalometer. can be used to reduce camera shake or keep the shutter open during a time exposure. viewfinder screen. can be used to reduce camera shake or keep the shutter open during a time exposure.4 or later can be used to control the camera. 23. and UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) to be recorded with photographs ( 96). or 36. capture photos to a computer. ♦MC-36 Remote Cord (85 cm/2 ft. 25. 2 in. The terminal is provided with a cap. and edit and save RAW images in other formats.): Ten-pin to two-pin adapter cord for connection to devices with two-pin terminals.): Connects two cameras for simultaneous operation.

water. 512 MB. 512 MB High speed 40× with Write Acceleration (WA) 256 MB. 1 GB Lexar Professional 40× with WA 8 GB Media Professional 80× with WA 512 MB. 4 GB Professional 80× with WA and LockTight technology 512 MB. Technical Notes—Optional Accessories Memory Cards • Format memory cards in the camera before first use. or copied to a computer. 2 GB. Failure to observe these precautions could result in loss of data or in damage to the camera or card. 512 MB. drop. 2 GB. 183 . turn the camera off. 2 GB. 1 GB. 256 MB. high levels of humidity. • Do not expose to heat. deleted. 2 GB. 1 GB. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the card. 4 GB. • Do not bend. or direct sunlight. 1 GB. • Do not touch the card terminals with your fingers or metal objects. 6 GB Operation is not guaranteed with other makes of card. 2 GB Microdrive 1 GB. or remove or disconnect the power source during formatting or while data are being recorded. 256 MB. or subject to strong physical shocks.Approved Memory Cards The following cards have been tested and approved for use in the D200: SDCFB 128 MB. 2 GB. 4 GB SDCFB (Type II) 300 MB SDCF2B (Type II) 256 MB SanDisk SDCFH (Ultra II) 256 MB. For more details on the above cards. 8 GB SDCFX (Extreme III) 1 GB. Do not remove memory cards from the camera. 512 MB. 4 GB Entry-level CompactFlash cards 128 MB. please contact the manufacturer. • Turn the power off before inserting or removing memory cards. 4 GB. • Do not apply force to the card casing.

store the camera in a dry. near a space heater or in a closed vehicle on a hot day) or below –10 °C (14 °F) Cleaning Use a blower to remove dust and lint. as this could result in damage or malfunction. This does not indicate a malfunction.Caring for the Camera Storage When the camera will not be used for an extended period. Remove dust Lens. To remove fingerprints and other stains. keep the can vertical to mirror. dry area with the terminal cover in place. dry cloth. well-ventilated area. such as televisions or radios • are exposed to temperatures above 50 °C/122 °F (for example. and prevent the discharge of liquid. These elements are made of glass and are easily damaged. wipe off sand or salt Camera body with a cloth lightly dampened in distilled water and dry thoroughly. wipe the surface lightly with a soft cloth or chamois leather. To prevent mold or mildew. The Control Panel Rarely. . After using the camera at the beach or seaside. Do not apply pressure. remove the battery. viewfinder apply a small amount of lens cleaner to a soft cloth and clean with care. and store the battery in a cool. the display will shortly return to normal. When removing fingerprints and othMonitor er stains. Do not store your camera with naphtha or camphor moth balls or in locations that: • are poorly ventilated or subject to humidities of over 60% • are next to equipment that produces strong electromagnetic fields. and lint with a blower. replace the monitor cover. Remove dust and lint with a blower. then wipe gently with a soft. If using an aerosol blower. 184 Technical Notes—Caring for the Camera The Monitor Should the monitor break. IMPORTANT: Dust or other foreign matter inside the camera may cause damage not covered under warranty. care should be taken to avoid injury caused by broken glass and to prevent liquid crystal from entering your eyes and mouth. static electricity may cause the control panel to brighten or darken.

Technical Notes—Caring for the Camera 3 Use a Reliable Power Source The camera shutter curtain is delicate and easily damaged. revealing the low-pass filter. Nikon recommends that filter be cleaned only by Nikon-authorized service personnel. If the camera powers off while the mirror is raised.The Low-Pass Filter The image sensor that acts as the camera’s picture element is fitted with a lowpass filter to prevent moiré. To return to normal operation without raising the mirror. turn the camera off. however. you can clean the filter as described below. • Do not turn the camera off or remove or disconnect the power source while the mirror is raised. Note. • If the battery runs low while the mirror is raised. the shutter curtain will close automatically. The mirror will be raised and the shutter curtain will open. 1 2 Remove the lens and turn the camera on. Press the shutter-release button all the way down. under certain conditions dirt or dust on the filter may appear in photographs. that the low-pass filter is extremely delicate and easily damaged. The message shown at right will be displayed and a row of dashes will appear in the control panel and viewfinder. Although this filter prevents foreign objects from adhering directly to the image sensor. while shooting multiple exposures. The display in the viewfinder will turn off. If you suspect that dirt or dust inside the camera is affecting your photographs. and a row of dashes will blink in the control panel. End cleaning or inspection immediately. a beep will sound and the AF-assist illuminator will blink to warn that the shutter curtain will close and the mirror will lower in about two minutes. Observe the following precautions to prevent damage to the curtain: • Use a fully-charged battery or an EH-6 AC adapter (available separately) for prolonged inspection or cleaning of the low-pass filter. or when using an optional MB-D200 battery pack with AA batteries). note that this option is not available at battery levels of or below. Display the Mirror Lock-up menu and press the multi selector right ( 117. 185 .

To protect the camera when no lens is in place. The D200. If no foreign objects are present. To prevent foreign matter from entering the camera. Replace the lens or body cap. and that it be serviced once every three to five years (note that fees apply to these services). where it may appear in photographs taken under certain conditions. such as lenses or optional Speedlights. Frequent inspection and servicing are particularly recommended if the camera is used professionally. Photographs affected by the presence of foreign matter on the low-pass filter can be retouched using Nikon Capture 4 Version 4. 5 Remove any dust and lint from the filter with a blower. should be included when the camera is inspected or serviced.4 Holding the camera so that light falls on the lowpass filter. is designed to be used with interchangeable lenses. Dirt that can not be removed with a blower can only be removed by Nikon-authorized ser vice personnel. examine the filter for dust or lint. Once inside the camera. Turn the camera off. Should foreign matter find its way onto the low-pass filter. Any accessories regularly used with the camera. being careful to first remove all dust and other foreign matter that may be adhering to the body cap. this foreign matter may adhere to the low-pass filter. Nikon recommends that the camera be inspected by the original retailer or Nikon service representative once every one to two years. The mirror will return to the down position and the shutter curtain will close. clean the low-pass filter as instructed on pages 185–186 of this manual. 6 Technical Notes—Caring for the Camera Foreign Matter on the Low-Pass Filter Nikon takes every possible precaution to prevent foreign matter from coming into contact with the low-pass filter during production and shipping. be sure to replace the body cap provided with the camera. or have the low-pass filter cleaned by authorized Nikon service personnel. do not exchange lenses in dusty environments. Under no circumstances should you touch or wipe the filter. Do not use a blower-brush. as the bristles could damage the filter. Servicing the Camera and Accessories The D200 is a precision device and requires regular servicing. however. and foreign matter may enter the camera when lenses are removed or exchanged. 186 .4 or later (available separately) or the clean image options available in some third-party imaging software. proceed to Step 6.

damage data stored will shortly return to normal. In rare instances. These parts are Sudden changes in temperature. either by choosing a slow shutter speed and small aperture or by using an ND filter. 187 Technical Notes—Caring for the Camera . wipe off any sand Keep away from strong magnetic fields or salt using a cloth lightly dampened with Do not use or store this device in the vicinity pure water and then dry your camera thorof equipment that generates strong electrooughly. Do not leave the lens pointed at the sun or keep the can vertical (tilting the can could another sight source for an extended period. you exert pressure on the curtain. to a soft cloth and wipe the lens carefully. and may malcurrents from a blower. on the memory card. These actions could function if immersed in water or exposed to scratch. known as “blooming.” can be prevented by reducing the amount of light that falls on the image sensor. can cause condensation inside the Cleaning device. Blooming • See “Cleaning the Low-Pass Filter” for informaVertical white streaks may appear in phototion on cleaning the low-pass filter ( 185). result in liquid being sprayed on the mirror). Avoid sudden changes in temperature card-slot. use a blower to remove dust and lint. apply a small amount of lens cleaner photographs. This phenomenon. Do not apply force to the battery-chamber. Dust and lint should be gently removed with Do not leave the lens pointed at the sun a blower. and the display inter fere with the monitor.• When cleaning the camera body. remember ternal circuitry. Rusting of the internal Handle all moving parts with care mechanism can cause irreparable damage.Caring for the Camera and Battery: Cautions Do not touch the shutter curtain Do not drop The product may malfunction if subjected to The shutter curtain is extremely thin and easily damaged. poke it with Keep dry cleaning tools. when entering or leaving a heated building on a cold day. Under no circumstances should strong shocks or vibration. This does by equipment such as radio transmitters could not indicate a malfunction. then wipe gently vice in a carrying case or a plastic bag before with a soft. place the de. dry cloth. graphs of the sun or other strong light sources. or tear the curtain. After using your camexposing it to sudden changes in temperature. Strong produced by a brush or cloth may cause the static charges or the magnetic fields produced LCD displays to light up or darken. static electricity magnetic radiation or magnetic fields. or subject it to powerful air This product is not waterproof. era at the beach or seaside. that these elements are easily damaged. deform. high levels of humidity. such as occur especially susceptible to damage. To prevent condensation. Intense light may cause the image sensor to If you do get a fingerprint or other stain on deteriorate or produce a white blur effect in the lens. When using an aerosol blower. or affect the product’s in• When cleaning the lens and mirror. or connector covers.

188 Technical Notes—Caring for the Camera . The battery needs to be recharged or replaced when the batterylevel indicator is flashing. Depending on your location. • Do not store the camera with naphtha or camphor moth balls. • After removing the battery from the camera. • Do not apply pressure to the monitor.Storage • To prevent mold or mildew. This is a characteristic common to all TFT LCD monitors and does not indicate a malfunction. a cold battery may recover some of its charge. avoid carrying the product from one location to another while the AC adapter is connected. • Continuing to charge the battery after it is fully charged can impair battery performance. Once warmed. close to equipment that produces strong magnetic fields. • Store the battery in a cool. as this may cause the material to deteriorate. well-ventilated area. take the camera out of storage at least once a month. dry cloth before use. care should be taken to avoid injury due to broken glass and to prevent the liquid crystal from the monitor touching the skin or entering the eyes or mouth. check the battery-level displayed in the control panel to determine whether the battery needs to be recharged or replaced. • Images in the monitor may be difficult to see in a bright light. Note that desiccant gradually loses its capacity to absorb moisture and should be replaced at regular intervals. Do not. or while images are being recorded or deleted. wipe them off with a clean. If you will not be using the product for long periods. store the camera case in a plastic bag. Keep a spare battery in a warm place and exchange the two as necessary. be sure to replace the terminal cover. the capacity of batteries tends to decrease. however. remove the battery to prevent leakage and store the camera in a plastic bag containing a desiccant. Stains can be removed by rubbing the surface lightly with a soft cloth or chamois leather. or in areas subject to extremes of temperature. Turn the product off before removing or disconnecting the power source Do not unplug the product or remove the battery while the product is on. • On cold days. • Should the battery terminals become dirty. for example near a space heater or in a closed vehicle on a hot day. To prevent an accidental interruption of power. store the camera in a dry. Images recorded with the product will not be affected. Notes on the monitor • The monitor may contain a few pixels that are always lit or that do not light. • When you turn the device on. Replace the terminal cover before putting the battery away. ready a spare EN-EL3e battery and keep it fully charged. • To prevent mold or mildew. Turn the camera on and release the shutter a few times before putting the camera away again. Batteries • Dirt on the battery terminals can prevent the camera from functioning. • Should the monitor break. you may find it difficult to purchase replacement batteries on short notice. Be sure the battery is fully charged before taking photographs outside in cold weather. • Replace the monitor cover when transporting the camera or leaving it unattended. Forcibly cutting power to the product in these circumstances could result in loss of data or in damage to product memory or internal circuitry. • Used batteries are a valuable resource. dry place. Dust or lint on the monitor can be removed with a blower. • When taking photographs on important occasions. this could cause damage or malfunction. Please recycle used batteries in accord with local regulations.

Problem Camera takes time to turn on. • Camera is not in focus. In most cases. Insert memory card. Charge battery or insert charged battery.” below. this phenomenon is caused by a strong external static charge. 133 • Adjust viewfinder focus. contact your retailer or Nikon representative. and turn the camera on again. Solution Delete files or folders. • Fine lines around active focus area These phenomena are normal and do not indiin viewfinder — cate a malfunction. • Use optional diopter adjustment lens. 189 . Battery Info option is 14 Menu item is unavailable. In the event of continued malfunction. 105. only available when using EN-EL3e batteries. Displays in control panel or viewfind. 123 Image size can not be changed. NEF (RAW) selected for image quality. if you are using an AC adapter (available separately). 157 Unusual characters displayed in con. ed for shutter speed. 181 Viewfinder is dark.Troubleshooting If the camera fails to function as expected. Turn the camera off. 16 Viewfinder is out of focus. Refer to the page numbers in the right-most column for more information. Choose longer monitor off or meter off delays.Displays are affected by high or low tempera7 er are slow and dim tures. disconnect and reconnect the adapter and turn the camera on again. Data already recorded to the card will not be affected. Note that disconnecting the power source as described above may result in loss of any data not recorded to the memory card at the time the problem occurred. check the list of common problems below before consulting your retailer or Nikon representative. 8 • Memory card is full or not inserted. remove and replace the battery (note that the battery may be hot). unusual characters may appear in the control panel and the camera may stop functioning. 28 • Aperture not locked at highest f/-number.See “A Note on Electronically Controlled Cam— trol panel eras. • Viewfinder display turns red Playback menu is unavailable. 68 Technical Notes—Troubleshooting A Note on Electronically-Controlled Cameras In extremely rare instances. 14 Insert memory card. 14 • Flash is charging. 79 Shutter release is disabled. 20 • Exposure mode S selected with select. 10 Displays turn off without warning. or.64.

Area shown in viewfinder is smaller Viewfinder has vertical and horizontal frame than final photo. appear in photos. • Off selected for Custom Setting a9 (AF Assist). Exposure meters are off : press shutter-release button halfway.Camera is in focus mode C: use AE-L/AF-L button lease button is pressed halfway. • Camera is in focus mode C. Subject is too dark or too bright. Photo taken at image quality of NEF+JPEG. • Center focus area or focus area group is not selected or closest priority is selected for group dynamic-area AF. choose 1/250 s (Auto FP) for full range of shutter speeds. • Adjust white balance to match light source. Colors are unnatural. 54. 149 152 58 160 190 Technical Notes—Troubleshooting 56 — 51 56. Photos are out of focus. coverage of about 95%. Full range of shutter speeds not availwhen using optional SB-800. Illuminator may become hot with continued use. • Clean low-pass filter. Focus does not lock when shutter-re. • Shutter speed is slower than 8 s: use long exposure noise reduction. Can not select focus area. Continuous shooting unavailable. Blotches appear on photos. Image can not be selected as source Image was not created with D200. • Camera unable to focus using autofocus: use manual focus or focus lock. • Rotate focus-mode selector to S or C. SB-600. • Illuminator has turned off automatically. • Clean lens.Solution Unlock focus area selector. Flash in use. R200 Speedlight. Closest subject priority is in effect. wait for lamp to cool down. Can not measure white balance. 131 131 184 185 35 45 78 28 41 42 . Lower flash. • Adjust Optimize Image settings. • • • • Problem 53 54 98 16 51 53. for preset white balance. Recording time increases. Monitor is on: camera in playback mode. RAW image is not played back. AF-assist illuminator does not light. or SBable. 60 131 33. Flash sync speed can be selected using Custom Setting e1 (Flash Sync Speed). to lock focus. • Choose lower ISO sensitivity or turn high ISO Randomly-spaced bright pixels (“noise”) noise reduction on. Turn noise reduction off.

) or (White Balance Preset). and Saturation. Choose correct USB option. Photo is not displayed on TV. Capture 4 Version 4. Date of recording is not correct. 133 121 107. images are available for playback. mode. White balance bracketing unavail(Choose Color • White balance set to able.4 or later (available separately) to print photo. Message is displayed stating that no Select All for Playback Folder. sation. • Photo was taken with Off selected for Auto Image Rotation. S. Metering can not be changed. Select All for Playback Folder. Memory card is full: delete photos. 182 117 121 121 12 Technical Notes—Troubleshooting Can not print pictures via direct USB Set USB to PTP. • Multiple exposure is being recorded. Can not change print order. Choose correct video mode. or A. used. Select Custom and choose setting other than Results for Optimize Image vary Auto for Image Sharpening. Autoexposure lock is in effect.Solution • NEF (RAW) or NEF+JPEG image quality option selected for image quality. Can not copy photos to computer. Set camera clock. Temp. photo is taken. Photo is protected: remove protection. Exposure compensation can not be Choose exposure mode P. Problem 43 38. • Select On for Rotate Tall. Can not use Camera Control. Note that CurSome photos are not displayed durrent will automatically be selected when next ing playback. 191 . Set USB to PTP. connection. Photo is a RAW (NEF) image. Can not delete photo. Transfer picture to computer and use supplied software or Nikon Can not select photo for printing. 40 86 45 70 62 142 119 27 119 104 135 135 105. Tone Compenfrom shot to shot. “Tall” (portrait-orientation) photos are • Camera orientation was changed while shutdisplayed in “wide” (landscape) orienter-release button was pressed in continuous tation. • Camera was pointed up or down when shot was taken.

Aperture value will be displayed mum aperture. era. ● Camera unable to focus using Focus manually. Aperture shown in if maximum aperture is specified. Speedlight that does not support Change flash mode setting on i-TTL flash control attached and (blinks) optional Speedlight. • Battery exhausted. • Use optional Neutral Density (ND) filter Subject too bright.Camera Error Messages and Displays This section lists the indicators and error messages that appear in the viewfinder. (largest f/-number). Indicator Control Viewpanel finder Problem Solution Lens aperture ring is not locked Lock ring at minimum aperture (blinks) at minimum aperture. • Choose lower sensitivity. (blinks) set to TTL. mode M. S Increase shutter speed A Choose smaller aperture (larger f/-number) • Choose a higher sensitivity (ISO equivalency) • Use optional Speedlight Subject too dark. or non-CPU lens attached without specifying maxi. 69 60 33 181 No lens attached. 8 10 10 11 12 67. photo will be • In exposure mode: underexposed. control panel. photo will be • In exposure mode: overexposed. 68 178 . Low battery. (blinks) (blinks) • Battery information not avail. • Recharge or exchange with fully-charged spare battery. and monitor when there is a problem with the camera. 192 Technical Notes—Troubleshooting 64 66 33 177 64 66 64. Set camera clock.• Battery can not be used in camable. (blinks) autofocus. Ready fully-charged spare battery. (blinks) Camera clock is not set. S Lower shutter speed A Choose a larger aperture (smaller f/-number) selected in mode M and Change shutter speed or select (blinks) mode dial rotated to S. stops from maximum aperture.

• Insert new memory card. Insert memory card. (blinks) No memory card. further photos at current set. or camera has run out of (blinks) file or folder numbers. (blinks) tings. consult viii with Nikon-authorized service representative. 193 Technical Notes—Troubleshooting .Problem Solution Memory insufficient to record • Reduce quality or size. Release shutter. If error persists or appears frequently. 133 14 14 (blinks) Camera malfunction. Indicator Control Viewpanel finder 28 105.• Delete photographs.

• Current folder is empty. 116. • Unable to create new • Delete files or insert new folder. 194 Technical Notes—Troubleshooting . card. D200. • Memory card contains • Insert another card. File has been created or modified using a com. camera. or file is corrupt. memory card. • Error accessing memory • Use Nikon-approved card.Delete file or reformat memputer or different make of ory card. 137 14. no images. 116 14 135 135. that card is correctly inserted.Monitor Indicator Control Viewpanel finder Problem Solution NO CARD PRESENT Camera cannot detect Turn camera off and confirm (blinks) 14 memory card. 133 CARD IS NOT FORMATTED (displayed when button is pressed) FOLDER CONTAINS NO IMAGES ALL IMAGES HIDDEN FILE DOES NOT CONTAIN IMAGE DATA (blinks) Memory card has not been formatted for use in Format memory card. If card is damaged. hidden photos. 105. 105. • Set Playback Folder to All. • Check that contacts are clean. contact retailer or Nikon representative. Set Playback Folder to All All photos in current foldor use Hide Image to reveal er are hidden. 133 14. 183 viii THIS CARD CAN NOT BE USED (blinks) 14.

4 F2 F2.. When matrix metering is used.4 D) 10 11 [E F1 F1.4 and minimum aperture of f/16 (e. Aperture. the above graph assumes a sensitivity of ISO 200 equivalent.8 F4 F5.g. lens with maximum aperture of f/1.6 F8 F11 F16 F22 F32 12 -4 -3 -2 -1 18 17 16 16 15 1 /3 14 13 V] 0 3 5 1 4 6 7 2 8 9 30" 15" 8" 4" 2" 1" 2 4 8 15 30 60 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Shutter speed The maximum and minimum values for EV vary with sensitivity (ISO equivalency). values over 161/ 3 EV are reduced to 161/ 3 EV. 23 22 21 20 Aperture Technical Notes—Appendix 19 195 .Appendix The Appendix covers the following topics: Topic Exposure Program (Mode P) Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality/Size Bracketing Programs Fine Tuning and Color Temperature Flash Range. AF 50 mm f/1. and Sensitivity Lenses That Can Be Used with the Built-in Flash Supported Standards 195 196 197–199 200 200 201 202 Exposure Program (Mode P) The exposure program for mode P is shown in the following graph: ISO 200.

4.7 294 56 JPEG Fine5. Image quality 196 Technical Notes—Appendix . although camera displays do not change.3 50 19 NEF+JPEG Normal3.5 57 19 S6 16.2 54 19 M6 S6 16. number of images and buffer capacity drop accordingly. Image size File size (MB)1 No.33 2200 76 1 All figures are approximate.4 332 54 JPEG Normal5. 7 M 1. number of images that can be recorded increases. 5 18. 7 Regardless of option chosen for JPEG Compression. even when more shots can be stored. 7 S 1. 2 L6 20. camera never shows more than 25 frames remaining in buffer. Capacity of memory buffer will drop if noise reduction is on.1 55 19 NEF+JPEG Basic3. Selecting Optimal Quality increases file size of JPEG images by up to eighty percent.7 44 19 M6 NEF+JPEG Fine3. 5 Figures assume JPEG Compression is set to Size Priority. 5 M6 16. Selecting Comp.1 55 19 L6 18.2 650 74 L 2. 3 Total for NEF and JPEG images. Size of NEF (RAW) images can not be changed. NEF (RAW) decreases file size of NEF (RAW) images by approximately forty to fifty percent. 4 Figures assume RAW Compression is set to NEF (RAW).2 58 19 NEF (RAW) — 15.2 650 57 M 0. 2 Maximum number of frames that can be stored in memory buffer at ISO 100.63 1200 76 L 1.6 49 19 S6 17.8 167 37 M 2. 4. 5 17. 6 Applies to JPEG images only.4 578 74 S 0.Memory Card Capacity and Image Quality/Size The following table shows the approximate number of pictures that can be stored on a 1 GB SanDisk SDCFX (Extreme III) series card at different image quality and size settings. File size varies with scene recorded and make of memory card.8 60 22 L 4. of images1 Buffer capacity1.5 57 19 L6 17.7 1100 75 JPEG Basic5. 4. 7 S 0.

+8 0. +1. +6 0. +4. 6 –1. +2. –1. 0.Bracketing Programs The following bracketing programs are available when WB Bracketing is selected for Custom Setting e5 (Auto BKT Set). +3. –9. –2. –2 0. +9 0. +2. –2. –4. –2. +6. –2. 0. +3. –4. +2 0. –4. +1 0. +1. +6 0. +6. –12. +1 0. –6. –8. –2. +4 0. 0 –3. +6. +3 0. –3. +4. +9. +2 +2. –2. –1. –3. +2 0. –1 0. –1. –4. +3. 0 0. –2. –1. +2. –6. of shots 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 5 5 7 7 7 9 9 9 WB increment +1 +2 +3 –1 –2 –3 +1 +2 +3 –1 –2 –3 ±1 ±2 ±3 ±1 ±2 ±3 ±1 ±2 ±3 ±1 ±2 ±3 Bracketing order +1. –9. –3. –3. –6. +4 3. +3. +2 0. +3 0. –2. +4 0. +1. +12 197 Technical Notes—Appendix . 0 –2. –6. +3 0. +2. –3. Control panel display No. –3 0. –6. –3. 0. –4. –6. +2.

3 5 ±1 0.0. +0. –3. –1.0 9 ±/ 0. –1. +1.7.0.3. 0.0. –1.7 3 ±1 0.7 9 ±1 0.0 3 –/ –0.3 9 ±/ 0. +2. 0. –0. +1. 0 2 +/ 0.0 7 ±/ 0. –0. –1.3.3.3.0. +1. +1. +2.3.3.7 2 –1 0.0. –1. –2.0.3.3. +1.3. –1. –1 3 ±/ 0. –1. +1.0. –1.0.7. +3. +0. +0.7. +1. –0.0 7 ±/ 0. –0. –0. +2. +2.7.7. +3.0.0.7. –2.0. +0. –2. –0.0. +0.3.7.7. –0. –0.3. –1.7. –0.3. +0.0. +0. +0. 2. –0. –0. 0 3 –/ –0. +1. 0 3 –1 –1.0.3 3 +1 1. –3. –2.The programs are available when AE & Flash. –2.3.0.3 2 +/ 0. +1.0. –1. 0.7.7. +0. –0. +1 5 ±/ 0. +0.0 7 ±1 0. 1/3 Step Selected for EV Step Control panel display No.0.3 2 –/ 0.3.0.3 3 ±/ 0. +1 2 –/ 0. –0.0. –4.7. +0.0. +2. +0. +1. +0.7. of Exposure shots increment Bracketing order (EVs) 3 +/ +0.7.0.7.7 5 ±/ 0. –2. –2. –0.0.7. –1. +0. +2.0 198 Technical Notes—Appendix . AE Only or Flash Only is selected for Custom Setting e5 (Auto BKT Set) depend on the option selected for Custom Setting b3 (EV Step).3.3. +4.7 2 +1 0.7 3 +/ +0.

0.0. 0 3 –1 –1. 2. –1.0. –2. –1.0.0 No. 0. +0.0. +2.0.0 3 –/ –0. +0. +1.0.0.0.5 2 +1 0.0. –1.0.0 9 ±1 0. –1. –2. +1. +1.0 7 ±1 0. +1 5 ±1 0. +3. +1 5 ±/ 0. 0 2 +1 0.5.0 9 ±1 0.5.0. –2.0. –1. –2.0 9 ±/ 0.5. +1.5 7 ±1 0. +1. –1.0.0. –3. –0.5 3 ±1 0. +4.0.0. +0.5.0. –3.0. –4. –1.0. +3. 0. +2. –1 3 ±/ 0. 2.1/2 Step Selected for EV Step Control panel display No. +3.0. –0.0. –2. –0.0. –1.0. –1. –0. +1.5.0. –0. –3. +2.0 5 ±1 0.0.5. 0 2 +/ 0.0. +0.0. –1.0.0. –2. +2.5.0 1 Step Selected for EV Step Control panel display Technical Notes—Appendix 199 . +1 2 –1 0. –1. –2.0. –4. +0. +2.0. –1.0 3 +1 1.0 7 ±/ 0. –2. of Exposure shots increment Bracketing order (EVs) 3 +/ +0. –1.5. –3. +1 2 –/ 0.5. +1. 0.0. +1. –1.0.5.0. –1 3 ±1 0.0. +2. +1.0 3 –1 –1. –2. of Exposure shots increment Bracketing order (EVs) 3 +1 1.5. +2.5.0. +1.5 2 –1 0. +1.0. +3.0. +1. +4.

2 4.000 K 3.6 2.1 8 9 10 11 13 14 10 11 13 14 16 18 20 14 16 18 20 22 25 29 20 22 25 29 32 — — 800 4 5.7 2.200 K 5.g.9 0.100 K 7.000 K 3.2 3.Fine-Tuning and Color Temperature Approximate color-temperatures for settings other than A (auto) are given below (values may differ from color temperatures given by photo color meters): +3 +2 +1 ±0 –1 –2 –3 Incandescent 2.8 4 5.6–0.7–5.3 9 13 18 Aperture at ISO equivalent of 160 200 250 320 400 500 640 1.3 200 Technical Notes—Appendix In programmed auto.800 K 2.5 6.500 K 8.500 K 7.2 200 3.6 0.6 6. the maximum value for aperture will be the maximum aperture of the lens.800 K 9.4 2.3–24.000 K 6.200 K 6. If the maximum aperture of the lens is smaller than given above. from 200 to 400).5 800 4.5 6.2 0.3 7. Flash Range.5 3.400 K 5.3 Maximum aperture at ISO equivalent of: 250 320 400 500 640 3.2 3.8 3.0–12. 1.200 K * The size of the increments for Fluorescent reflects the wide variations in color temperature among the many different types of fluorescent light source.5 0.800 K 6.8 3.9 0.5 2.4 2 2. aperture is stopped down by half an f/-stop.900 K 3.5 5 3.3 1600 5.4 2.200 K 5.3–17.0–7.6 0.8 2.0–2.100 K 3. as shown below: 100 2.9 2..6–2.1 8 9 10 7.700 K 2.0–8. ranging from low-temperature stadium lighting to high-temperature mercury-vapor lamps.000 K 5. Aperture.900 K 5.3 9 13 18 25 — — 1250 5 7.700 K 4.6 8 11 16 22 32 — — Range m ft.800 K 4.5 4 4.1 10 14 20 29 — — 1600 5.6 For each one-step increase in sensitivity (e.0–6.200 K Direct sunlight 4.6 8 11 16 125 1.600 K Flash 4.6 8 11 16 22 32 — 1000 4.1 5 5.800 K 5.6–3.400 K 5.400 K 8.8 2 2.2 2.7 2.8 4 4. the maximum aperture (minimum f/-number) is limited according to sensitivity (ISO equivalency).6–1.600 K 5.8 1000 5 1250 5.5 3.6–1.6 6.7 0.5 2.700 K 7.0–4.600 K Shade (daylight) 6.5 5 5.5 2.300 K Fluorescent* 2.8 125 3 160 3.200 K 3. and Sensitivity Flash range varies with sensitivity (ISO equivalency) and aperture.300 K 5. . 100 1.700 K 3.200 K 5.000 K Cloudy (daylight) 5.6–0.5 4 4.000 K 5.2 4.400 K 6.3 7.0–2.2 3.000 K 6.600 K 5.000 K 8.9 2.800 K 6.400 K 5.

5–5. 1. Restrictions apply to the following lenses: • Ai 50–300 mm f/4. 11 in. 1.5.Lenses That Can Be Used with the Built-in Flash The built-in flash can be used with any CPU lens with a focal length of 18–300 mm. 3 in.0 m / 3 ft. Ai-modified 50–300 mm f/4.5 m / 4 ft.0 m / 3 ft. 1.5: use at 105 mm and above 201 Technical Notes—Appendix . and Ai-modified non-CPU lenses with a focal length of 18–200 mm.0 m / 3 ft.8G AF ED 18–35 mm f/3.5 m / 4 ft.8D Zoom position 18 mm 20 mm 24 mm 24 mm 18 mm 18 mm 20 mm 28 mm 35 mm Minimum Range 1.5D AF-S DX VR ED 18–200 mm f/3. Note that the flash may be unable to light the entire subject if the following lenses are not used at or above the minimum ranges given below: Lens AF-S DX ED 12–24 mm f/4G AF-S ED 17–35 mm f/2. 11 in. 1. 3 in.5: use at 135 mm and above • Ai ED 50–300 mm f/4.0 m / 3 ft. 1.0 m / 3 ft.5. 1. and Ai-S ED 50–300 mm f/4.5–4. The built-in flash can also be used with Ai-S. 3 in. Ai.8D AF-S ED 28–70 mm f/2.8D AF-S DX IF ED 17–55 mm f/2.6G AF 20–35 mm f/2. 3 in. 3 in. 1. 1. 11 in.5 m / 4 ft. 3 in.0 m / 3 ft.

DPOF: Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) is an industry-wide standard that allows pictures to be printed from print orders stored on the memory card. allowing photographs to be output directly to a printer without connecting the camera to a computer. PictBridge: A standard developed by in cooperation with the digital camera and printer industries.21: The D200 supports Exif (Exchangeable Image File Format for Digital Still Cameras) version 2. Exif version 2. a standard that allows information stored with photographs to be used for optimal color reproduction when images are output on Exif-compliant printers.21.0: Design Rule for Camera File System (DCF) is standard widely used in the digital camera industry to ensure compatibility among different makes of camera. 202 Technical Notes—Appendix .Supported Standards DCF Version 2.

predictive focus tracking automatically activated according to subject status in continuous-servo AF 203 .6 or faster. electronic range finder can be used if maximum aperture is f/5. total pixels: 10.0 m–1) Quick return Instant return with depth-of-field preview Normal: 11 areas. manual (M).5 times lens focal length Optical fixed eye-level pentaprism –2.0 m–1) Type B BriteView clear matte screen Mark II with superimposed focus brackets and On-Demand grid lines Approximately 95% of lens (vertical and horizontal) Approximately 0. color matrix metering.8D All functions supported except autofocus and some exposure modes Other AF Nikkor† All functions supported except 3D color matrix metering II and 3D multi-sensor balanced fill-flash for digital SLR AI-P Nikkor All functions supported except 3D color matrix metering II. 3D multi-sensor balanced fill-flash for digital SLR. and autofocus Non-CPU Can be used in exposure modes A and M.0 – +1.5 mm (–1.2 million 23.92 million • 3872 × 2592 (Large) • 2896 × 1944 (Medium) • 1936 × 1296 (Small) Nikon F mount (with AF coupling and AF contacts) Compatible lenses* Type G or D AF Nikkor All functions supported Micro Nikkor 85 mm f/2. and aperture value display supported if user provides lens data * IX Nikkor lenses can not be used † Excluding lenses for F3AF Technical Notes—Specifications Picture angle Viewfinder Diopter adjustment Eyepoint Focusing screen Frame coverage Magnification Reflex mirror Lens aperture Focus-area selection Lens servo Equivalent in 35-mm format is approximately 1.0 m–1 19.6 × 15.Specifications Type Effective pixels CCD Image size (pixels) Lens mount Single-lens reflex digital camera with interchangeable lenses 10. multi-sensor balanced fill-flash for digital SLR.8 mm. –1. single area or group can be selected Wide: focus area can be selected from 7 areas Instant single-servo AF (S).94× (50-mm lens at infinity. continuous-servo AF (C).

/. and preset white balance 2–9 exposures in increments of 1. or 3 Center-weighted Spot Range (ISO 100 equivalent. or 1 EV Exposure and / or flash bracketing (2–9 exposures in increments of /.Autofocus Detection range AF-area mode Focus lock Exposure Metering Matrix TTL phase detection by Nikon Multi-CAM1000 autofocus sensor module –1 – +19 EV (ISO 100 at 20 °C/68 °F) Single-area AF. or 13-mm circle in center of frame Meters 3-mm circle (about 2. 20 °C/68 °F) Exposure meter coupling Exposure control Operating mode Exposure compensation Bracketing Exposure lock Shutter Speed ISO Sensitivity (Recommended Exposure Index) White balance 204 Technical Notes—Specifications Bracketing . or 1 EV) Luminosity locked at detected value with AE-L/AF-L button Electronically-controlled vertical-travel focal-plane shutter 30 – / s in steps of /. /. /. f/1. /. color matrix metering available with non-CPU lenses if user provides lens data.005 pixels RGB sensor).005-segment RGB sensor Weight of 75% given to 6. 10. manual –5 – +5 EV in increments of /. group dynamic-AF. or 1 EV.4 lens. 8. color temperature setting. color matrix metering II (other CPU lenses). or 1 EV with additional settings up to 1 EV over 1600. 2. six manual modes with fine-tuning. metering performed by 1. auto gain to 1600 Auto (TTL white-balance with 1.0% of frame) centered on active focus area (on center focus area when non-CPU lens is used) 0 – 20 EV (3D color matrix or center-weighted metering) 2 – 20 EV (spot metering) Combined CPU and AI Programmed auto with flexible program. /. shutter-priority auto. dynamicarea AF with closest subject priority Focus can be locked by pressing shutter-release button halfway (single-servo AF) or by pressing AE-L/AF-L button Three-mode through-the-lens (TTL) exposure metering 3D color matrix metering II (type G and D lenses). dynamic-area AF. bulb 100– 1600 in steps of /. aperture priority auto.

5 in. and S modes) 2. 28DX. slow sync. 600.005-pixel RGB sensor • SB-800. red-eye reduction with slow sync –3 – +1 EV in increments of / or / EV Lights when SB-series Speedlight such as 800. 600 and R200. and 22s Available with SB-800 Front curtain sync (normal). blinks for 3 s after flash is fired at full output Standard ISO hot-shoe contact with safety lock With SB-800. 28. 600: i-TTL balanced fill-flash for digital SLR and standard i-TTL flash for digital SLR Available with SB-800 with CPU lens Available with such Speedlights as SB-800. 27. 28DX. flash synchronization at up to 1/ 250 s TTL flash control by 1. Flash Color Information Communication. and FV Lock Type I and II CompactFlash memory cards.000-dot. low-temperature polysilicon TFT LCD with brightness adjustment Can be selected from NTSC and PAL Auto aperture Non-TTL auto Range-priority manual Flash sync modes Flash compensation Flash-ready indicator Accessory shoe Nikon Creative Lighting System Technical Notes—Specifications Storage Media File system Compression Self-timer Depth-of-field preview Monitor Video output 205 . rear-curtain sync.. lens aperture can be stopped down to value selected by user (A and M modes) or value selected by camera (P.0 and Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) • NEF (RAW): compressed 12-bit • JPEG: JPEG baseline-compliant Electronically controlled timer with 2 – 20 s duration When CPU lens is attached. 80DX. 28. redeye reduction. supports Advanced Wireless Lighting (SB-600 and R200 only supports AWL when used as remote flash). 27. Microdrives Compliant with Design Rule for Camera File System (DCF) 2.Built-in flash Manual pop-up with button release Guide number (m / ft at ISO Approximately 12/39 (manual 13/42) 100 and 20 °C/68 °F) Flash Sync contact Flash control TTL X-contact only. or 22s is fully charged. Auto FP High-Speed Sync. modeling illumination. 80DX. 50DX. 230.

French. (ISO) Firmware can be upgraded by user Chinese (Simplified and Traditional). Japanese. charging voltage (MH-18a quick charger): 7. Korean. memory card. Dutch. • Nikon reserves the right to change the specifications of the hardware and software described this manual at any time and without prior notice.8 × 4. Spanish.) Approximately 830 g (1 lb 13 oz) without battery.External interface Tripod socket Firmware upgrades Supported languages USB 2. Russian. Italian.4 V/900 mA EN-EL3e rechargeable Li-ion batteries Approximately 135 minutes 0 – +40 °C (+32 – 104 °F) Approximately 90 × 35 × 58 mm (3.5 × 1. 50/60 Hz DC 8. German.) Approximately 1800 mm (5 ft. HR-6 NiMH. body cap. MH-18a Quick Charger Rated input Rated output Supported batteries Charging time Operating temperature Dimensions (W × H × D) Length of cord Weight AC 100–240 V. 11 in. or ZR6 nickel-manganese AA batteries • EH-6 AC adapter (available separately) Approximately 147 × 113 × 74 mm (5.9 in. all figures are for a camera with a fully-charged battery operating at an ambient temperature of 20 °C (68 °F).) Approximately 80 g (2. Portuguese. Swedish • One rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion battery. FR-6 lithium.8 oz). Nikon will not be held liable for damages that may result from any mistakes that this manual may contain.4 × 2. or monitor cover 0 – +40 °C (+32 – 104 °F) Less than 85% (no condensation) Power source Dimensions (W × H × D) Weight Operating environment Temperature Humidity 206 Technical Notes—Specifications • Unless otherwise stated.3 in.4 × 2.0 Hi-speed ¼ in.4 V DC • MB-D200 battery pack (available separately) with one or two rechargeable Nikon EN-EL3e Li-ion batteries or six LR6 alkaline. English. excluding power cable .

2 × 0. monitor turned on for five seconds and then turned off . excluding terminal cover Battery Life The number of shots that can be taken with a fully-charged EN-EL3e battery (1500 mAh) varies with the condition of the batteries. shutter speed / s.5 × 56 × 21 mm (1. cycle repeated once exposure meters have turned off . image quality set to JPEG Basic. after six shots. image size set to L. • Use EN-EL3e batteries immediately after charging. single-servo autofocus.8G IF ED lens (VR off ).4 V/1500 mAh Approximately 39. Example 1: 1800 shots Zoom Nikkor AF-S VR 70–200 mm f/2. image quality set to JPEG Normal. shutter-release pressed halfway for three seconds and focus cycled from infinity to minimum range three times with each shot. shutter speed / s. continuous shooting mode.5–5.) Approximately 80 g (2. continuous-servo autofocus. AF-assist illuminator lights when Speedlight is used. The following measurements were performed at a temperature of 20 °C (68 °F).6G IF ED lens (VR off ). and how the camera is used. temperature.6 × 2. cycle repeated once exposure meters have turned off. 207 . built-in Speedlight fired at full power with every other shot. Batteries will lose their charge if left unused.EN-EL3e Rechargeable Li-ion Battery Type Rated capacity Dimensions (W × H × D) Weight Rechargeable lithium-ion battery 7. shutter-release pressed halfway for five seconds and focus cycled from infinity to minimum range once with each shot. image size set to M. single-frame shooting mode. Soiled contacts can reduce battery performance. camera turned off for one minute with every ten shots. Example 2: 340 shots Zoom Nikkor AF-S VR 24–120 mm f/3.8 oz). The following can reduce battery life: • Using the monitor • Keeping the shutter-release button pressed halfway • Repeated autofocus operations • Taking NEF (RAW) photographs • Slow shutter speeds Technical Notes—Specifications To ensure maximum battery performance: • Keep the battery contacts clean. The battery level displayed by the camera may vary with changes in temperature.8 in.

160 e2: Flash Shutter Speed. 51 Auto FP high-speed sync. 118 Auto Image Rotation. 116 LCD Brightness. 152 Aperture. 155 b6: Center-Weighted. 65. 131 ISO Sensitivity. 157 Autoexposure lock. See Monitor. 51. 131 High ISO NR. 58–59. 117 Video Mode. Mirrorup mode Bulb. 150 a6: AF Activation. 156 c1: AE Lock. 167 e7: Auto BKT Order. 158 d5: Exp. 133–134 Playback Folder. 170–171 f6: Buttons and Dials. 195 minimum. 161 e3: Built-in Flash. 166–167. 139–140 Display Mode. 77. 121–122 Battery Info. Sequence. 61. 148–152 continuous-servo. Delay Mode. 30 RAW Compression. 155 b7: Fine Tune Exposure. 125–126 Menu Reset. 172 f7: No Memory card?. 8. 148 a4: Group Dynamic AF. 169 f4: FUNC. 151 a7: AF Area Illumination. 135–136 Hide Image. 116 Mirror Lock-up. 127 Folders. 137–138 Print Set. 51 focus tracking. See also Exposure bracketing. See Image quality Battery. See Metering A Advanced Wireless Lighting. 172 SET UP. 168 f2: Multi-Selector. 121 Dust Off Ref Photo. 69. 160. 89–92 Non-CPU Lens Data. 135 Slide Show. 84–85 Multiple Exposure. 32 JPEG Compression. 177. 83. 70 Autofocus. bracketing Brightness. 118 Image Comment. 86–88 Intvl Timer Shooting. control panel. 33–34 Image Overlay. brightness of 208 Technical Notes—Index . 170 f5: Command Dials. 6 Auto meter off. 124–132 Shooting Menu Bank. 158 d3: Viewfinder Warning. 61. 119 Recent Settings. 73–75. NR. 123 Symbols 3D color matrix metering II. 12. 152–153 b2: ISO Step Value. 119–120 USB. Button. 117 World Time. 128 File Naming. 67. 157 c5: Monitor-Off. 142 SHOOTING MENU. 148 a2: AF-S Mode Priority. 158 d4: Shooting Speed. 93–95 value display. 123 Firmware Version. inserting. 169 f3: Photo Info / Playback. 77. 159 d7: Illumination. 151 a8: Focus Area. 141 Image Review. 198–199. 133–142 Delete. 160 e1: Flash Sync Speed. 141 After Delete. White balance. 68. 16. 192. 154 b4: Exp Comp/Fine Tune. 158 d6: File No. 62–69 adjusting. 51. 154 b3: EV Step. 157 c4: Self-Timer. 50 Image Quality. 149–150 a5: Lock-On. 54. 156 c2: AE-L / AF-L. 45 Blur. 122. 93–95 CUSTOM SETTING MENU. 115–123 Format. reducing. See also Exposure delay mode.. 166 e5: Auto BKT Set. 142 Rotate Tall. 148 a3: Focus Area Frame. ii–iii. 6. 152 b1: ISO Auto. 156 c3: Auto Meter-Off. 207 storage. 45–49 Color Space. 5. 69. 10–11 life. 178 AF-area mode. 163. 35–42 Long Exp. 143–172 C: Bank select. 159 d8: MB-D200 Batteries. 5.Index Menus PLAYBACK MENU. 43–44. 66–67 maximum. 26. 28–29 Image Size. 151 a9: AF Assist. 178 B Backlight. 63. 67. 195 non-CPU lenses and. 158 d2: Grid Display. 154 b5: Exposure Comp. 161–166 e4: Modeling Flash. 31 White Balance. See Long time exposures Bracketing. 93–95. 146 R: Menu Reset. 54 single-servo. 129 Optimize Image. 167 f1: Center Button. 157 d1: Beep. 52 single-area AF. 152 a10: AF-ON for MB-D200. 54 AF-assist illuminator. 166 e6: Manual Mode Bkting. 167 e8: Auto BKT Selection. 147 a1: AF-C Mode Priority. 159 BASIC. 12–13 Language. 188 Black-and-white.

183 capacity of. 170 G GPS. 132. manual focus Focus area (focus brackets). 155. 58. 107. 166. See Image size Lens. See AFarea mode Color temperature. 72 Electronic range finder. 72. 27 Memory card. 134 single-frame playback. 61 3D color matrix. 14. 96 data. 141 I Illuminator. focus mode. 16. 170. 68–69 programmed auto. See also Memory card. 56–57 Focus mode. 154. 30 L L. 18. 68. 177. 155 Exposure delay mode. 146 D Daylight saving time. 102. 142. Manual focus. 196 formatting. 8 compatible. formatting all images. 117 Closest subject priority. 61. 61 .21. 184. continuousservo Camera Control. 62 Design rule for Camera File system. 51–52 Focus zone. 93–95. 69. Image size Manual focus. 160. 198–199 Exposure compensation. 158 Exposure meters. 61. See autofocus. 135. 55–56. 78. 174. 32 Image quality. 185. See AF-area mode H Highlight display.156 Microdrive. 152–153 ISO sensitivity. control panel Image dust off. 187 Image size. See Autofocus. 105 Depth-of-field preview. 149–150. 26. 105. See also Exposure mode. See also Speedlight bracketing. 133–134 selected images. 8. 22. 22. 77 Flexible program. 147 menu banks. See Black-andwhite MUP. 20. 22. 116 cover. See Backlight. 16. 99–101. 113. 61. 33–34 i-TTL flash control. 181 DPOF. 121–122 Image sensor. 185–186 M M.0. 174–175 type D. 63. 13 DCF version 2. 50. 18. 176 non-CPU. 128. 93–95. 157. See also Auto meter off Exposure mode. 78–79. 51. 18. See Memory card Compression. 121 CH. 61. 76–80. Optimize Image CPU lenses. 99–101. 73–75. See SHOOTING MENU. 131 Low-pass filter. 139. 54. 156 color matrix. 9. 55–56 Focusing screen. 14–15 approved. 100. 60 Memory buffer. 133–134. 4. 178 Flash-ready indicator. 1. See Shooting mode 209 Technical Notes—Index . manual. See Shooting mode CL. 174–176 CPU. 141 Histogram. 7 Folders. 66–67 manual. 184 attaching. 73–75 Flash Color Information Communication. 63 shutter-priority auto. 188 auto off. 174–175 Creative Lighting System. 176 type G. 151 Focus lock. 18. See Shooting mode Clock-calendar. 135 FV lock. 83 Flash sync mode. See Image quality Computer. 188 Monochrome. 116 Metering. 63. See Shooting mode Monitor. 9. 3. 62. 139. 81–82. 202 Digital Print Order Format. 202 Exposure bracketing.C C. 202 Diopter. 61. See White balance CompactFlash. 60 Exif version 2. 166. 64–65 F FINE. programmed auto Focal plane mark. 62–69 aperture-priority auto. 134 playback menu. 157 brightness of. 53. 26–27 Contrast. 107–109 Continuous shooting mode. See memory card Mirror up. 141. 1. 28–31 ISO auto. 177–179 Custom Settings. See Digital Print Order Format E Electronic analog exposure display. 143–172 defaults. 99–100 Group dynamic-AF. 119–120. 28–29. 60 Focus. 148. See Exposure mode. 174–176. 178 J JPEG. See Design rule for Camera File system Deleting. 141 RGB. 76. 156 spot. 28. 156 center-weighted. 62. 176 Long time-exposures. See Image quality Flash.

39. 106. 121 R RAW. 98–105 Playback menu. 182 Noise. 18. 118. See ISO sensitivity Red-eye reduction. 39–42 Technical Notes—Index . 65. 78–79. Exposure mode. See SHOOTING MENU. 197 color temperature. 117 Video out. 38 fine-tuning. 110. 106 Viewfinder. See also Digital Print Order Format Protecting images. shutter-priority auto. 68. 125–126 Shooting mode. 98 Size. 111. 110–114. See also Image quality. 117 Time. See Image size Software. 50. 77. See ISO sensitivity Sequential file numbering. 106. 104 PTP. 78–79. Color space T Television. 177–180. 159 Setup menu. 34 reduction. 31 Nikon Capture 4. 47. 110. 107. preset Predictive focus tracking. 115–123 Shutter speed. 121. See Shooting mode Single-frame playback. See Diopter W White balance. 22. 6–7. 131 slow shutter speeds. 108–109. 35–44.210 N NEF. 26. 26–27 Single-frame. single-servo. See PTP Photo information. 160. 102 Two-button reset. 34. 83 Sensitivity. 107. See Autofocus. 22. 16 focus. 197 bracketing. 52 Printing photographs. 111. 166. 43–44. 97 U USB. 99–101 Playback. 121. See Image quality P PictBridge. 2. 110. 108–109. See SET UP. World Time Thumbnail playback. 31. 166. See SET UP. 122. 161 Shooting menu. 110. 62–69 and flash synchronization. 131 NORMAL. 37 preset. See Long timeexposures Time zone. 131 high sensitivities. 28–29. 124–132 banks. Shooting mode Self-portraits. 133–142 PRE. See also computer V Video device. 107– 109. See also flash sRGB. NEF Recommended exposure index. 163–166. 28–29. World Time Time exposures. 107. See Self-timer Self-timer. 178 S S. 182 Speedlight. See Printing photographs Picture Transfer Protocol. 77. See White balance.

Printed in Belgium 6MBA5111-01 . in whole or in part (except for brief quotation in critical articles or reviews). may be made without written authorization from NIKON CORPORATION.No reproduction in any form of this manual.